Banhardih Coal Mine

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
FOR
THE BANHARDIH COAL MINING PROJECT OF 12 MTPA CAPACITY LOCATED AT
LATEHAR & CHANDWA TEHSIL, LATEHAR DISTRICT, JHARKHAND
VOLUME-I
FINAL EIA REPORT
Project Proponent :
Environmental Consultant:
(Approved Consultant)
M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utpadan
Vimta Labs Limited
Nigam Limited (PVUNL)
142, IDA, Phase-II, Cherlapally, Ramgarh-829119
Hyderabad–500 051, Telangana State
www.vimta.com, env@vimta.com
(NABL/ISO 17025 Certified Laboratory,
Recognized by MoEF, New Delhi)
April, 2022
Final Environmental Impact DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Assessment Report for the REV. NO.:0
Banhardih Coal Mining Project of ISSUE DATE: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity Page 1 of 11
Table of Contents
_______________________________________________________________
Chapter Title Page
_______________________________________________________________
Table of Contents TC-1

List of Figures TC-4
List of Tables TC-7
1.0 Introduction
1.0 Introduction C1-1
1.1 Purpose of the Report C1-1
1.2 Identification of the Project and
Project Proponent C1-2
1.3 Justification of Project C1-4
1.4 Brief Description of Project C1-4
1.5 Need for the Project and Its Importance to the
Country or Region C1-13
1.6 List of Agreements/Allotments/Statutory Clearances C1-14
1.7 Scope of the Study C1-15
1.8 Methodology of the Study C1-16
1.9 Structure of the EIA report C1-16
2.0 Project Description

2.1 Type of the Project C2-1
2.2 Need for the Project C2-1
2.3 Project Location C2-1
2.4 Proposed Schedule of Approval and Implementation C2-6
2.5 Resource Requirement C2-6
2.6 Exploration, Geology and Assessment of Reserves C2-14
2.7 Process Description C2-23
2.8 Proposed Infrastructure Details C2-37
2.9 Sources of Pollution & Mitigation Measures C2-37
2.10 Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk of
Technological Failure C2-40
3.0 Description of the Environment

3.2 Geology and Hydrogeology C3-1
3.3 Land use Studies C3-19
3.4 Soil Characteristics C3-29
3.5 Meteorology C3-39
3.6 Ambient Air Quality C3-54
3.7 Water Quality C3-65
3.8 Noise Level Survey C3-87
3.9 Ecology and Biodiversity C3-94
3.10 Demography and Socio Economics C3-124
3.11 Traffic Study C3-136
Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

4.0 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

4.2 Impact and Mitigation Measures during Site Preparation C4-2
4.3 Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Proposed Mining
Operations C4-5
5.0 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

5.2 Alternative Sites C5-1
5.3 Technology Alternatives C5-1
6.0 Environmental Monitoring Program

6.2 Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure C6-1
6.3 Reporting System C6-7
6.4 Environment Monitoring Cost C6-7
7.0 Additional Studies

7.2 Public Consultation C7-1
7.3 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan C7-23
7.4 Disaster Management Plan C7-29
7.5 Occupational Health & Safety management Plan C7-35
7.6 Additional Studies C7-41
8.0 Project Benefits
8.1 Improvement in Physical Infrastructure & Community

Development C8-1
8.2 Improvement in Social Infrastructure C8-2
8.3 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)/ Corporate
Environment Responsibility (CER)/ Community
Development (CD) C8-3
8.4 Corporate Social Responsibility of PVUNL C8-8
9.0 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.2 Project Briefing and resource consideration for
benefit analysis C9-1
9.3 Purpose for environmental cost benefit analysis C9-2

Table of Contents (Contd...)

_______________________________________________________________
Chapter Title Page
_______________________________________________________________
9.4 Purpose for Environment Cost Benefit Analysis C9-4
10.0 Environmental Management Plan
10.1 EMP Implementation, Inspection and Monitoring C10-1

10.2 Institutional Structure for Environment Management C10-2
10.3 Environment Management Plan C10-3
10.4 Environmental Policy C10-9
10.5 Demolition Management Plan C10-9
10.6 Rainwater harvesting C10-13
10.7 Greenbelt Development Plan/Afforestation plan C10-15
10.8 Wildlife Conservation Plan C10-17
10.9 Progressive Mine Closure Plan C10-20
10.10 Cost for Environmental Management Plan
Implementation C10-26
11.0 Summary and Conclusions
11.1 Purpose of the Report C11-1

11.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent C11-2
11.3 Environment Setting C11-3
11.4 Brief Description of the Project C11-7
11.5 Salient Features C11-7
11.6 Resource Requirement C11-9
11.7 Mining Methodology C11-11
11.8 Description of Environment C11-11
11.9 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation
Measures C11-16
11.10 Environmental Monitoring Program C11-27
11.11 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis C11-27
11.12 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan C11-28
11.13 Project Benefits C11-28
11.14 Environment management Plan C11-29
11.15 Conclusions C11-30
12.0 Disclosure of Consultant Engaged

12.2 Vimta Labs Limited-Environment Consultant C12-1

List of Figures
Figure Title Page
1.1 Index Map C1-8
1.2 Study Area Map of 10 km radius C1-9
1.3 Google Image-10 km radius C1-10
1.4(A) Proposed mine site photographs C1-11
1.4(B) Nearby Other Industries C1-12
2.1 Location Plan of Banhardih Coal Block C2-4
2.2 Surface Plan C2-5
2.3 Pre-mining land use plan C2-9
2.4 Land use plan showing forest & non-forest area C2-10
2.5 Water Balance diagram C2-13
2.6 Geological Plan C2-19
2.7 Geological Cross Section C2-20
2.8 Plan showing total coal & OB thickness C2-21
2.9 Floor Contour map C2-22
2.10 Conceptual Plan C2-26
2.11 First Year Stage Plan C2-27
2.12 Third Year Stage Plan C2-28
2.13 Fifth Year Stage Plan C2-29
2.14 Seventh Year Stage Plan C2-30
2.15 Final year Stage Plan C2-31
2.16 Schematic Diagram of The Crusher and RLS at Banhardih
Coal Project C2-36
3.2.1 Physiography and Drainage Map of Study Area C3-4
3.2.2 Geomorphology of the Study Area C3-5
3.2.3 Geology of the Study area C3-10
3.2.4 Geology of ML area C3-12
3.2.5 Hydrogeology of the study area C3-16
3.3.1(A) Satellite image of the study area-10km C3-25
3.3.2(A) Land use/land cover based on Satellite data-10 km C3-26
3.3.2(B) Land use/land cover based on Satellite data-5 km C3-27
3.3.2(C) Contour Map C3-28
3.4.1 Soil Sampling Locations C3-32
3.5.1 Site Specific Windrose-Winter Season C3-42
3.5.2 Site Specific Windrose-Pre-Monsoon Season C3-43
3.5.3 Site Specific Windrose-Monsoon Season C3-44
3.5.4 Site Specific Windrose-Post-Monsoon Season C3-45
3.5.5 Site Specific Windrose-Annual Windrose C3-46
3.5.6(A)Windrose diagram of Winter Season (IMD-Daltonganj) C3-49
3.5.6(B)Windrose diagram of Pre-monsoon Season (IMD-Daltonganj) C3-50
3.5.6(C)Windrose diagram of Monsoon Season (IMD-Daltonganj) C3-51
3.5.6(D)Windrose diagram of Post-Monsoon Season (IMD-Daltonganj) C3-52
3.5.6(E)Windrose diagram of Annual Season (IMD-Daltonganj) C3-53
3.6.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations C3-57
3.7.1 Water Sampling Locations C3-69
3.8.1 Noise Monitoring Locations C3-89
3.9.1 Representative Sample of The Forest That Is Proposed for
Diversion for Mining Activity C3-95
3.9.2 Representative samples of the non-forest area within the

List of Figures
Figure Title Page
mine lease C3-96

3.9.3 Ecological Sampling locations C3-98
3.9.4 Vegetation and dominant species of the degraded forests C3-106
3.9.5 Some of the invasive species which have become dominant in
some areas C3-107
3.9.6 Open Forest with Agave Sisalana (On the Left) Mixed Scrub with
Scattered Trees and Agave Sisalana (In The Middle) And Typical
Thorn Forest On The Right C3-107
3.9.7 Vegetation of the P.F in the study area C3-109
3.9.8 Aquatic macrophytes found in the streams of the buffer zone C3-119
3.10.1(A)Banhardih Coal Mine Field Visit Photos C3-131
3.10.1(B)Banhardih Coal Mine Field Visit Photos C3-132
3.11.1 Photograph showing approach road C3-139
4.1(A) Pre-Mining land use C4-11
4.1(B) Post mining land use C4-12
4.1(C) Reclamation Plan C4-13
4.2 Isopleths showing incremental concentrations for PM10
[without control]-winter season C4-24
4.3 Isopleths showing incremental concentrations for PM2.5
[without control]- winter season C4-25
[with 80% control]- winter season C4-26
4.8 Isopleths showing incremental concentrations for SO2
[with control]- winter season C4-30
4.9 Isopleths showing incremental concentrations for NOx-winter
season C4-31
4.10 Isopleths showing incremental concentrations for CO- winter
season C4-32
[without control]-scenario-II C4-34
[without control]- scenario-II C4-35
[with control]-scenario-II C4-36
[with control]- scenario-II C4-37
4.15 Isopleths showing incremental concentrations for NOx

4.16 Isopleths showing incremental concentrations for CO
[with control]- scenario-II C4-39
4.17 Isopleths showing incremental concentrations for SO2
List of Figures
Figure Title Page

4.18 Entire sequence of mineral production, transportation, handling,
transfer and storage of mineral and waste, and their impacts on
air quality C4-42
4.19 Water balance diagram C4-47
4.20 Conceptual plan with nala diversion and Piezometers C4-51
4.21 Schematic diagram of mine pit geometry & water table C4-55
4.22 Typical roof top rainwater harvesting model C4-59
4.23 Typical recharge well in ML area C4-60
4.24 Noise dispersion contours C4-64
7.1(A) Notice for Public hearing – (English News Paper) C7-3
7.1(B) Notice for Public hearing – (Hindi News Paper) C7-4
7.2 Public hearing photographs C7-5
7.3 Stages of DMP C7-30
7.4 Land acquisition details of Banhardih coal block project C7-42
8.1 Community Development (CD) works C8-10
10.1 EMD Organisation Chart C10-2
10.2 Typical roof top rainwater harvesting model C10-13
10.3 Typical recharge well in ML area C10-15
11.1 Environmental Settings in Study area map C11-6

List of Tables
Tables Title Page

1.1 Environmental Setting C1-6
1.2 Allotment/ Agreements/ Statutory clearances C1-14
1.3 Environmental attributes & Frequency of Monitoring C1-16
2.1 Salient Features of the proposed coal mine C2-2
2.2 Present land use of Banhardih Coal Block C2-6
2.3 Post mining land use of Banhardih Coal Block C2-7
2.4 Pre-mining land use distribution of mineable area C2-8
2.5 Land use pattern of Banhardih coal block in proposed and end
of mine life (ha) C2-11
2.6 Village Wise Break Up of Lease Area (Mineable Area) C2-12
2.7 Break up of water requirement C2-13
2.8 Details of total manpower requirement C2-14
2.9 Details of drilled bore holes of Banhardih coal block C2-15
2.10 Thickness range of all coal seam horizons of Banhardih
coal block C2-16
2.11 Seam wise category wise net insitu reserves C2-17
2.12 Estimation of blocked geological reserves and extractable
reserves C2-18
2.13 Geo-mining parameters for the planned period till the final
stage of excavation C2-24
2.14 Tentative production calendar of Banhardih coal mine C2-32
2.15 Production calendar and cumulative OB generation C2-32
2.16 HEMM configuration of Banhardih coal mine C2-34
2.17 Expected noise levels C2-39
3.2.1 Geological succession of the region C3-7
3.2.2 Generalized geological succession of Banhardih coal block C3-11
3.2.3 Details of well inventory in the study area C3-15
3.3.1 Landuse pattern in the study area C3-20
3.3.2 Landuse/land cover classification system C3-22
3.3.3 Land use/land cover statistics of the study area C3-24
3.4.1 Analytical techniques for soil analysis C3-30
3.4.2 Details of Soil Sampling locations C3-31
3.4.3(A)Soil analysis results-1st December to 28th February 2021
(Winter Season) C3-33
3.4.3(B)Soil analysis results-1st December to 28th February 2021
(Winter Season) C3-34
3.4.4 Standard Soil Classification C3-36
3.4.5 Soil Analysis Results (Comparison of four Seasons) C3-37
3.5.1 Sensitivity Meteorology Monitoring equipment C3-39

3.5.2 Summary of the Meteorological data generated at site C3-40
3.5.3 Climatological data station, IMD, Daltonganj C3-47
3.6.1 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations C3-54
3.6.2 Techniques used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring C3-59
3.6.3 Monitored Parameters and frequency of Sampling C3-60
3.6.4(A) Summary of Ambient Air Quality Results (Winter Season) C3-61
3.6.5 RSPM Characterization C3-63

List of Tables
Tables Title Page
3.6.6 Ambient Air Quality Results (Winter, Pre-Monsoon, Monsoon

And Post-Monsoon Season) C3-64
3.7.1 SOP for water & wastewater sampling and analysis C3-66
3.7.2 Analytical techniques for water & wastewater sampling and
analysis C3-67
3.7.3 Water Sampling Locations C3-68
3.7.4(A)Surface water Quality (December 2020) C3-70
3.7.4(B)Surface water Quality (January 2021) C3-72
3.7.4(C) Surface water Quality (February 2021) C3-73
3.7.5(A)Ground water Quality (December 2020) C3-75
3.7.5(B) Ground water quality (January 2021) C3-76
3.7.5(C)Ground water Quality (February 2021) C3-78
3.7.6 Summary Of Surface Water Quality (Covering All Four
Seasons) C3-82
3.7.7 Summary Of Ground Water Quality (Covering All Four Seasons) C3-85
3.8.1 Details of noise monitoring locations C3-90
3.8.2 Winter Season Noise levels in the study area in dB(A) C3-92
3.8.3(A)Noise Levels (Lday) in the Study Area in dB (A)
(Covering Four Seasons) C3-93
3.8.3(A)Noise Levels (Lnight) in the Study Area in dB (A)
(Covering Four Seasons) C3-93
3.9.1 List of ecological sampling locations C3-96
3.9.2 List of trees, woody climbers and shrubs found in
the mine lease area C3-99
3.9.3 List of mammals, reptiles and amphibians either spotted
or reported from the mine lease area (Core area) C3-100
3.9.4 List of birds spotted from the mine lease area (core area) during
the primary survey C3-101
3.9.5 List of aquatic/semi-aquatic macrophytes found in the lotic
and lentic wetlands of the study area C3-102
3.9.6 List of fishers either noticed or said to have been introduced
into the ponds & tanks of mine lease area (core zone) C3-103
3.9.7 List of birds spotted from the mine lease area during the
primary survey C3-104
3.9.8 List of PF & Reserve Forests found in the mine lease area &
around the mine lease upto 15 km C3-108
3.9.9 List of trees, Shrubs, Perininal Climbers, grasses and herbs
found in the buffer zone of the study area C3-110
3.9.10 List of Vertebrates either spotted or reported from the buffer
zone of the project site C3-113
3.9.11 List of birds reported from the buffer zone of the mine lease
area and its surroundings C3-114
3.9.12 List of fishes found in the study area including those found in
the core area C3-118
3.9.13 List of Aquatic /Semi-Aquatic Macrophytes Found in the Lotic
and Lentic Wetlands of The Study Area C3-118
3.9.14 List of fishes including shellfish either observed during the

List of Tables
Tables Title Page

survey or said to have been added to the ponds and tanks C3-119
3.9.15 Roles and responsibilities of the project proponent (pp) and
State Forest and Wildlife Department (SF&WD) in conservation
of Schedule I Species C3-122
3.9.16 Work to be executed by the user agency & the State Forest
and Wildlife Department C3-123
3.10.1 Distribution of population C3-125
3.10.2 Rural, urban and district wise proportion of population C3-126
3.10.3 Distribution of population by social structure C3-127
3.10.4 Distribution of literate & literacy rates C3-129
3.10.5 Occupational Structure C3-130
3.10.6 Land acquisition for the coal mining project C3-133
3.10.7 Impacts on community due to coal mining C3-134
3.10.8 Health treatment opted by resident households C3-135
3.10.9 Immunisation of Children in resident Household C3-135
3.10.10 Vulnerable groups as disabled C3-136
3.11.1 Traffic density (Vehicles/day) C3-137
3.11.2 Composition of existing traffic volume C3-138
4.1 Identification of Impact Activities C4-1
4.2 Present land use of mine lease area C4-6
4.3 Pre-mining land distribution of mineable area C4-7
4.4 Post mining land use C4-8
4.5 Land degradation and technical reclamation of mined out land C4-9
4.6 Stage Wise Details of Tentative Biological Reclamation C4-9
4.7 Land Use Details in Pre-Mining, During Mining And Post Closure
Land Use and Post Closure Management C4-14
4.8 Year wise topsoil dump C4-15
4.9 Production Calendar & cumulative OB generation of Banhardih
coal mine C4-16
4.10 Source of Pollutants C4-19
4.11 Model-Set up C4-20
4.12 Emission factors/inputs for coal mining-PM C4-21
4.13 Emission inputs for DG sets and dumper/trucks within ML area C4-21
4.14 Details of trucks C4-22
4.15 Predicted Incremental GLC’s C4-22
4.16 Resultant GLC’s C4-22
4.17(A)predicted 24-hourly short-term ground level incremental
concentrations for particulate matter-uncontrolled measures
– cumulative (winter season) C4-33
4.17(B)predicted 24-hourly short-term ground level incremental
concentrations for particulate matter-controlled measures
– cumulative (winter season) C4-33
4.17(C)predicted 24-hourly short-term ground level incremental
concentrations for NOx CO controlled- cumulative (winter
season) C4-33
4.18 Incremental concentrations of PM10 & PM2.5 on village within
ML area C4-43

List of Tables
Tables Title Page
4.19 Incremental concentrations of PM10 & PM2.5 on AAQ

Monitoring locations C4-43
4.20 Incremental Concentrations on Reserve Forests Blocks C4-44
4.21 Break up of water requirement C4-47
4.22 Run-off from Bagdagga and Rajdaha nala catchments C4-52
4.23 Mine seepage at different stages C4-56
4.24 Radius of Influence Due to Mine De-Watering C4-56
4.25 Rainfall Available for Rainwater Harvesting and Recharge in
Lease area C4-58
4.26 Incremental Noise Levels C4-65

4.27 Impact Matrix of the 12 MTPA Coal Mine of PVUNL Impact
Assessment Is Based On the Existing Scenario C4-69
4.28 List of Schedule I Species Reported from The Buffer Zone of
The Mine Lease C4-69
4.29 Roles and responsibilities of the project proponent (pp) and
4.30 Work to be executed by the user agency & the State Forest and
Wildlife Department C4-72
6.1 Ambient air quality monitoring Schedule C6-2
6.2 Frequency of noise level monitoring C6-3
6.3 Water& Wastewater Monitoring Schedule C6-3
6.4 Overall monitoring Schedule C6-5
7.1(A) Budget allocation towards for forest diversion/mine closure &
EMP C7-6
7.1(B) Detailed Breakup of the budget allocation towards EMP C7-6
7.1(C) Breakup of the Budget allocation towards CSR along with time
Line C7-7
7.1(D) Action Plan for Issuer raised by participants during public
Hearing C7-8
7.2 Safety monitoring system C7-40
7.3 List of personnel protective equipments C7-40
7.4 R&R matrix of Banhardih coal block project C7-44
7.5 Summary of total cost estimation C7-45
7.6 Details of well inventory in the study area C7-49
8.1 Post mining land utilization of Banhardih coal block C8-2
8.2 List of Community Development/CSR/CER Activities planned
and Implemented by PVUNL From 2017 To 2021 C8-4
8.3 Community development/CSR/CER Expenditure (Patratu) from
2017 to 2021 C8-7
8.4 Initial Community development/CER/CSR activities Banhardih
coal mines-Financial Year 2021-22 C8-7
9.1 Current different Rates C9-2
9.2 Estimated Forest Division cost & Environmental consideration C9-3
9.3 Estimation Benefits of Forest Division C9-5
10.1 Environment Management Plan & Natural Conservation

List of Tables
Tables Title Page
Measures C10-4
10.2 Typical composition of Indian C&D Waste C10-11
10.3 List of trees, shrubs and herbs including grasses identified
for greenbelt and afforestation, a 3-tier system with trees,
shrubs and herbs is planned C10-16
10.4 Roles and responsibilities of the project proponent (pp) and
10.5 Work to be executed by the user agency & the State Forest
and Wildlife Department C10-20
10.6 Stage wise details of tentative land degradation and technical

reclamation in ha C10-21
10.7 Stage wise details of tentative biological reclamation C10-21
10.8 Stagewise Cumulative Plantation C10-21
10.9 Details of waste management C10-23
10.10 Tentative topsoil management C10-23
10.11 Cost activities to be taken for closure of the mines C10-24
10.12 Detailed breakup of the budget allocated towards environment
management plan (EMP) C10-26
11.1 Environment Settings C11-4
11.2 Salient features of the proposed coal mine C11-7
11.3 Present land use of the total mine block C11-9
11.4 Pre-mining land distribution of Current Mineable area C11-10
11.5 Summary of the Meteorological data generated at site C11-11
11.6 Ambient Air Quality Results (Winter, Pre-Monsoon, Monsoon
And Post-Monsoon Season) C11-12
11.7 Post Mining land use of the mine block area C11-18
11.8 Land degradation, technical reclamation & Biological reclamation
of mined out land C11-19
11.9 Stage wise details of tentative biological reclamation C11-19
11.10 Resultant GLC’s- Winter Season C11-21
11.11 List of Schedule I Species Reported From the Buffer Zone Of
The Mine Lease (Vu Means Vulnerable and LC Means Least
Concern) C11-26

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Final Environmental Impact Assessment
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
12 MTPA Capacity Page: C1-1
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Banhardih coal block is located in Auranga coalfield in Latehar district of

Jharkhand State which has been allocated to M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utapdan Nigam
Limited (PVUNL), a subsidiary of NTPC and Government of Jharkhand. This block
is allotted for captive mining for supply of coal to their M/s. Patratu Super
Thermal Power Project (PSTPP) by Ministry of Coal (MOC), Government of India
vide F.No.103/18/2015/NA dated 25.06.2018 for a total area of 1818.10 ha.
The mine lease area is 1467.42 ha and mining plan has been prepared for rated
capacity of 12.0 MTPA using opencast mining method covering 1467.42 ha only.
Ministry of Coal (MOC) has accorded in-principal approval for mining plan
including Mine Closure Plan of Banhardih coal block vide Letter No:
CC/MP&MC/102/2021-22/Banhardih on 15.07.2021. Accordingly, the present EIA
report and application for EC pertains to coal mining of 12 MTPA over an area of
1467.42 ha.
An application for forest clearance has been submitted for 549.48 ha of forest
land involved in 1467.42 ha mineable area of mine block. Accordingly, the
present EIA report and application for EC pertains to coal mining of 12 MTPA over
an area of 1467.42 ha.
M/s. PVUNL has been assigned proposed Banhardih mine from previous allottee,
Jharkhand Urja Utapadan Nigam Ltd (JUUNL).
Banhardih coal mine block is located in villages Ate, Banhardih, Bari, Barwadih,
Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano, Surli, Tota and Renchi in Latehar & Chandwa tehsils,
Latehar District in Jharkhand State.
1.1 Purpose of the Report
As per Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14 th September

2006, proposed project falls under Schedule Mining of Minerals-‘1(a)’of Category-
‘A’ and requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) to be obtained from Ministry
of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC).
The online proposal No: IA/JH/CMIN/160604/2020 (Form-1 and Pre-Feasibility

Report) has been submitted to MOEF&CC on 26.06.2020 and same was reviewed
in the EAC meeting held on 18.08.2020 by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Coal)
in MOEF&CC, New Delhi to prescribe Terms of Reference (TOR) for the
preparation of EIA/EMP report. MOEF&CC has accorded Terms of Reference (TOR)
vide its letter No. J-11015/13/2020-IA-II (M) dated 02.10.2020 and is enclosed
as Annexure-I(A) and its compliance as Annexure-I(B).
With a view to assess the environmental impacts arising due to the proposed
opencast coal mining of 12.0 MTPA project, M/s. PVUNL has awarded the EIA
study works to M/s. Vimta Labs Limited (VLL), Hyderabad, NABET accredited EIA
Consultant to prepare Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report for various
environmental components including air, noise, water, land and biological
components along with parameters of human interest which may be affected and
Chapter-1 Introduction VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
to prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating possible

adverse impacts.
The objective of Environmental Impact Assessment is "to provide a high level of

protection of the environment and to include environmental aspects in
preparation and adoption of management plan in order to promote sustainable
development".
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) scope covers the following concerns:
 Define or envisages an activity affecting the environment for which an

environmental impact assessment needs to be carried out;
 Assessment of the acceptability of impacts on the protected areas according
to the regulations governing conservation is required;
 The responsible estimates that their implementation could have an important
effect on the environment.
In Environmental Impact Assessment, the effects of the present implementation

plan are evaluated based on the baseline environmental status.
Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board (JSPCB) conducted the Public Hearing
(PH) on 29.12.2021 at High School, Sasang, Ate village, Bari Panchayat,
Chandwa Tehsil, Latehar District. The public concerns and response to the same
are included in Chapter-7.
1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent
1.2.1 Identification of Project
Banhardih Coal Mine Block located in Auranga coalfield in Latehar district of state
of Jharkhand, has been allocated to Patratu Vidyut Utapdan Nigam Limited
(PVUNL), a subsidiary of NTPC and Government of Jharkhand. This block is
allotted for captive mining for supply of coal to their M/s. Patratu Super Thermal
Power Project (PSTPP) by Ministry of Coal, Government of India vide
F.No.103/18/2015NA dated 30.06.2015 for a total area of 1818.10 Ha. M/s.
Patratu STPP is situated at a distance (by road) of approximately 100 km in the
eastern direction from the proposed mine. Coal production is proposed through
both surface miner and conventional drilling & blasting methods.
Mining Plan for this block (excluding western part) was prepared by M/s. United
Exploration India Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata (UEIPL) based on the geological report on Coal
Exploration (2019) prepared by Department of Mines & Geology, Government of
Jharkhand (GoJ) on the partly explored block. The mining plan envisages a
production capacity of 12.0 MTPA and Ministry of Coal (MOC) accorded in-
principal approval vide Letter No:CC/MP&MC/102/2021-22/Banhardih on
15.07.2021.
However, the current mineable area is 1467.42 ha and Mining plan has been
prepared for rated capacity of 12.0 MTPA using opencast mining method covering
1467.42 ha only.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
The overall block area is 1818.10 ha. Out of this, 581.61 ha land is forest land.
land involved in 1467.42 ha mineable area of mine block. The balance forest land
is 32.13 ha falls under total Mine Lease (M.L) area which is outside the present
proposed block. Accordingly, the present EIA report and application for EC
pertains to coal mining of 12 MTPA over an area of 1467.42 ha.
Background of the Project
The block was initially allotted to Jharkhand Urja Utpadan Nigam Limited (JUUNL)
and allotment agreement between nominated authority and JUUNL in this regard
was executed on 30.03.2015. The first and second amendment to the allotment
agreement was executed on 30.06.2015 & 17.01.2017 respectively.
Subsequent to, the formation of the Joint Venture (JV) company between
Jharkhand Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited (JBVNL) and NTPC, the block was assigned
to M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utapadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL) and a tripartite deed of
adherence was executed between Nominated Authority (MOC, Government of
India), Jharkhand Urja Utpadan Nigam Limited (JUUNL) and Patratu Vidyut
Utpadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL) on 02.07.2017.
A deed of Assignment has been executed between Jharkhand Urja Utpadan

Limited (JUUNL) and Patratu Vidyut Utapadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL) towards
amendment of the allotment order in favour of M/s. PVUNL on 15.05.2018.
Pursuant to the execution of deed of Assignment between M/s. JUUNL and M/s.
PVUNL, Nominated Authority issued a corrigendum no.2 to the allotment order
no. 103/18/2015/NA dated 30.06.2015 and allotment order issued in favour of
M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL) vide allotment order No.
103/18/2015 NA dated 25.06.2018.
Status of Mining Plan
Ministry of Coal has accorded in-principal approval for Mining Plan including Mine
Closure Plan of Banhardih Coal Block vide Letter No: CC/MP&MC/102/2021-
22/Banhardih on 15.07.2021.
Status of Forest Clearance
An application for Forest Clearance has been submitted for 549.48 Ha of forest
land involved in 1467.42 Ha mineable area of mine block was on 18.09.2021. The
application was forwarded from PCCF to DFO Latehar on 25.11.2021. Essential
Details Sought (EDS) received from DFO on 08.02.2022, which is under
preparation. Tree enumeration and identification of compensatory afforestation
land is under progress. Gram Sabha for issue of NOC under FRA Act completed
for 3 villages.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
1.2.2 Identification of Project Proponent
M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL) has been incorporated on
15.10.2015 as a subsidiary of NTPC with 74 % stake in the Company and 26 % of
stake held by M/s. Jharkhand Bijli Vitaran Nigam Limited (JBVNL) for capacity
addition in two phases i.e. Phase-I (3 x 800 MW) and Phase-II (2 x 800 MW).
Jharkhand is the principal beneficiary state with 85 % allocation while 15 % of
power will remain as unallocated quota at the disposal of Govt. of India. Patratu
Super Thermal Power Project (Patratu STPP) is located at Patratu village in
Ramgarh district of Jharkhand.
NTPC Limited (A Govt. of India Enterprise) is the largest power generating

company in India. It was set up by Government of India (GoI) in November, 1975
with the objective of planning, promoting and organizing integrated development
of thermal power in the country. In 1997, NTPC was conferred “Navratna” status
by GoI and in 2007, it became the first public sector company to be granted
“Maharatna” status. NTPC is now emerging as a well-diversified company on its
way of becoming an Integrated Power Major, having entered into hydropower,
coal mining, power trading, equipment manufacturing, power distribution
business and renewable energy generation.
Presently, NTPC generates power from coal, gas, hydro and renewable (i.e. solar
and wind) projects. Present installed capacity of NTPC Group is 68,961.68 MW
(including 14,365 MW through JVs/Subsidiaries) comprising of 51 NTPC Stations
(23 Coal based stations, 7 gas based stations, 1 Hydro station, 1 small hydro,
18 Solar PV and 1 Wind based Station) and 26 Joint Venture stations (9 coal
based, 4 gas based, 8 hydro, 1 small hydro 2 Wind and 2 Solar PV). The capacity
will have a diversified fuel mix and by 2032, non-fossil fuel-based generation
capacity shall make up nearly 30% of NTPC’s portfolio. NTPC has also diversified
itself into hydro, coal mining, power equipment manufacturing, power trading &
distribution. With an increasing presence in the power value chain, NTPC is well
on its way to becoming an Integrated Power Major.
1.3 Justification of Project
Banhardih’s entire coal production (12 MTPA) shall be utilised by Patratu Super
Thermal Power Project (PSTPP) of PVUNL. It will be beneficial in terms of
production of coal for meeting consumptive coal for Patratu STPP and thereby
reducing the gap in the demand supply of coal in PVUNL power station.
1.4 Brief Description of the Project
1.4.1 Nature & Size of the Project
Proposed production from the mine is 12 MTPA. The total cost of the project is
estimated about Rs. 5,546 Crores. Mining is proposed to be carried out by open-
cast method.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Combination of shovel-dumper and surface miner are proposed for coal extraction
whereas OB removal by shovel-dumper. Drilling & blasting is proposed for
extraction of coal, removal of OB and interburden.
Crushing is proposed for reduction of coal from ROM to (-100) mm size. Coal
evacuation within the mine will be done by 60 T coal body dumpers. Coal from
the CHP will be transported through a surface conveyor to the silos/load out point
located at southern boundary of the block, loading into railway wagon through
rapid loading system and to be dispatched through the railways. The coal has to
be transported from Banhardih to Patratu STPP by rail, which is at distance of
approximate 95 km by rail.
1.4.2 Location of the Project
Banhardih Coal Mine Block is located in villages Ate, Banhardih, Bari, Barwadih,
Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano, Surli, Tota and Renchi in the district of Latehar in
Jharkhand State.
1.4.2.1 Description of Project Site
The general topography of the block characterizes with rolling terrain with low
ridges and depressions. Around 25 % of the block is covered with Protected Forest
located in the western part. Partly the villages like Jagaldagga. Banhardih and
Sabano are falling within the forest area. Rest of the area within the block is
covered with cultivated land and residential hutments. There is a operating coal
mine i.e Sikni Colliery (0.3 km, South) from the proposed mine & there is a brick
industry nearby Serak village.
The Bagdagga nala and Rajdaha nala and their tributaries forms the main
drainage system of the sector. The courses of nalas developed into cultivated
lands and some gully head bunds have been constructed across the nalas for
storage of water for irrigation. A canal passes across the area from north to south
at the Centre and parallel to main connecting road passes through Surli, Huchlu
and Bari villages.
Due to undulating nature of the land, a number of natural ponds have been
formed and these ponds are aligned in a definite line indicating a possible
presence of fracture.
The environmental setting of the proposed coal-mining project is given in Table-

1.1. The index map, study area map and google map of the proposed mine are
shown in Figure-1.1, Figure-1.2 and Figure-1.3 respectively. The proposed
site photographs and photographs of nearby industries are given in Figure-1.4
(A) & Figure-1.4 (B).

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-1.1
ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS
Sr. No Particulars Details

1 Location Ate, Banhardih, Bari, Barwadih, Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano,
Surli, Tota & Renchi in Latehar & Chandwa tehsil, Latehar
District in Jharkhand state.
2 Coordinates Latitude: 23° 43'23.09''N to 23°45'12.995'' N
Longitude: 84°37''19.791''E to 84°39'55.045''E
3 SOI Topo sheet no. F45A9 & F45A10
4 Elevation 423-459 m
5 Nearest villages Within the Mine Lease Area:
1. Barwadih 2. Banhardih 3. Bari 4. Ate 5.Jagaldagga
6.Rampur 7.Sabano 8.Surli 9.Tota 10. Renchi
6 Nearest town Chandwa (9.4 km, SE)
7 District Head Quarters Latehar (8.0 km, W)
8 Nearest highway NH-75 (0.8 km, S)
NH-99 (8.3 km, E)
SH-10 (14.6 km, N)
9 Nearest railway station Chetar railway station (6 km, SE)
10 Nearest airport Ranchi (80.0 km, SE)
11 Nearest seaport Haldia (400 km, SE)
12 Interstate boundary Nil
13 Water bodies 1. Bagdagga nala (Within Mine lease area, South)
2. Rajdaha nala (Within Mine lease area, W)
3. Ghaghari nadi (1.6 km, S)
4. River Auranga (1.8 km, SW)
5. Sukri river (3.8 km, N)
6. Gowa nala (3.9 km, SW)
7. Bhubuk nala (7.0 km, NW)
8. Ekchatia nala (7.1 km, N)
9. Deonad nadi (9.2 km, SE)
10. Tatta nala (9.6 km, NNW)
14 Reserve forest/ Protect Forest 1. Udayapura PF (Within Mine lease area, W)
2. Sabanu P.F (Within Mine lease area, NW)
3. Banhardih P.F (Within Mine lease area, N)
4. Surli P.F (0.2 km, NE)
5. Renchi P.F (0.4 km, N)
6. Serak P.F (0.6 km, E)
7. Aragundi P.F (1.2 km, NW)
8. Jadiang P.F (1.8 km, N)
9. Amwatikar R.F (2.4 km, W)
10. Latdag P.F (3.5 km, SE)
11. Rajbar P.F (3.8 km, NNE)
12. Holang P.F (3.8 km, NE)
13. Obar P.F (3.9 km, NW)
14. Gurtur P.F (4.0 km, NNE)
15. Khariya P.F (4.4 km, S)
16. Mangra P.F (4.6 km, NNW)
17. Masiatu P.F (5.2 km, NNE)
18. Bishrampur P.F (5.3 km, NW)
19. Nagar P.F (5.4 km, E)
20. Nindra P.F (5.9 km, E)
21. Lachipur P.F (6.1 km, NE)

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the

22. Kuriam P.F (6.2 km, NNE)
23. Tudu P.F (6.3 km, SE)
24. Richuguta R.F (7.0 km, SSW)
25. Arahara P.F (7.0 km, N)
26. Tubed P.F(7.3 km, NNW)
27. Erud P.F (7.5 km, NE)
28. Sugni P.F (7.6 km, S)
29. Hisri P.F (7.9 km, SE)
30. Dihi P.F (8.0 km, N)
31. Peshrar R. F (8.6 km, SSW)
32. Bhang P.F (8.7 km, NE)
33. Balu P.F (8.7 km, N)
34. Lawadag R.F (8.8 km, S)
35. Jawar P.F (9.0 km, N)
36. Jalta P.F (9.4 km, W)
37. Hundi P.F (9.6 km, N)
38. Bhusah P.F (9.9 km, ESE)
39. Sohdag P.F (10.4 km, NNW)
40. Jani P.F (10.5 km, N)
41. Chakla P.F (10.8 km, E)
42. Pakri P.F (10.9 km, NE)
43. Semar Sot P.F (10.9 km, NE)
44. Diridag P.F (11.5 km, NE)
45. Chaea P.F (11.5 km, N)
46. Mahuamilan P.F (11.9 km, E)
47. Bhargaon P.F (12.0 km, NNW)
48. Partu P.F (12.0 km, SW)
49. Lata P.F (12.2 km, N)
50. Manha P.F (12.3 km, SSW)
51. Salaiya R.F (12.6 km, S)
52. Chetang P.F (12.4 km, NE)
53. Ghutam (12.5 km, NNE)
54. Serka P.F (12.8 km, NNE)
55. Patki R.F (13.1 km, W)
56. Lawagara P.F (13.2 km, NNW)
57. Kodag P.F (13.7 km, W)
58. Bidir P.F (13.7 km, N)
59. Kerar P.F (14.0 km, SW)
60. Chiru P.F (14.4 km, N)
61. Jer P.F (14.5 km, W)
15 Sensitive areas Palamau Tiger Reserve (15.2 km, W), ESZ Boundary (13.1
km, W)
16 Historical places Nil
17 List of other industries 1. Sikni Colliery (0.3 km, South)
2. Abhijeet Power Plant (10.7 km, E)
3. Essar Power (11.0 km, E)
18 Seismicity Zone-II
*Note: All distances mentioned above are in aerial distance from the proposed mine boundary

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the
Banhardih Coal Mining Project of 12 MTPA Capacity ISSUE DATE: 25.04.2022
Page: C1-8
FIGURE-1.1
INDEX MAP

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C1-9
FIGURE-1.2
STUDY AREA MAP OF 10 KM RADIUS

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C1-10
FIGURE-1.3
GOOGLE IMAGE (10 KM RADIUS) OF THE STUDY AREA

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Banhardih Coal Mining Project of ISSUE DATE:25.04.2022
Agricultural Fields in the Mine Lease Area
Agricultural Fields in the Mine Lease Area Ponds within the Mine Lease Area
FIGURE-1.4(A)
PROPOSED MINE SITE PHOTOGRAPHS

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Operating Sikni Coal Mine outside the Mine Lease Area
Nearby Brick Industry near Serak Village
FIGURE-1.4 (B)
NEARBY OTHER INDUSTRIES

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
1.5 Need for the Project and Its Importance to the Country or Region
Coal is the most important and abundant fossil fuel in India. It accounts for 55%
of the country's energy need. The country's industrial heritage was built upon
indigenous coal.
Commercial primary energy consumption in India has grown by about 700% in

the last four decades. The current per capita commercial primary energy
consumption in India is about 350 kg/year, which is well below that of developed
countries. Driven by the rising population, expanding economy and a quest for
improved quality of life, energy usage in India is expected to rise. Considering the
limited reserve potentiality of petroleum & natural gas, eco-conservation
restriction on hydel project and geo-political perception of nuclear power, coal will
continue to occupy centre-stage of India's energy scenario. Indian coal offers a
unique eco-friendly fuel source to domestic energy market for the next century
and beyond.
Through sustained programme of investment and greater thrust on application of

modern technologies, it has been possible to raise the production of coal from a
level of about 70 million tonnes at the time of nationalization of coal mines in
early 1970's to 729.10 (Provisional) million tonnes (All India) in 2019-20.
(Source: https://coal.nic.in/content/production-and-supplies assessed on

09.06.2020).
The importance of coal as a fuel or power resource cannot be overestimated. The

economic development of any country largely depends upon its industrial
progress and the industrial development of a country largely depends upon its
possessing a sufficiently large stock of this most valuable mineral product. Coal is
regarded as the backbone of power generation in India. There is huge demand for
power in India. Power is essential and most important factor for industrial and
business set up. India’s coal position is quite encouraging and it offers good
prospects for the development of this industry. During 2011, India was the third
largest coal producing country in the world. Hence, coal is an important
constituent of the present Indian economy. The total reserves of coal in India
have been over 290 billion metric tons. The coalfields in India are located mostly
in Odisha, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Uttar Pradesh, Meghalaya, Telangana,
Jharkhand, West Bengal, Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh and Bihar. The power sector
is the largest consumer of coal followed by the iron & steel and cement segments.
India is the world’s fifth largest energy consumer, accounting for 4.1% of the
global energy consumption. Of the total electricity consumed in the country,
approximately 54.2 % is produced from coal.
(Source: https://powermin.nic.in/en/content/power-sector-glance-all-india
assessed on 09.06.2020).
Odisha is the largest coal producing state in the country followed by Chhatisgarh,
Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Telangana, Maharashtra, West Bengal and Uttar
Pradesh. 98% of the total reserves of India are found in this state. (Source:
Indian Minerals Year Book 2018, IBM, November 2019).

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Demand-Supply Gap
The overall long-term demand of coal is closely linked to the performance of the
end-use sectors. In India, the end-use sectors of coal mainly include electricity,
iron, steel, and cement. In FY 2017-18, total production of coal from Public &
private sectors.is 675.54 Million Tonnes (MT) (Coking coal–40.14 million tonnes
and non-coking in 635.25 million tonnes). Against the estimated demand of
908.40 Mt coal in 2017-18, the actual despatch of coal is 687.83 Mt while balance
demand of coal is met by import of 208.879 Mt of coal. (Source: Indian Minerals
Year Book 2018, IBM, November 2019).
Some of this shortfall will be met by supplies from captive coal blocks and rest
through imports. Also, the choice between the supplies from domestic and
imported coal is mainly driven by timely availability of coal from domestic
sources, quality requirements and the economics of landed cost of coal at the
end-use plant. Captive coal mining in India was gradually, being permitted by
amending the Coal Mines Nationalization Act, primarily in iron and steel making,
power generation and cement production. Hence, it became important for India to
secure coal through imports from international market to meet their significantly
rising coal demand. However, import is mainly dependent on availability of coal in
global market, increasing competitive scenario and affordability.
As the proposed Banhardih Coal Mine Block is linked to Patratu Super Thermal
Power Project, the demand-supply gap is not irreverent.
1.6 List of Agreements/Allotments/Statutory Clearances
The list of agreements/allotments/statutory clearances of proposed coal mine is

given in Table-1.2.
TABLE-1.2
ALLOTMENT/AGREEMENT/ STATUTORY CLEARANCES
Sr. No. Allotment/Agreements Remarks

1 Allotment agreement between Nominated Authority and Annexure-II(A)
JUUNL dated 30.03.2015
2 First and second amendment to the allotment Annexure-II(B)
agreement dated 30.06.2015 & 16.01.2017
3 Deed of Adherence between Nominated Authority (MOC, Annexure-II(C)
GOI) Jharkhand Urja Utpadan Nigam Limited (JUUNL)
and Patratu Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL)
dated 02.06.2017
4 Deed of assignment between JUUNL and PVUNL towards Annexure-II(D)
amendment of the allotment order in favour of PVUNL
dated 18.05.2018
5 Corrigendum No. 2 to the allotment Order No Annexure-II(E)
103/18/2015/ NA dated 30.06.2015 and allotment order
in favour of M/s. PVUNL vide allotment order No
103/18/2015 NA dated 25.06.2018
6 Certification Letter of geological block boundary by Annexure-II(F)
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Sr. No. Allotment/Agreements Remarks

CMPDIL of Banhardih coal block dated 13.10.2017
7 Notification with respect to 1,043 ha under CBA Act Annexure-II(G)
8 Notification under Section 4 (1) of coal bearing Act,1957 Annexure-II(H)
9 Approvals of mining plan including mine closure plan Annexure-II(I)

from Board of company
Forest Clearance
10 Application for diversion of Forest Diversion proposal of Annexure-II (J)
549.48 ha
Mining Plan
11 In-principal approval of Mining Plan including Mine Annexure-II (K)
Closure Plan vide Letter No:CC/MP&MC/102/2021-
22/Banhardih on 15.07.2021
12 TOR Letter accorded by MOEF&CC Annexure-I(A)
13 Public Hearing Proceedings Annexure-XV
1.7 Scope of the Study
The present EIA report and application for EC pertains to coal mining of 12 MTPA
over an area of 1467.42 ha. The scope of EIA Study covers the Terms of
Reference (TOR) accorded by MOEF&CC vide letter dated 02.10.2020. The
compliance of TOR are enclosed as Annexure-I(B).
The scope of this study broadly includes:
 Conducting literature review and to collect data relevant to the study area;
 Field sampling of environmental attributes at various representative locations

in the study area to establish the baseline environmental status;
 Collate and compile secondary data including socio-economic data from

published literature/government publications;
 Identifying various existing pollution loads due to various activities;
 Predicting incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the

proposed activities;
 Evaluating the predicted impacts on various environmental attributes in the

study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) methodologies;
 To prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP), outlining the measures

for improving the environmental quality in view of future project for
environmentally sustainable development; and

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Identifying critical environmental attributes that are required to be monitored

in the post-project scenario.
1.8 Methodology of the Study
The baseline studies were carried out during 1 st December 2020 to 30th
November 2021 (covering all four seasons) to determine existing conditions of
various environmental attributes as outlined in Table-1.3. The applicable
environmental standards are given in Annexure-III and methodology of
sampling and analysis is given in Annexure-IV.
TABLE-1.3
ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING
Sr. Attributes Parameters Frequency No of Sampling

No. Locations in
the Study Area
Meteorology Wind speed, wind Continuous for twelve months
direction, temperature, with hourly recording at one
relative humidity, rainfall, central location at project site
1 1 location
Atmospheric Pressure, and and secondary data collected
other non-instrumental from nearest IMD
observations
Ambient Air As per NAAQ’s 2009 24 hourly samples twice a
Quality week for 52-weeks. CO is
10 locations
2 monitored for three 8 hourly
samples in 24 hours for twice
a week for 52 weeks
Water Quality Physical, chemical and Samples were collected from
bacteriological parameters Surface Water (SW) and 6 locations (GW)
Ground Water (GW) sources. + 6 Locations
3
Sampling and analysis is (SW)
carried out for monthly during
study period
Soil Quality Soil profile with chemical Once during each season
4 15 locations
and physical constituents
Land use Trend of land use change Based on secondary data and
5 Study area
for different categories satellite imagery
Ecology Terrestrial and aquatic Primary survey through field
flora and fauna in the studies during study period
6 Study area
study area and supplemented with
published data
Noise levels Lday, Lnight, Leq Hourly readings for 24 hours
15 locations
7 at 15 locations, once during
each season
Socio- Socio-economic Based on data published in Once during
8 Economic characteristics district census handbooks and study period
aspects field study
1.9 Structure of the Final EIA Report
Chapter-1: Introduction
This chapter provides background information of the proposed mine, brief

description and objectives of the mine, description of the area, scope, methodology
and organization of the study.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Chapter-2: Project Description
This chapter deals with the need of the proposed mine, location, project
implementation schedule, details of proposed mining activity, other technical and
design details and anticipated sources of pollution along with major pollution
control measures provided.
Chapter-3: Description of the Environment
This chapter presents the methodology and findings of field studies undertaken to
establish the environmental baseline conditions, which is also supplemented by
secondary published literature.
Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures
This chapter will cover detailed impact of the proposed mine on different
environmental components during operation phase of mining project. The chapter
will also deal with the measures to be adopted to mitigate the adverse impact of
the proposed mine development and underscores the areas of concern, which
need mitigation measures. Impacts of mining on the AAQ and predictions based
on modeling using the latest model is also provided in this chapter.
Chapter-5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)
This chapter describes the analysis of various alternative sites and the technology
considered for the mining activities.
Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program
This chapter presents the environmental monitoring requirements for effective

implementation of mitigatory measures during operational phase of the proposed
project. The frequency and reporting of monitoring programme is also outlined in
this chapter.
Chapter-7: Additional Studies
This chapter describes various risks associated during operational stage of the
proposed mine. A disaster management plan to minimise the risks or to combat
the associated risks is also discussed. Occupational health and safety during
mining and its management also discussed.
The Public Hearing (PH) was held successfully on 29.12.2021 and the details are
incorporated in this chapter.
Chapter-8: Project Benefits
This chapter describes various benefits of the proposed mine to the community in
the vicinity and as well as to the region on the whole.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Chapter-9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis
This chapter presents a brief cost benefit analysis based on available data.
Chapter-10: Environment Management Plan
This chapter presents the details of institutional arrangements for environment

protection and conservation. Organization structure for environment management
is also brought out. Corporate Environmental Policy of PVUNL has also been
discussed. Various plans like rainwater harvesting, solar roof top plan, green belt
development plan, CSR plan etc. are also provided.
Chapter-11: Summary and Conclusions
This chapter contains the summary and conclusion of the overall EIA studies.
Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged
This chapter contains the list of various experts engaged in preparing the EIA
report along with brief description of the consultancy services.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Report for the Rev. No.: 0
Banhardih Coal Mining Project of Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-1
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This chapter addresses the details of the proposed coal mine, salient features of
the project, production schedule of coal, machinery, the processes and capacities,
utilities and services, infra-structural facilities, sources of pollution and proposed
mitigation measures. The project related details are sourced from the approved
mine plan.
2.1 Type of the Project
As per Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September

2006, proposed project falls under Schedule Mining of Minerals- ‘1(a)’ of
Category- ‘A’. The proposed mining method is opencast with combination of
shovel-dumper and surface miner are proposed for coal extraction whereas OB
removal by shovel-dumper.
2.2 Need of the Project
Coal is the most important and abundant fossil fuel in India. It accounts for 55%
of the country's energy need. The country's industrial heritage was built upon
indigenous coal.
As such, Banhardih coal production of 12.0 MTPA will be fully utilised by Patratu
Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL). It will be beneficial in terms of
production of coal for meeting consumptive coal for Patratu STPP and thereby
reducing the gap in the demand supply of coal in PVUNL power station.
2.3 Project Location
Banhardih coal block is a part of Auranga coal field. The block extends over an
area of 1818.10 ha. The coalfield is located in the easternmost part of the Koel
Valley group of coalfields situated in Latehar district of Jharkhand state. The block
is located in the east central part of Auranga coalfield.
The current mineable area is 1467.42 ha and mining plan has been prepared for
peak capacity of 12.0 MTPA using opencast mining method covering 1467.42 ha
only. Ministry of Coal has accorded in-principal approval for Mining Plan including
Mine Closure Plan of Banhardih Coal Block for an area of 1467.42 ha vide Letter
No: CC/MP&MC/102/2021-22/Banhardih on 15.07.2021.
Mine Lease (M.L) area. Accordingly, the present EIA report and application for EC
The site photographs and location plan are given in Figure-1.4 of Chapter-1 &
Figure-2.1 of Chapter-2. The surface plan is shown in Figure-2.2. The salient
features of the proposed coal mine are given in Table-2.1.
Chapter-2 Project Description VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-2
TABLE-2.1
SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROPOSED COAL MINE
Sr. No. Description Details

1 Name of the geological block Banhardih coal mine
2 Total project area as per Block 1818.10 ha
allocation
3 Current Mineable area as per 1467.42 ha
approved Mining Plan
4 Explored area of block 1049.0 ha
5 No. of bore holes drilled within 82 boreholes
the block
6 Overall bore hole density 7.82 BH/Sq. km. within the explored area
7 No. of seams 18 no. of major seams.
1B, 1T, 2, 3, 4B, 4M, 4T, 5B, 5M, 5T, 6B,
6M, 6T, R1B, R1M, R1T, R2 & R3.
8 Net Geological reserves 1234.98 MT upto 1200 m
9 Net Geological reserves 401.56 Mt upto a depth of 300 m
considered for mining
10 Extractable reserves-Open 250.50 Mt
cast
11 Total OB Generation 1173 MCM
12 Average stripping ratio 4.68 m3/t

13 % of extraction 62.38 % Upto a depth range of 300 m
depth only
14 Rated Capacity of mine as per 12 MTPA
15 Expected life of mine 30 years
16 Average Gross calorific value G11 (>4000 – 4300 Kcal/Kg)
(GCV in K.cal/kg) of coal
17 Type of mine Opencast
18 Method of mining Coal extraction - Surface Miner and
conventional Drilling and Blasting.
OB Removal - Shovel Dumper combination.
19 Coal evacuation Through MGR system and Indian Railways
20 No. of working days/ Number 3 shifts of 8 hour each for 330 days
of shifts/ Working hours/shift
21 Quarriable area 727.24 ha
22 Total excavation volume (Coal 1340 Mm3
+ Overburden)
23 Maximum bench height 10 m
24 Ultimate depth of mine 300 m
25 Temporary external dump 467.14 ha
(within block) area
26 Internal dump area 727.24 ha
27 No. of external dumps 1
28 No. of internal dumps 1

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-3

29 Top soil generation 17.94 M.cum
30 Overall pit slope 45º
31 Dump height 30 m
32 Power requirement 40 MVA
33 Source of power Power shall be drawn from proposed

132/33 kV GSS at Chandwa of Jharkhand
Urja Sancharan Nigam Limited by providing
additional 132 kV bay
34 Water requirement 11.25 MLD
(Potable – 2.3 MLD; Industrial – 8.95 MLD)
Source: Potable: Bore wells/Rainfall/ground
water,
Industrial: Treated mine discharged water
35 Manpower requirement Approx. 1,306
36 Total Project cost ₹ 5546 Crores
37 Pre-Mining land type Private – 561.92 ha
Govt – 356.02 ha
Forest – 549.48 ha
Total – 1467.42 ha
An application for 549.48 ha of forest land

diversion proposal has been submitted.
38 No. of HSOs (As per SES) 1592 no.s
Source: Approved Mining Plan

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the Rev. No.: 0

Banhardih Coal Mining Project of 12 MTPA Capacity Rev. Date:25.04.2022
Page No.: C2-4
FIGURE-2.1
LOCATION PLAN OF BANHARDIH COAL BLOCK

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-5
FIGURE-2.2
SURFACE PLAN

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-6
Note: The above surface plan has been prepared for 1818.10 ha. However, the
current mineable area is 1467.42 ha and western block has been excluded from
EIA and mining plan.
2.4 Proposed Schedule of Approval and Implementation

Various statutory clearances are required to start coal mining activities. In
addition, pre-construction and construction activities related to land acquisition, R
& R, diversion of roads/HT lines, permanent power, coal evacuation etc., will be
be carried out in a time bound manner.
After receipt of Environmental Clearance (EC) and Forest Clearances,

development activities of mine will start operations. The first year of coal
production would be 2024-25. The coal from the mine will be used for Patratu
STPP.
2.5 Resource Requirement
2.5.1 Land Requirement
 Land Use Pattern of the Block Area
The Banhardih coal block comprises of about 1818 Ha km area distributed over
10 nos. of villages out of which, the mineable area is about 1467.42 ha. It
administratively falls under the Latehar District, Jharkhand State. However, the
entire land of the coal block is being acquired as the land acquisition may be
difficult at later stage.
The block area of Banhardih coal block is 1818.10 ha. Out of this, 31.99 % is
designated as forest land, tenancy land is 40.69 %, Government/ Non-Forest land
is 27.32 %. Present and post mining land use is given in Table-2.2 and Table-
2.3 respectively. The land use plan is given in Figure-2.3. The land use plan
showing forest and non-forest area is given in Figure-2.4.
TABLE-2.2
PRESENT LAND USE OF BANHARDIH COAL BLOCK (Total Block)
Sr.No Type Area in ha

Within ML Area
1 Tenancy Agricultural 739.89
Settlements
2 Government Water Bodies/Tanks 496.60
Roads
3 Forest & 581.61
open scrubs
Sub-Total 1818.10
Source: PFR

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-7
TABLE-2.3
POST MINING LAND USE OF BANHARDIH COAL BLOCK
Sr. No Type Area in ha
1 Backfilled area – Agricultural land 74.90

2 Backfilled area – Plantation 545.35
3 Backfilled area – Forest land (returned) 106.99
4 Top soil dump – Plantation 12.24
5 External Dump/surface dump - Public/Company Use 91.35
6 External Dump/surface dump - Forest land (returned) 349.35
7 Safety zone – Plantation 7.85
8 Haul road between quarries – Plantation 9.22
9 Haul road between quarries – Forest Land (returned) 0.99
10 Road diversion – Public/Company Use 5.58
11 Settling Pond – Forest Land (returned) 0.64
12 Road & Infrastructure area - Public/Company Use 33.24
13 Road & Infrastructure area - Forest land (returned) 2.46
14 Garland Drains – Public/Company Use 4.83
15 Garland Drains – Forest land (returned) 2.75
16 Undisturbed /Mining Rights for UG - Forest land 54.77
(returned)
17 Undisturbed /Mining Rights for UG - Undisturbed 515.59
Total 1818.10
At this planned period, 1467.42 Ha of area has been conceptualized to be worked

including a surface dump to be re-handled at a later stage of the project.
Notification under Section 11 (1) has already been served as per CBA Act, 1957
for an area of 10.42 Sq. km while notification for the remaining area will be
issued shortly. The land distribution as per the land records obtained from the
State Government is furnished in Table-2.4. Land use pattern in proposed and
end of life is given in Table-2.5.
A village road, passing through the central part of the block needs to be shifted
beforehand of mining operation. The detail engineering of the road will be made
with due consultation with the Public Works Department, Government of
Jharkhand. A village wise break-up of 1467.42 ha of project area is given in
Table-2.6.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-8
TABLE-2.4
PRE-MINING LAND DISTRIBUTION OF MINEABLE AREA
Pre-Mining Land Use "ha"

Agricultural 309.00
Township -
Grazing -
Barren 208.33
Tenancy
Water Bodies 8
Road 0.81
Community -
Others 35.78
Agricultural 116.62
Township -
Govt. Non Grazing -
forest Barren 151.40
Water Bodies 33.44
Road 27.61
Others 26.95
Reserve -
Protected 505.78
Forest
(Chote Jhar Bade Jhar Ka Jungle)
43.7
CJBJ
Free hold - -
Total 1467.42

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Banhardih Coal Mining Project of 12 MTPA Capacity Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
Page No.: C2-9
FIGURE-2.3
PRE-MINING LAND USE PLAN

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-10
FIGURE-2.4
LAND USE PLAN SHOWING FOREST & NON-FOREST AREA

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-11
TABLE-2.5
LAND USE PATTERN OF BANHARDIH COAL BLOCK IN PROPOSED AND END OF MINE LIFE (ha)
Sr.No Type Land Use land use Land Use (Post Closure) (ha)
(Proposed) (End of Agricultural Plantation Water Public/ Forest Land Undisturbed Total
Life) Land Body Company (Re turned)
Use
1 Excavation Area 727.24 - - - - -
2 Backfilled Area - 727.24 74.90 545.35 - - 106.99 - 727.24
3 Excavated Void - - - - - -
4 Top Soil Dump 12.24 12.24 - 12.24 - - - 12.24
5 External Dump /surface dump (Temporary) 440.70 440.70 - - 91.35 349.35 - 440.70
6 Safety Zone 7.85 7.85 - 7.85 - - - 7.85
7 Haul road between quarries 10.21 10.21 - 9.22 - - 0.99 - 10.21
8 Road Diversion 5.58 5.58 - - - 5.58 - 5.58
9 Diversion/ Below River - - - - -
/ Nala / Canal
10 Settling Pond 0.64 0.64 - - - - 0.64 - 0.64
11 Road & Infra structure area. 35.70 35.70 - - - 33.24 2.46 - 35.70
12 Rationalisation area - - - - - - - - -
13 Garland Drains 7.58 7.58 4.83 2.75 - 7.58
14 Embankment - - - - - - - - -
15 Greenbelt * (7.85) (7.85) - (7.85) - - - - (7.85)
16 Water Reservoir Near Pit - - - - - - - - -
17 UG Entry - - - - - - - -
18 Undisturbed / Mining Rights for UG. 219.68 219.68 - - - - 54.77 164.91 219.68
19 Resettlement - - - - - - - - -
20 Pit Head Power Plant - - - - - - - - -
21 Water Harvesting - - - - - - - - -
22 Agricultural Land - - - - - - - - -
23 Total 1467.42 1467.42 74.90 574.66 0.00 135.00 517.95 164.91 1467.42
Source: Approved Mining Plan of Banhardih Coal Block
*Greenbelt development within the safety zone. Hence shown in ()
An unexplored area of 418.42 ha within the project boundary has been considered for temporary surface dumping which will be
completely rehandled at the end of mine life.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-12
TABLE-2.6
VILLAGE WISE BREAK UP OF LEASE AREA (MINEABLE AREA)
Sr.No Government Private Total Area in

Village Name Forest (ha)
(ha) (ha) ha
1 Banhardi 130.56 189.67 161.34 481.57
2 Bari 183.89 264.75 328.22 776.86
3 Sabano 6.42 64.49 5.21 76.12
4 Surli 1.27 9.23 8.68 19.18
5 Rampur 0.27 0.00 3.63 3.9
6 Ate 30.16 0.00 49.55 79.71
7 Tota 0.21 5.56 2.78 8.55
8 Jagaldaga 0.18 15.78 0.00 15.96
9 Barwadih 2.45 0.00 2.50 4.95
10 Renchi 0.62 0.00 0.00 0.62
Total 356.01 549.48 561.91 1467.42
Source: Forest Clearance Application submitted by PVUNL

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Banhardih Coal Mining Project of Rev. Date:25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-13
2.5.2 Water Requirement
Total requirement of water is estimated as 11.25 MLD for the block (Potable – 2.3
MLD; Industrial – 8.95 MLD). The break-up of water requirement is given in
Table-2.7. The water balance diagram is given in Figure-2.5. An application of
NOC for groundwater clearance (21-4/857/JH/MIN/2022) is submitted to CGWA
on 18.04.2022. (Copy is attached as Annexure-XX).
Water Source: Borewells/Ground water/Rainfall has been assumed to be the

source of potable water requirement. For all industrial usage of water, the treated
mine water pumped out from the sumps will be used after treatment of
suspended solids.
In usual condition of the mining, this mine will operate in a “Zero Discharge”
Scenario. The mine pit accumulated water will be pumped and stored in the
central sump for workshop, sprinkling and plantation use. Water discharge may
happen only in the rainy season due to sudden inrush of storm water.
TABLE-2.7
BREAK-UP OF WATER REQUIREMENT
Sr.No Description Water Requirement

(In MLD)
1 Potable/Domestic 2.3
2 Industrial 8.95
Total 11.25
FIGURE-2.5
WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-14
2.5.3 Power Requirement
Power requirement of this mine is approximately 40 MVA at 132 kV level. An

application has been already made by the project proponent in this regard to get
the required power from the proposed 132/33 kV GSS at Chandwa and PVUNL
has also requested for the provision of additional 132 kV bay for power supply to
the Banhardih coal mine.
2.5.4 Manpower Requirement
Manpower required for 12 MTPA production based on 330 working days shall be
approximately 1306. The details of total manpower requirement is given in
Table-2.8.
TABLE-2.8
DETAILS OF TOTAL MANPOWER REQUIREMENT
Sr. No Category Nos.

1 Management staff 32
2 Mine operations 945
3 Mine maintenance 123
4 Environmental 4
5 Safety 26
6 Training 3
7 Support & services 80
8 Coal handling plant 93
Total 1306
2.5.5 Raw Material Requirement
No raw material is required. Only diesel is required for transportation of vehicles,

operation of HEMM and generators in case of emergency. The ROM coal from
active faces/different benches will be transported by 60 T dumpers to the CHP
and from there sized coal shall be transported to MGR system envisaged in the
southern boundary of the block.
In addition, explosives will be required of carrying out open cast mining

operation. Explosives will be transported in explosive vans approved by the Chief
Controller of Explosives.
Average grade of coal mined out would be G11 (4000 - 4300 Kcal/kg).
Application of surface miner in coal will reduce drilling & blasting substantially
thus reducing the impact of pollution.
2.6 Exploration, Geology and Assessment of Reserves
2.6.1 Geology
Regional Geology
Auranga coal field is the easternmost coal field of the North Koel Valley
Gondwana Basin. Banhardih Coal Block is a part of Auranga coal field and is

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-15
situated in the eastern part of the Auranga Coalfield in Latehar district of

Jharkhand. The regional geological exploration carried out by the Geological
Survey of India has revealed five promising coal bearing sectors in Auranga Coal
Field. These sectors are Jagaldagga (10 sq.km), Gowa (15 sq.km), Rajbar (50
sq.km), Sabanu (10 sq.km) and Banhardih (10 sq.km). Jagaldaga sector is
estimated to yield a total of 113.09 million tonnes of coal.
Local Geology
In the Banhardi sector, Gondwana - Precambrian boundary in the east is marked

by NW- SE trending border fault as evidenced from the occurrence of extensive
quartz reef zone near Daria. This border fault is offset by two cross faults.
Detailed Regional and local geology is given in Chapter-3.
2.6.2 Block Exploration Details
The allocated Banhardih block comprises of 1818 Ha which was decided to be

explored in two phases. In the first phase an area of 1049 Ha was taken up for
detailed exploration which lies in the eastern part of the block. As per Regional
Geological Report of GSI (Geological Survey of India) total resource of non-coking
coal of 920.39 million tonnes of C-G grade has been estimated in this block for
seven regionally persisted coal seam zones (II-VIII) over 18 sq km area. Based
on this exploration, detailed exploration has been planned comprising topographic
survey, geological mapping, drilling (on 400X400 grid interval), core logging,
geophysical survey, sampling and chemical analysis and reserve estimation after
the preparation of Geological Model as per MoC guidelines. Details of drilling is
given in Table-2.9.
TABLE-2.9
DETAILS OF DRILLED BORE HOLES OF BANHARDIH COAL BLOCK
Sr.No No. of Bores Holes Agency Type Meterage

(m)
1 15 Geological Survey Coring 6432.60
of India
2 67 Department of Coring 35299.00
Mines & Geology,
Government of
Jharkhand
Total 82 41731.60
2.6.3 Brief Geological Information
Part of the block comprising an area of around 1049 ha out 1818.10 ha is covered
under detail exploration with a borehole density of 7.82 BH/Sq. km. based on the
exploration carried out so far, 18 coal horizon has been established in the block.
The seam I and II are the most potential coal seams. Besides, there are few local
seams which seems to be developed occasionally and attained workable thickness
in places. The sequence of coal seams along with the thickness of seam is given
in Table-2.10. The seam category wise in-situ reserves is given in Table-2.11.
The estimation of blocked and geological reserves is given in Table-2.12. The
geological plan and geological cross section are given in Figure-2.6 and Figure-
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-16
2.7. The plan showing coal thickness & O.B thickness is given in Figure-2.8. The
floor contour map of Seam R3 is given in Figure-2.9.
TABLE-2.10
THICKNESS RANGE OF ALL COAL SEAM HORIZONS OF BANHARDIH COAL
BLOCK
Thickness of Coal Seam Average

(in m) Coal Seam Intersected
Coal Thickness of
in Total Number of
Seams Coal Seam
Boreholes
Minimum Maximum (in m)
R3 1.08 3.88 4 2.2

Borehole 16W 3W
R2 0.58 8.50 10 4.23
Borehole 18W 20W
R1 T 0.62 14.68 14 4.74
Borehole 2W 1S
R1 M 0.61 7.50 15 2.74
Borehole 2W AB15
R1 B 0.67 8.5 15 3.04
Borehole 1S AB13
6T 0.88 17.41 13 5.81
Borehole 8W 1N
6M 0.74 14.02 13 4.74
Borehole 17W A8
6B 1.18 11.05 15 5.61
Borehole 17W AB05
5T 0.68 10.09 18 4.53
Borehole 7W A7
5M 0.70 7.51 12 2.74
Borehole 1W 18W
5B 0.70 10.85 15 3.59
Borehole 1S 13W
4T 0.50 15.35 22 3.18
Borehole 2W 17W
4M 0.53 8.01 20 2.53
Borehole 7W A7
4B 0.62 13.94 20 3.39
Borehole 1S 15W
3 0.76 33.55 21 7.14
Borehole 1N AB14
2 3.83 57.20 37 26.82
Borehole 18E A7
IT 3.23 49.06 47 23.94
Borehole 4E A2
IB 9.05 68.40 44 37.86
Borehole 17E 4E

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-17
TABLE-2.11
SEAM WISE CATEGORY WISE NET INSITU RESERVES
(UPTO 1200 M DEPTH RANGE IN MILLION TONS)-BANHARDIH COAL
BLOCK
Seam Proved (MT) Indicated (MT) Total (MT)

R2 5.9818 0.0260 6.0078
R1T 8.3457 3.1646 11.5103
R1M 12.6741 2.0827 14.7569
R1B 12.2293 2.6445 14.8739
6T 23.0885 1.1571 24.2456
6M 19.6641 1.0952 20.7953
6B 18.8729 3.3620 22.2348
5T 29.2530 8.2691 37.5221
5M 18.7543 2.4222 21.1765
5B 31.5698 5.1731 36.7429
4T 32.7488 10.8743 43.6231
4M 11.4773 6.3407 17.8180
4B 20.1837 0.1132 20.2968
3 94.4801 21.1535 115.6336
2 211.7956 42.5138 254.3093
1B 272.2919 18.7999 291.0918
1T 234.2435 48.1432 282.3867
Total 1057.6543 177.3352 1234.9895

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-18
TABLE-2.12
ESTIMATION OF BLOCKED GEOLOGICAL RESERVES AND EXTRACTABLE RESERVES
(This section estimated only upto a depth range of 300 m)
Mining Extractable
Thickness Range Depth Net Geological Mineable
Seam Name Blocked Reserves (in Million Tons) Losses Reserves
(m) Range (m) Reserve (Mte) Reserve Mte
in Mte
Min. Max. Nala /
High wall Bar Unecon Total
Thickness Thickness River UG OC
/ batter rier omic Blocked
(m) (m) /Road
R3 1.08 3.88 20.34-343.18 0.00
R2 0.58 8.5 26.35-489.00 5.38 1.08 - - 0.84 1.92 - 3.46 0.26 3.20
R1T 0.62 14.68 25.25 - 643.32 4.35 0.78 - - 0.61 1.40 - 2.95 0.22 2.73
R1M 0.61 7.5 38.75 -647.07 5.73 1.15 - - 0.43 1.58 - 4.15 0.31 3.84
R1B 0.67 8.5 51.95 -650.86 5.87 1.17 - - 0.44 1.61 - 4.26 0.32 3.94
6T 0.88 17.41 42.70-744.91 13.00 2.60 - - 1.22 3.82 - 9.18 0.69 8.49
6M 0.74 14.02 50.14 -761.05 11.99 2.40 - - 0.39 2.79 - 9.20 0.69 8.51
6B 1.18 11.05 23.76-783.96 11.99 2.20 - - 0.92 3.12 - 7.88 0.59 7.29
5T 0.68 10.09 66.00-911.73 11.54 2.31 - - 1.18 3.49 - 8.05 0.60 7.45
5M 0.7 7.51 74.36-927.00 5.24 1.05 - - 0.42 1.47 - 3.77 0.28 3.49
5B 0.7 10.89 68.07 -941.73 7.50 1.50 - - 0.78 2.28 - 5.22 0.39 4.83
4T 0.5 15.35 38.74-979.62 7.66 1.53 - - 0.45 1.98 - 5.68 0.43 5.25
4M 0.53 8.01 58.50-991.66 8.48 1.70 - - 0.76 2.46 - 6.02 0.45 5.57
4B 0.62 13.94 24.82 -996.74 14.09 2.82 - - 0.69 3.51 - 10.58 0.79 9.79
3 0.76 33.55 59.03 -851.54 29.92 8.36 - - 0.00 8.36 - 21.56 1.62 19.94
2 3.83 57.2 21.35 -931.94 83.94 25.32 - - 0.00 25.32 - 58.62 4.40 54.22
1T 3.23 49.06 42.40 -991.52 82.81 27.17 - - 0.00 27.17 - 55.64 4.17 51.47
1B 9.05 68.4 30.13-981.09 93.05 38.46 - - 0.00 38.46 - 54.59 4.09 50.50
Tot
401.56 121.59 - - 9.14 130.73 - 270.81 20.31 250.50
al

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-19
FIGURE-2.6
GEOLOGICAL PLAN

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-20
FIGURE-2.7
GEOLOGICAL CROSS SECTION

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-21
FIGURE-2.8
PLAN SHOWING TOTAL COAL THICKNESS & OVERBURDEN THICKNESS

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-22
FIGURE-2.9
FLOOR CONTOUR MAP

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-23
2.7 Process Description
The occurrence of coal seams has been established in the part of the Block
covering an area of 1049 Ha upto a depth of 1200 m through detail exploration
with a borehole density of 7.82 BH/Sq. Km.
The depth of occurrence of the coal seam suggests coal winning through both
opencast and underground methods. The nature of coal seams with numerous
faults and steep seam gradient requires further technical study before planning of
Underground coal mine feasibility. However, this mining plan is envisaged coal
mining through opencast methodology upto a depth of 300 m from the surface
level.
Opencast mining methodology with coal extraction through surface miner and
conventional drilling and blasting. Coal produced by surface miner will be
dispatched to power plant directly while coal produced through drilling and
blasting will be subjected to primary crushing to reduce the size less than 100
mm. Overburden excavation through drilling & blasting while removal through
shovel dumper combination will be employed. The method of work with shovel-
dumper mining comprises of:
 Removal of top soil;

 Removal of OB to expose the coal seam; and
 Excavation of coal.
The activities involved in the process are
 Drilling & blasting;

 Haul roads formation;
 OB removal;
 Transportation of coal from face/working benches to surface by means of
trucks/belt conveyors; and
 Transportation of coal from pit head to CHP and then to consumers.
Considering 18 number of coal seams to be worked, multi seam working is

inevitable at Banhardih coal mine. Shovel/Excavators of varying sizes are thus
considered commensurate with the parting variations as depicted in the
Geological Report (GR). Selections of size of equipment were based on the
thickness range of parting & OB. Based on the wide variation of parting thickness
range, shovels of varying size – 5.5 cum bucket capacity to 12 cum bucket
capacity has been proposed in this mining plan. Combination of 60- 100 T RDT
also considered for obtaining the optimum productivity of the excavators.
The average workable coal seam thickness are found to be 4.23 m (Seam R2) to
37.86 m (Seam 1B), however the seam gradients are found to be on much higher
side upto 45O. Considering the geo-mining parameters of the block, it has been
planned to deploy Surface Miner as well as to adopt drilling and blasting for coal
excavation in this project.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-24
It is envisaged that the lower packet of coal seams which is thick in nature will be
exposed in the mining benches. More the mine progresses towards south and
south west, probability of occurrence of Seam 1 and Seam 2 will be restricted at
the same time, parting thickness will be increased. Thus from 8 th year onward,
coal production will be done through surface miner and through drilling and
blasting. Geo-mining parameters considered for this block is given in Table-2.13.
TABLE-2.13
GEO-MINING PARAMETERS FOR THE PLANNED PERIOD TILL THE FINAL
STAGE OF EXCAVATION
Sr.No Parameters Specifications

1 Area of the block 1818.10 ha
2 Explored area of the 1049.00 ha
block
3 Mineable area 1467.42 ha
5 Bench Configuration 10 x 10 m
6 Non-working bench 10 m
widths
7 Bench Slope 700 individual, overall 450.
8 OB Loosening through Drilling and Blasting.
Removal through Shovel-Dumper
combination.
9 Coal Shall be worked through Surface Miner
and drilling and blasting. Removal
through Front end loader/Shovel and
Dumper combination.
Drilling and Blasting
Drilling and blasting are required to excavate both the hard OB and part of the
coal seams to meet the production requirement. The whole of Overburden except
the Top OB and Weathered mantle zones, and coal in a tune of maximum 5.40
Million Tons will be excavated through drilling and blasting. Drilling for OB will be
done for the full bench upto 10 m depth whereas Coal benches will be limited to 3
m considering high dipping of the coal seams and possible mixing of dirt materials
during blasting operation.
Considering powder factor for OB as 0.30 kg/Cum, total explosive requirement

per week will be 330 tons while considering powder factor for coal as 0.26
kg/Ton, total explosive requirement per week will be 29.78 Tons. Considering the
sensitivity of the project area, no planning for Magazine is provisioned.
Authorized agencies will be engaged for supply and conduct blasting operation at
site.
Mine Ventilation: Banhardih coal block is envisaged to be mined by opencast

mining method. The maximum depth envisaged during proposed planned period

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-25
of 30 years is 300 m. No artificial ventilation system will be required to establish

for this depth. Natural ventilation will drive out the gases generated from the
HEMM operation.
Mine Drainage: The planning of de-watering of the mine has been done in such
a way that as far as possible the working faces and haul roads shall remain dry.
The layout of the quarry provides suitable gradient along the quarry floors and
the benches to facilitate self-drainage of water to the lowest level of the quarry.
The sump water will be collected through pumps and shall be utilized for
Plantation, Sprinkling and Workshop use in the dry season. While the storm water
will be channelized to the adjacent streams after treatment in the monsoon
period.
Excavation of Overburden: As is well known, the combination of shovel and

dumper technology offers convenient mining operations. During the initial year of
quarry operation, a temporary road will be developed near the access trench by
dressing the top soil and some leveling of the undulating surfaces. The
overburden from lower benches will be connected by ramps to the western dump
road, during the first 3 years of mine operation. By then central flank road will be
developed gradually along with the mine advancement. Internal dumping will be
continued from the 6th year of operation.
Though equipment is provided separately under overburden and coal, the same
shovel working in coal or OB may excavate the parting or coal seam below and
above a particular horizon depending on workload and location.
Coal Winning
It is envisaged to deploy surface miner for coal excavation for nearly about 66%
of the total production throughout the life of the mine. In this technology blasting
is not required for excavation of coal. Surface miner will be provided for
production of coal of uniform size. The inseam bands of +30 m thickness can also
be removed separately. Due to utilization of selective mining the grade of the coal
could be improved. In this technology the coal face will be clean and wear & tear
of dump trucks will also get reduced. Surface miner will be operated with a
minimum face dimension of 200 m x 200 m.
The geo-mining condition of the Block suggests to adopt combination of both

drilling and blasting along with the deployment of surface miner for coal
Production. The steeply dipping seam, confinement of the bulk reserves within
the lower horizons, relatively thin seam in the upper packet and the production
demand – all suggested to adopt drilling and blasting in coal production along
with the Surface Miner deployment. The blasted coal will be subjected to crushing
and screening units (2 X 500 TPH) to be installed within the project area. Drilling
and blasting is suggested tentatively from 8 th year onward.
Conceptual plan is shown in Figure-2.10. The year wise stage plan is given in
Figure-2.11 to Figure-2.15.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-26
FIGURE-2.10
CONCEPTUAL PLAN

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-27
FIGURE-2.11
FIRST YEAR STAGE PLAN

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-28
FIGURE-2.12
THIRD YEAR STAGE PLAN

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-29
FIGURE-2.13
FIFTH YEAR STAGE PLAN

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-30
FIGURE-2.14
SEVENTH YEAR STAGE PLAN

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C2-31
FIGURE-2.15
FINAL YEAR STAGE PLAN

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-32
Mine production is planned from the year 2024-25. Year wise production schedule
is given below in Table-2.14.
TABLE -2.14
TENTATIVE PRODUCTION CALENDAR OF BANHARDIH COAL MINE
Year of Calendar Coal Production (MT)

OB "MM3" SR
Operation Year UG OC Total
Year-1 2024-25 - 1.00 1.00 12.00 12.00
Year-2 2025-26 - 6.50 6.50 28.00 4.31
Year-3 2026-27 - 7.50 7.50 44.00 5.87
Year-4 2027-28 - 9.00 9.00 50.00 5.56
Year-5 2028-29 - 10.50 10.50 52.00 4.95
Year-6 2029-30 - 11.00 11.00 52.00 4.73
Year-7 2030-31 - 12.00 12.00 52.00 4.33
Year-8 2031-32 - 12.00 12.00 52.00 4.33
Year-9 2032-33 - 12.00 12.00 52.00 4.33
Year-10 2033-34 - 12.00 12.00 52.00 4.33
Year-11 2034-35 - 12.00 12.00 52.00 4.33
Year-12 2035-36 - 12.00 12.00 52.00 4.33
Year-13 2036-37 - 12.00 12.00 52.00 4.33
Year-14 2037-38 - 12.00 12.00 52.00 4.33
Year-15 2038-39 - 10.00 10.00 40.50 4.05
Year-16 2039-40 - 8.00 8.00 40.50 5.06
Year-17 2040-41 - 8.00 8.00 40.50 5.06
Year-18 2041-42 - 8.00 8.00 40.50 5.06
Year-19 2042-43 - 8.00 8.00 40.50 5.06
Year-20 2043-44 - 8.00 8.00 40.50 5.06
Year-21 2044-45 - 8.00 8.00 40.50 5.06
Year-22 2045-46 - 8.00 8.00 40.50 5.06
Year-23 2046-47 - 6.50 6.50 40.00 6.15
Year-24 2047-48 - 6.50 6.50 35.00 5.38
Year-25 2048-49 - 6.50 6.50 20.00 3.08
Year-26 2049-50 - 6.50 6.50 18.00 2.77
Year-27 2050-51 - 5.50 5.50 19.00 3.45
Year-28 2051-52 - 4.50 4.50 20.00 4.44
Year-29 2052-53 - 4.50 4.50 21.00 4.67
Year-30 2053-54 - 2.50 2.50 22.00 8.80
Total - 250.50 250.50 1173.00 4.68
Year wise cumulative OB & coal production and dumping schedule is provided in
below Table-2.15.
TABLE-2.15
PRODUCTION CALENDAR AND CUMULATIVE OB GENERATION
Cumulative Coal, OB & Top Soil Generation and Dumping Schedule (Tentative)
External
Calendar Coal OB Int. Top Soil Re-
OB
Year Yr. (MT) (Mcum) Dump. Dump. handling.
Dump.
(Mcum) (Mcum) Mcum
Mcum
Year-1 2024-25 1.00 12.00 0.00 0.36 11.64 0
Year-2 2025-26 7.50 40.00 0.00 0.88 39.12 0
Year-3 2026-27 15.00 84.00 0.00 1.72 82.28 0
Year-4 2027-28 24.00 134.00 0.00 2.68 131.32 0

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-33
External
Calendar Coal OB Int. Top Soil Re-
OB
Year Yr. (MT) (Mcum) Dump. Dump. Dump. handling.
(Mcum) (Mcum) Mcum Mcum
Year-5 2028-29 34.50 186.00 0.00 3.72 182.28 0
Year-6 2029-30 45.50 238.00 17.99 4.76 215.25 0
Year-7 2030-31 57.50 290.00 36.55 5.80 247.65 0
Year-8 2031-32 69.50 342.00 56.93 6.84 278.23 0
Year-9 2032-33 81.50 394.00 83.07 7.88 303.05 0
Year-10 2033-34 93.50 446.00 114.32 8.92 322.76 0
Year-11 2034-35 105.50 498.00 165.28 9.96 322.76 0
Year-12 2035-36 117.50 550.00 216.24 11.00 322.76 0
Year-13 2036-37 129.50 602.00 267.20 12.04 322.76 0
Year-14 2037-38 141.50 654.00 318.16 13.08 322.76 0
Year-15 2038-39 151.50 694.50 357.85 13.89 322.76 0
Year-16 2039-40 159.50 735.00 397.54 14.70 322.76 0
Year-17 2040-41 167.50 775.50 437.23 15.51 322.76 0
Year-18 2041-42 175.50 816.00 476.92 16.32 322.76 0
Year-19 2042-43 183.50 856.50 516.61 17.13 322.76 0
Year-20 2043-44 191.50 897.00 556.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-21 2044-45 199.50 937.50 596.80 17.94 322.76 0
Year-22 2045-46 207.50 978.00 637.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-23 2046-47 214.00 1018.00 677.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-24 2047-48 220.50 1053.00 712.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-25 2048-49 227.00 1073.00 732.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-26 2049-50 233.50 1091.00 750.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-27 2050-51 239.00 1110.00 769.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-28 2051-52 243.50 1130.00 789.30 17.94 322.76 0

Year-29 2052-53 248.00 1151.00 810.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-30 2053-54 250.50 1173.00 832.30 17.94 322.76 0
Post Closure Waste Management
Year-31 2054-55 - - 832.30 17.94 240 82.76
Year-32 2055-56 - - 832.30 17.94 120 202.76
Year-33 2056-57 - - 832.30 17.94 0 322.76
Transportation
Coal production is proposed through both Surface Miner Deployment and

Conventional drilling & blasting. The blasted coal will be subjected to primary
crushing at mine mouth to reduce the size to (-) 100 mm, while surface miner
coal will be directly loaded to the rakes through Rapid Loading System (RLS).
Primary crusher of 1000 TPH is proposed for crushing of coal before it is
dispatched from the project site. All coal transportation is conceptualized to be
through railway (MGR system) and loading will be done through Rapid Loading
System (RLS) to be installed just south of the Block area. MGR system with silo
shall be connected to the Indian railways at Chetar station.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-34
 Type of Equipment/ HEMM Proposed
Selection of equipment has been largely guided by the volume and type of rocks
including their physical characters. Planned HEMM configuration for production of
OB, Coal, Re-handling of OB and reclamation including common pool are given
below in Table-2.16. The equipment mentioned in the common pool will be
extended for the closure activities.
TABLE -2.16
HEMM CONFIGURATION OF BANHARDIH COAL MINE
Sr.No Likely List of HEMM & Other Equipment

For OB Handling
Maximum
Specification Unit Capacity
Numbers
1 Diesel/ Electrical Hyd. Shovel Cum 12 11
2 Diesel/ Electrical Hyd. Shovel Cum 5.5 8
3 Rear Dump Truck Tons 100 63
4 Rear Dump Truck Tons 60 27
5 Electrical Drill mm 250 9
6 Diesel Drill mm 160 6
7 Dozer HP 320 12
8 Ripper Dozer HP 460 6
9 Dozer with Ripper HP 850 2
10 Grader 145hp HP 145 6
11 Water Sprinkler (Mist type) KL 28 5
12 Fuel Truck KL - 6
13 Fire Truck - - 2
14 Maintenance Van - - 4
15 Light Motor Vehicle - - 15
16 Vibrator Compactor HP 145 4
For Coal Handling
17 Surface Miner mm 2200 2
18 Surface Miner mm 3800 1
19 Front End Loader Cum 5 3
20 Diesel/ Electrical Hyd. Shovel Cum 5.5 2
21 Dump Trucks T 60 27
22 Dozer With Ripper HP 475 2
23 Dozer HP 320 3
24 Grader HP 145 2
25 Fuel Truck - 2 2
26 Fire Truck - 2 2
27 Maintenance Van - 2 2
28 Water Sprinkler (Mist type) KL 28 2
For Common Services
29 Drill mm 160mm 1
30 165 & 320
Dozer hp 4
hp
31 Grader hp 120 - 150 hp 3
32 Crane T 20T- 40T 2
33 Crane T 8-10T 1
34 Diesel Backhoe cum 1 cum 1
35 FE Loader cum 4-6 cum 2
36 Dozer hp 165 hp 1
37 Ripper Dozer HP 300 - 450 HP 1
38 Diesel Browser - - 2
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-35
Sr.No Likely List of HEMM & Other Equipment

For OB Handling
39 Fire Tender - - 1
40 Boom Truck - - 2
41 Heavy Duty Toe Truck - - 1
42 Fork Lift Truck T 5T 1
43 Tipping Truck - - 5
44 Vibratory Compactor - - 1
45 Water Sprinkler (Mist type) KL 12 KL 5
For OB Re-handling Services
48 RDT Ton 100 60
49 RDT Ton 60 36
50 Dozer HP 320 5
2.7.1 Brief about Coal Handling Plant (CHP)
Two number of crushing units each of 500 TPH has been envisaged. Peak rated
crushing requirement is envisaged in 17th year of operation.
CHP has been designed and selected based on the coal extraction methods
adopted in Banhardih Coal Mine, CHP system comprised mainly of primary and
secondary crushers to get coal size -100 mm. CHP should have designed module
to feed the surface miner coal directly in the plough feeder to be connected with
the RLS. The over ground bunker with 4 sections can be planned to store different
quality of coal and with help of plough feeder.
ROM Coal after mining will report to the receiving hopper. This will be the “feed
point” for the CHP through Dumpers of the defined capacity. This will discharge
the material on a fixed grizzly to recover over size material. The oversize coal
more than 1,200 mm will be crushed through hydraulic rock breaker. The
undersize from grizzly goes to a hopper from where coal will be reclaimed by
apron feeder and feed to sizer of capacity 500 TPH to crush the coal to 200 mm.
Crushed coal will be conveyed through conveyor with capacity of 500 TPH to
secondary crusher house. Coal from both the conveyor will be fed to roll crusher
of capacity 500 TPH to reduce coal size from 200 mm to (-) 100 mm. Product of
roll crusher will be fed to conveyor with capacity of 500 TPH to transfer house.
The crusher will be selected in such a way that they will produce the product at
defined hence will not require further screening or scalping. The schematic
diagram of crusher and Rapid Loading Silo (RLS) is given Figure-2.16.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-36
FIGURE-2.16
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF THE CRUSHER AND RLS
AT BANHARDIH COAL PROJECT
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-37
Coal Evacuation
The coal from conveyors having capacity of 500 TPH will be transported to series
of transfer house will be discharged in an over ground bunker of capacity 21,000
tons. From over ground bunker coal will be reclaimed through plough feeders with
capacity 1,000 TPH and fed to conveyor having capacity 1,000 TPH. Conveyor is
equipped with automatic sampler to draw the quality sample and is also equipped
with metal detector, magnetic separator and belt weigher. The coal will be fed to
rapid loading system to load coal from silo to railway wagons with the help of two
hydraulic operated gates.
Each circuit will be integrated with the help of PLC system to have the state of art
operation facility. Other utilities are also considered in the plant like, firefighting
system, dust suppression and extraction system, plant lighting, plant water
system, etc. has been considered for safe plant practices. Sufficient maintenance
space has been considered in the plant and required infrastructure is also
considered like EOT cranes, hoist, CP block, etc.
2.8 Proposed Infrastructure Details
Following mine infrastructures have been planned to be located within the Mining
Lease area:
 E & M workshop;
 Excavation workshop;
 Conveyor from mine face to ground bunker;
 Conveyor from ground bunker to Silo connecting to MGR system of the
Railway Siding;
 Coal Yard including feeder-hopper;
 Mine Office, VT Centers and common facilities;
 HEMM parking yard;
 Security office; and
 Car parking areas for staffs and officers.
2.9 Sources of Pollution & Mitigation Measures
Virtually all surface mining methods for any ore/mineral produce some
irreversible impacts. These produce dramatic changes in the landscape due to
large-scale excavation. The environmental pollution due to the opencast mining,
in general could be classified into the following categories:
 Air pollution;
 Water resources and quality;
 Top soil & overburden; and
 Noise levels and vibration.
2.9.1 Air Pollution
Mining operations contribute towards air pollution in two ways; addition of

gaseous pollution to the atmosphere and the dust particles. The gaseous
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-38
pollutants include NOx, SO2 and hydrocarbons. The sources of these pollutants
include:
 Operation of Heavy Earth Moving Machinery (HEMM) which mostly run on

diesel;
 Loading / unloading operations;
 Transportation of mineral/overburden in dumpers; and
 Ripping/dozing, drilling, blasting and crushing operations.
Air Pollution Control Measures
 All the drills will be equipped with well-designed dust extractor arrangement;
 Surfacing of all service roads/permanent roads by asphalt;
 The un-metaled roads shall be kept free of ruts, potholes, etc;
 Provision of gas filter for exhaust fumes from HEMM;
 Frequent and at regular intervals, water will be sprayed on haul roads, service
roads. Mobile water sprinklers will be provided in the project;
 Greenbelt around quarry, industrial sites, service building area besides avenue
plantation along roads;
 De-dusting systems shall be provided at transfer houses using pulse jet cloth
bag filters; and
 Wherever de-dusting systems are not feasible, suppression of coal dust during
coal handling by fine nozzle mounted fixed sprinklers and water cannons (mist
type) will be provided.
2.9.2 Water Pollution Control
The water quality may be affected as a result of mining operation, run-off

from waste dumps and stock yards carried pollutants/ silt along with it
resulting in high TDS, TSS and pH of the receiving body.
 Effluent from workshop will be treated in the effluent treatment plant and
reused for process with Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD);
 Sanitary waste water will be treated mainly for total suspended solids (TSS)
and bio-chemical oxygen demand (BOD). Domestic effluents will be treated in
sewage treatment plants (STPs) at township, septic tanks at mine office. The
treated sewage will be used for plantation purposes; and
 Storm water drains will be provided around coal stacks to collect run-off water
and diverting it into settling ponds and will be monitored in a Central
Monitoring Basin before discharging it into natural water courses.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-39
2.9.3 Solid Waste Management
The project involves the excavation of coal from the earth crust. During the
process of excavation, the super incumbent strata required to be removed and
dumped in the earmarked sites as a solid waste. The wastes in the form of both
solid and liquid are generated during mining activity. The solid waste excavated
from the proposed project in the form of overburden (OB).
No space outside the block is available /envisaged for dumping of overburden.

Entire overburden generated during the life of the mine shall be dumped inside
the block boundary. OB generated shall be dumped at a location in the western
part within the block boundary. External dumps within the mining lease shall
accommodate the 322.76 Mm3, out of 1173 Mm3 generated during the life of the
mine. Remaining 832.30 Mm3 of OB shall be accommodated in in-pit dumping
during different stages of mine. The heights of external dump yard and internal
dump will be 60 m and 30 m respectively above ground level.
During the life of mine, 17.94 Mm3 of top soil shall be generated. Top soil shall be
stacked at a designated location over an area of 12.24 ha. From the first year
onwards scrapped top soil shall be spread over the dump for land reclamation and
utilised in green belt development. Stacking of top soil shall be achieved as per
prescribed norms. The detailed year wise OB and top soil generation is furnished
in Chapter-4.
2.9.4 Noise Levels and Vibration
Heavy Earth Moving Machinery (HEMM) will be deployed in mechanized mining

operations. The noise levels of the major equipment are in the range of 85 to 110
dB(A).
The noise levels are localized within the mining areas and have human exposure.
Occupational hazard is envisaged if proper personal protective equipment is not
provided to operator. The likely noise levels of the equipment are presented in
Table-2.17.
TABLE-2.17
EXPECTED NOISE LEVELS
Sr. No Equipment’s Expected Noise Levels dB(A)

1 Drilling 90-100
2 Shovel 85-95
3 Dumpers 95-100
4 Dozers 95-110
5 Crusher 85-95
 Vibration
Ground vibration, fly rock, air blast, noise, dust and fumes are the deleterious
effects of blasting on environment. The explosive energy sets up a seismic wave
in the ground, which can cause significant damage to structures and disturbance
to human occupants. It causes major damages to the pit configuration too.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C2-40
The impact will be minimized by choosing proper detonating system and

optimizing total charge and charge/delay and by regular monitoring of magnitude
of ground vibrations and air blast.
Mitigation Measures
 Proper designing of plant & machinery by providing in-built mechanisms like

silencers, mufflers and enclosures for noise generating parts and shock
absorbing pads at the foundation of vibrating equipment;
 Routine maintenance of equipment;
 Greenbelts around the quarry, infrastructure sites and service building area
besides avenue plantation on both sides of the roads;
 HEMMs with sound proof cabins;
 Personal protective devices to all the persons working in high noise areas;
 The quantity of explosive will be decided as per the conditions imposed by
DGMS; and
 Controlled blasting will be done in day time during the shift change over
period as per requirement.
2.10 Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk of Technological
Failure
Already best proven technology is proposed to be used in this project. Hence, no

technological failures are anticipated. A risk assessment and disaster
management plan will be put into place to take care of any unforeseen situation
as presented in Chapter-7.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Banhardih Coal Mining Project of Rev. Date : 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-1
3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Introduction
Baseline data generation forms a part of the Final EIA study, which helps to
evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the
study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental
impact assessment methodologies. This further helps in preparing an
Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the
environmental quality and scope for future improvements for environmentally
sustainable development. The baseline environmental study also helps to identify
the critical environmental attributes, which are required to be monitored after
implementation of the proposed mine.
This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the
study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The study
area covers 10 km radius area from the boundary of the proposed mine. For the
purpose of this study, mine lease area is considered as core area and 10 km
radius study area from boundary of ML area is considered as buffer area.
The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline

environmental conditions, which are described with respect to climate, hydro-
geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, ecology,
land use and socio-economic profiles of people. The baseline studies were carried
out during 1st December 2020 to 30th November 2021 (covering all four seasons)
in the various domains of environment.
This report incorporates the primary data collected during study period and
secondary data collected from various government and semi-government
organizations.
3.2 Geology and Hydrogeology
3.2.1 Physiography
The topography of Latehar district is characterized by a hilly rugged landscape

with green forest all over the area. The elevation of the hill ranges in southern
part of the district varies from 300 to 1100 m above msl. Physiographically, the
district can be divided into three parts:
i. East-West trending hill ranges consisting of metamorphic rocks in the southern

part;
ii. Flat type hill in the south-eastern parts; and
iii. The narrow valleys along the course of rivers in south-west of the district.
Lowest elevation in the study area is 376.9 m above mean sea level (amsl) along
Auranga River in the west and highest elevation is 1011 m amsl on the hills
covered by Serak PF in the eastern part. East and south-eastern parts of the
study area are marked by hills rising up to 1000 m amsl and rest of the area is
with undulating with isolated elevated areas with elevations less than 600 m
Chapter-3 Description of the Environment VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-2
amsl. The general slope in the study area is towards west following the flow
direction of Auranga River. About 34.95% of the study area is covered by
protected and reserve forests.
The Banardih coal block falls in the Auranga coalfield surrounded by the older
metamorphics of the Chhotanagpur Gneissic Complex represented by the
Palamau Plateau. The general topography of the block characterizes with rolling
terrain with low ridges and depressions. Elevation level of boreholes reveals that
the minimum of 423.17 m in borehole no.2W and maximum of 459.90 m in
borehole no.20E. Around 25% of the block is covered with Protected Forest (PF)
located in the western part. Partly, the villages like Serak, Renchi, Banardih, Surli
and Sabanu are falling within the forest area. Rest of the area within the block is
covered with cultivated land and residential hutments.
3.2.2 Drainage
 Regional Drainage
The general drainage flow direction in the district is from south to north. The
principal rivers of the district are the North Koel, the Auranga and their
tributaries. The Koel and Auranga have the upper reaches characterized by rocky
bed while the lower reaches by sandy beds. North Koel River receives the water
from several of its tributaries. The Auranga originates from the eastern part of
the district.
 Drainage in the Study Area
According to the River Basin Atlas of India, Ministry of Water Resources, the
study area forms part of C2ASON71 watershed in Son Sub-basin and C2ADAM01
watershed in Damodar Subbasin of Ganga River Basin. Major part of the study
area is drained by Auranga River and its tributaries flowing from east to west. A
small portion in the east is drained by Damodar River and its tributary
Dharmavati Nadi.
The Auranga River originates near Soheda, Namkum tehsil, Ranchi, Jharkhand Its
main tributaries are the Sukri and Ghaghri. It flows through the Latehar and
Palamu districts in Jharkhand. It descends from the Ranchi plateau and pursues a
winding course in a northwesterly direction for a distance of 80 km till flows into
the Koel near Kechki 16 km south of Dalonganj.
Damodar River is a river flowing across Jharkhand and West Bengal. Rich in
mineral resources, the valley is hoe to large scale mining and industrial activity.
Earlier known as the Sorrow of Bengal because of its ravaging floods in the plains
of West Bengal, the Damodar and its tributaries have been somewhat tamed with
the construction of several dams. It has a number of tributaries and sub-
tributaries such as Barakar, Konar, Bokaro, Haharo, Jamunia, Ghari, Guaia,
Khadia and Bhera. The Damodar and the Barakar trifurcates the Chota Nagpur
Plateau.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-3
The rivers pass through hilly areas with great force, sweeping away whatever lies
in their path. The drainage pattern in the study area is dendritic to sub-parallel in
nature having a drainage density of 2.70 km/sq km. There are number of small to
medium water bodies spread over the entire study area. Physiography and
drainage network of the study area is presented in Figure-3.2.1.
 Drainage in ML Area
The Bagdagga nala and Rajdaha nalas and their tributaries forms the main
drainage system of the sector. The courses of nalas have been developed into
cultivated lands and some gully head bandhs have been constructed across the
nalas for storage of water for irrigation. A canal passes across the area from
north to south at the Centre and parallel to main connecting road passes through
Surli, Huchlu and Bari villages. Due to undulating nature of the land, number of
natural ponds have been formed and these ponds are aligned in a definite line
indicating a possible presence of fracture.
3.2.3 Geology
 Geomorphology
Geomorphological features on earth surface craft by various geomorphic

processes such as erosional, depositional, tectonic etc. Geomorphological
characteristics of the region facilitate important hydrologic processes like surface
run-off and infiltration. Geomorphology map of the study area has been prepared
based on Geomorphology Theme (2005-06), Bhuvan, National Remote Sensing
Centre (NRSC) with landforms classified at Level-2 and is presented in Figure-
3.2.2.
Geomorphologically, the study area can be divided into:
 Denudational origin
 Moderately dissected hills and valleys;

 Low dissected hills and valleys;
 Highly dissected hills and valleys;
 Moderately dissected upper plateau;
 Moderately dissected lower plateau; and
 Pediment-Pediplain complex.
 Structural origin
 Moderately dissected hills and valleys;

 Low dissected hills and valleys;
 Moderately dissected upper plateau;
 Moderately dissected lower plateau.
 Anthropogenic origin
 Anthropogenic terrain
 Water Bodies

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-4
FIGURE-3.2.1
PHYSIOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE MAP OF STUDY AREA

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-5
FIGURE-3.2.2
GEOMORPHOLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-6
In geology, denudation involves the process that cause the wearing away of the
earth’s surface by moving water, by ice, by wind and by waves leading to a
reduction in elevation and in relief of landforms and of landscapes.
Structural landforms are landforms that are created by massive earth movements
due to plate tectonics. This includes landforms with some of the following
geomorphic features: fold Mountains, rift valleys and volcanoes.
Anthropogenic terrain is a landform created due to human intervention.

Quarried/mined out areas in the study area are shown as anthropogenic terrain.
The ML area is located in pediment-pediplain complex of denudational origin.
 Regional Geology
The area is located in the domain of Chhotanagpur Gneissic Complex of a

probable Archaean to Lower Proterozoic age. However, the oldest rocks of this
area occur as enclaves within the Chhotanagpur Gneissic Complex which are
within the remnants of supracrustals and include hornblende schists, epidiorite,
amphibolite, crystalline limestone, calc gneiss, quartzite, mica schist, graphite-
sillimanite schist etc. Besides these enclaves, the Chhotanagpur Gneissic Complex
also comprises different types of granite gneisses, diorite and porphyritic granite.
The porphyritic granite occurs as a pluton in a few localities which comprises

phenocrysts of potash embedded in a medium grained quartzofelspathic ground
mass. At places, the Chhotanagpur Gneissic Complex is intruded by
pegmatite/quartz vein.
The northern part of the area is marked by faulted troughs over considerably
large areas along where the cover rocks of Gondwana Supergroup occur as
outliers, unconformably over the basement rocks. They include Talchir,
Karharbari, Barakar and Raniganj formations of Lower Gondwana Group of
Carboniferous and Permian period and Pachet and Mahadeva formations of
Triassic and Jurassic periods of Upper Gondwana Group. The rocks of Barakar
formation are coal bearing. The famous Auranga and (part of) North Karanpura
coal fields are located in this area. Besides, the basal conglomerate of Talchir
formation, the sediments mainly comprise sandstone, siltstone, shale,
carbonaceous shale/sandstone, grit, red shale/clay and ferruginous sandstone.
Age and stratigraphic position of dolerite dykes assigned to of Lower Cretaceous
to Palaeogene is doubtful in view of their restricted occurrence within the
Chhotanagpur Granite Gneiss and their striking absence with in the Gondwanas
and Lametas. It requires further study to verify their affirmity with the
Chhotanagpur Gneissic Complex as probable older metabsics.
A sequence of greyish white, pebbly sandstone of Lameta Group form cliffs

around the hillocks and plateaus. The pebbles of the framework are mostly of
vein quartz and occur within a sandy/felspathic and partly calcareous matrix.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-7
Basalts of the Deccan Traps are of Upper Cretaceous to Palaeogene age. They are
at places vesicular and occur in association with the inter-trappeans and infra-
trappeans.
An outlier of conglomerate-sandstone-shale sequence of Pliocene age rich in

invertebrate and invertebrate fossils occurs as Rajdanda formation. It
conformably overlies the basement rocks and the beds are sub-horizontal with
2°-4° dip towards north-east.
The laterite generally occurs as capping over the basement rocks with variable
thickness between 10 and 20 m. it generally shows cavernous to pisolitic
structure and ferruginous but segregations of aluminous laterite (bauxite) also
occur at several localities, some of which have formed economic deposits.
Quarternary sediments occur as cover deposits comprising beds of gravel and
sand.
The stratigraphic succession in the area based on Geological Survey of India

(GSI) publication, 2008 is given Table-3.2.1.
TABLE-3.2.1
GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF THE REGION
Lithology Formation Group Super Group Age

Flood plain/valley fill
Alluvium Quarternary
deposit
Laterite/bauxite Cainozoic
laterite
Sandstone Rajdanda formation Pliocene
Upper
Basalt Deccan Trap Cretaceous to
Palaeogene
Calcified and Lameta Group Cretaceous
silicified rocks
Cretaceous to
Dolerite
Palaeogene
Ferruginous
Mahadeva formation
sandstone, grit and
Upper Triassic
red clay, shale Gondwana
Red shale, sandstone Group
Pachet formation
and mudstone
Sandstone, siltstone,
Raniganj formation
carbonaceous shale and
mudstone Gondwana
Sandstone with Supergrop
interbands of siltstone, Barakar formation
shale, fire Permian
clay and coal Lower
Carbonaceous Karharibari Gondwana
sandstone grit and Formation Group
conglomerate with
occasional coal and
fire clay

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-8
Lithology Formation Group Super Group Age

Conglomerate, shale Carboniferous
Talchir formation
and sandstone to Permian
Permatite, quartz Proterozoic
vein
Porphyritic granite,
epidotised granite
Diorite, basic
granulite
Mica gneiss Chhotanagpur Archaean to
Gneissic Proterozoic
Granite gneiss, gneiss
Complex
with enclaves of mica
schist/garnetiferous
granite gneiss
Hornblende-biotite
gneiss
Mica schist, graphite
schist, graphite-
sillimanite schist
Quartzite, mica schist
Crystalline limestone, Unclassified Archaean to
other metamorphics Lower
of Eastern Proterozoic
calcareous rocks
India
Hornblende schist,
epidiorite,
amphibolite
Source: GSI, 2008
 Geology of the Study Area

Granites and gneisses with enclaves of mica schist of Chhotanagpur Gneissic
Complex are the dominant geological units in the study area occupying 64.36% of
the area (384.68 sq km). Sandstone, siltstone, red clay mudstone, conglomerate
and coal of Gondwana Supergroup is are the second major formation group
belonging to Mahadeva, Pachet, Raniganj, Barakar and Talchir formations (191.86
sq km or 32.10%) followed by schist, crystalline limestone and other calcareous
rocks belonging to Unclassified metamorphics of Eastern India spread in 21.01 sq
km (3.52%) and laterite/bauxite laterite occupying only 0.02% (0.13 sq km) of
the study area. Geology of the study area based on Geological Survey of India
(GSI) publication, 2008 is presented in Figure-3.2.3.
The study area does not show any major tectonic evidence except three medium
faults with near east-west trend, of which one passes across the ML area.
 Geology of Banhardih Coal Block
 Geology
Banhardih coal block is a part of Auranga coal field. The coal field is located in the
easternmost part of the Koel Valley Group of coalfields occurring in Latehar
district of Jharkhand. Banhardih coal block is situated in the north eastern part of
the Auranga coalfield.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-9
The regional geological exploration carried out by the Geological Survey of India
has revealed five promising coal bearing sectors in Auranga coal Field. These
sectors are Jagaldagga (10 sq.km), Gowa (15 sq.km), Rajbar (50 sq.km), Sabanu
(10 sq. km) and Banhardih (10 sq.km). Jagaldaga sector is estimated to yield a
total of 113.09 million tonnes of coal. Banhardih occupies 18 sq km area in the
south eastern part of the coalfield. The block is having formations of Lower
Gondwana group unconformably overlying the Pre-Cambrians rock. The potential
coal horizons are mainly confined in the Barakar and Raniganj Formations. Rock
and coal exposures in the block is scantydue to the soil cover in major part of the
block. However, exposures of Barakar sandstones and Metamorphics present in
the block have been mapped.
On the basis of data accrued through drilling and geological mapping of the block,
it is interpreted that the Talchir, the Barakar, the Barren Measures and the
Raniganj Formations of the Lower Gondwana group lie unconformably over the
Pre Cambrian Metamorphics. In the Banhardih sector, Gondwana – Precambrian
boundary in the east is marked by NW- SE trending border fault as evidenced
from the occurrence of extensive quartz reef zone near Daria. This border fault is
offset by two cross faults. The southern boundary of the sector is also marked by
a boundary fault separating the Gondwana sedimentaries and Precambrian
basement. Barakar formations in the southern most part lies in juxtaposition to
Metamorphics may be due to influence & cumulative effect of fault F1-F1 and
other sympathetic faults. However, logging of the drilled cores was done by
outsourced agencies hence on the basis of documented data as the only source of
information this inference has been drawn. The northern boundary of the sector is
marked by an E-W trending fault. All the cross-faults developed in this sector are
intra-basinal normal faults.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-10
FIGURE-3.2.3
GEOLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-11
A generalized geological succession of Banhardih coal block is given in Table-

3.2.2. Geology of ML area are presented in Figure-3.2.4.
TABLE-3.2.2
GENERALIZED GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF BANHARDIH COAL BLOCK
Group Formation Lithology Thickness

(m)
Greenish to yellowish green, often 1.46 (9W) –
Raniganj micaceous and calcareous, fine 581.56 (17W)
to medium grained sandstone,
siltstone and thin coal bands
Greenish, medium to coarse 19.83 (9W)-

Barren grained feldspathic sandstone with 265.40 (AB13)
Measures predominant black shale and
cross bedded sandstone
Lower
Gondwana
Grey to grayish white fine to
coarse grained cross bedded and
Barakar Laminated arkosic sandstone, 16.91(24E) –
pebble beds, 801.28 (B00)
conglomerate and grey to
carbonaceous shale, coal seams
and fireclay
Talchir Greenish siltstone, sandstone with 0.45 (AB02) –

shale and laminated sandstone. 27.85 (11E)
Unconformity
Pre – Granite, granite gneiss with patches of mica schist, 0.47(A3) -
Cambrian quartzite and pegmatite veins
11.00 (27E)

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-12
FIGURE-3.2.4
GEOLOGY OF THE ML AREA
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-13
3.2.4 Hydrogeology
Hydrogeology is the area of geology that deals with the distribution and
movement of ground water in the soil and rocks of earth’s crust commonly in
aquifers. The hydrogeological studies have been carried out in the study area to
understand the local geology, geomorphological features, drainage network,
aquifer characteristics and yield of water. Accordingly, various components
controlling the hydrogeological regime of the study area have been studied.
Hydrogeological investigations were carried out in the study area for four days
between 04.05.2021 and 15.05.2021. Detailed Hydrogeology study is report is
given as Annexure-V.
Nature of Occurrence of Ground Water
Ground water systems are a result of the complex combination of different

lithological and structural types within an area that together constitute an aquifer
within which ground water accumulates and moves. Rather than describing
individual lithologies and their tendencies to form aquifers or otherwise, it is
useful to describe the ground water as one continuous across various lithological
types (Kulkarni and Deolankar, 1995).
The area is rugged and highly undulated, and the following hydro-geological
formations are found in the area:
3. Consolidated formations;
ii. Semi-consolidated formations and
iii. Un-consolidated formations.
Rainfall, climate, topography, soil conditions and land use are the factors
controlling ground water potentials of the area. The hydrogeological conditions
vary from place to place depending upon the aquifer characteristics of the litho
units, sources of ground water recharge and the structural setting of the area.
Ground water in the hard rock areas occur in the weathered mantle and fracture
zones of underlying rocks. It also occurs in unconsolidated sedimentary deposits
along the major river valleys.
 Water Levels
 Regional Water Levels
CGWB has established a network of observation wells under National Hydrograph

Network Stations (NHNS) programme to study water level ehaviour and quality
of ground water in the district. Eight NHS monitoring stations were established
and being monitored every year regularly during January, May, August and
November.
During pre-monsoon season, the minimum and maximum water levels were
observed as 6.15 m bgl and 11.02 m bgl respectively. About 55% wells have the
water level in the range of 6-8 m bgl. The water level in eastern part of district

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-14
ranges from 10 m bgl to 12 m bgl, while the southern and middle part is having
the water level in the range 8-10 m bgl.
The water level during post-monsoon season ranges from 2.0 m bgl to 8.05 m
bgl. About 25% the wells have the water level in the range of 0-3 m bgl. In
majority of the wells (around 62.5%), the water levels lie in the range of 3-6 m
bgl. In and around Balumath block, the water level is more than 6 m bgl.
Water level depends upon the storage of ground water development and variation
in rainfall over a long period. The water level data of each station has been
analysed. The pre-monsoon and post-monsoon long term water level trend has
been calculated for the period of 2003-2012. The long-term water level trend is
showing declining trend between 0.16-0.26, 0.13-0.41 and 0.05–0.27 m/year for
pre-monsoon, post-monsoon and all period respectively.
Two wells are under Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) water level monitoring
network and these wells have been monitored four times in a year – January,
May, August and November. The average January, May, August and November
water levels in Latehar and Chandwa wells are 4.28 m, 6.81 m, 3.95 m and 3.46
m and 4.80 m, 9.58 m, 3.83 m and 3.66 m respectively. The average fluctuation
is found to be 2.86 m and 5.62 m respectively.
 Primary Well Inventory Data in the Study Area
Mostly the ground water in the study area is developed by way of 1) dug wells or
dug-cum-bore wells for domestic and agriculture purposes with bucket lift and
electric engines/submersible pumps and 2) bore wells for domestic, agriculture
and industrial purposes with hand pumps, electric submersible pumps. Well
inventory of 31 wells was conducted by M/s. Vimta Labs Ltd, Hyderabad in the
study area during field investigation period. The location of these 31 monitoring
wells are given in Table-3.3.3. The Hydrogeology of the study area is given in
Figure-3.2.5.
Depth of dug wells inventoried range from 4.90 m in Nawadi to 13.40 m bgl in
Kendwahi. Dug wells for agriculture purpose are with 3.0 to 5.0 HP centrifugal
pumps. Hand pumps are installed on community bore wells drilled for domestic
purpose. Agriculture and industrial bore wells are mainly with submersible pumps
of varying capacity from 3.0 HP.
Water levels during the field visit (1st and 2nd weeks of May 2021) were recorded
measuring depth to standing water and post-monsoon water levels were recorded
up to the moisture indication in the dug wells. The depth to water level during pre
and post-monsoon ranges from 2.70 m in Bariatu Jagir to 11.95 m bgl in
Kendwahi and 0.70 m in Pathaltoli to 8.35 m bgl in Richuguta respectively. The
average water level fluctuation in the study area is 3.27 m.
Water levels in and in the vicinity of ML area varies from 0.70 m to 3.97 m bgl
during post-monsoon and 4.35 m to 7.50 m bgl during pre-monsoon. Nearly 10
exploratory boreholes drilled in the block are showing the artesian condition.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the Banhardih Coal Mining Rev. No.: 0
Project of 12 MTPA Capacity Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
Page No.: C3-15
TABLE-3.2.3
DETAILS OF WELL INVENTORY IN STUDY AREA
Sr.No. Well Village Lat Long Well Purpose Total Dia Lining Static Water Level (m) Fluctuation Aquifer
No Type Depth (m) (Dug Pre- Post- (m)
(m) Well)(m) Monsoon Monsoon
1 GW1 Sabano N 23˚ 44’ 28” E 84˚ 34’ 1” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 8.90 5.00 3.75 3.45 1.30 2.15 Sandstone
2 GW2 Pathaltoli N 23˚ 44’ 55” E 84˚ 34’ 6” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 8.10 2.45 4.35 4.35 0.70 3.65 Sandstone
3 GW3 Huchlu N 23˚ 43’ 34” E 84˚ 38’ 57” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 5.83 3.80 4.92 4.52 1.60 2.92 Gneiss
4 GW4 Balu N 23˚ 49’ 50” E 84˚ 39’ 52” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.39 4.80 8.50 5.50 2.70 2.80 Gneiss
5 GW5 Nawadi N 23˚ 49’ 19” E 84˚ 35’ 30” Dug Well Not in use 4.90 3.80 3.80 3.55 0.75 2.80 Gneiss
6 GW6 Patratu N 23˚ 47’ 22” E 84˚ 32’ 7” Dug Well Not in use 7.00 2.90 4.98 4.61 3.13 1.48 Gneiss
7 GW7 Masiatu N 23˚ 47’ 2” E 84˚ 41’ 40” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 7.20 1.65 6.35 5.73 4.18 1.55 Gneiss
8 GW8 Nindra N 23˚ 46’ 4” E 84˚ 43’ 29” Dug Well Domestic 8.22 4.70 6.85 6.50 1.85 4.65 Gneiss
9 GW9 Nakti N 23˚ 45’ 1” E 84˚ 41’ 4” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 6.90 3.44 4.40 4.10 1.95 2.15 Gneiss
10 GW10 Damodar N 23˚ 43’ 33” E 84˚ 45’ 29” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.45 3.10 9.45 9.25 6.80 2.45 Gneiss
11 GW11 Hariyatoli N 23˚ 45’ 40” E 84˚ 39’ 13” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.50 5.20 8.20 7.95 1.75 6.20 Sandstone
12 GW12 Deodariya N 23˚ 37’ 42” E 84˚ 36’ 46” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 7.10 2.70 4.45 3.80 2.05 1.75 Gneiss
13 GW13 Rakhat tali N 23˚ 41’ 40” E 84˚ 40’ 12” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.45 3.00 9.70 9.47 7.87 1.60 Gneiss
14 GW14 Brahmani N 23˚ 42’ 44” E 84˚ 38’ 29” Dug Well Irrigation 9.20 2.40 7.40 6.95 3.80 3.15 Gneiss
15 GW15 Purnadih N 23˚ 41’ 2” E 84˚ 39’ 13” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 12.75 1.90 9.25 9.03 2.98 6.05 Gneiss
16 GW16 Kulgada N 23˚ 41’ 1” E 84˚ 35’ 30” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.10 3.20 9.50 9.05 7.55 1.50 Gneiss
17 GW17 Richuguta N 23˚ 39’ 37” E 84˚ 35’ 47” Dug Well Not in use 8.30 2.90 7.00 6.50 2.90 3.60 Gneiss
18 GW18 Kendwahi N 23˚ 42’ 40” E 84˚ 35’ 39” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 13.40 1.60 12.40 11.95 8.35 3.60 Gneiss
19 GW19 Jalim Khurd N 23˚ 43’ 12” E 84˚ 34’ 8” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 8.93 3.30 7.55 7.20 4.15 3.05 Sandstone
20 GW20 Gowa N 23˚ 43’ 29” E 84˚ 33’ 29” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 12.50 3.80 9.50 9.40 3.10 6.30 Sandstone
21 GW21 Rehaldag N 23˚ 40’ 36” E 84˚ 34’ 7” Dug Well Domestic 7.40 2.42 6.80 6.40 3.00 3.40 Gneiss
22 GW22 Simri N 23˚ 41’ 55” E 84˚ 33’ 3” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.20 6.15 7.85 7.43 3.08 4.35 Gneiss
23 GW23 Bariatu Jagir N 23˚ 42’ 47” E 84˚ 30’ 58” Dug Well Domestic 8.40 3.20 5.93 5.28 2.85 2.43 Gneiss
24 GW24 Latehar N 23˚ 44’ 47” E 84˚ 29’ 51” Dug Well Domestic 5.43 2.30 3.30 2.70 2.20 0.50 Sandstone
25 GW25 Kura N 23˚ 46’ 24” E 84˚ 30’ 42” Dug Well Not in use 9.10 3.10 7.37 7.00 2.63 4.37 Gneiss
26 GW26 Karhima N 23˚ 46’ 0” E 84˚ 33’ 23” Dug Well Domestic 8.53 3.58 7.00 6.65 2.95 3.70 Sandstone
27 GW27 Kurhans N 23˚ 48’ 1” E 84˚ 31’ 54” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 11.50 2.90 10.22 9.67 5.45 4.22 Gneiss
28 GW28 Renchi N 23˚ 45’ 35” E 84˚ 38’ 14” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 9.93 2.10 6.80 6.45 1.20 5.25 Sandstone
29 GW29 Sikni N 23˚ 42’ 56” E 84˚ 37’ 39” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.00 4.45 8.00 7.50 3.90 3.60 Gneiss
30 GW30 Banhardih N 23˚ 44’ 27” E 84˚ 34’ 14” Dug Well Domestic 8.58 2.30 6.20 5.80 3.00 2.80 Sandstone
31 GW31 Rampur N 23˚ 43’ 47” E 84˚ 39’ 54” Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 12.90 2.52 7.80 7.27 3.97 3.30 Gneiss
Average 9.13 3.25 7.08 6.61 3.34 3.27

Doc. No.:
Final Environmental Impact Assessment 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Banhardih Coal Mining Project of
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-16
FIGURE-3.2.5
HYDROGEOLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA
Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-17
 Movement of Ground Water

Ground water movement mainly takes place through the fractures and joints of
the crystalline rocks and the ground water is transmitted through voids and
interstitial openings in sedimentary rocks and unconsolidated formations. In other
words, movement of ground water is controlled by the hydraulic conductivity of
the aquifer and hydraulic gradient.
Based on the water level data collected from the study area, ground water level
contour maps have been prepared for pre and post-monsoon seasons considering
water levels reduced to mean sea level. The reduced water levels in the study
area range from 376.5 m amsl in the west to 549.0 m amsl in the east during
post-monsoon and 374.0 m amsl in the west to 546.5 m amsl in the east during
pre-monsoon. The reduced water levels in the ML area range from 412.0 m in the
west to 462.0 m in the east during post-monsoon and 408.5 m amsl in the west
to 459.0 m amsl in the east during pre-monsoon season.
A review of topography and drainage pattern reveals that the regional slope in
the study area is towards west. The water table contours almost follow the
topography of the study area showing the direction along surface drainage and
Auranga River. The ground water flow direction in the ML area is towards west
and the hydraulic gradient from ESE towards ML area is 7.89 m/km during post-
monsoon and 8.87 m/km during pre-monsoon.
3.2.5 Ground Water Resources
Two basic approaches recommended by the Ground Water Estimation Committee
(GEC), 1984, namely ground water level fluctuation method and rainfall
infiltration factor method, still form the basis for ground water assessment. In
GEC 1997 methodology, distinctions such as hard rock areas and alluvial areas,
canal command areas and non-command areas and recharge in monsoon season
and non-monsoon season are kept in view.
The revised methodology GEC 2015 recommends aquifer wise ground water
resource assessment. Ground water resources have two components –
replenishable ground water resources or dynamic ground water resources and in-
storage resources or static resources. GEC 2015 recommends estimation of
replenishable and in-storage ground water resources for both unconfined and
confined aquifers. Since the information on detailed aquifer geometry for the
study area is not available, methodology suggested for unconfined aquifers is
followed to estimate the ground water resources in the present case. Assessment
of ground water includes assessment of dynamic and in-storage ground water
resources.
The methodology for ground water resources estimation is based on the principle
of water balance as given below:
Inflow – Outflow = Change in Storage (of an aquifer)
This can be further elaborated as:
ΔS = RRF + RSTR + RC + RSWI + RGWI + RTP + RWCS ± VF ± LF – GE –

T–E–B

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-18
Where,
ΔS = Change in storage
RRF = Rainfall recharge
RSTR = Recharge from stream channels
RC = Recharge from canals
RSWI = Recharge from surface water irrigation
RGWI = Recharge from ground water irrigation
RTP = Recharge from tanks & ponds
RWCS = Recharge from water conservation structures
VF = Vertical inter aquifer flow
LF = Lateral flow along the aquifer system (through flow)
GE = Ground water extraction
T = Transpiration
E = Evaporation
B = Base flow
In case base flow/recharge from stream and through flow have not been
estimated, the same may be assumed to be zero. If field studies for evaporation
and transpiration are not possible, for areas with water levels within 1.0 m bgl
evaporation can be estimated using the evaporation rates available for other
adjoining areas. If depth to water level is more than 1.0 m bgl, the evaporation
losses from the aquifer should be taken as zero.
 Ground Water Balance of the Study Area
Ground water balance in respect of the study area has been estimated as per GEC
2015 guidelines. As per GEC 2015 norms, areas where ground water resources
assessment shows stage of ground water development is ≤70%, >70% and
≤90%, >90% and ≤100% and >100% are categorized as “Safe”, “Semi Critical”,
“Critical” and “Over Exploited” respectively.
The study area forms part of Joda block of Keonjhar district and Koida block of
Sundargarh district of Chandwa, Latehar, Balumath and Herhanj blocks of Latehar
district of Jharkhand. The average stage of ground water development in these
blocks as per Ground Water Resource Assessment – 2017, Central Ground Water
Board (CGWB) is 28.83% and categorized as “Safe” – Chandwa with 26.49% as
“Safe”, Latehar with 38.89% as “Safe”, Balumath with 33.57% as “Safe” and
Herhanj with 16.37% as “Safe”.
The stage of ground water development including present project requirement in

the study area is estimated as 12.61% and can be categorized as “Safe”.
 Ground Water Balance of the Core Zone Area
As per GEC 2015 norms, areas where ground water resources assessment shows
stage of ground water development is ≤70% are categorized as “Safe”. Hence,
the stage of ground water development including initial project water requirement
in core zone is 0.25% and can be categorized as “Safe”.

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-19
3.3 Land Use Studies
Studies on land use aspects of eco-system play important roles for identifying
sensitive issues, if any, and taking appropriate actions for maintaining the
ecological balance in the development of the region.
3.3.1 Objectives
The objectives of land use studies are:
 To determine the present land use pattern;
 To analyze the impacts on land use due to proposed Banhardih coal mining
activities in the study area; and
 To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-a-vis
growth of coal mining activities in the study area and its associated impacts.
3.3.2 Methodology
For the study of land use, literature review of various secondary sources such as
District Census Handbooks, regional maps regarding topography, zoning
settlement, industry, forest etc., were taken. The data was collected from various
sources like District Census Handbook, Revenue records, state and central
government offices and Survey of India (SoI) Topo-sheets and also through
primary field surveys.
3.3.3 Land use Based on Secondary Data

Based on the census report, 10-km radial distance around this proposed Banardih
coal mining boundary has been considered in the study. These areas were studied
in detail to get the idea of land use pattern in the study area. The land use census
data 2011 is presented in Table-3.3.1. The village wise land use data is
presented in Annexure-VI.

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-20
TABLE-3.3.1
LAND USE PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA
Sr. 0-3 km 3-7 km 7-10 km 0-10 km

Particulars of Land Use (%)
No (ha) (ha) (ha) (ha)
1 Forest area 3347.06 6363.60 7854.18 17564.84 31.74

Land under cultivation
a) Irrigation land 358.75 831.96 573.42 1764.13 3.19
2 b) Unirrigated land 4240.23 6007.69 9260.22 19508.14 35.26
c) Land under miscellaneous tree 0.20 9.53 110.59 120.32 0.22

crops etc.
Area not available for cultivation
a) Area under non-agricultural
1617.46 2064.44 2055.70 5737.60 10.37
uses
3 b) Barren & un-cultivable land
0.00 237.63 780.01 1017.64 1.84
area
c) Permanent pastures and other 0.00 22.62 43.38 66.00 0.12

grazing land area
4 Fallows land other than current 0.00 620.96 1663.88 2284.84 4.13
fallows area
5 Current fallows area 0.00 359.18 2124.62 2483.80 4.49
6 Cultivable waste land area 507.56 1086.98 1321.24 2915.78 5.27
7 Urban area 0.00 711.28 1158.31 1869.59 3.38
Total Geographical Area 10071.26 18315.87 26945.55 55332.68 100.00

Source: Census of India –2011
 Forest
The revenue forest land under the study area consists 17564.84 ha (31.74 %) of
the total geographic area.
 Land under Cultivation
Altogether 21392.59 ha cultivable land (irrigated, un-irrigated and land under

miscellaneous tree crops etc.) was observed in the study area. The irrigated land
admeasures to about 1764.13 ha in the study area which works out to be 3.19%
of total study area. The un-irrigated land admeasures about 19508.14 ha and
works out to about 35.26 % of the total study area. Land under miscellaneous
tree crops area admeasures to about 120.32 ha and works out 0.22 % of the
total study area.
 Land not available for Cultivation
The land not available for cultivation is 6821.24 ha (12.33 %) of the total study
area, which includes area of land with scrub, land without scrub, permanent
pastures, quarry, mining area, rocky/ stony and barren area.

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-21
 Fallows Land other than Current Fallows Land
This includes all land which was taken up for cultivation but is temporarily out of
cultivation for a period of not less than one year and not more than five years.
The fallows land is (2284.84 ha) 2.13 % in the study area.
 Current Fallows Land
This represents cropped area which is kept fallow during the current year. The
current fallows land is (2483.80 ha) 4.49 % in the total study area.
 Cultivable Waste
This land includes that land, which was cultivated sometime back and left vacant
during the past 5 years in succession. Such lands may either be fallows or
covered with shrubs, which are not put to any use. Lands under thatching grass,
bamboo bushes, other grooves useful for fuel etc., and all grazing lands and
village common lands are also included in this category. The study area
comprises about (2915.78 ha) 5.27 % cultivable wastelands.
 Urban Area
An urban area is a location characterized by high human population density and

vast human-built features in comparison to the areas surrounding it. Urban areas
may be cities, towns and towns or conurbations, but the term is not commonly
extended to rural settlements such as villages and hamlets. The urban area under
the study area consists 1869.59 ha (3.38 %) of the total geographic area.
3.3.4 Land use Pattern Based on Remote Sensing Data
Remote sensing satellite imageries were collected and interpreted for the 10 km
radius study area for analyzing the land use pattern of the study area. Based on
the satellite data, land use/land cover maps have been prepared.
 Methodology
The land use pattern of the study area (10 km radius around the Banhardih mine
site) has been estimated by interpreting the recent IRS Resourcesat-2 of 5 m
resolution (LISS IV FX) for the year 2020.
3.3.4.1 Land use/Land Cover Classification System
The present land use / land cover maps were prepared based on the classification
system of national standards. For explanation for each of the land use category
the details as given in Table 3.3.2 were considered.

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-22
TABLE-3.3.2
LAND USE/LAND COVER CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
Sr. No. Level-1 Level-2

1 Built-up Land Town/cities
Villages
Institution/Industry/Godown etc
Plotted Area/Layout
2 Agriculture Land Crop Land
Plantations
Fallow
3 Forest Evergreen/Semi evergreen
Deciduous
Forest Plantation
4 Wastelands Rocky/Stony Waste
Land with /without scrubs
Saline/sandy & Marshy/swampy
5 Water Bodies River/Stream
Lake/Reservoir/Tanks
6 Others Orchard/Other Plantation
Shifting cultivation
Salt Pans, Snow covered/Glacial
Barren/Vacant Land
3.3.4.2 Data Requirements
IRS Resourcesat-2A of 5 m resolution (LISS IV FX) multispectral satellite data of

3rd May 2020 and was used for the mapping and interpretation. Besides, other
collateral data as available in the form of maps, charts, census records, other
reports and especially topographical survey of India maps are used. In addition to
this, ground truth survey was also conducted to verify and confirm the ground
features.
3.3.4.3 Methodology
The methodology adopted for preparation of landuse/land cover thematic maps is

as follows:
 Digital interpretation of IRS Resourcesat-2A LISS IV FX digital data using

ERDAS software programme; and
 Field observations.
The methodology adopted for preparation of land use/ land cover thematic map is
monoscopic visual interpretation of geocoded scenes of IRS-Resourcesat-2
satellite and field observations are taken. The various steps involved in the study
are preparatory field work, field survey and post field work.

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-23
3.3.4.4 Pre-field Interpretation of Satellite Data
The False Colour Composite (FCC) of IRS-Resourcesat-2A; satellite data is used

for pre-field interpretation work. Taking the help of topo-sheets, geology, geo-
morphology and by using the image elements the features are identified and
delineated the boundaries roughly. Each feature is identified on image by their
image elements like tone, texture, colour, shape, size, pattern and association. A
tentative legend in terms of land cover and land use, physiography and erosion
was formulated. The sample areas for field check were selected covering all the
physiography landuse/land cover features cum image characteristics to ascertain
the ambiguous features.
 Ground Truth Collection
Both toposheets and imagery were taken for field verification and a transverse
plan using existing road network was made to cover as many representative
sample areas as possible to observe the broad land use features and to adjust the
sample areas according to field conditions. Detailed field observations and
investigations were carried out and noted the land use features on the imagery.
 Post Field Work
The base maps of the study area were prepared, with the help of Survey of India
topo-sheets. Preliminary interpreted land use and the land cover features
boundaries from IRS-Resourcesat-2A LISS IV FX false colour composite were
modified in light of field information and the final thematic details were
transferred onto the base maps. The final interpreted and classified thematic map
was cartographed. The cartographic map was colored with standard colour coding
and detailed description of feature with standard symbols. All the classes noted
and marked by the standard legend on the map.
3.3.4.5 Final Output
The final output would be the land use/land cover map numerals were given
different colour code for each category as shown in map. Area estimation of all
features of land use/land cover categories was noted. The following are the main
interpreted land use/land cover classes of the study area and their respective
areas are given in hectares in Table-3.3.3 for the year 2020. The thematic map
of study area and land use pattern within 10 km radius based on IRS
Resourcesat-2A for the year 2020 are shown in Figure-3.3.1 and Figure-3.3.2
respectively.
The land use based on the satellite image is sourced from IRS Resourcesat-2A
with LISS-IV FX dated on 3rd May 2020 is given in Figure-3.3.1 and the satellite
image of land use map is given in Figure-3.3.2. The remote sensing data is
presented in the Table-3.3.2.

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-24
TABLE-3.3.3
LAND USE/LAND COVER STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA
Area Area (%)

Sr. No. Land Use Area (ha)
(sq.km)
Built-up Land
28.885
A Settlements 2888.5 5.3
B Industry area 1.635 163.5 0.3
Sub-total 30.52 3052 5.6
Water Body
A Tanks /River etc 53.955 5395.5 9.9
Forest
A Scrub forest/Forest 171.675 17167.5 31.5
Crop Land
A Crop land 218.545 21854.5 40.1
Waste Land
A Land with scrub 44.145 4414.5 8.1
B Land without scrub 6.54 654 1.2
C Sheet rock area 7.085 708.5 1.3
D Mining area 5.995 599.5 1.1
E Stony waste area 6.54 654 1.2
Sub-total 70.305 7030.5 12.9
Total 545 54500 100
3.3.4.6 Observations
The land use pattern of the study area indicates that 40.1% of the study area is
under agricultural lands followed by water bodies of about 31.5 %. Percentage of
built-up area and forest area is about 5.6 % and 31.5 % respectively. Wastelands
are about 12.9 % of study area.

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-25
FIGURE-3.3.1(A)
SATELLITE IMAGE OF STUDY AREA-10 KM

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-26
FIGURE-3.3.2 (A)
LAND USE/LAND COVER MAP BASED ON SATELLITE DATA-10 KM
Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-27
FIGURE-3.3.2 (B)
LANDUSE/LAND COVER MAP BASED ON SATELLITE DATA-5 KM
Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-28
FIGURE-3.3.2 (C)
CONTOUR MAP
Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-29
3.4 Soil Characteristics
The baseline information on soil in the area is essential to determine the impact
of mining and associated activities on the soil quality and the anticipated impacts
in future. Accordingly, the assessment of the soil quality has been carried out.
Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or
managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity,
maintain or enhance water and air quality and support human health and
habitation. Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of
maintaining biodiversity and productivity, partitioning water and solute flow,
filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling and providing support for plants and other
structures. Thus, soil quality plays vital role in any particular geographical
phenomenon of ecology as well as physico-chemical environment. Soil quality can
indicate the current as well as future issues related with the water, ecology and
life in the particular region. Thus, it is clearly visible that soil contamination may
result in eventuality in form of contamination of water, ecological destruction, and
loss of productivity, food crisis and so threat to life. The major source of
contamination is wastes from industries as well as overuse of fertilizers &
pesticide. Thus, to determine the exact impacts of any project, it is very essential
to determine the existing status of soil quality and existing stress through a study
of soil quality assessment.
Considering this, for studying soils of the region, sampling locations were selected
to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the mine lease area
representing various physiological and land use conditions. The physical, chemical
characteristics were determined.
The present study of the soil samples establishes the baseline characteristics and
this will help in future identification of the incremental concentrations if any, due
to the operation of the opencast mining project. The sampling locations have
been identified with the following objectives:
 To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area;

 To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics; and
 To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural
productivity point of view.
3.4.1 Data Generation
For studying soil quality in the region, sampling locations were selected to assess
the existing soil conditions in and around the mine area representing various land
use conditions. The physical, chemical and heavy metal concentrations were
determined. The samples were collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil
upto 90 cm depth.
Fifteen locations were identified within the study area for soil sampling. At each
location, soil samples were collected from three different depths viz. 30 cm, 60
cm and 90 cm below the surface and homogenized. The homogenized samples
were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. Samples were taken
Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-30
once during the study period in each season. This is in line with IS: 2720 and
Methods of Soil Analysis, Part-1, 2nd edition, 1986 of (American Society for
Agronomy and Soil Science Society of America). The homogenized samples were
analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The soil samples were
collected during during 1st December 2020 to 30th November 2021 (covering all
four seasons).
The samples have been analyzed as per the established scientific methods for
physico-chemical parameters. The methodology adopted for each parameter is
described in Table-3.4.1. The details of the sampling locations are given in
Table-3.4.2. The soil quality for all the locations is tabulated in Table-3.4.3. The
results are compared with standard classification as given in Table-3.4.4. The
baseline photographs are attached as Annexure-XVI. The soil quality data and
its interpretation for post-monsoon, monsoon and pre-monsoon seasons is given
in Annexure-XVII. The overall comparison of soil quality results of winter, post-
monsoon, monsoon and pre-monsoon season is given in Table-3.4.5.
TABLE-3.4.1
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR SOIL ANALYSIS
Parameter Method (ASTM Number)

Grain size distribution Sieve analysis (D 422 – 63)
Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration
Bulk density Sand replacement, core cutter
Sodium absorption ratio Flame photometric (D 1428-82)
Ph pH meter (D 1293-84)
Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82)
Nitrogen Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84)
Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, colourimetric (D 515-82)
Potassium Flame photometric (D 1428-82)
Iron AAS (D 1068-84)
Zinc AAS (D 1691-84)
Boron Surcumin, colourimetric (D 3082-79)
Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-31
TABLE 3.4.2
DETAILS OF SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Sr.No Location Name Distance Direction Land Use Coordinates

(km)
S1 ML area near - - Agricultural 230 44’ 43” N
Chattasemal 840 38’ 57” E
S2 Karihma 2.8 WNW Agricultural 230 45’ 26” N
840 33’ 54” E
S3 Sasang 1.8 SSE Agricultural 230 42’ 26” N
840 39’ 8” E
S4 Rampur 0.5 E Agricultural 230 43’ 39” N
840 89’ 55” E
S5 Near Renchi P.F 2.3 N Forest 230 46’ 44” N
840 38’ 28” E
S6 Rakhantoli 4.0 SE Agricultural 230 41’ 42” N
840 40’ 5” E
S7 Jagaldaga 1.2 SW Agricultural 230 43’ 52” N
840 35’ 10” E
S8 Latdag Near PF 3.4 SE Forest 230 47’ 6” N
840 40’ 49” E
S9 Jalim Kalan 3.3 SW Agricultural 230 47’ 52” N
840 34’ 29” E
S10 Muka 4.5 NW Agricultural 230 46’ 23” N
840 32’ 49” E
S11 Simri 5.6 NW Agricultural 230 47’ 3” N
840 33’ 48” E
S12 Serak 3.9 NE Forest 230 45’ 34” N
840 41’ 28” E
S13 Obar 6.4 NE Forest 230 48’ 0” N
840 32’ 36” E
S14 Udayapura 1.0 W Forest 230 44’ 31” N
840 34’ 3” E
S15 Pakrar 4.0 N Agricultural 230 48’ 20” N
840 37’ 0” E

Doc. No.:
Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-32
FIGURE-3.4.1
SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Page No.: C3-33
TABLE-3.4.3 (A)
SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS-1ST DECEMBER 2020 TO 28TH FEBRUARY 2021 (WINTER SEASON)
Sr. No Parameters UOM S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 pH (1:5 Aq. Extract) - 5.96 6.42 6.08 5.92 6.35 6.22 7.08 6.36
2 Conductivity (1:5 Aq. Extract) µS/cm 58.9 38.6 69.9 112.4 84.8 124.5 106.8 45.8
3 Sandy Sandy Sandy
Texture - Clay Silty Clay Clay Clay Clay
Clay Clay Clay
4 Sand % 45 24 29 44 19 33 42 26
5 Silt % 22 23 33 21 29 18 23 18
6 Clay % 33 53 38 35 52 49 35 56
7 Bulk Density g/cc 1.32 1.42 1.36 1.29 1.34 1.29 1.34 1.33
8 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca mg/kg 859.0 944.0 1022.0 1012.0 865.0 1124.0 1085.0 759.0
9 Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg mg/kg 338.0 256.0 456.0 356.0 241.0 299.0 408.0 168.0
10 Exchangeable Sodium as Na mg/kg 22.8 36.9 42.6 52.8 64.3 29.8 39.8 18.4
11 Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) ---- 0.17 0.27 0.28 0.36 0.50 0.20 0.26 0.16
12 Available Nitrogen as N Kg/ha 55.0 71.5 63.2 48.7 46.7 38.7 37.6 46.4
13 Available Phosphorous as P Kg/ha 84.6 102.5 94.6 68.5 74.3 52.6 59.6 77.8
14 Available Potassium as K Kg/ha 352.6 326.5 286.8 352.6 330.5 286.5 271.5 362.5
15 Organic Carbon % 0.43 0.52 0.48 0.39 0.36 0.31 0.29 0.36
16 Organic Matter % 0.74 0.90 0.83 0.67 0.62 0.53 0.50 0.62
17 Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl mg/kg 53.8 62.8 66.9 52.6 86.5 94.3 108.5 82.6
18 Water Soluble Sulphates as SO4 mg/kg 32.8 43.6 51.8 34.8 42.5 61.3 40.4 38.6
19 Aluminum % 6.8 5.9 6.4 6.8 5.8 5.2 4.9 6.4
20 Total Iron % 2.3 3.1 2.5 2.1 1.8 2.2 2.7 2.4
21 Manganese mg/kg 226 218 168 241 255.2 236 295 314
22 Boron mg/kg 12.5 24.6 35.6 18.2 13.4 16.5 15.8 11.8
23 Zinc mg/kg 85.6 94.5 58.6 66.8 74.3 89.08 102.5 84.6
24 Total Chromium as Cr mg/kg 36.8 25.8 24.8 39.56 42.5 34.5 22.8 32.5

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Page No.: C3-34
Sr. No Parameters UOM S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

25 Lead as Pb mg/kg 2.86 1.75 2.35 0.96 1.11 1.86 2.81 2.64
26 Nickel as Ni mg/kg 10.86 8.46 11.25 12.44 11.24 9.46 10.22 11.28
27 Arsenic as As mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
28 Mercury as Hg mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
29 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
30 Exchangeable Sodium meq/100g 0.12 0.18 0.21 0.28 0.32 0.16 0.20 0.09
31 Exchangeable Potassium meq/100g 1.40 1.30 1.14 1.40 1.31 1.14 1.08 1.44
32 Exchangeable Calcium meq/100g 5.04 5.15 5.82 6.08 5.00 6.75 6.28 4.42
33 Exchangeable Magnesium meq/100g 3.31 2.33 4.33 3.56 2.32 2.99 3.93 1.63
34 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100g 9.87 8.95 11.51 11.32 8.96 11.04 11.49 7.59
TABLE-3.4.3 (B)
SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS-1ST DECEMBER 2020 TO 28TH FEBRUARY 2021 (WINTER SEASON)
Sr.No Parameters UOM S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 S14 S15 Min Max
1 pH (1:5 Aq.Extract) - 5.84 6.52 6.22 7.12 7.41 6.86 6.38 5.84 7.41
2 Conductivity (1:5 Aq.Extract) µS/cm 76.9 88.9 112.5 68.9 59.8 70.8 56.2 38.6 124.5
3 Texture ---- Silty Clay Silty Clay Clay Clay Clay Sandy Clay Clay - -
4 Sand % 22 11 28 32 26 49 25 11 49
5 Silt % 34 36 13 20 22 19 14 13 36
6 Clay % 44 53 59 48 52 32 61 32 61
7 Bulk Density g/cc 1.29 1.34 1.22 1.34 1.38 1.36 1.31 1.22 1.42
8 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca mg/kg 984.0 1044.0 895.0 685.0 1452.0 1186.0 1230.0 685 1452
9 Exchangeable Magnesium as mg/kg 285.0 388.0
Mg 366.0 211.0 244.0 268.0 398.0 168 456
10 Exchangeable Sodium as Na mg/kg 26.8 31.5 22.8 36.4 41.2 36.8 41.8 18.4 64.3
11 Sodium Absorption Ratio ---- 0.21 0.18 0.30 0.26 0.26
(SAR) 0.19 0.24 0.16 0.50

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Page No.: C3-35
Sr.No Parameters UOM S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 S14 S15 Min Max
12 Available Nitrogen as N Kg/ha 58.7 50.6 52.0 63.6 68.2 73.8 53.3 37.6 73.8
13 Available Phosphorous as P Kg/ha 82.6 92.3 84.2 121.5 104.5 132.6 84.3 52.6 132.6
14 Available Potassium as K Kg/ha 284.6 266.9 341.5 274.8 253.6 362.5 341.8 253.6 362.5
15 Organic Carbon % 0.47 0.39 0.44 0.49 0.51 0.56 0.42 0.29 0.56
16 Organic Matter % 0.81 0.67 0.76 0.84 0.88 0.97 0.72 0.50 0.97
17 Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl mg/kg 54.8 66.8 48.9 75.2 64.8 59.6 48.9 48.9 108.5
18 Water Soluble Sulphates as mg/kg 22.8 19.6
SO4 19.6 26.4 32.8 28.4 24.3 19.6 61.3
19 Aluminum % 6.6 5.6 4.8 4.8 6.3 6.7 5.8 4.8 6.8
20 Total Iron % 1.8 2.4 2.1 2.6 3.1 2.8 2.3 1.8 3.1
21 Manganese mg/kg 264 295 308 324 255 241 235 168 324
22 Boron mg/kg 12.6 13.4 17.4 14.3 16.2 13.5 14.2 11.8 35.6
23 Zinc mg/kg 64.8 81.3 76.8 88.9 64.8 92.6 72.4 58.6 102.5
24 Total Chromium as Cr mg/kg 24.8 41.5 22.6 32.5 28.6 26.8 33.8 22.6 42.5
25 Lead as Pb mg/kg 2.55 1.78 1.12 2.36 1.56 1.48 2.11 0.96 2.86
26 Nickel as Ni mg/kg 9.86 11.24 7.84 11.36 12.45 9.84 5.62 5.62 12.45
27 Arsenic as As mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
28 Mercury as Hg mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
29 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
30 Exchangeable Sodium meq/100g 0.14 0.16 0.13 0.18 0.20 0.18 0.22 0.09 0.32
31 Exchangeable Potassium meq/100g 1.13 1.06 1.36 1.09 1.01 1.44 1.36 1.01 1.44
32 Exchangeable Calcium meq/100g 5.91 6.04 5.69 3.96 8.15 6.76 7.28 3.96 8.15
33 Exchangeable Magnesium meq/100g 2.85 3.53 2.23 2.35 2.51 3.69 3.92 1.63 4.33
34 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100g 10.04 10.79 9.40 7.59 11.87 12.07 12.77 7.59 12.77

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Banhardih Coal Mining Project of 12 MTPA Rev. Date: 25.04.2022
Capacity
Page No.: C3-36
TABLE-3.4.4
STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION
Sr. No. Soil Test Classification

1 pH <4.5 extremely acidic
4.51- 5.50 very strongly acidic
5.51-6.0 moderately acidic
6.01-6.50 slightly acidic
6.51-7.30 neutral
7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline
7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline
8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline
9.01 very strongly alkaline
2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity Upto 1.00 average
(mmhos/cm) 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination
(1 ppm = 640 mmho/cm) 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to
salts)
3 Organic Carbon Upto 0.2: very less
0.21-0.4: less
0.41-0.5 medium,
0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient
0.81-1.00: sufficient
>1.0 more than sufficient
4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Upto 50 very less
51-100 less
101-150 good
151-300 better
>300 sufficient
5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 15 very less
16-30 less
31-50 medium,
51-65 on an average sufficient
66-80 sufficient
>80 more than sufficient
6 Potash (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less
120-180 less
181-240 medium
241-300 average
301-360 better
>360 more than sufficient
Source: Handbook of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi
3.4.2 Baseline Soil Status
Winter Season (1st December 2020 to 28th February 2021)

 It has been observed that the pH of the soil in the study area ranged from
5.84 to 7.41.
 The electrical conductivity was observed to be in the range of 38.6 µmhos/cm
to 124.5 µmhos/cm.
 The nitrogen values range between 37.6 to 73.8 kg/ha. The nitrogen content
in the study area is very less to less category.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-37
 The phosphorus values range between 52.6 to 132.6 kg/ha, indicating that
the phosphorus content in the study area falls in average sufficient to more
than sufficient category.
 The potassium values range between 253.6 –362.5 kg/ha. The potassium
content in the study area falls in average to more than sufficient category.
 The chlorides were found to be in the range of 48.9 – 108.5 mg/kg of soil.
There were no problems of salinity, toxicity and waterlogging in the study area
but cultivation and cropping intensity was much lower compared with any
command area with assured irrigation. Paddy is grown during the rainy season.
Wheat and Mustard are the prominent crops during the rabi season. Water from
borewells was used for cultivation during the rabi season. There are problems of
severe soil erosion leading to gully formation even in forest areas.
TABLE-3.4.5
SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS
(COMPARISON OF FOUR SEASONS)
Soil Quality Seasons

Sr. Post-
No. Parameters UOM Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon Monsoon Overall
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
1 pH (1:5 Aq. Extract) - 5.84 7.41 5.99 7.46 6.14 7.52 6.11 7.24 5.84 7.52
Conductivity (1:5 Aq.
2 Extract) µS/cm 38.6 124.5 64.3 155.9 71.56 168.5 54.9 156.6 38.6 168.5
3 Texture ---- - - -- -- - - - - - -
4 Sand % 11 49 14 51 18 53 12 50 11 53
5 Silt % 13 36 7 34 10 29 13 34 7 36
6 Clay % 32 61 31 62 31 64 31 60 31 64
7 Bulk Density g/cc 1.22 1.42 1.26 1.4 1.27 1.39 1.29 1.42 1.22 1.42
Exchangeable Calcium as
8 Ca mg/kg 685 1452 758.6 1362.5 822.5 1432.5 832.6 1322.4 685 1452
Exchangeable Magnesium
9 as Mg mg/kg 168 456 201.4 501.4 221.5 521.6 234.5 423.5 168 521.6
10 Exchangeable Sodium as Na mg/kg 18.4 64.3 29.6 69.8 28.9 71.8 21.8 64.5 18.4 71.8
Sodium Absorption Ratio
11 (SAR) ---- 0.16 0.5 0.21 0.5 0.18 0.5 0.17 0.42 0.16 0.5
12 Available Nitrogen as N Kg/ha 37.6 73.8 46.8 89.6 51.3 89.6 49.8 84.8 37.6 89.6
13 Available Phosphorous as P Kg/ha 52.6 132.6 62.8 141.8 66.8 152.6 64.5 132.6 52.6 152.6
14 Available Potassium as K Kg/ha 253.6 362.5 264.5 364.2 271.4 355.6 264.5 354.6 253.6 364.2
15 Organic Carbon % 0.29 0.56 0.32 0.57 0.35 0.58 0.32 0.57 0.29 0.58
16 Organic Matter % 0.5 0.97 0.55 0.98 0.6 1 0.55 0.98 0.5 1
Water Soluble Chlorides as
17 Cl mg/kg 48.9 108.5 52.8 112.4 58.2 104.5 48.9 102.4 48.9 112.4
Water Soluble Sulphates as
18 SO4 mg/kg 19.6 61.3 21.5 64.3 32.4 68.4 21.8 58.8 19.6 68.4
19 Aluminum % 4.8 6.8 4.62 6.74 4.89 6.52 4.64 6.48 4.62 6.8
20 Total Iron % 1.8 3.1 2.48 4.16 2.56 4.02 2.06 3.06 1.8 4.16
21 Manganese mg/kg 168 324 178 352 198 338 184 352 168 352
22 Boron mg/kg 11.8 35.6 11.8 29.6 14.6 31.4 11.62 32.4 11.62 35.6
23 Zinc mg/kg 58.6 102.5 64.8 115.6 76.8 125.5 61.9 114.5 58.6 125.5
24 Total Chromium as Cr mg/kg 22.6 42.5 29.6 53.6 29.6 50.4 21.4 42.6 21.4 53.6
25 Lead as Pb mg/kg 0.96 2.86 1.09 2.86 1.24 2.86 1.02 2.56 0.96 2.86
26 Nickel as Ni mg/kg 5.62 12.45 8.62 12.45 8.79 12.59 6.52 12.35 5.62 12.59
27 Arsenic as As mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-38
Soil Quality Seasons

Sr. Post-
No. Parameters UOM Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon Monsoon Overall
28 Mercury as Hg mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
29 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
30 Exchangeable Sodium meq/100g 0.09 0.32 0.15 0.35 0.14 0.36 0.11 0.33 0.09 0.36
31 Exchangeable Potassium meq/100g 1.01 1.44 1.05 1.45 1.08 1.41 1.05 1.41 1.01 1.45
32 Exchangeable Calcium meq/100g 3.96 8.15 4.67 7.9 5.02 8.29 4.78 7.54 3.96 8.29
33 Exchangeable Magnesium meq/100g 1.63 4.33 1.97 4.73 2.25 4.88 2.35 4.05 1.63 4.88
34 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100g 7.59 12.77 7.99 13.34 8.54 13.07 8.83 13.14 7.59 13.34
Overall Comparison
5.84-7.52. The maximum pH 7.52 was observed in monsoon season and
minimum pH i.e. 5.84 was observed in winter season.
 It has been observed that the electrical conductivity of the soil in the study
area ranged from 38.6-168.5 µS/cm. The maximum EC i.e. 168.5 µS/cm was
observed in monsoon season and minimum EC i.e. 38.6 µS/cm was observed
in winter season.
 It has been observed that the Nitrogen values of the soil in the study area
ranged from 37.6-89.6 kg/ha. The maximum Nitrogen i.e. 89.6 kg/ha was
observed in pre-monsoon & monsoon season and minimum Nitrogen i.e. 37.6
kg/ha was observed in winter season.
 It has been observed that the phosphorus values of the soil in the study area
ranged from 52.6-152.6 kg/ha. The maximum phosphorus values 152.6 kg/ha
was observed in monsoon season and minimum phosphorus values i.e. 52.6
 It has been observed that the potassium values of the soil in the study area
ranged from 253.6-364.2 kg/ha. The maximum potassium values 364.2 kg/ha
was observed in pre-monsoon season and minimum potassium values i.e.
253.6 kg/ha was observed in winter season.
 It has been observed that the chlorides of the soil in the study area ranged
from 48.9-112.4 mg/kg. The maximum chlorides 112.4 mg/kg was observed
in pre-monsoon season and minimum chlorides ie. 48.9 mg/kg was observed
in winter season.
 It has been observed that the calcium of the soil in the study area ranged
from 685-1452 mg/kg. The maximum calcium 1452 mg/kg was observed in
winter season and minimum calcium i.e. 685 mg/kg was also observed in
winter season.
 It has been observed that the Magnesium of the soil in the study area ranged
from 168.0 -521.6 mg/kg. The maximum Magnesium 521.6 mg/kg was
observed in monsoon season and minimum Magnesium ie. 168 mg/kg was
observed in winter season.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-39
3.5 Meteorology
The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very useful for proper
interpretation of the baseline information regarding proposed project and
surrounding area for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological
parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general
meteorological regime of the region.
The year may broadly be divided into four seasons:
 Winter season : December to February

 Pre-Monsoon season : March to May
 Monsoon season : June to September
 Post-Monsoon season : October to November
3.5.1 Methodology
The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the

standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (IS:8829) and India
Meteorological Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various
meteorological variables in order to generate the site-specific data. Data was
collected every hour continuously from 1st December 2020 to 30th November 2021
covering four seasons. The meteorological station placed on the building at
Rampur village.
3.5.1.1Methodology of Data Generation
The Central Monitoring Station (CMS) equipped with continuous monitoring

equipment was installed on top of a residential building at a height of about 10 m
above ground level to record wind speed, direction, relative humidity and
temperature. The meteorological monitoring station was located in such a way
that it is free from any obstructions and as per the guidelines specified under IS:
8829. Cloud cover was recorded by visual observation. Rainfall was monitored by
rain gauge.
The continuous recording meteorological instrument of Yash Engineering

(Vadodara) has been used for recording the met data. The sensitivity of the
equipment is given in Table-3.5.1.
TABLE-3.5.1
SENSITIVITY OF METEOROLOGY MONITORING EQUIPMENT
Sr. No. Sensor Range

1 Wind speed sensor 0-50 m/s
2 Wind direction sensor 0-359 degrees
3 Temperature sensor -30oC to 65 OC

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-40
3.5.2 Meteorological Data Generated at Site
The meteorological parameters were recorded on hourly basis during the study
period and comprises of wind speed, wind direction (from 0 to 360 degrees),
temperature, relative humidity, atmospheric pressure, rainfall. The meteorological
parameters have been recorded and are presented in Table-3.5.2.
TABLE-3.5.2
SUMMARY OF THE METEOROLOGICAL DATA GENERATED AT SITE
Month Temperature Relative Atmospheric Rainfall Wind

(0C) Humidity (%) Pressure (hPa) (mm) Speed
Max Min Max Min Max Min (m/s)
Winter Season
December 2020 29.5 6.7 79 55 981.9 920.5 6.5 3.0
January 2021 31.9 5.9 74 54 991.5 928.1 11.1 4.0
February 2021 33.1 7.1 73 53 959.4 936.0 8.0 2.8
Range 5.9-33.1 53-79 920.5-991.5 25.6 Avg: 3.26
Pre-Monsoon Season
March 2021 38.6 10.9 56 33 989.6 972.8 14.0 2.3
April 2021 42.4 16.9 45 27 986.2 979.5 15.4 3.1
May 2021 44.8 21.1 47 30 979.3 972.3 28.1 2.8
Range 10.9-44.8 27-56 972.3-989.6 57.5 Avg:2.73
Monsoon Season
June 2021 32.0 45.0 74 80 968.4 976.2 28.1 4.1
July 2021 33.0 41.0 60 72 971.8 975.1 23.0 4.2
August 2021 28.0 40.0 73 78 970.9 979.9 24.1 4.9
September 2021 33.1 24.4 88 80 972.3 979.0 245.1 3.8
Range 33.0-45.0 72-88 968.4-979.9 320.3 Avg:4.25
Post-Monsoon Season 2021
October 2021 30.6 19.2 82 72 984.8 985.4 76.6 2.5
November 2021 29.3 16.1 79 55 992.2 984.5 8.6 3.8
Range 16.1-30.6 72-82 992.2-985.4 85.2 Avg:3.15
3.5.2.1 Site Specific Wind Rose
Winter Season
The wind rose for the study period representing winter season is shown in
Figure-3.5.1. A review of the wind rose diagram shows that predominant winds
are mostly from NW followed by NE. Calm conditions prevailed for 28.5 % of the
total time. Average wind speed is 3.26 m/s.
Pre-Monsoon Season
A review of the wind rose diagram shows that predominant winds are mostly from
NW followed by W. Calm conditions prevailed for 14.9 % of the total time.
Average wind speed is 2.73 m/s.
Monsoon Season
NE followed by W. Calm conditions prevailed for 20.5 % of the total time.
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-41
Post-Monsoon Season
NE followed by NW. Calm conditions prevailed for 45.2 % of the total time.
Average wind speed is 3.15 m/s
Annual Windrose
NW followed by NE. Calm conditions prevailed for 33.8 % of the total time.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-42
N
W
19
.8
%
%
.3
14
E
N
NN
.8%
W2
E1
N 0.7%
.6%
NN
WN .0%
W 3.4 E4
% EN
W 7.6% C-28.5% E 3.1%

%
W 0.9 ES
E2
WS .2%
3%
.8%
1.
SE
SW
W0
S 2.1%
2.
6%
SS
SS
E4
.3%
SCALE 5%
SPEED CALM
1.0 5 11 19 >19 Km/hr
FIGURE-3.5.1
SITE-SPECIFIC WINDROSE-WINTER SEASON
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-43
FIGURE-3.5.2
SITE-SPECIFIC WINDROSE-PRE-MONSOON SEASON

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-44
FIGURE-3.5.3
SITE-SPECIFIC WINDROSE-MONSOON SEASON

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-45
FIGURE-3.5.4
SITE-SPECIFIC WINDROSE-POST-MONSOON SEASON

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-46
N
W
18
.7
%
%
.0
15
E
N
N 3.7%
.5%
NN
W
E0
0.6
NN
WN
%
W .3%
0.4 E0
% EN
W 12.1% C-33.8% E 4.7%
% ES
. 7 E0
0 .2%
W
WS
%
SE
SS
0.1
2.
S 1.2%
E0
0%
W
.2%
8%
SS
5.
SW
SCALE 5%
SPEED CALM
1 5 11 19 >19 Km/hr
FIGURE-3.5.5
SITE-SPECIFIC WIND ROSE-ANNUAL WINDROSE
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-47
3.5.3 Secondary Data from IMD-Daltonganj
Secondary meteorological data from IMD-Daltonganj has been collected for

temperature, relative humidity, atmospheric pressure, rainfall, wind speed and
wind direction. The data at IMD is usually recorded twice a day viz. at 0830 hr
and 1730 hr.
3.5.3.1 Meteorological Data
The nearby India Meteorological Department station generating meteorological

data is IMD Daltonganj. Hence, secondary information on meteorological
conditions has been collected from IMD station at Daltonganj.
India Meteorological Department – Daltonganj
India meteorological department has been monitoring surface observations at

IMD- Daltonganj. Temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, wind speed and
direction are measured twice a day viz., at 0830 and 1730 hr. The wind speed
and direction data of IMD, Daltonganj has been obtained for the past available 30
years (1971-2000). The monthly data for all the parameters except wind speed
and wind direction is presented in Table-3.5.3. The windrose diagram of IMD-
Daltonganj is shown in Figure-3.5.6.
TABLE-3.5.3
CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA STATION: IMD, DALTONGANJ
Monthly
Atmospheric
Temperature (0C) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall
Pressure (hPa)
Month (mm)
0830
1730 Hrs Max Min 0830 Hrs 1730 Hrs Total
Hrs
January 991.5 988.1 29.8 4.5 78 52 14.0
February 989.4 986.0 32.7 6.8 70 44 23.4
March 986.6 982.1 38.6 10.9 56 33 14.0
April 982.2 977.5 42.4 16.9 45 27 15.4
May 978.3 974.3 44.8 21.1 47 30 28.1
June 974.4 971.2 43.6 23.1 62 53 165.4
July 974.8 972.1 37.0 23.0 79 76 332.1
August 975.9 972.9 35.4 23.3 82 79 295.7
September 980.3 977.0 35.7 21.8 80 74 195.7
October 985.8 982.4 34.8 15.4 76 60 57.6
November 990.1 986.5 32.4 9.6 77 55 11.7
December 991.9 988.5 29.0 5.7 78 54 6.4
Range Total:
971.2-991.9 4.5-44.8 27-82 1159.6
Source: Climatological Normals (1971-2000), Published by IMD-Pune
3.5.3.2 Comments
The India Meteorological Department (IMD) records the data two times a day viz.
0830 hr and 1730 hr, while the site-specific data has been recorded at an hourly
interval. On comparison of site-specific data generated for study period vis-à-vis
the IMD data, slight variations were found. The following observations are brought
out:
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-48
 The temperature recorded on site when compared with the IMD, slight
variations were found. The maximum and minimum temperatures recorded at
site during study period were 45.0 0C and 5.90C, whereas the maximum and
minimum values recorded at IMD, Daltonganj are 44.8 oC and 4.5oC
respectively during the same period;
 The relative humidity was observed to range from 53%–79% during the study
period whereas according to IMD, Daltonganj the relative humidity was
observed to be range from 27 % to 82 %; and
 The data generated at continuous monitoring station at project site when

compared with the data recorded at IMD, it can be observed that the data
generated at the site is broadly compatible with regional meteorology, except
minor variations as described above. However, the data cannot be compared on
one to one basis as the two stations (IMD and site) are away and there is
elevation difference also.
 The wind rose diagram of IMD shows that predominant winds are mostly from
NW followed by NE.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-49
Source: Atlas of Windroses (1971-2000) Published by IMD-Pune
FIGURE-3.5.6(A)
WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF WINTER SEASON (IMD- DALTONGANJ)

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-50
FIGURE-3.5.6(B)
WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF PRE-MONSOON SEASON (IMD- DALTONGANJ)

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-51
FIGURE-3.5.6(C)
WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF MONSOON SEASON (IMD-DALTONGANJ)

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-52
FIGURE-3.5.6(D)
WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF POST-MONSOON SEASON (IMD- DALTONGANJ)

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-53
FIGURE-3.5.6(E)
WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF ANNUAL SEASON (IMD-DALTONGANJ)
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-54
3.6 Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 km radius around the
proposed project site forms the baseline information. The various sources of air
pollution in the region are industrial, mining, traffic, urban and rural activities.
This section describes the selection of sampling locations, methodology adopted for
sampling, analytical techniques and frequency of sampling. The results of
monitoring carried out for study period 1st December 2020 to 30th November 2021
(Covering all four seasons) are presented in Annexure-VII.
3.6.1 Methodology Adopted for Air Quality Survey
3.6.1.1 Selection of Sampling Locations
The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a
scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of
monitoring network in the air quality surveillance programme have been based on
the following considerations:
 Meteorological conditions on synoptic basis;

 Topography of the study area;
 Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status;
and
 Representatives of likely impact areas.
Ambient air quality monitoring (AAQM) stations were set up at 10 locations. Table-
3.6.1 gives the details of environmental setting around each monitoring station.
The location of the selected stations with reference to the mine lease area
boundary is given in the below table and shown in Figure-3.6.1.
TABLE-3.6.1
DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS
Station Name of the Station Distance Direction Zone Coordinates

Code (AAQ) from the ML w.r.t
Boundary Boundary
(km)
AAQ1 ML Area near - - Core Zone 23o 44’ 41” N
Chattasemal 84o 38’ 57” E
AAQ2 Karhima 2.8 NW Rural/ Residential 23o 45’ 25” N
84o 33’ 59” E
AAQ3 Sasang 1.8 SSE Rural/ Residential 23o 47’ 28” N
84o 39’ 7” E
AAQ4 Rampur 0.5 E Rural/ Residential 23o 43’ 38” N
84o 39’ 57” E
AAQ5 Near Renchi PF 2.3 N Rural/ Residential 23o 46’ 27” N
84o 38’ 18” E
AAQ6 Rakhantoli 4.0 SE Rural/ Residential 23o 41’ 43” N
84o 40’ 6” E
AAQ7 Jagaldaga 1.2 SW Rural/ Residential 23o 43’ 53” N
84o 35’ 9” E
AAQ8 Latdag Near PF 3.4 SE Rural/ Residential 23o 47’ 4” N
84o 40’ 56” E

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-55
Station Name of the Station Distance Direction Zone Coordinates

Code (AAQ) from the ML w.r.t
Boundary Boundary
(km)
AAQ9 Jalim Kalan 3.3 SW Rural/ Residential 23o 47’ 54” N
84o 34’ 28” E
AAQ10 Muka 4.5 NW Rural/ Residential 23o 46’ 23” N
84o 32’ 50” E
3.6.1.2 Justification for Selection of Sampling Locations
Winter Season
ML Area near Chattasemal (AAQ1): This sampling station is located in the project
area. The main objective to select this location is to assess the concentration of
pollutants within mine. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to
standards of the ambient air quality during mine operation.
Karhima (AAQ2): This sampling station is located at a distance of about 2.8 km in

NW direction of the project site. The objective for selection of this location is to
assess the concentration of pollutants in rural residential area. This location
represents upwind direction.
Sasang (AAQ3): This sampling station is located at a distance of about 1.8 km in

SSE direction of the project site. The objective for selection of this location is to
assess the concentration of pollutants in rural residential area/nearby highway. This
location represents downwind direction.
Rampur (AAQ4): This sampling station is located at a distance of about 0.5 km in E

direction of the project site. The objective for selection of this location is to assess
the concentration of pollutants in rural residential area. This location represents
downwind direction.
Near Renchi PF (AAQ5): This sampling station is located at a distance of about 2.3
km in N direction of the project site. The objective for selection of this location is to
assess the concentration of pollutants nearby Protected Forest. This location
represents crosswind direction.
Rakhantoli (AAQ6): This sampling station is located at a distance of about 4.0 km

in SE direction of the project site. The objective for selection of this location is to
represents downwind direction.
Jagaldaga (AAQ7): This sampling station is located at a distance of about 1.2 km in

SW direction of the project site. The objective for selection of this location is to
assess the concentration of pollutants in rural residential area and nearby Sikni coal
mines. This location represents crosswind direction.
Latdag Near PF (AAQ8): This sampling station is located at a distance of about 3.4
km in SE direction of the project site. The objective for selection of this location is

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-56
to assess the concentration of pollutants nearby the forest area. This location
represents downwind direction.
Jalim Kalan (AAQ9): This sampling station is located at a distance of about 3.3 km
in SW direction of the project site. The objective for selection of this location is to
represents crosswind direction.
Muka (AAQ10): This sampling station is located at a distance of about 4.5 km in

NW direction of the project site. The objective for selection of this location is to
represents upwind direction.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-57
NW
19
.8%
.3%
14
NE
NNW
1.8%
N 0.7%
2.6%
NNE
WNW
3.4% 4.0%
ENE
W 7.6% C-28.5% E 3.1%
0.9% ESE
WSW 2.2%
%
0.8%
SE
1.3
2.6
SW
S 2.1%
SSW
%
SSE
4.3%
SCALE 5%
SPEED CALM
1.0 5 11 19 >19 Km/hr
(Winter Season)
Site Specic Windrose
FIGURE-3.6.1
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-58
3.6.1.3 Frequency and Parameters for Sampling

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two days
per week during study period. The baseline data of air environment was monitored
for parameters mentioned below as per revised MoEF&CC Notification dated 18th
November, 2009:
 Particulate matter (PM10);

 Particulate matter (PM2.5)
 Sulphur dioxide (SO2);
 Nitrogen dioxide (NO2);
 Carbon monoxide (CO);
 Ozone (O3);
 Ammonia (NH3);
 Lead (Pb);
 Benzo(a) pyrene (BaP) in particulate phase;
 Arsenic (As);
 Nickel (Ni); and
 Benzene (C6H6).
3.6.1.4 Sampling and Analytical Techniques
Particulate Matter (PM10)
Respirable dust samplers APM-460 BL attached with APM-151 instruments have

been used for sampling of respirable dust (<10 microns) and gaseous pollutants
like SO2 and NO2.
PM10 (<10) present in ambient air is drawn through the cyclone. Coarse and
non-respirable dust (>10) is separated from the air stream by centrifugal forces
acting on the solid particles. These separated particulates fall through the
cyclone’s conical hopper and collect in the sampling cup placed at the bottom of
the cyclone. The fine dust (<10 microns) forming the respirable fraction passes
through the cyclone and is retained by the filter paper.
A tapping is provided on the suction side of the blower to provide suction for
sampling air through a set of impingers. Samples of gases are drawn at a flow
rate of 0.2 litres per minute (lpm). The air samples were analyzed as per
standard methods specified in IS: 5182.
Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
APM 550 Fine Particulate Sampler (PM2.5) attached with impactor have been used
for sampling of fine particulate (<2.5 microns).
An electrically powered air sampler draws ambient air at a constant volumetric

flow rate (16.7 lpm) maintained by a mass flow / volumetric flow controller
coupled to a microprocessor into specially designed inertial particle-size separator
(i.e. cyclones or impactors) where the suspended particulate matter in the PM2.5
size ranges is separated for collection on a 47 mm polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-59
filter over a specified sampling period. Each filter is weighed before and after
sample collection to determine the net gain due to the particulate matter.
 Duration of Sampling
The sampling duration for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 is twenty-four hourly
continuous samples per day and CO and O3 are sampled for 8 hours continuously
thrice a day. This is to allow a comparison with the present revised standards
mentioned in the latest Gazette Notification of the Central Pollution Control Board
(CPCB) (18th November 2009).
3.6.1.5 Method of Analysis
The air samples were analyzed as per standard methods specified by Central
Pollution Control Board (CPCB), IS: 5182 and American Public Health Association
(APHA).
3.6.1.6 Instruments used for Sampling
Dust samplers of Envirotech instruments were used for monitoring PM10 (<10
microns), PM2.5 and gaseous pollutants like SO2, NO2, NH3 & O3 were collected
through wet chemical absorbing reagents in gaseous attachment.NDIR
Spectroscopy have been used for the estimation of CO.
3.6.1.7 Sampling and Analytical Techniques
The techniques used for ambient air quality monitoring and minimum detectable
levels are given in Table-3.6.2.
3.6.1.8 Duration of Sampling

PM2.5 and PM10 have been estimated by gravimetric method. Modified West and
Gaeke method (IS-5182 Part-II, 1969) has been adopted for estimation of SO 2.
Jacobs-Hochheiser method (IS-5182 Part-IV, 1975) has been adopted for the
estimation of NO2. The ambient air quality parameters along with their frequency
of sampling are given in Table-3.6.3.
TABLE-3.6.2
TECHNIQUES USED FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING
Sr. Parameter Techniques Technical Protocol Minimum

No. Detectable
Limit (g/m3)
1 PM 2.5 Fine dust sampler IS-5182 (Part-IV) 10.0
(Gravimetric method)
2 PM 10 Fine dust sampler IS-5182 (Part-IV) 5.0
(Gravimetric method)
3 Sulphur dioxide Improved West and IS-5182 (Part-II) 4.0
Gaeke method
4 Nitrogen dioxide Jacob & Hochheiser IS-5182 (Part-VI) 10.0
5 Carbon monoxide FID technique (Gas IS-5182(Part-X) 50
chromatography)

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Capacity
Page No.: C3-60
Sr. Parameter Techniques Technical Protocol Minimum

No. Detectable
Limit (g/m3)
6 Ozone UV-Vis Spectroscopic ASTM-D 2.0
Analysis
7 Ammonia UV-Vis Spectrophotometry ASTM-D 20.0
8 Benzene GC-MS/GC IS-5182 1.0
9 Benzo (O) Pyrene GC-MS/GC IS-5182 0.1 ng/m3
10 Arsenic ICP-MS IS-5182 0.001
11 Nickel ICP-MS IS-5182 0.001
12 Lead ICP-MS IS-5182 0.1
TABLE-3.6.3
MONITORED PARAMETERS AND FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING
Parameters Sampling Frequency

Particulate matter(PM10) 24 hourly sample twice a week for twelve months
Particulate matter (PM2.5) 24 hourly sample twice a week for twelve months
Sulphur dioxide (SO2) 24 hourly samples twice a week for twelve months
Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) 24 hourly samples twice a week for twelve months
Carbon monoxide (CO) 8 hourly samples for 24 hour twice a week for twelve months
Ozone (O3) 8 hourly samples for 24 hour twice a week for twelve months
Ammonia, NH3 24 hourly sample twice a week for twelve months
Benzene, C6H6 24 hourly sample twice a week for twelve months
Benzo(a)pyrene (BaP) 24 hourly samples twice a week for twelve months
Arsenic (As) 24 hourly sample twice a week for twelve months
Nickel (Ni) 24 hourly sample twice a week for twelve months
Lead (Pb) 24 hourly sample twice a week for twelve months
3.6.2 Presentation of AAQ Data
Various statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum and

minimum values have been computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ
monitoring stations. The summary of these results (Winter Season) for each
location representing are presented in Table-3.6.4. These values are compared
with the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQ) 2009. The interpretation of
the ambient air quality results for Pre-monsoon, monsoon and post-monsoon
season is given in Annexure-XVII.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Page No.: C3-61
TABLE-3.6.4 (A)
SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS (WINTER SEASON)
Sr Location PM10 (µg/m3) PM2.5 (µg/m3) SO2 (µg/m3) NO2 (µg/m3)

No. Min Max Avg 98% Min Max Avg 98% Min Max Avg 98% Min Max Avg 98%
1 ML Area near Chattasemal 29.9 45.7 42.6 45.7 22.0 27.3 24.7 27.3 10.1 13.9 12.4 13.8 12.0 14.2 12.8 14.2
2 Karhima 27.1 46.7 36.7 46.7 15.2 19.4 17.8 19.4 9.1 13.5 10.4 13.3 11.0 15.5 12.5 15.2
3 Sasang 31.4 61.6 40.4 61.4 19.0 32.0 22.0 28.3 12.0 16.6 13.8 16.4 12.5 21.0 14.6 20.0
4 Rampur 33.8 41.7 37.4 40.7 19.1 26.7 24.7 26.7 10.2 12.7 11.0 12.6 11.1 15.0 13.2 14.8
5 Near Renchi PF 33.9 41.1 39.4 41.0 11.3 23.3 15.5 21.8 11.1 15.5 12.5 14.6 10.4 16.2 14.9 16.2
6 Rakhantoli 44.8 49.2 47.2 48.9 18.3 22.4 20.9 22.1 13.1 15.9 14.8 15.9 15.4 16.9 16.4 16.9
7 Jagaldaga 40.4 51.2 43.5 49.5 15.1 29.4 17.0 29.3 11.7 14.8 13.2 14.7 12.2 16.5 14.4 15.7
8 Latdag Near PF 40.5 46.6 42.8 45.4 16.2 22.1 18.9 21.3 10.2 12.9 11.6 12.9 11.1 15.1 13.6 15.0
9 Jalim Kalan 41.0 45.8 43.1 45.5 21.3 25.7 23.9 25.7 11.2 13.7 12.0 13.6 10.0 16.6 12.4 15.3
10 Muka 42.5 46.1 44.7 46.0 15.2 19.4 17.8 19.4 9.2 11.9 10.6 11.9 10.1 13.9 12.5 13.9
Range 27.1-61.6 11.3-32.0 9.1-16.6 10.0-21.0
NAAQ Standards 100 60 80 80
Sr Location CO (µg/m3) O3 (µg/m3) Ammonia Benzene

No. Min Max Avg 98% Min Max Avg 98% (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
1 ML Area near Chattasemal 154 245 201 244 5.1 6.7 5.8 6.6 <20.0 <1.0
2 Karhima 143 231 193 227 3.9 8.3 6.5 7.8 <20.0 <1.0
3 Sasang 219 334 275 315 4.8 6.5 5.6 6.4 <20.0 <1.0
4 Rampur 193 252 221 250 4.9 6.6 5.6 6.5 <20.0 <1.0
5 Near Renchi PF 186 298 247 293 5.4 9.9 6.9 9.5 <20.0 <1.0
6 Rakhantoli 189 263 229 261 3.2 4.6 3.9 4.6 <20.0 <1.0
7 Jagaldaga 151 241 205 238 4.2 5.4 4.8 5.4 <20.0 <1.0
8 Latdag Near PF 174 237 212 235 4.3 5.3 4.8 5.3 <20.0 <1.0
9 Jalim Kalan 192 252 220 250 3.9 5.6 4.6 5.5 <20.0 <1.0
10 Muka 173 236 211 234 3.3 4.3 3.8 4.3 <20.0 <1.0
Range 151-334 3.2-9.9 <20.0 <1.0
NAAQ 400
2000 100 5
Standards

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Page No.: C3-62
TABLE-3.6.4 (Contd…)(WINTER SEASON)

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS
Sr Location B(a)P As (µg/m3) Pb (µg/m3) Ni (µg/m3)

No. (ng/m3)
1 ML Area near Chattasemal <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
2 Karhima <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
3 Sasang <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
4 Rampur <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
5 Near Renchi PF <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
6 Rakhantoli <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
7 Jagaldaga <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
8 Latdag Near PF <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
9 Jalim Kalan <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
10 Muka <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
Range <0.1 <0.001 <0.1 <0.001
NAAQ Standards 1 0.006 1.0 0.02

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-63
Observations of AAQ Data-Winter Season
The minimum and maximum concentrations for PM10 were recorded as 27.1 g/m3
and 61.6 g/m3 respectively. The minimum and maximum concentration was
recorded at Karhima (AAQ2) and Sasang (AAQ3) respectively.
The minimum and maximum concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded as 11.3 g/m3
and 32.0 g/m3 respectively. The minimum and maximum concentration was
recorded at Near Renchi PF (AAQ5) and Sasang (AAQ3) respectively.
The minimum and maximum SO2 concentrations were recorded as 9.1 g/m3 and
16.6 g/m3. The minimum and maximum concentration was recorded at Karhima
(AAQ2) and Sasang (AAQ3) respectively.
The minimum and maximum NO2 concentrations were recorded as 10.0 g/m3 and
21.0 g/m3. The minimum and maximum concentration was recorded at Latdag
Near PF (AAQ9) and Naidupeta (AAQ5) respectively.
The minimum and maximum CO concentrations were recorded as 151 g/m3 and
334 g/m3. The minimum and maximum concentration was recorded at Jagaldaga
village (AAQ3) and Sasang (AAQ3) respectively.
The minimum and maximum O3 concentrations were recorded as 3.2 g/m3 and 9.9
g/m3. The minimum and maximum concentration was recorded at Rakhantoli
(AAQ6) and Near Renchi PF (AAQ5).
The concentration of PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NO2, O3, CO, NH3, Pb, BaP, As, Ni and C6H6
are observed to be well within the NAAQ standards 2009.
TABLE-3.6.5
RSPM CHARACTERISATON
Sr. Components AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5

No ML Area near Karhima Sasang Rampur Near Renchi PF
Chattasemal
1 Free Silica 0.27 0.36 0.21 0.42 0.29 0.48 0.21 0.34 0.20 0.39
2 Aluminium 1.04 2.85 1.08 1.50 1.03 1.7 1.15 1.78 1.20 1.92
3 Magnesium 1.71 2.08 3.28 4.24 3.17 4.87 3.86 4.23 3.13 4.38
4 Lead <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
5 Zinc 4.11 5.02 6.05 6.84 5.78 6.15 5.84 6.28 4.05 6.12
6 Vanadium <0.001 0.1 <0.001 0.081 <0.001 0.064 <0.001 0.07 <0.001 0.06
7 Iron 0.13 0.52 0.022 0.078 0.018 0.078 0.06 0.10 0.12 0.37
8 Manganese 4.02 5.22 3.41 4.58 3.78 5.31 3.78 4.39 2.92 4.04
9 Boran 6.27 7.35 2.30 5.32 4.07 5.5 4.97 5.18 4.02 5.82
10 Cadmium <0.001 0.08 <0.001 0.076 <0.001 0.07 <0.001 0.08 <0.001 0.09
11 Copper 0.02 0.04 0.011 0.015 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
12 Nickel 0.04 0.05 0.077 0.032 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.07 0.04 0.09
13 Cobalt <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
14 Mercury <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
15 Arsenic <0.001 0.01 <0.001 0.01 <0.001 0.01 <0.001 0.01 <0.001 0.01
16 Chromium 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.07 0.042 0.066 0.063 0.078

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-64
Sr. Components AAQ-6 AAQ-7 AAQ-8 AAQ-9 AAQ-10

No Rakhantoli Jagaldaga Latdag Near Jalim Kalan Muka
PF
1 Free Silica 0.27 0.47 0.21 0.40 0.13 0.25 0.31 0.42 0.22 0.31
2 Aluminium 1.34 2.40 1.08 2.20 1.12 1.69 2.18 3.11 1.07 2.81
3 Magnesium 2.7 3.6 1.18 2.53 2.14 3.88 2.08 3.18 1.78 2.18
4 Lead <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
5 Zinc 6.6 7.2 5.27 6.92 4.08 5.18 5.28 6.37 4.18 5.08
6 Vanadium <0.001 0.02 <0.001 0.07 <0.001 0.07 <0.001 0.07 <0.001 0.1
7 Iron 0.54 0.67 0.37 0.51 0.04 0.06 0.16 0.37 0.18 0.49
8 Manganese 5.1 6.8 5.21 6.98 4.28 5.79 3.04 5.48 4.12 5.13
9 Boran 7.1 9.2 7.18 8.78 5.17 6.07 5.17 8.05 6.28 7.28
10 Cadmium <0.001 0.05 <0.001 0.06 <0.001 0.09 <0.001 0.06 <0.001 0.08
11 Copper 0.08 0.21 0.01 0.15 0.01 0.01 0.04 0.11 0.01 0.03
12 Nickel 0.03 0.19 0.07 0.21 0.09 0.21 0.06 0.08 0.07 0.02
13 Cobalt <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
14 Mercury <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
15 Arsenic <0.001 0.03 <0.001 0.01 <0.001 0.01 <0.001 0.01 <0.001 0.01
16 Chromium 0.02 0.04 0.01 0.03 0.02 0.06 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.07
The summarized data for winter, Pre-monsoon, monsoon and post-monsoon

season is given in Table-3.6.6.
TABLE-3.6.5
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS
(WINTER, PRE-MONSOON, MONSOON AND POST-MONSOON SEASON)
Ambient Air Quality Seasons

Sr.
No. Parameters UOM Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon Post-Monsoon Overall
1 PM10 µg/m3 27.1 61.6 28.5 62.8 27.1 61.9 28.5 61.2 27.1 62.8
2 PM2.5 µg/m3 11.3 32 13 33.7 11.6 33.4 14.5 32.9 11.3 33.7
3 SO2 µg/m3 9.1 16.6 8.3 15.9 6.9 15.3 7 15.1 6.9 16.6
4 NO2 µg/m3 10 21 10.1 20.2 10.3 18.8 10.6 19.0 10.0 21.0
5 CO µg/m3 151 334 144 336 143 339 152 339 143 339
6 O3 µg/m3 3.2 9.9 3.9 10.5 2.2 9.1 2.3 9.5 2.2 10.5
7 Ammonia µg/m3 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0
8 Benzene µg/m3 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0
9 B(a)P µg/m3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
10 As µg/m3 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
11 Pb µg/m3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
12 Ni µg/m3 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
Interpretation Results of Ambient Air Quality (Covering Four Seasons)
 It has been observed that the PM10 ranged from 27.1-62.8 µg/m3. The
maximum PM10 62.8 µg/m3 was observed in Pre-monsoon season and
minimum PM10 i.e. 27.1 µg/m3 was observed in winter and monsoon season.
 It has been observed that the PM2.5 ranged from 11.3-33.7 µg/m3. The
maximum PM2.5 i.e. 33.7 µg/m3 was observed in Pre-monsoon season and
minimum PM2.5 i.e. 11.3 µg/m3 was observed in winter season.
 It has been observed that the SO2 concentration ranged from 6.9-16.6 µg/m3.
The maximum SO2 concentration i.e. 16.6 µg/m3 was observed in winter

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-65
season and minimum SO2 concentration i.e. 6.9 µg/m3 was observed in
monsoon season.
 It has been observed that the NO2 concentration ranged from 10.0-21.0
µg/m3. The maximum NO2 values i.e. 21.0 µg/m3 was observed in winter
season and minimum NO2 values i.e. 10.0 µg/m3 was also observed in winter
season.
 It has been observed that the CO concentration ranged from 143-339 µg/m3.
The maximum CO values 339 µg/m3 was observed in monsoon and post-
monsoon season and minimum CO values i.e. 143 µg/m3 was observed in
monsoon season.
 It has been observed that the Ozone (03) µg/m3 of the air in the study area
ranged from 2.2-10.5 µg/m3. The maximum concentration i.e 10.5 µg/m3 was
observed in pre-monsoon season and minimum concentration i.e. 2.2 µg/m3
was observed in monsoon season.
The concentration of PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NO2, O3, CO, NH3, Pb, BaP, As, Ni and
C6H6 are observed to be well within the NAAQS standards 2009.
3.7 Water Quality
Selected water quality parameters of surface and ground water resources in

the study area have been studied for assessing the water environment and
evaluate anticipated impact of the plant. Understanding the water quality is
essential in preparation of environmental impact assessment and to identify critical
issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation.
The purpose of this study is to:
 Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

 Evaluate the impacts on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions,
recreational resources and aesthetics in the vicinity; and
 Predict impact on water quality by this project and related activities.
The information required has been collected through primary surveys and
secondary sources.
3.7.1 Methodology
Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized

based on:
 Drainage pattern;
 Location of residential areas representing different activities/likely impact
areas; and
 Likely areas, which can represent baseline conditions.
Six surface water and six ground water sources in the study area were examined
for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-66
assess the effect of industrial activities and other activities on surface and ground
water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in 'Standard
Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American
Public Health Association (APHA).
Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples

collected for metal content were acidified with 1ml HNO3. Samples for
bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-
chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the
existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like temperature,
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH were analyzed at the time of sample collection.
The methodology for sample collection and preservation techniques was followed
as per the Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) mentioned in Table-3.7.1.
TABLE-3.7.1
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP)
FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation

pH Grab sampling 50 ml On site analysis
Plastic /glass container
Electrical Grab sampling 50 ml On site parameter
conductivity Plastic /glass container
Total suspended Grab sampling 100 ml Refrigeration,
solids Plastic /glass container can be stored for 7 days
Total dissolved Grab sampling 100 ml Refrigeration,
solids Plastic /glass container can be stored for 7 days
BOD Grab sampling 500 ml Refrigeration, 48 hrs
Hardness Grab sampling 100 ml Add HNO3 to pH<2,
Plastic /glass container refrigeration; 6 months
Chlorides Grab sampling 50 ml Not required; 28 days
Sulphates Grab sampling 100 ml Refrigeration; 28 days
Sodium, Plastic container 100 ml Not required; 6 months
Potassium
Nitrates Plastic containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 48 hrs
Fluorides Plastic containers only 100 ml Not required; 28 days
Alkalinity Plastic/ glass containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 14 days
Ammonia Plastic/ glass containers 100 ml Add H2SO4 to pH>2,
refrigeration, 28 days
Hexavalent Plastic/ Glass rinse with 1+1 100 ml Grab sample; refrigeration; 24
Chromium, Cr+6 HNO3 hrs
Heavy Metals (Hg, Plastic/ Glass rinse with 1+1 500 ml Filter, add HNO3 to pH>2;
Cd, Cr, Cu, Fe, HNO3 Grab sample; 6 months
Zn, Pb etc.)
Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published By APHA, AWWA,
WEF 19th Edition, 1995
Analytical Techniques
The sampling and analytical techniques are given in Table-3.7.2.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-67
TABLE-3.7.2
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR WATER AND
WASTEWATER SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
Parameter Method
pH APHA-4500-H+
Colour APHA-2120 C
Odour IS: 3025, Part-4
Temperature APHA-2550 B
Dissolved oxygen APHA-4500 O
BOD APHA-5210 B
Electrical conductivity APHA-2510 B
Turbidity APHA-2130 B
Chlorides APHA-4500 Cl-
Fluorides APHA-4500 F-
Total dissolved solids APHA-2540 C
Total suspended solids APHA-2540 D
Total hardness APHA-2340 C
Sulphates APHA-4500 SO4-2
Arsenic APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3114 B/ APHA-3500 As
Calcium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Ca
Magnesium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Mg
Sodium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Na
Potassium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 K
Manganese APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Mn
Mercury APHA-3112 B/ APHA-3500 Hg
Selenium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3114 B/ APHA-3500 Se
Lead APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Pb
Copper APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Cu
Cadmium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Cd
Iron APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Fe
Zinc APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Zn
Boron APHA-4500 B
Coliform organisms APHA-9215 D
Alkalinity APHA-2320 B
3.7.2 Water Sampling Locations
In the study area, six surface and six ground water samples were collected during
the study period of one year (covering all four seasons). These samples were
taken as grab samples and were analyzed for various parameters to compare with
the standards. The water sampling locations are listed below in Table-3.7.3 and
are shown in Figure-3.7.1. The sampling photographs are shown in Figure-3.7.2
& Figure-3.7.3.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-68
TABLE-3.7.3
WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Station Code Location Distance (km) from Direction Coordinates

the Proposed Mine
Lease Boundary
Surface Water Locations
SW1 SW 23o 44’ 14” N
U/S of Anuraga River near Kama 1.3
84o 34’ 34” E
SW2 S 23o 43’ 2” N
D/S of Anuraga River near Kendwahi 2.3
84o 36’ 5” E
SW3 SE 23o 47’ 14” N
Ghaghari river near Barwakhand 2.2
84o 39’ 1” E
SW4 N 23o 48’ 10” N
Sukri river near Pakrar 4.2
84o 37’ 1” E
SW5 SE 23o 47’ 48” N
Pond at Dhamdhamiyam 2.1
84o 40’ 37” E
SW6 S 23o 43’ 20” N
Bagdagga Nala 2.0
84o 36’ 7” E
Ground Water Locations
GW1 Rampur 0.5 E 23o 43’ 38” N
84o 39’ 57” E
GW2 Jagaldaga 1.2 SW 23o 43’ 53” N
84o 35’ 9” E
GW3 Serak 3.9 NE 23o 45’ 44” N
84o 41’ 10” E
GW4 Karhima 2.8 WNW 23o 45’ 34” N
84o 34’ 4” E
GW5 Renchi 2.3 N 23o 46’ 27” N
84o 38’ 18” E
GW6 Murtiyatoli 4.8 SE 23o 41’ 39” N
84o 41’ 25” E
3.7.3 Description of Sampling Locations
Ground Water
The ground water samples were collected from the village hand pumps surrounded
by the habitation. The major activities of the ground water are drinking and
domestic usage.
Surface Water
Auranga river and Sukri river are the main surface water resources in the study
area. The sampling sites are selected for upstream, downstream streams of rivers.
Other surface water samples collected for water quality survey are nalas and
ponds.
The water is used for domestic purpose, animal drinking usage and agricultural
activities of nearby villages except at SW5 & SW6. Fishing activities are observed in
pond at Dhamdhamiyam (SW5). Water flow observed is not clear at SW5.
3.7.4 Presentation of Results
The analytical results of water samples for surface water and ground water (winter
season) are given in Table-3.7.4 and Table-3.7.5. The interpretation of the water
quality results for Pre-monsoon, monsoon and post-monsoon season is given in
Annexure-XVII.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-69
FIGURE-3.7.1
WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-70
TABLE-3.7.4 (A)
SURFACE WATER QUALITY-DECEMBER 2020
Sr.No Parameters Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Min Max
1 pH - 6.95 7.01 7.31 7.52 6.7 7.12 6.7 7.52
2 Colour Hazen 8 6 7 10 7 8 6 10
3 Conductivity mS/cm 728 354 367 298 256 708 256 728
4 TDS mg/l 391.0 194.4 199.8 162.7 147.9 388.7 147.86 390.95
5 DO mg/l 5.9 6.1 5.7 5.8 5.6 5.8 5.6 6.1
6 BOD mg/l <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3
7 COD mg/l <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
8 Turbidity NTU 2 3 5 2 6 3 2 6
9 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 225.8 108.1 109.9 84.6 71.6 208.8 71.6 225.8
10 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 186 82 94 62 48 168 48 186
11 Calcium as Ca mg/l 52.8 23.8 26.5 16.9 14.8 46.8 14.8 52.8
12 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 22.8 11.8 10.6 10.3 8.4 22.3 8.4 22.8
13 Chlorides as Cl mg/l 78.6 42.6 43.8 43.6 36.3 82.6 36.3 82.6
14 Residual Free Chlorine mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
15 Phosphates as PO4 mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
16 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 52.9 24.3 21.4 16.5 21.3 58.6 16.5 58.6
17 Fluorides as F mg/l 0.65 0.67 0.61 0.6 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.67
18 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 7.8 8.6 7.2 6.8 6.7 7.8 6.7 8.6
19 Sodium as Na mg/l 58.6 28.6 31.2 28.4 24.6 62.8 24.6 62.8
20 Potassium as K mg/l 8.6 5.2 4.8 2.1 2.4 6.4 2.1 8.6
21 Total Boron as B mg/l 0.23 0.18 0.24 0.26 0.19 0.21 0.18 0.26
22 Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
23 Cyanides mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
24 Oil and grease mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0
25 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
26 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
28 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.28 0.23 0.37 0.29 0.26 0.32 0.23 0.37

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-71
30 Chromium as Cr+6 mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
31 Selenium as Se mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.09 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.08 0.12 0.07 0.12
33 Aluminum as Al mg/l 0.11 0.08 0.09 0.12 0.07 0.11 0.07 0.12
34 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
35 SAR - 1.70 1.20 1.30 1.34 1.27 1.89 1.20 1.89
36 Insecticides mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
37 Anionic Detergents as MBAS mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
38 Total Coliforms MPN/100ml 840 620 740 820 940 1020 620 1020

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-72
TABLE-3.7.4 (B)
SURFACE WATER QUALITY -JANUARY 2021
1 pH - 7.06 7.48 7.68 7.36 7.11 7.41 7.06 7.68
2 Colour Hazen 6 8 10 8 9 7 6 10
4 TDS mg/l 404.2 201.4 187.8 166.1 148.4 376.3 148.4 404.2
5 DO mg/l 5.6 5.9 6 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.6 6
6 BOD mg/l <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3
7 COD mg/l <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
8 Turbidty NTU 3 3 4 2 5 3 2 5
11 Calcium as Ca mg/l 51.4 21.8 27.4 17.8 15.3 46.2 15.3 51.4
19 Sodium as Na mg/l 62.6 34.9 25.2 28.1 23.4 59.6 23.4 62.6
23 Cyanides mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
25 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
26 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
28 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.31 0.28 0.33 0.27 0.29 0.38 0.27 0.38

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-73
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.07 0.09 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.05 0.05 0.11
34 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
35 SAR - 1.80 1.52 1.02 1.30 1.17 1.81 1.02 1.81
TABLE-3.7.4 (C)
SURFACE WATER QUALITY-FEBRUARY 2021
1 pH - 7.11 7.36 7.46 7.34 7.26 7.49 7.11 7.49
2 Colour Hazen 12 7 10 8 9 10 7 12
4 TDS mg/l 394.2 198.5 187.1 169.8 149.2 368.4 149.16 394.2
5 DO mg/l 6.1 6.2 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.7 5.6 6.2
6 BOD mg/l <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3
7 COD mg/l <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
8 Turbidty NTU 2 2 5 3 6 4 2 6
11 Calcium as Ca mg/l 50.6 22.3 26.9 17.4 15.9 47.6 15.9 50.6
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-74
19 Sodium as Na mg/l 60.8 32.2 26.8 29.4 22.9 57.6 22.9 60.8
23 Cyanides mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
25 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
26 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
28 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.41 0.28 0.29 0.34 0.29 0.34 0.28 0.41
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.14 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.14
34 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
35 SAR - 1.77 1.38 1.11 1.35 1.12 1.72 1.11 1.77

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-75
TABLE-3.7.5 (A)
GROUND WATER QUALITY-DECEMBER 2020
IS: 10500 Min Max

S.No Parameters Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6
Limits
1 pH - 6.5 – 8.5 (NR) 7.22 7.27 7.18 7.21 7.53 6.85 6.85 7.53
2 Colour Hazen 5(25) 2 3 3 4 3 4 2 4
3 Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
4 Odour - U.O Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
5 Conductivity µS/cm $ 490 258 314 319 432 1566 258 1566
6 Turbidity NTU 5(10) 1 2 2 3 4 3 1 4
7 TDS mg/l 500(2000) 266.2 141.9 174.98 177.78 245.88 865.44 141.9 865.44
Total Hardness as
8 mg/l 300(600) 152.1 79.7 98.2 100.6 128.5 402.0 79.7 402.0
CaCO3
9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 200(600) 140 54 68 72 116 320 54 320
10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 75(200) 36.8 16.4 21.5 21.8 31.4 106.8 16.4 106.8
11 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 30(100) 14.6 9.4 10.8 11.2 12.16 32.8 9.4 32.8
12 Residual Chlorine mg/l 0.2 Min <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
13 Boron mg/l 1 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.12 0.15 0.06 0.15
14 Chlorides as Cl mg/l 250(1000) 41.6 34.8 45.6 42.6 48.6 258.6 34.8 258.6
15 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 200(400) 36.8 18.2 21.5 22.4 30.8 84.6 18.2 84.6
16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.0(1.5) 0.52 0.6 0.67 0.58 0.52 0.72 0.52 0.72
17 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 45(NR) 7.5 6.3 5.5 7.2 8 9.2 5.5 9.2
18 Sodium as Na mg/l $ 41.2 22.6 26.5 25.6 38.4 169.2 22.6 169.2
19 Potassium as K mg/l $ 3.18 1.2 2.11 3.2 6.4 11.52 1.2 11.52
20 Phenolic Compounds mg/l 0.001(0.002) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
21 Cyanides mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
22 Anionic Detergents mg/l 0.2 (1.0) <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2
23 Mineral Oil mg/l 0.01 (0.03) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
24 Cadmium as Cd mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
25 Arsenic as As mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
26 Copper as Cu mg/l 0.05 (1.5) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.01

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-76
IS: 10500 Min Max

S.No Parameters Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6
Limits
28 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.1 (0.3) <0.01 <0.01 0.01 <0.01 0.02 <0.01 <0.01 0.02
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3(1.0) 0.08 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.07 0.09 0.07 0.11
30 Chromium as Cr+6 mg/l 0.05(NR) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
31 Selenium as Se mg/l 0.01(NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 5(15) 0.06 0.04 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.06
33 Aluminum as Al mg/l 0.03(0.2) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
34 Mercury as Hg mg/l 0.001(NR) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
35 Pesticides mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
36 E. Coil - Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
37 Total Coliforms MPN/100 10 Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
TABLE-3.7.5 (B)
GROUND WATER QUALITY -JANUARY 2021
Sr.No Parameters Unit IS: 10500 GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 Min Max
Limits
1 pH - 6.5 – 8.5 (NR) 7.32 7.21 7.26 7.48 7.66 6.98 6.98 7.66
2 Colour Hazen 5(25) 3 2 3 4 5 2 2 5
5 Conductivity µS/cm $ 540 326 431.5 426 590 1660 326 1660
6 Turbidity NTU 5(10) 4 5 2 4 3 4 2 5
7 TDS mg/l 500(2000) 357.3 204.6 269.1 268.6 378.2 1038.8 204.6 1038.8
8 Total Hardness as mg/l 300(600) 160.3 90.0 113.7 122.2 143.3 432.9 90.0 432.9
CaCO3
9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 200(600) 164 68.3 82 85.6 132.5 321 68.3 321
10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 75(200) 38.1 19.2 26.4 27.8 32.8 112.6 19.2 112.6
13 Boron mg/l 1 0.11 0.16 0.09 0.07 0.09 0.1 0.07 0.16
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-77
Limits
17 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 45(NR) 6.8 7.1 6.9 7.3 8.1 6.4 6.4 8.1
18 Sodium as Na mg/l $ 48.6 32.4 45.2 40.2 66.5 177.6 32.4 177.6
21 Cyanides mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
23 Mineral Oil mg/l 0.01 (0.03) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
26 Copper as Cu mg/l 0.05 (1.5) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.01 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 <0.01 0.01
28 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.1 (0.3) 0.02 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 <0.01 0.01 <0.01 0.02
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3(1.0) 0.11 0.07 0.16 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.16
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 5(15) 0.05 0.08 0.04 0.06 0.05 0.07 0.04 0.08

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-78
TABLE-3.7.5 (C)
GROUND WATER QUALITY-FEBRUARY 2021
Limits
1 pH - 6.5 – 8.5 (NR) 7.26 7.29 7.24 7.32 7.64 6.92 6.92 7.64
2 Colour Hazen 5(25) 2 4 3 4 5 4 2 5
5 Conductivity µS/cm $ 480 341 464 394 630 1690 341 1690
6 Turbidity NTU 5(10) 4 3 2 1 3 4 1 4
7 TDS mg/l 500(2000) 320.52 214.8 292.5 249.4 403.9 1072.1 214.8 1072.1
8 Total Hardness as mg/l 300(600) 142.5 94.4 119.0 110.1 151.1 406.7 94.4 406.7
CaCO3
9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 200(600) 146 71.2 94.6 78.4 146.5 336.5 71.2 336.5
10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 75(200) 34.6 19.8 27.2 26.1 33.6 104.4 19.8 104.4
13 Boron mg/l 1 0.12 0.16 0.11 0.24 0.16 0.18 0.11 0.24
17 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 45(NR) 7.1 6.2 5.6 6.8 7.6 8.4 5.6 8.4
18 Sodium as Na mg/l $ 43 34.2 50.4 38.6 71.8 197.4 34.2 197.4
21 Cyanides mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
23 Mineral Oil mg/l 0.01 (0.03) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
26 Copper as Cu mg/l 0.05 (1.5) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 <0.01 0.01
28 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.1 (0.3) 0.03 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.03
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3(1.0) 0.08 0.12 0.09 0.11 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.12
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-79
Limits
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 5(15) 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.07

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-80
The discussion on the analytical results of water samples (winter season) is

presented in the following sections
Winter Season
Surface Water Quality
The discussion on the analytical results of water samples is presented in the

following sections:
 The results of surface water sample analysis indicate that the pH value was
observed to be in the range of 6.7 to 7.68, which are well within the specified
standards of 6.5 to 8.5.
 Electrical conductivity of surface water samples was observed to be in the range

of 256 µS/cm to 730 µS/cm.
 The dissolved oxygen was observed in the range of 5.6 mg/l to 6.2 mg/l.
 The total hardness was found to be in the range of 71.6 mg/l to 229.3 mg/l.
Maximum concentration was found in near U/S of Anuraga River near Kama
(SW1) and the minimum was found in Pond at Dhamdhamiyam (SW5) location
are well within the standards.
 The chloride concentration was observed in the range of 29.6 mg/l to 84.2mg/l
and the sulphates were found to be in the range of 16.5 mg/l to 58.6 mg/l.
 Fluoride content was found to be in the range of 0.5 mg/l to 0.7 mg/l.
 Cyanides and phenolic compounds found to be below detection limits.
 The total coliform counts are 620-1120 in all the samples against the standard
limit of 10 MPN/100 ml.
Ground Water Quality
 The analysis results of ground water samples showed the pH in range of 6.85 -
7.66 which are with the specified standard limits of 6.5 to 8.5.
 Color and turbidity of the samples ranged from 2-5 Hazens and 1-5 NTU
respectively.
 Electrical conductivity of the samples ranged from 258-1690 µS/cm.
 The total hardness of the samples ranged from 79.7 -432.9 mg/l. The
minimum value was observed in Jagaldaga (GW2) and whereas the maximum
value observed at Murityattoli (GW6).
 Calcium and magnesium concentrations ranged from 16.4 -112.6 mg/l and 9.4-
36.8 mg/l respectively.
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-81
 The total dissolved solids of the samples ranged from 141.9 -1072.1 mg/l. The
maximum value was observed in Murityattoli (GW6) and whereas the minimum
value observed at Jagaldaga (GW2).
 Range of chlorides and sulphates concentrations at all the locations 34.9-298.6

mg/l and 18.2 -84.6 mg/l respectively.
 Fluoride concentration ranged from 0.5-0.72 mg/l and is found to be within the
permissible limits.
 Similarly, nitrates are also found to be ranging in between 5.5– 9.2 mg/l.
 Iron concentrations in ground water varied from 0.07-0.16 mg/l. Zinc levels
varied from 0.03 mg/l to 0.08 mg/l respectively.
 Aluminium concentration in ground water is <0.01 mg/l which are within the
limits stipulated.
 All other metal concentrations are observed to be below detectable limits.
 The total coliform counts are absent in all the samples against the standard limit
of 10 MPN/100 ml.
Based on the above results, it is evident that all of the parameters in ground water
fairly meet the desirable standard limits of IS: 10500. The ground water quality in
the study area does not indicate any industrial contamination.
The interpretation for surface water & ground quality (covering all 4 seasons) is
given below in Table-3.7.6 and Table-3.7.7.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-82
TABLE-3.7.6
SUMMARY OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY
(COVERING ALL FOUR SEASONS)
SURFACE WATER QUALITY

Winter Pre-monsoon Monsoon Post monsoon Overall
Sr.No Parameters Unit Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
1 pH - 6.7 7.68 6.98 7.91 7.11 7.91 7.24 7.9 6.7 7.91
2 Colour Hazen 6 12 4 9 4 9 2 9 2 12
3 Conductivity mS/cm 256 730 372 766 384 724 372 592 256 766
4 TDS mg/l 147.9 404.2 237.3 2965.4 245.4 469.8 237.2 395.8 147.9 2965.4
5 DO mg/l 5.6 6.2 5.6 6.3 5.5 6.3 5.7 6.1 5.5 6.3
6 BOD mg/l <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3
7 COD mg/l <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
8 Turbidity NTU 2 6 3 8 3 9 3 9 2 9
9 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 71.6 229.3 90.4 229 90.4 219.2 108.1 178.1 71.6 229.3
10 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 48 192 79.4 196.3 81.6 180 90 185 48 196.3
11 Calcium as Ca mg/l 14.8 52.8 18.2 53.1 18.2 51.8 27.8 42.3 14.8 53.1
12 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 8.4 24.5 10.9 23.4 9.7 22.9 9.2 17.6 8.4 24.5
13 Chlorides as Cl mg/l 29.6 84.2 50.4 96.3 46.3 94.3 42.59 67.49 29.6 96.3
14 Residual Free Chlorine mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
15 Phosphates as PO4 mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
16 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 16.5 58.6 17.9 61.2 18.6 63.45 17.4 68.5 16.5 68.5
17 Fluorides as F mg/l 0.5 0.7 0.4 0.8 0.4 0.86 0.6 0.9 0.4 0.9
18 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 5.8 8.6 5.8 8.4 4.11 8.1 3.9 6.24 3.9 8.6
19 Sodium as Na mg/l 22.9 62.8 31.2 74.3 31.1 80.1 29.6 81.2 22.9 81.2
20 Potassium as K mg/l 2.1 8.6 3.1 9.1 2.8 8.6 2.36 6.24 2.1 9.1
21 Total Boron as B mg/l 0.11 0.26 0.16 0.33 0.08 0.36 0.06 0.22 0.06 0.36
22 Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
23 Cyanides mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
24 Oil and grease mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0
25 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
26 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-83
SURFACE WATER QUALITY

Winter Pre-monsoon Monsoon Post monsoon Overall
Sr.No Parameters Unit Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
28 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.23 0.41 0.11 0.29 0.04 0.29 0.04 0.11 0.04 0.41
30 Chromium as Cr+6 mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
31 Selenium as Se mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.05 0.14 0.03 0.09 0.03 0.09 0.02 0.08 0.02 0.14
33 Aluminum as Al mg/l 0.06 0.12 0.04 0.12 0.03 0.12 0.02 0.08 0.02 0.12
34 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
35 SAR - 1.02 1.89 1.29 2.58 1.24 3.29 1.19 3.37 1.02 3.37
36 Insecticides mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
37 Anionic Detergents as mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
MBAS
38 Total Coliforms MPN/100ml 620 1120 680 1230 720 1340 590 1240 590 1340

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Final Environmental Impact
Assessment Report for the Rev. No.: 0
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-84
Interpetation of Surface Water Quality Results (Covering four Seasons)
The discussion on the analytical results of surface water samples is presented in

the following sections:
observed to be in the range of 6.7-7.91, which are well within the specified
standards of 6.5 to 8.5. The minimum concentration was found in winter season
and maximum concentration was found in pre-monsoon and monsoon season.

of 256 µS/cm to 766 µS/cm. The minimum concentration was found in winter
season and maximum concentration was found in pre-monsoon season.
Maximum concentration was found in winter season (January 2021) and the
minimum concentration was also found in winter season (December 2020) are
well within the standards.
 The chloride concentration was observed in the range of 29.6 mg/l to 96.3 mg/l
Maximum concentration was found in post-monsoon season and the minimum
concentration was found in winter season are well within the standards.
concentration was also found in pre-monsoon and monsoon season are well
within the standards.
limit of 10 MPN/100 ml. Maximum concentration was found in monsoon season
and the minimum concentration was found in post-monsoon season and are

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-85
TABLE-3.7.7
SUMMARY OF GROUND WATER QUALITY
(COVERING ALL FOUR SEASONS)
GROUND WATER QUALITY

Sr.No Parameters Unit Winter Pre-monsoon Monsoon Post-monsoon Overall
Min Max Min Max Min Max MIN MAX Min Max
1 pH - 6.85 7.66 7.02 7.55 6.84 7.68 6.86 7.37 6.84 7.68
2 Colour Hazen 2 5 2 6 2 6 3 6 2 6
3 Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
4 Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
5 Conductivity µS/cm 258 1690 286 1535 298 1446 455 1192 258 1690
6 Turbidity NTU 1 5 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 5
7 TDS mg/l 141.9 1072.1 181 966 186 917 287 777 141.9 1072.1
8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 79.7 432.9 80.6 407.4 88 371.3 113.2 298.3 79.7 432.9
9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 54 336.5 59.8 318.6 57.8 304.5 98 270 54 336.5
10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 16.4 112.6 17.6 104.2 19.3 94.8 24.3 87.3 16.4 112.6
11 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 9.4 36.8 8.9 37.4 9.6 35.8 11.42 21.23 8.9 37.4
12 Residual Chlorine mg/l 0 0 0 0 0 0 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
13 Boron mg/l 0.06 0.24 0.06 0.19 0.03 0.26 0.01 0.09 0.01 0.26
14 Chlorides as Cl mg/l 34.8 298.6 38.6 251.6 46.7 234.6 51.98 172.6 34.8 298.6
15 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 18.2 84.6 17.9 79.4 18.9 76.8 21.2 79.8 17.9 84.6
16 Fluorides as F mg/l 0.5 0.72 0.4 0.8 0.4 0.9 0.56 0.82 0.4 0.9
17 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 5.5 9.2 4.3 10.2 3.9 10.3 3.59 9.4 3.59 10.3
18 Sodium as Na mg/l 22.6 197.4 26.8 160.4 25.8 156.8 41.5 135.6 22.6 197.4
19 Potassium as K mg/l 1.2 11.52 1.12 9.46 1.56 9.42 2.14 8.8 1.12 11.52
20 Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
21 Cyanides mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
22 Anionic Detergents mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2
23 Mineral Oil mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
24 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
25 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
26 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Page No.: C3-86
GROUND WATER QUALITY

Sr.No Parameters Unit Winter Pre-monsoon Monsoon Post-monsoon Overall
Min Max Min Max Min Max MIN MAX Min Max
27 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.01 0.01 <0.01 0.01 <0.01 0.01 <0.01 0.01 <0.01 0.01
28 Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.01 0.03 <0.01 0.03 <0.01 0.32 <0.01 0.52 <0.01 0.52
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.07 0.16 0.04 0.14 0.03 0.24 0.01 0.39 0.01 0.39
30 Chromium as Cr+6 mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
31 Selenium as Se mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.03 0.08 0.03 0.09 0.02 0.86 0.02 1.45 0.02 1.45
33 Aluminum as Al mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 <0.01 0.02 <0.01 0.02 <0.01 0.02
34 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
35 Pesticides mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
36 E. Coil - Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
37 Total Coliforms MPN/100 Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-87
Interpetation of Ground Water Quality Results (Covering four Seasons)
 The analysis results of ground water samples showed the pH in range of 6.84-
 The total hardness of the samples ranged from 79.7-432.9 mg/l. The
minimum value was observed in winter season and whereas the maximum
value was also observed in winter season.
 Calcium and magnesium concentrations ranged from 16.4-112.6 mg/l and 8.9-
 The total dissolved solids of the samples ranged from 141.9-1072.1 mg/l. The
maximum value was observed in winter season whereas the minimum value
was also observed at winter season.
 Range of chlorides and sulphates concentrations at all the locations are 34.8-
298.6 mg/l and 17.9-84.6 mg/l respectively.
permissible limits. The maximum value was observed in post-monsoon season
and minimum value was observed in pre-monsoon season.
 Similarly, nitrates are also found to be ranging in between 3.59-10.3 mg/l. The
maximum value was observed in post-monsoon season and minimum value was
observed in pre-monsoon season.
 Iron concentrations in ground water varied from 0.01-0.39 mg/l. The maximum
value was observed in post-monsoon season. And minimum values was also
observed in post monsoon season
of 10 MPN/100 ml.
3.8 Noise Level Survey

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency.
Noise in general is sound which is composed of many frequency components of
various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales
have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average
human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness
levels. The most common and universally accepted scale is the A weighted scale
which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-88
20,000 Hz. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise
according to the response of a human ear.
The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:
 Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in

nature). It can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as one which is
continuously varying in loudness;
 The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in
residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance; and
 The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which
determines the loudness and period of exposure.
The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise
Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise. The
environmental impact assessment of noise due to construction activity, and
vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like
potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, annoyance and general
community responses. Noise monitoring was undertaken for 24 hrs duration at
each identified location.
3.8.1 Identification of Sampling Locations

A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise
generating sources in the area. Noise at different noise generating sources was
identified based on the activities in the village area and ambient noise due to
traffic.
The noise monitoring was conducted for determination of noise levels at 15
locations during the study period. The noise levels at each of the locations were
recorded for 24 hours during each season.
The environment setting of each noise monitoring location is given in Table-3.8.1

and shown in Figure-3.8.1.
3.8.2 Methodology of Data Generation
3.8.2.1 Instrument Used for Monitoring
Noise levels were measured using integrated sound level meter manufactured by
Quest Technologies, USA (Model No.2900). The integrating sound level meter is
an integrating/ logging type with Octave filter attachment (model OB-100) with
frequency range of 31.5 to 16000 Hz. This instrument is capable of measuring the
Sound Pressure Level (SPL), Leq and octave band frequency analysis.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-89
FIGURE-3.8.1
NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-90
TABLE-3.8.1
DETAILS OF NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS
Location Distance Environment Coordinates

Location Direction
Code (km) Settings
- 23o 44’ 41” N
N1 ML Area near Chattasemal Core Zone
84o 38’ 57” E
2.8 23o 45’ 25” N
N2 Karhima WNW Residential
84o 33’ 59” E
1.8 23o 47’ 28” N
N3 Sasang SSE Silence
84o 39’ 7” E
0.5 23o 43’ 38” N
N4 Rampur E Residential
84o 39’ 57” E
Near Renchi PF 2.3 23o 46’ 27” N
N5 N Residential
84o 38’ 18” E
Rakhantoli 4.0 23o 41’ 43” N
N6 SE Residential
84o 40’ 6” E
Jagaldaga Nearby Sikni 1.2 23o 43’ 53” N
N7 SW Silence
Mines 84o 35’ 9” E
Latdag Near PF 3.4 23o 47’ 4” N
N8 SE Silence
84o 40’ 56” E
Jalim Kalan 3.3 23o 47’ 54” N
N9 SW Residential
84o 34’ 28” E
Muka 4.5 23o 47’ 54” N
N10 NW Residential
84o 34’ 28” E
Simri 5.6 23o 47’ 2” N
N11 NW Residential
84o 33’ 41” E
Serak 3.9 23o 45’ 44” N
N12 NE Residential
84o 41’ 10” E
Obar 6.4 23o 48’ 6” N
N13 NW Residential
84o 37’ 36” E
Udayapura 1.0 23o 44’ 47” N
N14 W Residential
84o 34’ 1” E
Pakrar 4.0 23o 48’ 3” N
N15 N Silence
84o 36’ 57” E
3.8.2.2 Method of Monitoring
Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were measured at all locations. The
readings were taken for every hour for 24 hours. The day noise levels have been
monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the
locations covered in 10 km radius of the study area.
3.8.2.3 Parameters Measured During Monitoring
For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to
describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated
using the percent of the time certain noise levels are exceeding the time interval.
The notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels are described below:
 L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 per cent of the time;

 L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 per cent of the time; and
 L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 per cent of the time.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-91
Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq):

The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level which is equivalent to the same
sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is
necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given
period of time.
This is calculated from the following equation:
(L10 - L90)2
Leq = L50 + ------------
60
Lday is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during
day (6 am to 10 pm).
Lnight is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during
night (10 pm to 6 am).
A noise rating developed by E.P.A for specification of community noise from all the
sources is the Day-Night Sound Level, (Ldn).
Day-Night Sound Level (Ldn):

The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is the Day-Night
Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 h equivalent sound level except that during
night time period (10 pm to 6 am) a 10 dB (A) weighting penalty is added to the
instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 h average.
This night time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night
when people usually sleep is judged as more annoying than the same noise during
the day time.
The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq's,
by the following equation.
Ldn = 10 log {1/24[16(10 Ld/10) + 8 (10(Ln+10)/10)]}
Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the day time (6 am to 10 pm) and Ln
is the equivalent sound level during the night time (10 pm to 6 am).
3.8.3 Presentation of Results
The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at fifteen locations for
once during study period of one year (covering all four seasons). The parameters
are analyzed for Lday, Lnight, and Ldn. These results are tabulated in Table-3.8.2.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-92
TABLE-3.8.2 -WINTER SEASON

NOISE LEVELS IN THE STUDY AREA IN dB (A)
Station Location Zone Limit in L10 L50 L90 Leq Lday Lnight Ldn
Code dB(A) Leq
Day Night
N1 ML Area near 75 70 42.2 38.5 34.9 39.4 40.0 36.8 43.8
Industrial
Chattasemal
N2 Karhima Residential 55 45 44.2 40.3 36.5 41.3 42.2 38.6 45.7
N3 Sasang Silence 50 40 43.2 39.4 35.9 40.3 40.9 37.9 44.9
N4 Rampur Residential 55 45 44.2 40.6 36.9 41.5 42.0 39.0 46.0
N5 Near Renchi PF Residential 55 45 43.2 39.3 35.5 40.3 41.3 37.4 44.6
N6 Rakhantoli Residential 55 45 45.2 41.5 37.9 42.4 42.9 40.0 47.0
N7 Jagaldaga nearby 50 40 46.8 43.2 39.5 44.1 44.6 41.5 48.5
Silence
Sikni mines
N8 Latdag Near PF Silence 50 40 45.0 41.2 37.7 42.1 43.0 39.8 46.8
N9 Jalim Kalan Residential 55 45 44.9 41.2 37.6 42.1 42.7 39.5 46.5
N10 Muka Residential 55 45 46.1 42.2 38.4 43.2 44.1 40.5 47.6
N11 Simri Residential 55 45 43.2 39.4 35.9 40.3 40.9 37.9 44.9
N12 Serak Residential 55 45 45.9 42.3 38.6 43.2 43.7 40.7 47.7
N13 Obar Residential 55 45 44.5 40.6 36.8 41.6 42.6 38.7 45.9
N14 Udayapura Residential 55 45 42.1 38.4 34.8 39.3 39.8 36.9 43.9
N15 Pakrar Silence 50 40 40.0 36.4 32.7 37.3 37.8 34.7 41.7
Area Code Ambient Noise Standards

Category of Area Noise Levels (dB (A) Leq (Limits)
Day time Night time
A Industrial Area 75 70
B Commercial Area 65 55
C Residential Area 55 45
D Silence Zone 50 40
3.8.4 Observations
Winter Season
 Industrial Area
a) Day time Noise Levels (Lday)
The day time noise levels were ranging in between 37.8 dB (A) to 44.6 dB (A). The
maximum value 44.6 dB (A) was recorded at Jagaldaga (N7) and the minimum
value 37.8 dB (A) was recorded at Parkar (N15).
b) Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)
The night time noise levels were ranging in between 34.7 dB (A) to 41.5 dB (A).
The maximum value 41.5 dB (A) was recorded at Jagaldaga (N7) and the minimum
value 34.7 dB (A) was recorded at Parkar (N15). The maximum noise levels at
Jagaldaga has exceeded the Noise Level Standards i.e 40 dB(A) may be due to
operation of Sikni mines & local cultural activities.
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-93
The interpretation analyzed for Lday, Lnight (covering all four seasons) is given in
Table-3.8.3. The measured noise levels and its interpretation is detailed in
Annexure-XVII.
TABLE-3.8.3(A)
NOISE LEVELS (Lday) IN THE STUDY AREA IN dB (A) (COVERING FOUR SEASONS)
Station Location Zone Limit in Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon Post- Min Max
Code dB(A) Leq Monsoon
Lday Lday Lday Lday Lday Lday
Day Night
N1 ML Area near Industrial 75 70 40.0 41.4 40.4 42.9 40 42.9
Chattasemal
N2 Karhima Residential 55 45 42.2 43.6 50.4 50.9 42.2 50.9
N3 Sasang Silence 50 40 40.9 42.2 43.8 46.0 40.9 46
N4 Rampur Residential 55 45 42.0 44.4 46.4 48.7 42 48.7
N5 Near Renchi PF Residential 55 45 41.3 42.7 40.8 47.5 40.8 47.5
N6 Rakhantoli Residential 55 45 42.9 45.4 44.4 49.3 42.9 49.3
N7 Jagaldaga Silence 50 40 44.6 45.7 43.0 43.1 43 45.7
nearby Sikni
mines
N8 Latdag Near PF Silence 50 40 43.0 43.6 42.6 44.6 42.6 44.6
N9 Jalim Kalan Residential 55 45 42.7 44.1 45.4 46.0 42.7 46
N10 Muka Residential 55 45 44.1 45.3 41.4 46.9 41.4 46.9
N11 Simri Residential 55 45 40.9 42.8 42.4 47.3 40.9 47.3
N12 Serak Residential 55 45 43.7 45.6 47.9 49.4 43.7 49.4
N13 Obar Residential 55 45 42.6 44.3 51.1 52.1 42.6 52.1
N14 Udayapura Residential 55 45 39.8 42.3 46.9 48.5 39.8 48.5
N15 Pakrar Silence 50 40 37.8 41.2 46.0 45.7 37.8 46
TABLE-3.8.3(A)
NOISE LEVELS (Lnight) IN THE STUDY AREA IN dB (A) (COVERING FOUR SEASONS)
Station Location Zone Limit in Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon Post- Min Max
Code dB(A) Leq Monsoon
Lnight Lnight Lnight Lnight Lnight Lnight
Day Night
N1 ML Area near 75 70 36.8 32.5
Industrial 31.5 39.7 31.5 39.7
Chattasemal
N2 Karhima Residential 55 45 38.6 34.7 41.5 47.7 34.7 47.7
N3 Sasang Silence 50 40 37.9 32.8 34.4 42.8 32.8 42.8
N4 Rampur Residential 55 45 39.0 35.5 37.5 45.5 35.5 45.5
N5 Near Renchi PF Residential 55 45 37.4 33.3 31.4 44.3 31.4 44.3
N6 Rakhantoli Residential 55 45 40.0 36.5 35.5 46.1 35.5 46.1
N7 Jagaldaga nearby 50 40 41.5 36.8
Silence 34.1 39.9 34.1 41.5
Sikni mines
N8 Latdag Near PF Silence 50 40 39.8 34.2 33.2 41.4 33.2 41.4
N9 Jalim Kalan Residential 55 45 39.5 35.2 36.5 42.8 35.2 42.8
N10 Muka Residential 55 45 40.5 36.4 32.0 43.7 32.0 43.7
N11 Simri Residential 55 45 37.9 33.4 33.0 44.1 33.0 44.1
N12 Serak Residential 55 45 40.7 36.7 44.7 46.2 36.7 46.2
N13 Obar Residential 55 45 38.7 34.9 47.5 48.9 34.9 48.9
N14 Udayapura Residential 55 45 36.9 33.4 43.9 45.3 33.4 45.3
N15 Pakrar Silence 50 40 34.7 32.3 43.0 42.5 32.3 43.0

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-94
Noise Interpretation Results Covering Four Seasons
maximum value 50.9 dB (A) (Post-Monsson Season) was recorded at Karihma (N2)
and the minimum value 40.0 dB (A) (Winter Season) was recorded at ML Area near
Chattasemal (N1).
The maximum value 48.9 dB (A) (in Post-Monsson season) was recorded at Obar
(N13) and the minimum value 31.4 dB (A) (Monsoon season) was recorded at Near
Renchi PF (N5).
3.9 Ecological & Biodiversity
3.9.1 Introduction
Banhardih coal block located in Auranga coal field in Latehar district of Jharkhand
State. It has been allocated to M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utapdan Nigam Limited
Power Project (PSTPP) by Ministry of Coal, Government of India. Total mine lease
area is 1818.10 ha and the peak annual production is 12MTPA. The mine lease
area of 1818.10 ha is located in villages Ate, Banhardih, Bari, Barwadih,
Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano, Surli, Tota and Renchi in Latehar & Chandwa tehsil,
Latehar district in Jharkhand state
ridges and depressions. Around 25 % of the block is covered with Protected Forest
located in the western part. Partly the villages like Udaypura, Jagaldagga.
Banhardih and Sabanu are falling within the forest area. Rest of the area within
the block is covered with cultivated land and villages. There is operating coal mine
i.e Sikni Colliery (0.3 km, South) from the proposed mine & there are also brick
industries in and around the mine lease.
Pre-mining land use and land cover data reveals that about 40.69 % of the total
land involved is non-forest agriculture land; 27.31 % are water bodies including
ponds, tanks, streams and drains; and about 32 % is protected forests. A total
581.61 ha of forest land is involved in the project site. Application for diversion of
549.48 ha of forest land for non-forest use had been submitted.
There are no eco-sensitive areas such as the National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries
or Biosphere Reserves, tiger or elephant corridors or Ramsar Wetlands or
Important bird areas (IBAs) or Nature heritage sites within the mine lease area or
its buffer zone of 10 km radius.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-95
Divisional Forest Officer (DFO), Latehar vide letter dated 09.06.2021 has certified
that mine does not fall under corridors of any National Park and Wildlife
Sanctuary. (A copy of letter is attached as Annexure-XIII).
Detailed study of flora and fauna has been conducted by Dr. Shyama Prasad
Mukherjee University, Ranchi. Details of study and duly authenticated separately
for the core and buffer zones and a statement clearly specifying that study area
does not form a part of the Migratory Corridor/National Parks/ Wildlife
Sanctuaries or Biosphere Reserves, Tiger or Elephant Corridors or Ramsar
Wetlands or Important Bird Areas (IBAs) is given in Annexure- VIII (A).
Vegetation and Flora of the Mine Lease Area (Core Area)
Forest vegetation within the mine lease: There are open and poor quality to
moderately dense Sal (Shorea robusta) forests in about 32% of the total mine
lease area. As shown in Figure-3.9.1, the Sal trees in the protected forests that
are proposed for mining are not suitable for timber. All openings in the forests are
occupied by invasive shrubs of Lantana camara, Chromolaena odorata, Acacia
catechue, Butea monosperma and Diospyros melanoxylon. Though most of the
grasses have dried up, still they can be easily identified. Heteropogon contortus,
Dichanthium annulatum, Chrysopogon fulvus, Cymbpogon colorants are the
prominent grasses.
FIGURE-3.9.1
REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLE OF THE FOREST THAT IS PROPOSED FOR DIVERSION
FOR MINING ACTIVITY

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-96
Non-Forest Vegetation and Flora within the Mine Lease
FIGURE-3.9.2
REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES OF THE NON-FOREST
AREA WITHIN THE MINE LEASE
About 40 % of the total mine lease is under cultivation. Relatively large trees of
Mahua (Madhuca longifolia var latifolia) were found scattered in the entire
cultivated area. There are about 350 to 400 of them in the mine lease. There are
no orchards except one hectare plot of Mango (Mangifera indica), which was
planted during the rainy season of 2020. There are no plantations except isolated
Mango, Jackfruit (Artocarpus integrifolia), Ber (Ziziphus jujuba), Bel or bael (Aegle
marmelos), Amla (Phyllanthus emblica) and Jamun (Syzygium cumini). However,
Mahua (Madhuca longifolia) is widely scattered in the entire cultivated area.
Landscape, land use and land cover types of the non-forest area within the mine
lease is shown in Figure-3.9.3. The ecological sampling locations are given in
Figure-3.9.3 & given in Table-3.9.1.
TABLE-3.9.1
LIST OF ECOLOGICAL SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Station Code Location Distance (km) Direction

Aquatic Sampling Locations
AE1 U/S of Anuraga River near Kama 1.3 SW
AE2 D/S of Anuraga River near Kendwahi 2.3 S
AE3 Ghaghari river near Barwakhand 2.2 SE
AE4 Sukri river near Pakrar 4.2 N
Terrestial Sampling Locations
TE1 Mine Lease Area - -
TE2 Jagaldaga 1.2 SW
TE3 Serak 3.9 NE
TE4 Karhima 2.8 WNW
TE5 Renchi 2.3 N
TE6 Murtiyatoli 4.8 SE

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-97
Other prominent trees in the cultivated region in the mine lease are: Butea
monosperma, Diospyros melanoxylon, Phoenix sylvestris, Borassus flabellifer,
Vitex trifolia, Mangifera indica and Syzygium cumini. There were no endemic or
endangered or threatened flora in the proposed mine lease area. During the
kharif season (Rainy season) Paddy was grown in most areas. But during the Rabi
season (Winter season), Wheat and Mustard are mainly cultivated. Red gram
grown during the rainy season crop is not ready for harvest. Other minor crops
which are grown in small plots occasionally are the Onion, Tomato, Potato and
Brinjal.
Primary survey of flora and fauna of the core area and the buffer zone was
carried out during February, 2021. During the survey, every large patch of
vegetation was carefully surveyed since they are the potential habitats for wildlife
and wild flora.
A list of all plants except the crop plants found in the mine lease area is given in
Table-3.9.2.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-98
FIGURE-3.9.3
ECOLOGICAL SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-99
TABLE-3.9.2
LIST OF TREES, WOODY CLIMBERS AND SHRUBS
FOUND IN THE MINE LEASE AREA
Scientific Name Common Name Family Habit

Acacia catechu Catechu Mimosaceae Tree
Acaicia auriculiformis Australian wattle Mimoscaeae Tree
Aegle marnelos Bel / Bael Rutaceae Tree
Agave sisalana Sisal hemp Agavaceae Shrub
Ageratum conyzoides Goat weed Asteraceae Herb
Alangium salvifolium Dhela / Akol Cornaceae Tree
Albizia chinensis Kala Siris Mimoscaeae Tree
Albizia lebbeck Siris Mimoscaeae Tree
Albizia procera Safed Siris Mimoscaeae Tree
Anisomeles indica Indian Cat mint Verbenaceae Shrub
Anthocephalus cadamb Kadam Rubiaceae Tree
Argemone mexicana Mexican Poppy Papavaraceae Herb
Artocarpus lintegrifolia Jack fruit Moraceae Tree
Bauhinia racemosa Katmauli Caesalpiniaceae Tree
Bauhinia vahlii Mohalan Caesalpiniaceae Climber
Bombax ceiba Red Silk Cotton / Semal Bombacaceae Tree
Borassus flabellifer Taad Arecaceae Tree
Butea monosperma Palas Fabaceae Tree
Calotropis gigantea Giant milk weed Asclepiadaceae Shrub
Calotropis procera Aak Asclepiadaceae Shrub
Cassia fistula Golden Shower Cassia Caesalpiniaceae Tree
Cassia siamea Siamese cassia Caesalpiniaceae Tree
Chenopodium album White goose foot Chenopodiaceae Herb
Clerodendrum infortunatum Bant / Hill glory Bower Verbenaceae Shrub
Colebrookea oppositifolia Binda / Squirrel tail Lamiaceae Shrub
Combretum decandrum Atundi Combretaceae Climber
Combretum roxburghii White combretum Combretaceae Tree
Cordia dichotoma Indian Cherry Boraginaceae Tree
Cordia myxa Bird’s nest tree Boraginaceae Tree
Cryptolepsis buchanani Dudhia lar Apocynaceae Climber
Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo / Sheshum Fabaceae Tree
Dendrocalamus gigantea Giant Bamboo Poaceae Bamboo
Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Poaceae Bamboo
Diospyros melanoxlon Tendu / Kendu Ebenaceae Tree
Eucalyptus camaldulenisis Red gum Myrtaceae Tree
Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae Tree
Ficus bengalensis Banyan Tree Moraceae Tree
Ficus racemosa Cluster fig Moraceae Tree
Ficus religiosa Peepal Moraceae Tree
Flemingia strobilifera Wild hops / Kanphuta Fabacceae Shrub
Gmelina arborea Gamhar Verbenaceae Tree
Haldinina cordifolia Kumba / Haldu Rubiaceae Tree
Holoptelea integriafolia Chilbil Ulmaceae Tree
Ipomoea carnea Bush morning glory Convolvulaceae Shrub
Lagerstroemia parviflora Dhaura Lythraceae Tree
Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae Shrub
Madhuca longifolia Mahua Sapotaceae Tree
Mallotus philippensis Rohan Euphorbiaceae Tree
Mangifera indica Mango / Aam Anacardiaceae Tree
Melia dubia Malabr Neem Meliaceae Tree
Morinda tinctoria Indian Mulberry Rubiaceae Tree
Mucuna monosperma Negro bean Fabaceae Climber
Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper pod Caesalpiniaceae Tree

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-100
Scientific Name Common Name Family Habit

Phoenix acaulis Dwarf Date Palm Arecaeae Shrub
Phoenix sylvestris Wild date Arecaceae Tree
Phyllanthus emblica Amla Phyllanthaceae Tree
Putranjiva roxburghii Putijia Putranjivaceae Tree
Ricinus communis Castor Euphorbiaceae Shrub
Shorea robusta Sakhuna / Sal Dipterocarpaceae Tree
Solanum torvum Turkey berry Solanaceae Shrub
Vitex trifolia Nirgundi Verbenaceae Shrub
Woodfordia fruticosa Dhawai Lythraceae Shrub
Wrightia arborea Daira Apocynaceae Tree
Ziziphus jujuba Ber Rhamnaceae Tree
Terrestrial Fauna of the Mine Lease Area or Core Area
From the point of fauna of the mine lease area and its surroundings, there is very
little reliable published or documented information. Hence, photos of all the
Schedule-I species that are likely to occur in the area were shown to the local
teachers and the cattle grazers to know whether they had seen them at any point
of time. According to the information given to the survey team, there were no
Elephants or tigers or leopards or wolves or sloth bears or blackbucks or Peacocks
or Common monitor lizard or Python in the area. Even Rhesus macaque and
Common langur are very rare. There was no problem with wild pigs. Other than
common rodents, reptiles and amphibians, there was nothing special about the
fauna of the mine lease. No Schedule-I species were found in the mine lease
area. A list of mammals, reptiles and amphibians either spotted or reported from
the mine lease area (core area) is given in Table-3.9.3.
In spite of forests and wild habitats, the area is not known for any rare birds.
Crows, minas and Sparrows were more common. Other species of birds were
relatively rare in the study area. There were a few predominantly aquatic birds.
eBird India Reported over 342 bird Species from Jharkhand State. But the area
under consideration is poor in any faunal diversity. A list of birds reported from
the M.L area is given in Table-3.9.4.
TABLE-3.9.3
LIST OF MAMMALS, REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS EITHER SPOTTED OR
REPORTED FROM THE MINE LEASE AREA (CORE ZONE)
Scientific Name Common Name Name in Hindi IUCN/

WPA
Mammals
Bandicota bengalensis Lesser bandicoot Bandicoot LC / IV
Canis aureus The jackal Gridhar LC / II
Cynopterus sphinx namaste Short Nosed Fruit Bat LC / IV
Funambulus palmarum Palm squirrel LC / IV

Herpestes edwardsi Common mongoose Newal LC / IV
Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Khargosh LC / IV
Macaca mulatta Rhesus macaque Bandar LC / II
Mus booduga Field mice LC / IV
Pipistrellus coromandra Indian Pipistrelle LC / IV
Rattus rattus House Rat Chuha LC / IV
Scotophilus heathi Common yellow Bat LC / IV
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-101
Scientific Name Common Name Name in Hindi IUCN/

WPA
Suncus murinus Ground Shrews Chuchunder LC / IV
Sus scrofa Wild boar Suar LC / III
Vandeleuria oleracea Long tailed tree mouse LC / IV
Vulpes bengalensis The Indian fox Lomri LC / II
Reptiles
Agama tuberculata Rock Lizard LC / IV
Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait LC / II

Bungarus fasciatus Banded krait LC / II
Calotes versicolor Garden Liard LC / IV
Daboia russelii Russell’s Viper LC / II
Eryx johnni Red sand boa LC / II
Eutropis carinata Keeled Indian mabuya LC / IV
Hemidactylus flaviviridis Indian house Gecko LC / IV
Naja naja Indian Cobra Naag LC / II

Ptyas mucosus Rat snake Dhaman LC / II
Amphibians
Bufo melanostictus Common Toad LC /NL
Euphlyctis hexadactylus Indian five-fingered frog LC /NL

Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Bull frog LC /NL
Polypedates maculatus Tree frog LC /NL
TABLE-3.9.4
LIST OF BIRDS SPOTTED FROM THE MINE LEASE AREA (CORE ZONE) DURING
THE PRIMARY SURVEY
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN / WPA

Accipiter badius Shikra LC / IV
Acridotheres tristis Common myna LC / IV
Ardeola grayii Pond heron LC / IV
Ardea cinerea Grey heron LC / IV
Bubu bubu Horned owl LC / IV
Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret LC / IV
Columba livia Blue rock Pigeon LC / IV
Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie Robin LC / IV
Coracus benghalensis Roller LC / IV
Corvus splendens House Crow LC / V
Cyanocitta cristata Blue Jay LC / IV
Dendrocygna javanica Lesser Whistling teal LC / IV
Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo LC / IV
Black rumped Flameback LC / IV
Dinopium benghalense Woodpecker
Egretta garzetta Little egret LC / IV
Eudynamys scolopaceus Asian Koel LC / IV
Leptocoma zeylonica Purple rumped sunbird LC / IV
Lonchura punctulata Scaly breasted munia LC / IV
Megalaima haemacephala Coppersmith barbet LC / IV
Microptermus brachyurus Wood Pecker LC / IV
Milvus migrans Black kite LC / IV
Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail LC / IV
Nettapus coromandelianus Cotton Pygmy Duck LC / IV
Passer domesticus Sparrow LC / IV
Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian Cormorant LC / IV
Ploceus philippinus Baya weaver LC / IV

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-102

Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia LC / IV
Psittacula krameria Rose ringed Parakeet LC / IV
Pycnonotus barbatus Common Bulbul LC / IV
Rhipidura albicollis White throated Fantail LC / IV
Sturnia pagodarum Brahminy starling LC / IV
Tyto alba Barn Owl LC / IV
Vanellus indicus Red Wattled Lapwing LC / IV
Zosterops palpebrosus Oriental white Eye LC / IV
Aquatic Flora of the Water Bodies Found in the Core Area:
The Bagdagga nala and Rajdaha nala and their tributaries form the main drainage
system of the sector. The courses of nalas have been developed into cultivated
lands and some gully head bandhs have been constructed across the nalas for
storage of water for irrigation. A canal passes across the area from north to south
at the Centre and parallel to main connecting road passes through Surli, Huchlu
and Bari villages. Due to undulating nature of the land, a number of natural
ponds have been formed and these ponds are aligned in a definite line indicating
a possible presence of fault.
A list of aquatic and semiaquatic macrophytes found in the ponds, tanks and
streams within the mine lease area is given in Table-3.9.5. Among them,
Aponogeton natans and Potamogeton crispus very common and most widespread.
But the most notorious aquatic invasive species, Eichhornia crassipes was very
rare and it was found only in one place. However, Typha angustifolia was very
common.
TABLE-3.9.5
LIST OF AQUATIC/SEMI-AQUATIC MACROPHYTES FOUND IN THE LOTIC AND
LENTIC WETLANDS OF THE MINE LEASE AREA
Scientific Name Family Habit

Aeschynomene aspara Fabaceae Rooted emergent
Aeschynomene indica Fabaceae Rooted emergent
Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae Semiaquatic
Alternanthera philoxerooides Amaranthaceae Rooted emergent
Alternanthera sessilis Amaranthaceae Rooted emergent
Ammania baccifera Lythraceae Emergent anchored
Aponogeton natans Aponogetonaceae Floating
Ceratophyllum demersum Ceratophyllaceae Floating
Chloris barbata Poaceae Emergent anchored
Commelina benghalensis Commalinaceae Semiaquatic
Commelina nudiflora Commalinaceae Semiaquatic
Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Emergent anchored
Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae Emergent anchored
Dactyloctenium aegyptium Poaceae Emergent anchored
Echinochloa colona Poaceae Emergent anchored
Eclipta alba Asteraceae Emergent anchored
Eclipta procera Asteraceae Semiaquatic
Eichhornia crassipes Pontederiaceae Floating
Eleocharis dulcis Cyperaceae Rooted emergent
Fimbristylis tetragona Cyperaceae Rooted emergent
Hydrilla verticillata Hydrocharitaceae Submerged anchored
Imperata cylindrica Poaceae Wetlands
Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Floating

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-103

Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae Emergent anchored
Justicia simplex Acanthaceae Wetlands
Kyllinga bulbosa Cyperaceae Emergent anchored
Lemna gibba Lemnaceae Floating
Lippia nodiflora Verbenaceae Wetlands
Ludwigia perennis Onagraceae Emergent anchored
Marsilea minuta Marsileaceae Emergent anchored
Ottelia alismoides Hydrocharitaceae Submerged anchored
Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae Semiaquatic
Pistia stratiotes Aponogetonaceae Floating
Polygala arvensis Polygalaceae Emergent anchored
Polygala chinensis Polygalaceae Emergent anchored
Polygala erioptera Polygalaceae Emergent anchored
Polygonum hydropiper Polygonaceae Emergent anchored
Potamogeton crispus Potamogetonaceae Submerged
Saccharum spontaneum Poaceae Wetlands
Scirpus articulatus Cyperaceae Emergent anchored
Typha angustifolia Typhaceae Emergent anchored
Fish Fauna of the Mine Lease Area
None was seen fishing either in the ponds or tanks or the pools of water in the
stream. Pond water in some ponds was very clear. When examined for a long
time from the surface, only common, mainly introduced species were observed.
Photos of the tank and river fishes were shown to the locals to find out whether
such fishes were there in the ponds or tanks. Based on the visual examination
and the information given by the locals, a list of fishes which are most likely to be
found in the water bodies of the mine lease area (core zone) is presented in
Table-3.9.6.
TABLE-3.9.6
LIST OF FISHES EITHER NOTICED OR SAID TO HAVE BEEN INTRODUCED INTO
THE PONDS AND TANKS OF MINE LEASE AREA (CORE ZONE)
Scientific Name Common Name Family IUCN

Anguilla bengalensis River Eel Anguillidae LC
Catla catla Catla Cyprinidae LC
Channa garucha Dwarf Snakehead Channidae LC
Channa striata Snakehead murrel Channidae LC
Cirrhinus reba Reba Carp Cyprinidae LC
Cirrihinus mrigala Mrigal Cyprinidae LC
Clarias batrachus Magur Clariidae LC
Ctenopharyngodon idella Grass Carp Cyprinidae NE
Labeo bata Bata carp Cyprinidae LC
Labeo calbasu Calbasu Cyprinidae LC
Labeo rohita Rohu Cyprinidae LC
Mystus tengara Tengra Bagridae LC
Oreochromis Mozambique Tilapia Cichlidae LC
mossambicus
Oreochromis niloticus Nile Tilapia Cichlidae LC

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-104
Avi-Fauna of the Study Area
In spite of dense forests, the area is not famous for any rare birds. Crows, minas
and Sparrows were more common. Other species of birds were relatively rare in
the study area. There were no predominantly aquatic birds. eBird India Reported
over 342 bird Species from Jharkhand State. According to their findings, Ranchi
district is rich in Avian diversity. A list of birds reported from the Mine Lease area
is given in Table-3.9.7.
TABLE-3.9.7
LIST OF BIRDS SPOTTED FROM THE MINE LESE AREA
DURING THE PRIMARY SURVEY

Accipiter badius Shikra LC / IV
Acridotheres tristis Common myna LC / IV
Ardeola grayii Pond heron LC / IV
Ardea cinerea Grey heron LC / IV
Bubu bubu Horned owl LC / IV
Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret LC / IV
Columba livia Blue rock Pigeon LC / IV
Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie Robin LC / IV
Coracus benghalensis Roller LC / IV
Cyanocitta cristata Blue Jay LC / IV
Dendrocygna javanica Lesser Whistling teal LC / IV
Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo LC / IV
Black rumped Flameback LC / IV
Dinopium benghalense Woodpecker
Egretta garzetta Little egret LC / IV
Eudynamys scolopaceus Asian Koel LC / IV
Leptocoma zeylonica Purple rumped sunbird LC / IV
Lonchura punctulata Scaly breasted munia LC / IV
Megalaima haemacephala Coppersmith barbet LC / IV
Microptermus brachyurus Wood Pecker LC / IV
Milvus migrans Black kite LC / IV
Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail LC / IV
Nettapus coromandelianus Cotton Pygmy Duck LC / IV
Passer domesticus Sparrow LC / IV
Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian Cormorant LC / IV
Ploceus philippinus Baya weaver LC / IV
Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia LC / IV
Psittacula krameria Rose ringed Parakeet LC / IV
Pycnonotus barbatus Common Bulbul LC / IV
Rhipidura albicollis White throated Fantail LC / IV
Sturnia pagodarum Brahminy starling LC / IV
Tyto alba Barn Owl LC / IV
Vanellus indicus Red Wattled Lapwing LC / IV
Zosterops palpebrosus Oriental white Eye LC / IV
Forests, Vegetation and Flora of the Buffer Zone
Protected Forests (PF) and Reserved Forests (RF) are the two kinds of forests
present in the study area. A total of 61 PFs and RFs were found within a radius of
15 km in and around the mine lease. Whether they are PFs or RFs, they come
under the Northern Tropical Deciduous category of Champion and Seth. PFs are
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-105
essentially monocultures while the reserved forests are a multispecies

community. Sal (Shorea robusta) is the major species in the PFs. There are PFs of
Sisal hemp (Agave sisalana), Eucalyptus, Cassod (Cassia siamea), Tree of Heaven
(Simarouba glauca), Axle wood (Anogeissus latifolia), Kumkum tree (Mallotus
philippensis) and Bamboo (Dendrocalamus strictus). There is a fairly large
amount of diversity in the vegetation and flora of the reserve forests (RFs).
There are open scrub jungles containing Lantana camara, Chromolaena odorata,
Carissa spinarum, Carrissa caranda, Butea monosperma,,Diospyors melanoxylon,
Acacia catechue, Mimosa rubicaulis), Woodfordia fruticosa, Agave sisalana,
Heteropogon contortus, Chrysopogon fulvus etc.
There are also dense mixed scrub forests extensively colonized by Lantana
camara, Chromolaena odorata.and Diospyors melanoxylon. There are also poor
quality open to moderately closed Sal Forests. Compared with the Sal trees in
the neighbourhood, the Sal trees in the study area are stunted and the girth or
DBH and height is much lower. All openings in the reserved forests were
extensively covered by the invasive shrubs of Lantana camara or Chromolaena
odorata or both; Clerodendrum infortunatum or Anisomeles indica. Perennial
grasses like Chysopogon fulvus, Heteropogon contortus, Cymbopogon coloratus,
Dichanthium annulatum were the dominant grasses. A list of Protected (PFs)
and reserved forests (RFs) found in the mine lease and the surrounding areas up
to 15 km is given in Table-3.9.8.
According to the classification of Champion and Seth (1968) the RFs in the study
area come under the Northern Tropical dry deciduous forests. There is large
variation in the vegetation and flora of the reserve forests. They range from open
scrub jungles; fairly dense thorn forests; scrub jungles mixed with scattered
trees, Sal forests and Sal mixed forests.
1. Sal (Shorea robusta) Mixed Forests
Sal is the dominant structural species these forests, whether it is on plateaus or in

narrow valleys which tend to be moist. Sal is generally associated with Terminalia
tomentosa, Diospyros melanoxylon, Buchanania lanzen, Anogeissus latifolia, Haldina
cordifolia, Butea monoserma, Albizia chinensis, Boswellia serrata, Aegle marmelos,
Oogenia dalbergioides, Lagerstromia parviflora, Terminalia chebula, Terminalia
tomentosa, Schleichera trijuga. Shrubs and understory vegetation is rare and they
are restricted to gaps in the forests. The shrubs are represented by Colebrookea
oppositifolia, Lantana camara, Clerodendron infortunatum Flemingia strobilifera,
Woodfordia fruticosa and Phoenix acaulis. Among the climbers, the following are
prominent: Bauhinia vahlii, Combretum decandrum, Spatholobus parviflorus and
Acacia pinnata were common but not abundant.
2. Miscellaneous Forests
These dry deciduous miscellaneous are restricted to some dry areas of the forests.
The trees are stunted and twisted unlike the columnar growth of trees in Sal Mixed
forests. Trees in upper storey are: Terminalia tomentosa, Anogeissus latifolia,
Terminalia belerica, Terminalia chebula, Haldina cordifolia, Madhuca longifolia,
Hymenodictylon excelsum, Cassia fistula, Protium serratum, Lagerstromia prviflora,
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-106
Sterculia urens, Albizia chinensis, Buchanania latifolia, Aegle marmelos: The lower
layer is represented mainly by Butea monosperma and Diospyros melanoxylon.
Lantana camara is the common shrub.
3. Tropical dry deciduous thorn forests
In terms of canopy cover, they vary from open to dense scrub with or without
trees. Invasive shrubs of Lantana camara and Chromolaena odorata have
extensively covered all open spaces. There are also other invasive species such as
the Aniosmeles indica, Hyptis suaveolens, Coolebrokea oppositifolia,
Clerodendrum phlomidis but restricted to some areas. Carissa spinarum, Carissa
carandas, Woodfordia fruticosa, Mimosa rubicaulis, Acacia catechu, Ziziphus
nummularia are other common species. They display strongly xeromorphic
characteristics. Representative pictures of the degraded forests are shown in
Figure- 3.9.4, Figure-3.9.5 and Figure-3.9.6.
FIGURE-3.9.4
VEGETATION AND DOMINANT SPECIES OF THE DEGRADED FORESTS

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-107
FIGURE-3.9.5
SOME OF THE INVASIVE SPECIES WHICH HAVE BECOME DOMINANT IN SOME AREAS
FIGURE-3.9.6
OPEN FOREST WITH AGAVE SISALANA (ON THE LEFT) MIXED SCRUB WITH SCATTERED TREES AND
AGAVE SISALANA (IN THE MIDDLE) AND TYPICAL THORN FOREST ON THE RIGHT

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-108
4. Protected Forests (PFs):
Around the mine lease within a radius of 15 km, a total of 61 blocks of protected
forests as shown in Table-3.9.8 were present. They are essentially plantation
gown in degraded forests. Most of the PFs are Sal Plantations. There are also
Agave sisalana, Eucalyptus, Simarouba glauca, Cassia siamea, Anogeissus
latifolia, Bamboo (Dendrocalamus stictus), Dalbergia sissoo and Terminalia
alata.
TABLE-3.9.8
LIST OF PROTECTED (PF) AND RESERVED FORESTS (RF) FOUND IN THE MINE
LEASE AND THE AREA AROUND MINE LEASE UP TO 15 KM
Sr. No Name of Protected (PF) and Reserved (RF) Direction w.r.t Distance
Present Around the Mine Lease in 15 Km Mine Lease in km
radius
1 Banhardih P.F (Within Mine lease area) North 0.0
2 Sabanu P.F (Within Mine lease area) Northwest 0.0
3 Udayapura PF (Within Mine lease area West 0.0
4 Surli P.F Northeast 0.2
5 Renchi P.F North 0.4
6 Serak P.F East 0.6
7 Aragundi P.F Northwest 1.2
8 Jadiang P.F North 1.8
9 Amwatikar R.F West 2.4
10 Latdag P.F Southeast 3.5
11 Holang P.F Northeast 3.8
12 Rajbar P.F North Northeast 3.8
13 Obar P.F Northwest 3.9
14 Gurtur P.F North Northeast 4.0
15 Khariya P.F South 4.4
16 Mangra P.F North Northwest 4.6
17 Masiatu P.F North Northeast 5.2
18 Bishrampur P.F Northwest 5.3
19 Nagar P.F (5.4 km East 5.4
20 Nindra P.F East 5.9
21 Lachipur P.F Northeast 6.1
22 Kuriam P.F North Northeast 6.2
23 Tudu P.F Southeast 6.3
24 Arahara P.F North 7.0
25 Richuguta R.F South Southwest 7.0
26 Tubed P.F North Northwest 7.3
27 Erud P.F Northeast 7.5
28 Sugni P.F South 7.6
29 Hisri P.F Southeast 7.9
30 Dihi P.F North 8.0
31 Peshrar R. F South Southwest 8.6
32 Balu P.F North 8.7
33 Bhang P.F Northeast 8.7
34 Lawadag R.F South 8.8
35 Jawar P.F North 9.0
36 Jalta P.F West 9.4
37 Hundi P.F North 9.6
38 Bhusah P.F East Southeast 9.9
39 Sohdag P.F North Northwest 10.4
40 Jani P.F North 10.5
41 Chakla P.F East 10.8

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-109
Sr. No Name of Protected (PF) and Reserved (RF) Direction w.r.t Distance
Present Around the Mine Lease in 15 Km Mine Lease in km
radius
42 Pakri P.F Northeast 10.9
43 Semar Sot P.F Northeast 10.9
44 Chaea P.F North 11.5
45 Diridag P.F Northeast 11.5
46 Mahuamilan P.F South 11.9
47 Bhargaon P.F North Northwest 12.0
48 Partu P.F Southwest 12.0
49 Lata P.F North 12.2
50 Manha P.F South Southwest 12.3
51 Chetang P.F Northeast 12.4
52 Ghutam North Northeast 12.5
53 Salaiya R.F South 12.6
54 Serka P.F North Northeast 12.8
55 Patki R.F West 13.1
56 Lawagara P.F North Northwest 13.2
57 Bidir P.F North 13.7
58 Kodag P.F West 13.7
59 Kerar P.F Southwest 14.0
60 Chiru P.F North 14.4
61 Jer P.F West 14.5
FIGURE-3.9.7
VEGETATION OF PROTECTED FORESTS IN THE STUDY AREA

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-110
A list of trees, shrubs, perennial climbers, grasses and herbs found in the buffer
zone of the study area during the period of survey is given in Table-3.9.9.
TABLE-3.9.9
LIST OF TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIAL CLIMBERS, GRASSES
AND HERBS FOUND IN THE BUFFER ZONE OF THE STUDY AREA
Scientifc Name Local /Common Name Family

Morinda tinctoria Ach Rubiaceae
Phyllanthus emblica Amla Phyllanthaceae
Spondias pinnata Amda Anacardiaceae
Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae
Terminalia tomentosa Asan Combretaceae
Acacia nilotica Babul Mimosaceae
Terminalia belerica Bahera Combretaceae
Cordia myxa Bahuar Boraginaceae
Melia azadirachta Neem Meliaceae
Ficus benghalensis Bar Moraceae
Artocarpus integrifolia Jack fruit Moraceae
Ficus tomentosa Barun Moraceae
Ficus religiosa Peepal Moraceae
Ficus hispida Hairy Fig / Dimar Moraceae
Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Moraceae
Aegle marmelos Bel / Bael Rutaceae
Cordia macleodii Belwanjan Boraginaceae
Ziziphus mauritiana Ber Rhamnaceae
Casearia tomentosa Beri Salicaceae
Antidesma ghaesembilla Bhabiranj Phyllanthaceae
Ehretia laevis Bhaire Boraginaceae
Chloroxylon swietenia Bharhul Rutaceae
Semecarpus anacardium Bhelwa Anacardiaceae
Hymenodictyon excelsum Bhurkur Rubiaceae
Pterocarpus marsupium Bia/Paisar Fabaceae
Michelia champaca Champa Magnoliaceae
Alstonia scholaris Chatni Apocynaceae
Holoptelea integrifolia Chilbil Ulmaceae
Cassia fistula Dhanraj/Amaltas Caesalpiniaceae
Anogeissus latifolia Dhautha Combretaceae
Alangium lamarckii Dhela Alangiaceae
Cochlospermum religiosum Galgal Bixaceae
Gmelina arborea Gamhar Verbenaceae
Lannea coromadelica Genjan Anacardiaceae
Schrebera swietenioides Ghato Oleaceae
Ailanthus excelsa Ghorkaranj/ Ghorkaram Simaroubaceae
Mitragyna parviflora Guri/Gurikaram Rubiaceae
Grewia hirsuta Gursukhi Tiliaceae
Dalbergia lanceolaria Hardi Fabaceae
Terminalia chebula Harra Combretaceae
Tamarindus indica Imli/Jojo Caesalpiniaceae
Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae
Albizia odoratissima Jang Siris Mimosaceae
Rubia cordifolia Jotsingh Rubiaceae
Bauhinia variegata Kachnar Caesalpiniaceae
Bridelia retusa Kajhi Phyllanthaceae
Dalbergia latifolia Kala Shisham Fabaceae
Murraya exotica Kamini/Otel Rutaceae
Haldina cordifolia Karam Rubiaceae
miliusa tomentosa Kari Annonaceae

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-111

Meyna laxifolia Katai Rubiaceae
Ziziphus mauritiana Katber Rhamnaceae
Bauhinia retusa Kathul Caesalpiniaceae
Eugenia heyneana Katjamun Myrtaceae
Bauhinia racemosa Katmauli Caesalpiniaceae
Sterculia urens Keonjhi Sterculiaceae
Acacia catechu Khair Mimosaceae
Bauhinia purpurea Koenar Caesalpiniaceae
Holarrhena antidysenterica Koreya Apocynaceae
Polyalthia cerasoides Kudmi Annonaceae
Careya arborea Kumbhi Lecythidaceae
Schleichera oleosa Kusum Sapindaceae
Ixora parviflora Lohajangin Rubiaceae
Diospyros embryopteris Madartendu Ebenaceae
Madhuca longifolia Mahua Sapotaceae
Mangifera indica Mango Anacardiaceae
Litsea monopetala Medh Lauraceae
Melia azedarach Bakain Meliaceae
Stereospermum suaveolens Pader Bignoniaceae
Eugenia operculata Paiman Myrtaceae
Butea frondosa Palas Fabaceae
Gardenia latifolia Papra Rubiaceae
Ficus cunia Parho Moraceae
Grewia asiatica Patdhaman Tiliaceae
Buchanania lanzan Piar Anacardiaceae
Randia uliginosa Piurar Rubiaceae
Kydia calycina Pula Malvaceae
Dillenia pentagyna Rai Dilleniaceae
Cassine glauca Ratangur Celastraceae
Sapindus mukorossi Ritha Sapindaceae
Mallotus philippinensis Rohan Euphorbiaceae
Soymida febrifuga Rohena Meliaceae
Albizia procera Safed Siris Mimosaceae
Tectona grandis Sagwan/Teak Verbenaceae
Shorea robusta Sal/Sakhua Dipterocarpaceae
Boswellia serrata Salai Burseraceae
Ougeinia oojeinensis Sandan Fabaceae
Bombax ceiba Semal Bombacaceae
Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Fabaceae
Lagerostroemia parviflora Sidha Lythraceae
Albizzia lebbek Siris Mimosaceae
Oroxylum indicum Sonapatta Bignoniaceae
Diospyros melanoxylon Tend/Kend/Tiril Ebenaceae
Wendlandia exserta Tilia/Tiril Rubiaceae
Toona ciliata Toon Meliaceae
Morus alba Mulberry Moraceae
Shrubs and Herbs
Achyranthes aspera Chirchiri Amranthaceae
Agave americana Agave Agavaceae
Agave angustifolia Narrow Century Plant Agavaceae
Agave cantala Bombay Aloe Agavaceae
Agave sisalana Sisal Hemp Agavaceae
Andrographis paniculata Kalmegh Acanthaceae
Anisomeles indica Indian catmint Lamiaceae
Antidesma diandrum Amti Phyllanthaceae
Asparagus racemosus Satawar Asparagaceae
Berberis aristata Kashmoi Berberidaceae
Calotropis gigantea Akaon Asclepiadaceae
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-112

Carissa carandas Kanwar Apocynaceae
Carissa spinarum Jangli Karonda Apocynaceae
Cassia tora Chakor Caesalpiniaceae
Cleistanthus collinus Kargali Phyllanthaceae
Clerodendron infortunatum Bhant Verbenaceae
Colebrookea oppositifolia Binda/Bindhu Lamiaceae
Croton oblongifolius Putri Euphorbiaceae
Embelia robusta Baborang Primulaceae
Euphorbia hirta Dudhi Euphorbiaceae
Flacourtia ramontchi Katai Salicaceae
Flemingia stricta Salpani Fabaceae
Flemingia strobilifera Galphuli Fabaceae
Flueggea obovate (=Securinega virosa) Sika Phyllanthaceae
Gardenia gummifera Dekamali Rubiaceae
Gardenia turgida Karhar/Dhanuk Rubiaceae
Glochidion lanceolarium Kalchu/Chiku Phyllanthaceae
Helicteres isora Aitha/Atham Sterculiaceae
Hypericum gaitii Gaiti Hypericaceae
Indigofera pulchella Jirhul Fabaceae
Lantana camara Putus Verbenaceae
Limonia acidissima Belsain Rutaceae
Mimosa pudica Lajwanti Mimosaceae
Nyctanthes arbor-tristis Samshihar/Harsingar Oleaceae
Phoenix acaulis Dwarf Khajur Arecaceae
Randia dumetorum Mowar Rubiaceae
Rauwolfia tetraphylla Chandra Apocynaceae
Solanum nigrum Makoi Solanaceae
Solanum xanthocarpum Rengni Solanaceae
Sophora bakeri Birja/Bara/Jirhul Fabaceae
Strobilanthes auriculatus Gond/Marmaridara Acanthaceae
Swertia pulchella Chiretta Gentianaceae
Symplocos racemosa Lodh Symplocaceae
Tephrosia purpurea Sarpuka Fabaceae
Thespesia lampas Ban/ Kapasi Malvaceae
Urginea indica Jangli Piaj Asparagaceae
Vitex negundo Sindwar Verbenaceae
Woodfordia fruticosa Dhawai Lythraceae
Wrightia tinctoria Kapar/Adhkapar Apocynaceae
Ziziphus oenoplia Dhathora Rhamnaceae
CLIMBERS
Abrus precatorius Rosary Pea Fabaceae
Acacia pennata Climbing Acacia Mimosaceae
Bauhinia vahlii Malu creeper Caesalpiniaceae
Cassytha filiformis Love vine Lauraceae
Clitorea ternatea Butterfly Pea Fabaceae
Cocculus hirsutus Broom creeper Menispermaceae
Combretum decandrum White combretum Combretaceae
Cryptostegia grandiflora Rubber vine Apocynaceae
Cuscuta reflexa Doddder Convolvulaceae
Hemidesmus indicus Anantamul Asclepiadaceae
Mucuna pruriens Velvet bean Fabaceae
Pergularia daemia Dholi dhudi Asclepiadaceae
Spatholobus parviflorus Bando latha Fabaceae
Ventilago maderaspatana Keonti / Red Creeper Rhamnaceae
Wattakaka volubilis Sneeze wort Asclepiadaceae
Ziziphus oenoplia Jackal Jujube Rhamnaceae
GRASSES
Apluda varia Dudhia sauri Poaceae

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-113

Aristida hystrix Awn grass Poaceae
Aristida funiculata Common needle grass Poaceae
Aristida setacea Broom grass Poaceae
Arundinella setosa Jharu/Motaminijhar Poaceae
Bambusa arundinacea Bara bans Poaceae
Chrysopogon aciculatus Chor kanta Poaceae
Chrysopogon fulvus Reddish Yellow Beard grass Poaceae
Cymbopogon martinii Nanha dudhe grass Poaceae
Cynodon dactylon Doob Poaceae
Dendrocalamus strictus Bans/Bamboo Poaceae
Dichanthium annulatum Sheda grass Poaceae
Eulaliopsis binata Sabai Poaceae
Heteropogon contortus Kher/Sauri grass Poaceae
Imperata arundinacea Cherograss Poaceae
Imperata cylindrica Ulu Poaceae
Panicum montana Khrj Poaceae
Saccharum munja Munj Poaceae
Thysanolaena agrostis Jharu/Broom grass Poaceae
Vetiveria zizanioides Khus-khus Poaceae
Terrestrial Fauna of the Buffer Zone of the Project Site
There is no site-specific reliable information about the fauna of the buffer zone.
The information relating to the neighbouring Palamau Tiger Reserve (PTR) is not
applicable to the project site as the site conditions and habitat are different.
During the survey colour photos of the schedule I species that are most likely to
occur in the area were shown to the local school teachers and cattle grazers to
find out whether there were any such fauna in the area. The 2017, Site Specific
Wildlife Management Plan of North Koel Reservoir Project (Mandal Dam) District-
Latehar, Garhwa Jharkhand was of also consulted besides the data bases. Based
on the primary survey and secondary data including the information given by
local villagers, a list of vertebrates which are most likely to occur in the study
area was prepared and presented as Table-3.9.10. In spite dense forests, the
area is not famous for any rare birds. Crows, mynas and Sparrows were more
common. Other species of birds were relatively rare in the study area. There were
some predominantly aquatic birds. eBird India Reported over 342 bird Species
from Jharkhand State. A list of birds either spotted or reported from the buffer
zone is given in Table-3.9.11.
TABLE-3.9.10
LIST OF VERTEBRATES EITHER SPOTTED OR REPORTED FROM THE BUFFER
ZONE OF THE PROJECT SITE
LC means Least Concern and VU means Vulnerable

Scientific Name Common Name IUCN /
WPA
MAMMALS
Axis axis Spotted Deer (Chital) LC /III
Bandicota indica Bandicoot Rat LC /V
Canis aureus Indian Jackal LC /II
Cervus unicolor Sambhar Deer LC /III
Cynopterus sphinx Short-nosed Bat LC /V
Funambulus palmarum Three-striped Squirrel LC / IV
Golunda ellioti Indian Bush Rat LC /V

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-114
LC means Least Concern and VU means Vulnerable

Scientific Name Common Name IUCN /
WPA
Herpestes javanicus Small Indian Mongoose LC / IV
Herpestese edwardsi Common Mongoose LC /II
Hyaena hyaena Striped Hyaena LC /III
Hystrix indica Indian Porcupine LC / IV
Lepusnigricollis Indian Hare LC / IV
Macaca mulatta Rhesus Macaque LC /II
Melursus ursinus Sloth Bear VU / I
Mus booduga Indian Field Mouse LC /V
Paradoxurus hermaphroditus Common Palm Civet LC / II
Presbytis entellus Common Indian Langur LC /II
Pteropus giganteus Indian Flying Fox LC /V
Pteropus giganteus Indian Fruit Bat LC /V
Sus scrofa Wild Boar LC /III
Tarera indica Indian Gerbil LC /V
Viverricula indica Small India Civet LC / IV
Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox LC /II
REPTILES
Agama tuberculata Rock Lizard LC / IV
Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait LC / II
Bungarus fasciatus Banded krait LC / II
Calotes versicolor Garden Liard LC / IV
Chameleon zeylanicum Chameleon LC / IV
Daboia russelii Russell’s Viper LC / II
Eryx johnni Red sand boa LC / II
Eutropis carinata Keeled Indian mabuya LC / IV
Hemidactylus flaviviridis Indian house Gecko LC / IV
Naja naja Indian Cobra LC / II
Ptyas mucosus Rat snake LC / II
Python molurus Python NT / I
Varanus bengalensis Common Monitor LC / I
AMPHIBIANS
Bufo melanostictus Common Toad LC /NL
Euphlyctis hexadactylus Indian five-fingered frog LC /NL
Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Bull frog LC /NL
Polypedates maculatus Tree frog LC /NL
TABLE-3.9.11
LIST OF BIRDS REPORTED FROM THE BUFFER ZONE OF
THE MINE LEASE AREA AND ITS SURROUNDINGS
LC means least concern, Vu means Vulnerable and NT means Near threaten

Acridotheres fuscus Jungle Myna LC / IV
Acridotheres ginginianus Bank Myna LC / IV
Acridotheres tristis Indian Myna LC / IV
Aegithina tiphia Iora LC / IV
Alauda guagula Indian Small Skylark LC / IV
Alcedo atthis Small Blue Kingfisher LC / IV
Alcippe poioicephala Quaker Babbler LC / IV
Amaurornis phoenicurus White-breasted Waterhen LC / IV
Ammomanes phoenicurus Refous-tailed Finch Lark LC / IV
Anas acuta Pintail Duck LC / IV
Anas crecca Common Teal LC / IV
Anthus novaeseelandiae Indian Pipit LC / IV

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-115

Apus affinis House Swift LC / IV
Ardea cinerea Grey Heron LC / IV
Ardeola grayii Pond Heron LC / IV
Artamus fuscus Ashy Swallow Shrike LC / IV
Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret LC / IV
Burhinus oedicnemus Stone Curlew LC / IV
Butastur teesa White-eyed Buzzard LC / IV
Butorides striatus Little Green Bittern LC / IV
Calidris minutus Little Stint LC / IV
Caprimulgus asiaticus Common Indian Nightjar LC / IV
Centropus siensis Crow Pheasant LC / IV
Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher LC / IV
Charadrius dubius Little Ringed Plover LC / IV
Chlidonias hybrida Indian Whiskered Tern LC / IV
Chloropsis aurifrons Golden-fronted Leaf bird LC / IV
Chloropsis cochinchinensis Blue-winged Leaf bird LC / IV
Chrysomma sinense Yellow-eyed Babbler LC / IV
Ciconia ciconia White Stork LC / IV
Ciconia episcopus White-necked Stork LC / IV
Cisticola juncidis Streaked Fantail Warbler LC / IV
Copsychus malabaricus Shama LC / IV
Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin LC / IV
Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller LC / IV
Coracina melanoptera Black-headed Cuckoo Shrike LC / IV
Coracina novaehollandiae Large Cuckoo Shrike LC / IV
Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle Crow LC / IV
Coturnix coromandelica Blackbreasted or Rain Quail LC / IV
Coturnix coturnix Common or Grey Quail LC / IV
Cuculus varius Common Hawk Cuckoo LC / IV
Culicicapa ceylonensis Grey-headed Flycatcher LC / IV
Cypsiurus parvus Palm Swift LC / IV
Dendrocitta vagabunda Indian Tree Pie LC / IV
Dicaeum agile Thick-billed Flowerpecker LC / IV
Dicaeum erythrorhynchos Tickell's Flowerpecker LC / IV
Dicrurus adsimilis Black Drongo LC / IV
Dicrurus caerulescens White-bellied Drongo LC / IV
Dinopium benghalense Golden-backed Woodpecker LC / IV
Drongo Dicrurus paradiseus Racket-tailed LC / IV
Dumetia hyperythra Rufous-bellied Babbler LC / IV
Egretta garzetta Little Egret LC / IV
Elanus caeruleus Blackwinged Kite LC / IV
Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus Black-necked Stork LC / IV
Eremopterix grisea Black-bellied Finch Lark LC / IV
Estrilda amandava Red or Waxbill Munia LC / IV
Estrilda formosa Green Munia LC / IV
Eudynamys scolopacea Koel LC / IV
Francolinus francolinus Black Partridge LC / IV
Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Patridge LC / IV
Galerida cristata Crested Lark LC / IV
Galloperdix spadicea Red Spurfowl LC / IV
Gallus gallus Red Jungle Fowl LC / IV
Halcyon smyrnensis White-breasted Kingfisher LC / IV
Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite LC / IV
Hemiprocne longipennis Crested Tree Swift LC / IV
Himantopus himantopus Blackwinged Stilt LC / IV
Hirundo rustica Common Swallow LC / IV

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-116

Hirundo smithii Wire-tailed Swallow LC / IV
Ixobrychus cinnamomeus Chestnut Bittern LC / IV
Lanius schach Rufous-backed Shrike LC / IV
Lanius vittatus Baby-backed Shrike LC / IV
Lonchura malabar White-throated Munia LC / IV
Lonchura malacca Black-headed Munia LC / IV
Lonchura punctulata Spotted Munia LC / IV
Lonchura striata White-backed Munia LC / IV
Loriculus vernalis Lorikeet LC / IV
Megalaima asiatica Blue-throated Barbet LC / IV
Megalaima haemacephala Coppersmith Barbet LC / IV
Merops leschenaulti Chestnut-headed Bee-eater LC / IV
Merops orientalis Small Green Bee-eater LC / IV
Merops philippinus Blue-tailed Bee-eater LC / IV
Micropternus brachyurus Rufous Woodpecker LC / IV
Milvus migrans Common Pariah Kite LC / IV
Mirafra erythroptera Red-winged Bush Lark LC / IV
Motacilla alba White Wagtail LC / IV
Motacilla caspica Grey Wagtail LC / IV
Motacilla citreola Yellow-headed Wagtail LC / IV
Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail LC / IV
Motacilla maderaspatensis Large Pied Wagtail LC / IV
Muscicapa thalassina Tickell's Blue Flycatcher LC / IV
Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird LC / IV
Nectarinia zeylonica Purple-rumped Sunbird LC / IV
Numenius arquata Curlew LC / IV
Nycticorax nycticorax Night Heron LC / IV
Oriolus oriolus Golden Oriole LC / IV
Oriolus xanthornus Black-headed Oriole LC / IV
Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird LC / IV
Otus bakkamoena Collared Scopes Owl LC / IV
Parus major Grey Tit LC / IV
Passer domesticus House Sparrow LC / IV
Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl LC / I
Pellorneum ruficeps Spotted Babbler LC / IV
Perdicula asiatica Jungle Bush Quail LC / IV
Pericrocotus cinmamomeus Small Minivet LC / IV
Pericrocotus flammeus Scarlet Minivet LC / IV
Petronia xanthocollis Yellow-Throated Sparrow LC / IV
Picoides mahrattensis Yellow-fronted Pied Woodpecker LC / IV
Picoides nanus Pigmy Woodpecker LC / IV
Pitta brachyura Indian Pitta LC / IV
Ploceus benghalensis Black-breasted Weaver LC / IV
Ploceus manyar Streaked Weaver LC / IV
Ploceus philippinus Baya Weaver LC / IV
Pomatorhinus schisticeps Slaty-headed Scimitar Babbler LC / IV
Prinia socialis Ashy Wren Warbler LC / IV
Prinia subflava Indian Wren Warbler LC / IV
Pseudibis papillosa Black Ibis VU / IV
Psittacula cyanocephala Blossom-headed Parakeet LC / IV
Psittacula krameri Roseringed Parakeet LC / IV
Pterocles exustus Common Sandgrouse LC / IV
Pterocles indicus Painted Sandgrouse LC / IV
Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul LC / IV
Pycnonotus jocosus Red-whiskered Bulbul LC / IV
Rhipidura albicollis White-spotted Fantail Flycatcher LC / IV
Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat LC / IV

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-117

Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin LC / IV
Sitta castanea Chestnut-bellied Nuthatch LC / IV
Spizaetus cirrhatus Crested Hawk Eagle LC / IV
Sterna aurantia River Tern NT / IV
Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove LC / IV
Streptopelia decaocto Ring Dove LC / IV
Streptopelia senegalensis Little Brown Dove LC / IV
Sturnus contra Pied Myna LC / IV
Sturnus malabaricus Grey-headed Myna LC / IV
Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Myna LC / IV
Taccocua leschenaultii Sirkeet Cuckoo LC / IV
Tephrodornis pondicerianus Common Wood Shrike LC / IV
Terpsiphone paradisi Paradise Flycatcher LC / IV
Terpsiphone paradisi Verditer Flycatcher LC / IV
Tockus birostris Common Grey Hornbill LC / IV
Treron phoenicoptera Common Green Pigeon LC / IV
Tringa glareola Wood or Spotted Sandpiper LC / IV
Tringa hypoleucos Common Sandpiper LC / IV
Tringa totanus Redshank LC / IV
Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler LC / IV
Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler LC / IV
Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler LC / IV
Turdus merula Black Bird LC / IV
Turnix suscitator Common or Blue-legged Bustard Quail LC / IV
Turnix tanki Button Quail LC / IV
Tyto alba Barn or Screech Owl LC / IV
Upupa epops Common Hoopoe LC / IV
Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing LC / IV
Vanellus malabaricus Yellow-wattled Lapwing LC / IV
Aquatic Flora and Fauna of the Buffer Zone
The area under consideration is not a suitable habitat for any aquatic flora and
fauna. There are only seasonal streams, storm water drains and ponds or tanks.
But one of the tanks located near Latdag is located at a higher level and at the
foot of the hills. The tanks are very deep and it serves as a perennial source of
water and water (including groundwater) is discharged from the tank for
agriculture. One of the streams that is fed by this tank is claimed to be a
perennial but it is fed by the flow of ground water from this tank. A list of rivulets,
streams and nalas found in the buffer study area is given in Table-3.9.12. There
are no tanks or wetlands except paddy fields. Bush morning glory (Ipomoea
carnea) is widely found in all wet places including the river and river banks.
With regard to the fish fauna of the study area, there is no reliable secondary
data. Local people are not interested in fishing. They are engaged in better
activities such as coal mining from eroded areas and the coal is sold in Latehar.
None was seen fishing either in the ponds or tanks or the pools of water in the
streams. Water in some ponds was very clear. When examined for a long time
from the surface, only common, mainly introduced species were observed. Photos
of the tank and river fishes were shown to the locals to find out whether such
fishes were there in the ponds or tanks. Based on the visual examination and the
information given by the locals, a list of fishes which are most likely to be found

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-118
in the water bodies of the mine lease is presented in Table-3.9.12. Freshwater

prawns belonging to Macrobrachium malcolmsonii and Macrobrachium idella were
found in the water but they were very small.
TABLE-3.9.12
LIST OF FISHES FOUND IN THE STUDY AREA INCLUDING
THOSE FOUND IN THE CORE AREA
Name of the River or Stream or Nala Direction w.r.t Mine Distance from the
Lease Core Area (km)
Bagdagga nala (Within Mine lease area) South 0.0
Rajdaha nala (Within Mine lease area) West 0.0
Ghaghari nadi South 1.6
River Auranga Southwest 1.8
Sukri River North 3.8
Gowa nala Southwest 3.9
Bhubuk nala Northwest 7.0
Ekchatia nala North 7.1
Deonad nadi Southeast 9.2
Tatta nala North Northwest 9.6
A list of macrophytes found in the moist places is given in Table-3.9.13. Aquatic

macrophytes found in the streams is shown in Figure-3.9.8. A list of aquatic and
semi-aquatic macrophytes found in the water bodies of the buffer zone is given in
Table-3.9.14. It may be noted the most notorious water hyacinth (Eichhornia
crassipes) was absent in that area but it was abundant in Latehar.
TABLE-3.9.13
LIST OF AQUATIC /SEMI-AQUATIC MACROPHYTES FOUND IN THE LOTIC AND
LENTIC WETLANDS OF THE STUDY AREA

Aeschynomene aspara Fabaceae Rooted emergent
Aeschynomene indica Fabaceae Rooted emergent
Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae Semiaquatic
Alternanthera philoxerooides Amaranthaceae Rooted emergent
Alternanthera sessilis Amaranthaceae Rooted emergent
Ammania baccifera Lythraceae Emergent anchored
Aponogeton natans Aponogetonaceae Floating
Ceratophyllum demersum Ceratophyllaceae Floating
Chloris barbata Poaceae Emergent anchored
Commelina benghalensis Commalinaceae Semiaquatic
Commelina nudiflora Commalinaceae Semiaquatic
Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Emergent anchored
Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae Emergent anchored
Dactyloctenium aegyptium Poaceae Emergent anchored
Echinochloa colona Poaceae Emergent anchored
Eclipta alba Asteraceae Emergent anchored
Eclipta procera Asteraceae Semiaquatic
Eleocharis dulcis Cyperaceae Rooted emergent
Fimbristylis tetragona Cyperaceae Rooted emergent
Hydrilla verticillata Hydrocharitaceae Submerged anchored
Imperata cylindrica Poaceae Wetlands
Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Floating
Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae Emergent anchored

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-119

Justicia simplex Acanthaceae Wetlands
Kyllinga bulbosa Cyperaceae Emergent anchored
Lemna gibba Lemnaceae Floating
Lippia nodiflora Verbenaceae Wetlands
Ludwigia perennis Onagraceae Emergent anchored
Marsilea minuta Marsileaceae Emergent anchored
Ottelia alismoides Hydrocharitaceae Submerged anchored
Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae Semiaquatic
Pistia stratiotes Aponogetonaceae Floating
Polygala arvensis Polygalaceae Emergent anchored
Polygala chinensis Polygalaceae Emergent anchored
Polygala erioptera Polygalaceae Emergent anchored
Polygonum hydropiper Polygonaceae Emergent anchored
Potamogeton crispus Potamogetonaceae Submerged
Saccharum spontaneum Poaceae Wetlands
Scirpus articulatus Cyperaceae Emergent anchored
Typha angustifolia Typhaceae Emergent anchored
FIGURE-3.9.8
AQUATIC MACROPHYTES FOUND IN THE STREAMS OF THE BUFFER ZONE
TABLE-3.9.14
LIST OF FISHES INCLUDING SHELL FISH EITHER OBSERVED DURING THE
SURVEY OR SAID TO HAVE BEEN ADDED TO THE PONDS AND TANKS
List includes all the cultured and introduced fishes. None of the fishes listed below is included in
Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act
Scientific Name Common Name Family IUCN
FISHES
Anguilla bengalensis River Eel Anguillidae LC
Catla catla Catla Cyprinidae LC
Channa garucha Dwarf Snakehead Channidae LC
Channa striata Snakehead murrel Channidae LC
Cirrhinus reba Reba Carp Cyprinidae LC
Cirrihinus mrigala Mrigal Cyprinidae LC
Clarias batrachus Magur Clariidae LC
Ctenopharyngodon idella Grass Carp Cyprinidae NE

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-120
List includes all the cultured and introduced fishes. None of the fishes listed below is included in
Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act
Labeo bata Bata carp Cyprinidae LC
Labeo calbasu Calbasu Cyprinidae LC
Labeo rohita Rohu Cyprinidae LC
Mystus tengara Tengra Bagridae LC
Oreochromis mossambicus Mozambique Tilapia Cichlidae LC
Oreochromis niloticus Nile Tilapia Cichlidae LC
PRAWNS
Macrobrachium malcolmsonii Monsoon River Prawn Palaemonidae LC
Macrobrachium idella Slender River Prawn Palaemonidae LC
 Summary and Conclusions
It is a captive mine of M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utapdan Nigam Limited (PVUNL), a

subsidiary of NTPC and Government of Jharkhand. It is a new mine lease. The
mine lease includes croplands, residential areas and forest areas.
The mine lease area or its buffer zone are not ecologically sensitive. Sal is the
dominant forest tree. Sisal hemp is cultivated in degraded forest areas. Mahua is
the most widely cultivated tree in rural areas. Mango and Ber are the main fruit
trees. There were no threatened plant species either in the core area or buffer
zone. Sloth Bear (Melursus ursinus), Peacock (Pavo cristatus), Python (Python
molurus) and Common monitor (Varanus bengalensis) are the four schedule I
fauna reported from the forests of the buffer zone. Honey combs were very
abundant in the forest and non-forest including residential areas in the study area
which are said to sustain Sloth bears.
There are no eco-sensitive areas such as the Biosphere Reserves, National Parks,
Wildlife Sanctuaries, Ramsar Wetlands, Important Bird Areas (IBAs) or Nature
Heritage sites within 10 km from the project site. There are no Tiger or Elephant
corridors within the 10 km radius. Detailed Wild Life Conservation Plan is given in
Annexure-VIII (B). An application to DFO, Latehar has been applied on
18.04.2022(Attached as Annexure-VIII(C)).
 Wildlife Conservation Plan

Conservation of Sloth Bear (Melursus ursinus)
1. With the help of local people and employees of the company watch will be keep
on the wild life as sell as illegal tree felling Forest and forest department will be
informed if such a incident occurs to take legal action against the off enders if
necessary help of forest department will be taken to see by any such stranded
animals, particularly sloth bear if it is strays to the Railway Line area to a safer
area. Fruit trees, like Mahua (madhucalati folia) and Jamun (syzygiumcumini)
etc will be planted for sloth bear;
2. Providing food and fodder through enrichment of floral components: massive

tree planting activities will be taken up through forest development
corporation/forest department in the adjoining area of forest land as well is
revenue land of villages. the fruit bearing tree and flowering trees will be given
preference to the benefit of wild life and human being as well;
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-121
3. Encourage local villages to grow trees on their field bunds/court yard etc: In
consultation with forest department, the company will provide some saplings of
tree species important for wood, timber and fuel will be distributed to the
Villagers. Bamboo will be another important species with environmental &
economic value. this no doubt, will help reduce Dependence on Forest, as a
result the ecological condition of the area will improve and they will be
attracted to this area; and
4. For the benefit of sloth bear: Any bear is either stranded in danger, with the
help of Forest Department will be translocated to a place, that the department
will chose. The local people of the area with the financial help from the
company will be taught how to deal with the beer so as to avoid the danger to
each other. Company will provide the necessary financial support to the Forest
deptt for training programme.
Conservation Plan for Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus)
1. Encourage afforestation activities in consultation with forest department.
The selection of plant species should be in consultation with local forest
department based on requirements of avifauna roosting, food (Grains,
Pulses, fruiting trees etc.) and shelter.
2. Small Grove of Trees (a group of trees that grow close together, generally
without many bushes or other plants) will be planted in habituated areas
of villages and school compounds located in buffer area in consultation
with local forest department. Groves are small patches of vegetation will
be protected in traditional manner.
3. Organize seminar, conferences, nature club, poster presentation at school
and Gram Panchayat level around the bird habitation area. Local
population will be made aware to do not kill birds for meat, feathers.
4. Train the staff & laborers involved in project activities and make them
aware of sensitive avifauna status as National Bird of India, and Schedule-
I species protected under Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 and related
knowledge.
5. Wildlife Signage containing information about environment, wildlife, forest
conservation, about wildlife animals along with photographs will be
displayed in core and buffer areas to create awareness among the local
people.
6. Wildlife Environment Day and Wildlife Week (1st to 7th Oct) will be
celebrated together with forest department and involving local population
to create awareness among the people for the conservation of peafowl
avifauna species.
Conservation of Monitor Lizard (Varanus bengalensis)
1. Awareness among the local peoples for its conservation is prime important as
mostely the lizards are being hunted for Meat, skin and medicine.
2. Illegal trade to meet the demand for skin, and consumption of monitor lizard
meat is a current challenge and therefore consumer-centric awareness
campaigns will be crucial.
3. The ongoing demand for Hatha Jodi and the myths and misconceptions
associated with its use clearly highlight the need to develop a robust
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-122
enforcement strategy to protect the species from poaching and trafficking.

Further, the demand for Hatha Jodi has also been observed online, which
underlines the significance of employing effective measures to combat wildlife
cybercrime.
4. Loss of habitat and expansion of human settlements have increased the
pressure on monitor lizard populations in India, hence the need for habitat
restoration programmes in their confined geographical regions.
Indian Rock Python (Python molurus) Conservation Plan
1. Identify critical python habitat and map the priority sites.

2. Design sign boards showing presence of Pythons in the area
3. Provision of veterinary care and Rescue for the species when it there is a
direct encounter with the local residents
4. Local snake rescue teams should be informed whenever there is a direct
encounter with the Python
5. Conduct awareness campaigns in schools on protected species, anti-poaching
and conservation laws.
6. Distribution of pamphlets, handouts comprising a list of Do’s and Don’ts when
encountered a Python must be carried out among the people.
Framework for Management and Conservation of Schedule-I Species
Roles and Responsibilities of the Project Proponent (PP) and State Forest and
Wildlife Department (SF&WD) in Conservation of Schedule-I Species is shown in
Table-3.9.15.
TABLE-3.9.15
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT (PP) AND
STATE FOREST AND WILDLIFE DEPARTMENT (SF&WD) IN
CONSERVATION OF SCHEDULE I SPECIES
Location Role of PP Role of SF&WD Remarks

where it is
found:
If found in the PP is responsible On information from the PP, SF & WD is the final
core area for Rescue and the SF & WD shall decide of authority
rehabilitation in the course of action and the
consultation with PP should act accordingly
SF & WD.
If found in The PP shall share SF & WD is responsible not Concerned Property
buffer zone - the information only for rescue, / land owners should
non-Forest with the SF&WD rehabilitation of Schedule I not hurt or hunt or
areas and render any species but also prosecution cause any hardship
assistance of the guilty in case of any to the species till
required by the SF violation of Wildlife rescued by the SF &
& WD (Protection) Act. WD
If found in PP has no role It is entirely the Public or PP shall not
buffer zone - responsibility of the SF & interfere with the
Forest areas WD to take appropriate work of the SF &
action. WD.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-123
The responsibilities and role of User Agency or Project Proponent and the State
Forest and Wildlife Department (SF and WD) in case of conservation of Schedule I
species are under the legal jurisdiction, which is given below along with the
budget for first one years. The conservation plan shall be revised in consultation
with state forest and wild life department.
Work to be executed by the User Agency or Project Proponent and the State
Forest and Wildlife Department for wildlife conservation in the core and buffer
area are included in following Table-3.9.16.
TABLE-3.9.16
WORK TO BE EXECUTED BY THE USER AGENCY & THE STATE FOREST AND
WILDLIFE DEPARTMENT
S.No. Particulars or work / action Amount in

Rs.
1 Monitoring and mapping of wildlife habitats in the study 4,00,000
areas (includes core zone and buffer zone)
2 Preparation and review of species- and site-specific wildlife 2,00,000
conservation plans
3 Habitat improvement including fire protection, water supply 4,00,000

and other infrastructure
4 Ecosystem manipulation – control of invasive shrubs 3,00,000
5 Wildlife Rescue/ rehabilitation and release including snakes, 3,00,000
rehabilitation and captive breeding, if required
6 Strengthening of watch and ward to prevent poaching and 2,00,000
destruction of forests
7 Generation of alternate employment to wildlife dependent 1,00,000
families, if any
8 Involving the forest dependent communities in Wildlife 2,00,000
conservation
9 Documentation, data generation and dissemination to the 2,00,000
public and Internalization of Wildlife conservation as a part
of the work culture
10 Creation of public awareness through mass education and 2,00,000
Eco-clubs. Creation of a group and review of the plans
comprising of the representatives of the PP, local reputed
NGOs and the nominees of the Forest and Wildlife
department.
Total 25,00,000
Note: Amount shown is subject to revision and finalization during joint meetings
between PP and the Forest & Wildlife Department. It is envisaged as a regular
feature.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-124
3.10 Demography and Socio-Economics
The demographic and socio- economic conditions prevailing at Banardih coal

mining project-Study area falling in 164 locations which includes 153 rural
villages in Chandwa, Latehar, Balumath and Herhanj tehsils of Latehar district
and Kisko Tehsil of Lohardaga district of Jharkhand. 10 wards belong to Latehar
Nagar Panchayat of Latehar district and 01 urban location belong to Alaudia area
of Chandwa Tehsil of Latehar district, Jharkhand state is analyzed. Out of 164
locations, the 161 locations are falling in Latehar district and 3 locations are
falling in Lohardaga district of Jharkhand state. Details of these villages are
presented in Annexure-IX. Socio-economic study and social impact Assessment
of Project Affected Families (PAF) of Banhardih coal block project was prepared by
Asian Institute for sustainable development in February 2019. A copy of SIA
report is attached as Annexure-X.
The socio-economic data forms the basis for developing a suitable Corporate
Social Responsibility/ Corporate Environment Responsibilty/ Community
Development (CSR/ CER/CD) plan to address the needs of the population.
The project proponent is committed to take up the socio-economic development

initiatives not only to minimize the negative impact on the population but also
improve the socio-economic status of population living in coal mining project
study area, as its sustained effort as part of CSR/CER/CD.
M/s. Vimta Labs Ltd has also conducted socio economic survey based on the
Census 2011 & group discussions.
3.10.1 Methodology Adopted for the Study

The methodology adopted by M/s. Vimta Labs Ltd for the study mainly includes
primary survey, review of published secondary data (District Census Statistical
Handbooks- 2011 and Primary Census Abstract of Census-2011) with respect to
population, density, household size, sex ratio, social stratification, literacy rate
and occupational structure and available physical infrastructure like road
transport facilities, drinking water supply, drainage facilities, power facilities and
social infrastructure like educational facilities, health facilities, community
development, opportunities local people in contractual works in the 10 km radius
study area.
3.10.2 Review of Demographic and Socio-Economic Profile-2011
The village wise demographic data of 153 locations belongs to Chandwa, Latehar,
Balumath and Herhanj tehsils of Latehar district and Kisko tehsil of Lohardaga
district. 10 wards belong to Latehar Nagar Panchayat of Latehar district and 01
urban location belong to Alaudia area as per 2011 census are falling in proposed
coal mining project study area, as per the 2011 village and ward wise population
census is presented in Annexure-IX. The salient features of the demographic
and socio-economic conditions are analyzed and described in the following
sections.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-125
3.10.3 Demography
Distribution of Population
As per 2011 census the study area consisted of 1,64,163 persons inhabited in
study area. The distribution of population in the study area is shown in Table-
3.10.1.
TABLE-3.10.1
DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION
0 to 3 km 3.0 to 7.0 km 7.0 to 10 km 0 to 10 km

Sr. No Particulars
2011 Census
1 Total households 4876 11245 14034 30155
2 Total population 27210 60490 76463 164163
3 Male population 13705 30481 39080 83266
4 Female population 13505 30009 37383 80897
5 Total population 0 to 6 years 5184 10971 14022 30177
6 Male :Population 0 to 6 years 2640 5588 7196 15424
7 Female population 0 to 6 years 2544 5383 6826 14753
8 % of 0 to 6 years population 19.05 18.14 18.34 18.38
9 Average house hold size 5.58 5.38 5.45 5.44
10 % of males to the total population 50.37 50.39 51.11 50.72
11 % of females to the total population 49.63 49.61 48.89 49.28
12 Total males population (Excluding 0 to 6 years Males) 11065 24893 31884 67842
13 Total females population (Excluding 0 to 6 years 10961 24626 30557 66144

females)
14 Total population (Excluding 0 to 6 years pop) 22026 49519 62441 133986
15 Child sex ratio (No of female children per 1000 male 964 963 949 956
children)
16 Sex ratio (No females per 1000 males) 991 989 958 975
17 Density 270 330 284 297
Source: Census of India 2011
 Average Household Size
The study area has a household size of 5.44 as per 2011 census.
 Population Density
The density of population reveals that the study area has an overall density of
297 persons per km2 (PP km2) as per 2011 census reports.
 Rural and Urban Population
Out of 1,64,163 total population of the study area 83.45 % (1,36,998) in rural
and 16.55 % (27165) in urban areas are residing as per 2011 census records.
The Latehar district proportion is 99.00 %, Lohardaga District proportion is 1.00
% and as per the 2011 census records. The consolidated rural, urban and district
wise proportion of population details are presented in Table-3.10.2.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-126
TABLE-3.10.2
RURAL URBAN AND DISTRICT WISE POPULATION OF PROPORTION
2011 Census Rural

Sr. No Particulars 2011 Census
Urban Proportion
1 Rural 136998 83.45
2 Urban 27165 16.55
Total 164163 100.00%
1 Latehar district Jharkhand 162517 99.00
2 Lohardaga district Jharkhand 1646 1.00
Total
164163 100%
 Sex Ratio
The configuration of male and female indicates that the males constitute to about
50.72 % and females to 49.28 % of the total population as per 2011 census
records. The study area on an average has 975 females per 1000 males as per
2011 census reports. However, the sex ratio is being increased as against with
2001 (955) census records. In comparison to the Latehar district sex ratio,
(Latehar district 967) the study area has recorded better sex ratio. Even though
the sex ratio is better in the study area, the sex ratio in the study area directly
and indirectly reveals certain geographical and sociological aspects in relation to
male population.
 Child Sex Ratio
The study area child sex ratio is 956 female children for 1000 male children in the
study area. In comparison to the adult sex ratio, the child sex ratio is lessor in
the study area. Several reasons are attributed to the declining in the number of
girls, neglect of the girl child, high maternal mortality and female infanticide.
Some of the reasons for neglect of girl child and low child sex ratio are
particularly son preference and the belief that, it is only the son who can perform
the last rites, that lineage and inheritance runs through the male line, sons will
look after parents in old age, men are the bread winners etc. Exorbitant dowry
demand is another reason for female foeticide/infanticide.
 Reasons for Declining Sex Ratio
 There are multiple factors behind the trend of declining sex ratio. Sex
selection and medical technology is misused in India for detecting the sex of
unborn child and ultimately for the) sex selection, Female fetuses, thus
identified and aborted;
 Many studies have shown that Pre Natal Sex Determination is the main reason
of low sex ratio in India followed by abortion of female fetuses. Besides the
misuse of the technology, the patriarchal societies in many parts of India have
translated their prejudice and bigotry into a compulsive preference for boys
and discriminations against the girl child; and
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-127
 Women work is always socially devalued with limited autonomy in decision-

making processes. Patriarchy always maintains a strong hold on the gender
inequality. (Sex determination tests are seen as providing a ‘reproductive
choice’ – a choice to decide to have a boy or a girl). Soon after the sex
determining techniques, in 1983 Indian parliament banned the practice of sex
determination in all public institutions. However, the prime legislation Pre-
Natal Diagnostic Techniques act, passed in 1994, after a long campaign by the
civil society and women organizations in the country.
3.10.4 Social Structure
As per 2011 census, there is 20.96% Scheduled Castes (SC) population and
37.62% of population belongs to Scheduled Tribes (ST) in the study area.
The proportion of study area SC population is lesser than the Latehar district
SC population (Latehar SC Proportion of population is 21.3 1%). The
proportion of study area ST population is lesser than the Latehar district ST
population (Latehar ST Proportion of population is 45.54%) The overall data
of social stratification reveals that the SC and ST % to total population is
more than 58% in the study area. However, still these SC and ST
communities are marginalized in socio-economic issues and they are at
considered at low level of social strata and calls for a special attention in
Social Impact Management Plan for improving their socio-economic status
apart from preservation and protection of their art, culture and traditional
rights of livelihood. The distribution of population by social structure is shown
in Table-3.10.3.
TABLE-3.10.3
DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY SOCIAL STRUCTURE
Sr. No Particulars 0-3 km 3-7 km 7-10 km 0-10 km

2011 Census
1 SC population 5484 14606 14325 34415
2 % of SC's to the total population 20.15 24.15 18.73 20.96
3 ST population 12802 20958 27997 61757
4 % of ST's to the total population 47.05 34.65 36.62 37.62
5 Total SC & ST's population 18286 35564 42322 96172
6 % of SC's & ST's to the total
67.20 58.79 55.35 58.58
population
Tribes of Jharkhand State
Tribes of Jharkhand Among all States and UTs, Jharkhand holds the 6th rank in
terms of Scheduled Tribe (ST) population. It has around thirty-two Tribal Groups,
major among them being Santhal, Munda, Oraon and Ho. Eight out of the
thirty-two tribes of Jharkhand fall under Primitive Tribal Group (PTG).
They are Asur, Birhor, Birajia, Korwa, Savar, Pahariya (Baiga), Mal
Pahariya and Souriya Pahariya. PTGs remain the most isolated and
disadvantaged indigenous tribal groups with noticeable reduction in their

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-128
population. Malnutrition, Malaria and dysentery are rampant in PTGs villages and
the access of these communities to the social welfare programs remains limited.
The tribals normally live in contiguous areas unlike other communities. Their lives
are closely associated with the nature as they take out their livelihoods from the
natural environ – streams, trees, plants, animals etc. It is, therefore, recognized
that maintaining their identities would invariably mean keeping their environment
intact with them. Given the contiguous inhabitations, it also becomes simpler to
have an area approach for development activities and also regulatory provisions
to protect their interests. In order to protect the interests of the Scheduled
tribes, the provision of “Fifth Schedule” is enshrined in the Constitution under
article 244 (2).
The Fifth Schedule under article 244 (2) of the Constitution defines "Scheduled
Areas" as such areas as the President may by order declare to be Scheduled
Areas after consultation with the governor of that State. The criteria for declaring
any area as a "Scheduled Area" under the Fifth Schedule are:
 Preponderance of tribal population,

 Compactness and reasonable size of the area,
 Available administrative entity such as district, block or taluk, and
 Economic backwardness of the area as compared to neighboring areas
Out of 259 blocks in the state of Jharkhand, 111 fall under the Fifth Schedule
areas (spread across 15 districts out of 24 districts)
Scheduled Areas in Jharkhand
1. Burmu, Mandar, Chanho, Bero, Lapung, Ratu, Namkom, Kanke, Ormanjhi,

Angara, Silli, Sonahatu, Tamar, Bundu blocks in Ranchi district.
2. Arki, Khunti, Murhu, Karra, Torpa, Rania blocks in Khunti district
3. Kisko, Kuru, Lohardaga, Bhandra and Senha blocks in Lohardaga district.
4. Bishunpur, Ghagra, Chainpur, Dumri, Raidih, Gumla, Sisai, Bharno,
Kamdara, Basia and Palkot blocks in Gumla district.
5. Simdega, Kolebira, Bano, Jaldega, Thethaitangar, Kurdeg and Bolba blocks
in Simdega district.
6. Barwadih, Manika, Balumath, Chandwa, Latehar, Garu and Mahuadarn
blocks in Latehar district.
7. Bhandaria block in Garhwa district.
8. Bandgaon, Chakradharpur, Sonua, Goelkera, Manoharpur, Noamundi,
Jagannathpur, Manghgaon, Kumardungi, Manjhari, Tantnagar, Jhickpani,
Tonto, Khutpani and Chaibasa blocks in West-Singbhum district.
9. Govindpur (Rajnagar ), Adityapur(Gamhariya ), Saraikela, Kharsawan,
Kuchai, Chandil, Ichagarh and Nimdih blocks in Saraikela-Kharsawan
district.
10. Golmuri-Jugsalai, Patamda, Potka, Dumaria, Musabani, Ghatsila,
Dhalbhumgarh, Chakulia and Bahragora blocks in East-Singhbhum district.
11. Saraiyahat, Jarmundi, Jama, Ramgarh, Gopikandar, Kathikund, Dumka,
Sikaripara, Raneswar and Masalia blocks in Dumka district.
12. Kundhit, Nala, Jamtara and Narainpur blocks in Jamtara district.
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-129
13. Sahebganj, Borio, Taljhari, Rajmahal, Barharwa, Pathna and Barhet blocks
in Sahebganj district.
14. Littipara, Amrapara, Hiranpur, Pakur, Maheshpur, and Pakuria blocks in
Pakur district.
15. Boarijore and Sunderpahari blocks in Godda district.
The scheduled areas of Jharkhand have been specified by the Scheduled areas
(States of Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand and Madhya Pradesh) Order, 2003
(Constitution Order, 192) dated 20.2.2003 after rescinding the order dated
31.12.1977 so far as that related to the state of Bihar.
3.10.5 Literacy Levels

The data of study area reveals that, literacy rate of 81.62 % as per 2011 census,
which is found to be more than the district rate of literacy (Latehar district 78.33
%). The distribution of literates and literacy rate in the study area is presented in
Table-3.10.4.
TABLE-3.10.4
DISTRIBUTION OF LITERATE AND LITERACY RATES
0-3 3-7 km 7-10 km 0-10 km

Sr. Particulars km
No 2011 Census
1 Male population 13705 30481 39080 83266
2 Female population 13505 30009 37383 80897
4 Male population (0-6 Years) 2640 5588 7196 15424
5 Female population (0-6 Years 2544 5383 6826 14753
6 Total population (0-6 Years) 5184 10971 14022 30177
7 Total population 7+ Years 22026 49519 62441 133986
8 Male literates7+Years 11065 24893 31884 67842
9 Female literates7+Yeasrs 10961 24626 30557 66144
10 Total literates (7+ Years) 22026 49519 62441 133986
12 Male literacy rate (%) to the total
literates 50.24 50.27 51.06 50.63
13 Female literacy rate (%) to the total
literates 49.76 49.73 48.94 49.37
14 Average male literacy to the total
population (%) 40.67 41.15 41.70 41.33
15 Average female literacy to the total
population (%) 40.28 40.71 39.96 40.29
16 Total literacy rate (%) to the total
population 80.95 81.86 81.66 81.62
The percentage of male literates to the total literates of the study area works out
to be 50.63 %. The percentage of female literates to the total literates, which is
an important indicator for social change, is observed to be 49.37% in the study
area as per 2011 census records.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-130
3.10.6 Occupational Structure

The occupational structure of residents of work participation rate in the study
area is studied with reference to main workers, marginal workers and non-
workers. The main workers include 10 categories of workers defined by the
Census Department consisting of cultivators, agricultural laborers, those engaged
in live-stock, forestry, fishing, mining and quarrying; manufacturing, processing
and repairs in household industry; and other than household industry,
construction, trade and commerce, transport and communication and other
services.
The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of
less than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The
non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired
persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc.; institutional inmates or all other
non-workers who do not fall under the above categories.
Total work participation in the project study areas is 42.49 % and the non-
workers constitute 47.51% of the total population respectively. The work
participation of the study area is lesser than the Latehar district (43.11 %) work
participation rate. The work participation is the study area is less than the district
work participation rate, because majority of the local population is depending on
the agricultural and its allied activities only. The distribution of workers by
occupation indicates that the non-workers are the predominant population. The
main workers to the total workers are 35.11% and the marginal workers
constitute to 64.89 % to the total workers. The occupational structure of the
study area is presented in Table-3.10.5.
TABLE-3.10.5
OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE
Sr. Particulars 0-3 km 3-7 km 7-10 0-10 km

No km
2011 Census
2 Total workers 12729 25874 31154 69757
3 Work participation rate 46.78 42.77 40.74 42.49
4 Total main workers 3390 10095 11009 24494
5 % of main workers to total workers 26.63 39.02 35.34 35.11
6 Marginal workers 9339 15779 20145 45263
7 % of marginal workers to total workers 73.37 60.98 64.66 64.89
8 Non-workers 14481 34616 45309 94406
9 % of non-workers to total population 53.22 57.23 59.26 57.51
Source: Census of India 2011.
Following are the field visit photographs presented in Figure-3.10.1 at the

proposed coal mining project at Ate, Banardih, Bari, Barwadih, Jagaldaga,
Rampur, Sabano, Surli, Tota, and Udaypura villages of Latehar and Chandwa
tehsils.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-131
Area falling in Mine Lease Area
Agricultural Land Within the Coal Mine Lease
School at Banardih Village Pond Within the Coal Mine Lease
FIGURE-3.10.1 (A)
BANHARDIH COAL MINE FIELD VISIT PHOTOS
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-132
Pond Within the Coal Mine Lease Interaction With Farmer
Interaction With The Project Affected Families at Bari Village
Govt Middle School at Jagaldaga Village Anganwadi Center at Banardih
FIGURE-3.10.1 (B)
BANARDIH COAL MINE FIELD VISIT PHOTOS
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-133
Social Interactions with Project Affected Families
Social interactions have been organized in 3 rd week of December, 2020 with the
project affected families of the proposed Banardih Coal Mining Project of 12 MTPA
(Peak) in mine lease area of 1818.10 Ha of M/s. Patratu vidyut Utapadan Nigam
Limited (PVUNL) located in Ate, Banhardih Bari, Brwadih, Jagaldaga, Rampur,
Sabano, Surli, Tota, and Udaypura villages in Tehsil Lathehar and Chandwa of
Lathehar district Jharkhand. The landuse details (in Hectares) given in Table-
3.10.6.
TABLE-3.10.6
LAND ACQUSITION FOR THE COAL MINING PROJECT
Sr. No Type Area in Hectares

1 Tenancy Agriculture 739.89
2 Government Water bodies/Tanks 496.60
3 Forest & open scrubs 581.61
Total Land 1818.10
As per the focus group discussions and interactions with project affected families,
the following are the opinions expressed in social interactions.
1. Majority of the farmers (more than 70 %) are owning between the 0 to 3

acres of land. PAF’s who have more than 10 acres of land are interested in
Banardih coal Mine project. However, small farmers and cultivators in
government land are unhappy about the project. They are in the opinion
that, their livelihoods will be disturbed and they may become loose identity
and landless;
2. More than 2600 structures are falling with in the coal mine lease;
3. All the PAF’s are expecting suitable compensation for their land along with
livelihoods support so as to protect the present income;
4. All the land losers are expecting employment opportunities in the proposed
coal mine project;
5. All the PAF’s and villages are expecting health, education, infrastructure
facilities along with housing facilities in the proposed Rehabilitation and
Resettlement colonies; and
6. The landless communities are expecting employment opportunities in the
proposed coal mine project.
Impacts due to the Proposed Coal Mining Project at Banardih Bari, Bawardih,
Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano, Surli, Tota and Renchi Villages
As per the primary observations held during the field visit and interactions with
the communities of the affected and study area. The communities expressed that
there would be some changes arise after the proposed coal mining at Banardih
Bari, Bawardih, Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano, Surli, Tota, and Renchi villages. The
following are the impacts identified due to the proposed coal mining project at
affected 10 villages and project study area. The potential impacts are presented
in Table-3.10.7.
Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-134
TABLE-3.10.7
IMPACTS ON COMMUNITY DUE TO COAL MINING
Sr. Observations
No Negative Impacts Mitigation Measures
 There is a direct effect to the tune of 739.89  A suitable and participatory livelihoods plan be
Hectares of agricultural lands in Banardih Bari, prepared and implemented accordingly to all
Brwadih, Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano, Surli, the HSO.
1 Tota, and Renchi villages. Altogether there is  It is also suggested to develop a Tribal
a 1592 HSO are affected and losing their Development Plan–TDP to protect the
agricultural lands and livelihoods. interests of the local tribes in the spirit of
PESA Act, 1996, this affected area is falling
under the Scheduled area as per the
Government of Jharkhand.
 The 1592 farming communities’ identity over  There is a need to introduce the community
2 these lands will affect and lead to the identity organization, so as to strengthen the
crisis to them. emotional support through qualified social
workers at the Rehabilitation centers.
 All the (304) homesteads or displaced families  It is suggested to have regular follow-ups with
will have to move to new location, which may the affected families, so that they may feel
lead to psychological issues to the HSO the sense of belonging to the new location.
3 especially to the aged communities.
 It is suggested to protect the natural

 Coal mining is usually associated with the resources through affected communities’
degradation of natural resources and the participation.
destruction of habitat.
 All the existing common properties will have  The communities need to be prompted in all
to be dismantled and constructed at the the R&R initiatives, so that they own-up the
4 Rehabilitation centers. The long bonding with R&R initiatives.
their common resources will have to be
relocated.
 Local communities and animals who are  It is suggested to promote the community
depending on 581.61 Hectares of forest land centered participatory livelihoods
will be disturbed and hence the livelihoods and advancement plan and ensure that they get
fodder will be adversely affected suitable employment at their locations.
5  It is suggested to identify the waste lands and
promote fodder for the affected animals
through the community participation.
 The effect of mining on ground water level,  It is suggested to adopt the mechanisms to
6 silting of surrounding water bodies and land control the ground water levels through the
are also of great concern at these 10 affected community involvement.
villages.
 The present oxygen levels in air will fall down  The suitable saplings needs to be planted and
7 due to the coal mining. ensure that they grow with community
involvement.
Positive Impacts
 There will be an additional generation of wage  In terms of generating wage employment to

employment to local communities as per their local communities, it is an appreciable impact
1 skill set due to the proposed coal mining. arising of the proposed coal mining.
 Coal mining contributes greatly towards the  It is a positive impact. However, it is
2 economic development of the nation, although suggested to introduce mobile health clinics in
it also has a great impact upon human health the study area.
Source: Primary observations by M/s. Vimta Labs

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-135
 Baseline Data on The Health of the Population
Health and Hygiene of Resident Household
The district has a three tier public health care system viz. village level, Block level
and District level. There are primary health centers, private clinics, government
hospitals and drug vendors that meet the basic health care needs of people in the
district. Services that are provided include disease prevention and mother and child
health care.
In the Project area most of the respondents prefer to visit the Govt. Doctor
(83.8%), 62.4% preferred to go to hospital, 17.5% preferred PHC/HSC and 7.4%
preferred others like Ojha and Village Quack.
TABLE-3.10.8
HEALTH TREATMENT OPTED BY RESIDENT HOUSEHOLDS
Village Govt. Doctor PHC Hospital Homeopathy Total

Ete 140 (92.7) 10 (6.6) 126 (83.4) 7 (4.6) 151 (100)
Banhardi 305 (85.4) 51 (14.3) 236 (66.1) 23 (6.4) 357 (100)
Bari 630 (84.0) 142 (18.9) 454 (60.5) 64 (8.5) 750 (100)
Barwadih 113 (84.4) 24 (17.9) 81 (60.4) 10 (7.5) 134 (100)
Jagaldaga 148 (77.5) 39 (20.4) 105 (55.0) 13 (6.8) 191 (100)
Rampur 246 (80.9) 54 (17.8) 185 (60.9) 17 (5.6) 304 (100)
Sabano 263 (82.7) 61 (19.2) 190 (59.7) 22 (6.9) 318 (100)
Surli 127 (92.0) 14 (10.1) 112 (81.2) 13 (9.4) 138 (100)
Tota 35 (85.4) 9 (22.0) 18 (43.9) 2 (4.9) 41 (100)
Udaipura 186 (79.5) 55 (23.5) 128 (54.7) 24 (10.3) 234 (100)
Total 2193 (83.8) 459 (17.5) 1635 (62.4) 195 (7.4) 2618 (100)
Source: SIA study by Asian Institute for Sustainable Development
Immunization of Children
In the case of immunization of children, it was observed that 83.6% of household in

core village have immunized their children fully and 9.6% have partly immunized
their children. 1,1% have given one or two whereas there are 5.8% of households
who have never immunized their children.
Vaccinations were mostly obtained from Hospitals and Anganwadi centres. It is a

matter of concern of those households who reported that they had never given any
vaccines to their children.
TABLE-3.10.9
IMMUNIZATION OF CHILDREN IN RESIDENT HOUSEHOLD
Village Immunization of Children Total

Fully Partly One or two Nil
Ete 159 (83.4) 18 (9.3) 2 (1.3) 11 (6.0) 191 (100)
Banhardi 332 (85.2) 30 (7.8) 5 (1.4) 22 (5.6) 390 (100)

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-136
Village Immunization of Children Total

Fully Partly One or two Nil
Bari 598 (83.7) 74 (10.3) 8 (1.1) 35 (4.9) 715 (100)
Barwadih 87 (81.3) 13 (11.9) 2 (1.5) 6 (5.2) 107 (100)
Jagaldaga 118 (85.3) 9 (6.8) 1 (0.5) 10 (7.3) 138 (100)
Rampur 260 (86.8) 18 (5.9) 1 (0.3) 21 (6.9) 300 (100)
Sabano 268 (84.6) 22 (6.9) 4 (1.3) 23 (7.2) 317 (100)
Surli 265 (79.7) 50 (15.2) 7 (2.2) 10 (2.9) 332 (100)
Tota 60 (90.2) 2 (2.4) 0 5 (7.3) 66 (100)
Udaipura 193 (79.1) 32 (13.2) 3 (1.3) 16 (6.4) 244 (100)
Total 2340 (83.6) 268 (9.6) 34 (1.1) 158 (5.8) 2800 (100)
Differently Able Persons
There are 48 differently able people among the PAFs in the project affected area
found during the field survey.
TABLE-3.10.10
VULNERABLE GROUPS AS DISABLED
Villages Blind Deaf Dumb Mental Ortho Paralysed Total

& Problem paedic
Dumb
Ete 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Banhardi 0 0 0 0 0 7 7
Bari 0 1 0 2 1 18 22
Barwadih 0 0 0 0 0 4 4
Jagaldaga 0 0 0 0 0 4 4
Rampur 0 0 0 0 0 4 4
Sabano 0 0 0 0 0 3 3
Surli 1 0 1 0 0 1 3
Tota 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Udaipura 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
Total 1 1 1 2 1 42 48
3.11 Traffic Study
The traffic studies have been conducted to know the prevailing traffic volumes on
the roads in the study area. It is essential to consider these details for assessing the
anticipated future traffic volumes as a part of overall impact assessment for the
project.
The variations of traffic densities depend upon the working days and time and also
vary in day and night times. In order to assess the prevailing traffic volumes on the
roads, the survey was conducted during normal working days of the week by
avoiding local holidays or abnormal situations to reflect the true picture of the traffic
densities. The traffic study was conducted at one location for 24 hours.
The traffic density study was conducted at NH-75 (Sasang to Jagaldaga route)
which is near from the project site.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-137
3.11.2 Methodology
3.11.2.1 Vehicular Count
The vehicles plying in both the directions were counted continuously for 24 hours at
one location. The vehicles were counted every hour and recorded under respective
category. The maximum traffic count in an hour is termed as peak hour traffic. The
vehicles were categorized under various heads like trucks/tankers, buses, multi
axles, cars, 2/3 wheelers, cycles and bullock carts.
3.11.2.2 Categorization of Traffic
The engine driven vehicles were categorized into various heads viz. light motor
vehicles (LMV) as two wheelers (scooters, motor cycles etc.), three wheelers
(auto rickshaws, 3-wheel tempo etc.), medium motor vehicles (cars, jeeps),
tractors (6 wheelers), mini buses and mini trucks (8 wheelers), heavy motor
vehicles such as buses, trucks and tankers (10 wheelers).
3.11.3 Results and Discussion
The summary of daily traffic count for the location was monitored during the study
period and summarized in Table-3.11.1 and % of composition of the vehicles are
given in the Table-3.11.2.
It was observed that the 2/3 wheelers, cars/jeeps and trucks/buses forms the
major volume of the traffic.
3.11.3.1 Presentation of Results
The present level of traffic has been converted to Passenger Car Units (PCU) at this
location as per the conversion factors stipulated by Indian Road Congress (IRC). The
Passenger Car Unit (PCU) recorded at the selected traffic location, which is towards
Sasang to Jagaldaga route and Jagaldaga to Sasang route is about 622 PCU.
TABLE-3.11.1
TRAFFIC DENSITY (VEHICLES/DAY)
Code Location Two Wheelers 3 Wheeler Four Six Heavy Total

Scooter/Bikes Auto Wheeler wheeler Vehicles
Rickshaw Car/Jeep Buses/
Truck
Sasang to Jagaldaga
125 25 63 15 30 258
T1 route
Jagaldaga to Sasang
119 16 78 19 48 280
route
Total No.of vehicles 244 41 141 34 78 538
Total PCU’S/Day 122 21 141 102 234 620
Note: PCU rating: (2/3 wheelers: 0.5, Car/Jeep: 1.0, Tractor: 3.0, Buses: 3.0, Trucks/HMV: 3.0)

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-138
TABLE–3.11.2
COMPOSITION OF EXISTING TRAFFIC VOLUME
Code Total No. of Vehicles % Composition
Vehicles LMV MMV HMV LMV MMV HMV
T1 538 285 141 112 52.97 26.20 20.83
Note: LMV-Light Motor Vehicles (scooter, motorcycle & auto rickshaw etc.)
MMV-Medium Motor Vehicles (car, jeep, tractor, mini bus, mini trucks)
HMV-Heavy Motor Vehicles (Bus, trucks and tankers)
3.11.3.2 Adequacy of Existing Road Network in Study Area
The coal produced from proposed Banhardih mine will be transported by rail to
Patratu STPP. The direct impact on the traffic load due to the proposed mine will
be only due to service vehicles moving outside the ML area. A village road,
passing through the Central Part of the block proposed to be diverted within block
boundary before start of mining operation.
Length of approach road from NH-75 to coal block is about 3.00 km. Width of
road is 7.00 m (approx.). The approach road is sufficient to bear the load of
Trucks carrying HEMM. No coal transportation is proposed by road. There would
be transportation of HEMM from NH-75 to coal block by approach road. In view of
traffic study done by M/s. Vimta Labs Ltd, it can be concluded that existing road
network has low density traffic and additional traffic due to the proposed coal
mining project can be accommodated. The photographs of the approach road is
shown in Figure-3.11.1.
The mitigation measures on air quality will be taken to avoid adverse impact on
the environment is given in Chapter-4.

Doc. No.: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
12 MTPA Capacity
Page No.: C3-139
FIGURE-3.11.1
PHOTOGRAPH SHOWING APPROACH ROAD
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 Introduction
This chapter provides an overview of the potential impacts on various

environmental components due to the proposed Banhardih coal mine of M/s
PVUNL of 12.0 MTPA opencast method of coal mining in mineable area of 1467.42
ha and allied activities, which could cause significant environmental impacts.
The main operation at Banhardih coal mine involves drilling, blasting, overburden
handling, surface mining, coal handling, coal loading and coal transportation of
opencast mining.
rapid loading system and to be dispatched through the railways. The coal will be
transported from Banhardih to Patratu STPP by rail, which is at distance of
The mining/extraction of coal will be carried in two different stages viz., mine-
development, and production of run of mine coal and its coal handling &
transportation. The identified impacts due to mining and allied activities related to
certain areas are:
 Topography and drainage;

 Climate;
 Land use pattern;
 Air quality;
 Drainage system
 Water regime;
 Noise level and vibrations;
 Flora & fauna; and
 Socio economic aspects.
Table-4.1 lists the possible impacts during site preparation and operation of the
mine.
TABLE-4.1
IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACT ACTIVITIES
Sr. Key Issues during

Stages Impact Activities
No. Mining
Solid waste generation due to removal of
Generation of Wastes vegetation and demolition of houses and
infrastructure
Site clearing
Removal of bushes/vegetation on the site.
1 and
Change in land use from
preparation Land use & biodiversity
agriculture/forests/govt. land to industrial land
use
Air quality Dust emission
Chapter-4 Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Sr. Key Issues during

Stages Impact Activities
No. Mining
Noise will be generated due to movement of
Noise & vibrations
vehicles and equipment.
Loss of topsoil Removal and storage of topsoil before mining.
Demography & Socio- Loss of land, employment and property etc.
economics
During construction of structures ground
Blasting
vibrations may occur.
As per the mining plan overburden and waste
Generation of wastes
will be generated during mining operation
Blasting will be carried out during mining.
Hazardous material
Handling & storage of explosive and lube oils.
Creation of pits during mining operations,
Land Use & Biodiversity development of access road, transportation
2 Operation corridors, removal of vegetation
Dust emission due to mining activities like,

Air quality blasting, drilling, use of compressor, vehicular
movement
Activities like movement of vehicles, drilling,
Noise & vibrations
use of compressor etc., and blasting
Solid waste will be generated during drilling &
Wastes
blasting operation.
Air quality Emission of dust particles
Control Blasting causes generation of
Drilling and
vibrations and air blast propagation. Rock
3 Control Noise & vibrations
hammers will be used to break large rocks
blasting
remain after control blasting.
Safety Safety precaution against flying rock
fragments will be followed during blasting by
blasters/competent persons.
Due to movement of vehicles, there may be
Land Use & biodiversity
disturbance to wild animals in nearby area
Transportation of coal at transfer points of
conveyor, vehicles passing on roads shall
Air quality
create air emissions, loading of coal,
Loading and
4 transportation of coal by Haul road up to CHP
transportation
Loading/unloading by showels and movement
Noise & vibrations of vehicles at the time of transportation will
generate noise
Transportation activity will somehow increase
Traffic
the traffic in the study area and on haul roads
The impacts and appropriate mitigation measures are addressed in the following
sections for each stage of activity based on the scope of activity.
4.2 Impact and Mitigation Measures during Site Preparation
4.2.1 Impact on Soil Quality
The coal mine developmental activities will result in loss of topsoil to some
extent. About 17.94 M.cum topsoil generation is estimated in project. This topsoil
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
requires proper handling like separate stacking so that, it can be used for
greenbelt development. Apart from this, no significant adverse impact on soil in
the surrounding area is anticipated during site preparation.
4.2.2 Impact on Air Quality
During mine developmental phase, particulate matter will be the main pollutant,
which would be generated from the site developmental activities and vehicular
movement on the road. Further, concentration of NO 2 and CO may also increase
due to increased vehicular traffic movement. As most of the equipment will be
mobile, the emissions are likely to be fugitive. The dust generated will also be
fugitive in nature, which can be controlled by suitable mitigation measures like
sprinkling of water. The impacts will be localized in nature and the areas outside
the project boundary are not likely to have any adverse impact with respect to
ambient air quality.
4.2.3 Impact on Demography and Socio-Economics
During site development activities and mine infrastructure creation, only small
portion of population will be displaced. Houses and other properties fall in initial
phase will be demolished after implementation of R&R Plan. Major impact will
occur during full-fledged operation of mine when all PAPs will be resettled and
rehabilated. Therefore, demography of their area may be changed.
PVUNL has appointed M/s. Asian Institute for Sustainable Development,

Jharkhand to conduct the Socio-Economic Survey for the affected areas for land
acquisition and to conduct socio-economic survey before land acquisition. Details
of SES Survey are given in Section-4.3.8 and proposed R&R plan is given in
Chapter-7.
Due to land acquisition land users will loose their land and homestead will loose
their houses, wells, lawns etc. The persons dependent on commercial shops and
agriculture labour will also loose their employment. The HSO will be relocated
within study area, as far as possible as per availability of land by district
administration. The various social infrastructure like schools, Aganvadi,
grampanchayat offices etc. has to be relocated.
The project affected people (PAP) will have to be properly rehabilitated and
resettled with a well-planned and beneficial R&R Action Plan fully in conformity
with the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition,
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 (RFCTLARR Act, 2013) and Coal
Bearing Act (A&D), 1957 (of Government of India) and R&R Policy of Govt. of
Jharkhand.
However, people around this project area will be benefited by gainful indirect
employment opportunities through various service related activities connected
with the project operations as shown under:
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Project related ancillary services;

 Project related logistical operations for transport of coal to power plant,
bringing various materials for project operations, etc;
 Various trading services for consumer goods, spare parts, sundry items, etc;
 Contractual services connected with the project;
 Green belt and horticultural works in the project; and
 Casual labor needs for various activities.
Rehabilitation and Resettlement package will help the PAP to lead a better life
with good social upliftment measures in various sectors like better housing,
improved educational and health care system, more employment prospects with
skill upgradation of eligible persons through training modules, facilities in the
area, etc.
Besides, there will be marked improvement for various facilities in the local areas
as shown below:
 Improvement in medical and health care system;

 Improvement in educational services;
 Infrastructural betterment through better roads, lighting and communicational
systems;
 Betterment of drinking water facilities; and
 Vocational training facilities for local eligible youth of local community to
enable them to seek employment in suitable project operations and
elsewhere.
From above details, it is clear that the project operations will have affect the local
population initially but later on beneficial positive impact in the area. Impact on
social profile is going to be positive during this stage. Local people will be hired
for site preparation activities which will generate temporary employment.
4.2.4 Impact on Ecology
For development of mine, site clearing would be required. It will involve clearing
of shrubs and felling of trees. The forest land of about 549.484 at site would also
be diverted for mining operations initially. There are no National Parks, Wildlife
sanctuary, Biosphere reserves or any other eco-sensitive area in coal block,
therefore no major impact on wildlife is envisaged. However, there are three
Protected Forests (PF) namely Udayapura PF, Sabanu P.F and Banhardih P.F
located within mine lease area partly which will be diverted for mining operations.
The number of trees to be fell will be counted during appraisal of Forest
Clearance. It will impact the local flora, fauna and environment, however,
compensatory afforestation and plantation, green belt development by project
proponent will neutralize this impact to some extent. For conservation of
Schedule-I species, wildlife conservation plan approved by state forest
department will be implemented. A copy of wildlife conservation plan is enclosed
as Annexure-VIII (B) and an application has been submitted to DFO, Latehar
for WLCP approval vide Letter No: PVUNL/BAN/36/164 dated 18.04.2022
(Acknowledgment copy is attached as Annexure-VIII(C).
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
4.2.5 Demolition Activities (Houses and Other Properties)
The primary impact to soil from demolition will be erosion and there would be a
negative, regional, and short-term impact. Demolition might temporarily increase
landslide potential by loosening the soil around the structures to be demolished,
having a minor, negative, local, and short-term impact. Removing components of
structures to be demolished would potentially affect the topography, though this
activity will primarily be surficial, and will have a negligible to minor, negative,
local, and long-term impact. Demolition will not be expected to affect surrounding
soils, and therefore, will not impact paleontological resources. Impacts from soil
cleanup to this resource area will result primarily from ground disturbance as a
result of contaminated soil or more being excavated. Because of the use of this
invasive remediation, erosion effects will be insignificant, negative, local to
regional, and short term. The potential for landslides will be minor, negative,
local, and short term. Finally, the changes to topography potentially will be
negligible to minor, negative, local, and short term, depending on the backfill
used in the excavated areas or remediated soils left after treatment. The potential
to encounter paleontological resources is low, and therefore, will have a
negligible, negative, local, and short-term potential impact.
4.3 Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Proposed Mining Operations
4.3.1 Impact on Topography and Drainage Pattern
ridges and depressions. Elevation level of boreholes reveals that the minimum of
423.17 m in borehole no 2 W and maximum of 459.90 m in borehole no 20 E.
Around 25% of the block is covered with protected forest located in the western
part. Partly the villages like Udaypura, Jagaldagga, Banhardih, and Sabanu are
falling within the forest area. Rest of the area within the block is covered with
cultivated land and residential hutments.
During mining and allied operations, some changes to the pre-mining land use
will happen due to the following activities:
 Removal of topsoil;
 Removal of overburden (OB);
 Dumping of overburden (OB);
 Stockpile of coal;
 Construction of mine infrastructure facilities such as benches, pit office, haul
road etc., within the lease area;and
 Formation of garland drain around the mine lease.
However, by using scientific way of mining and better management technique,

it is possible to reclaim the mined-out land by utilising OB dump and convert
it into greenery.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Surli, Huchlu and Bari villages. Due to undulating nature of the land, a number of
indicating a possible presence of fault.
4.3.2 Impact on Climate
The climatic conditions including temperature variations, wind direction and

speed, rainfall and humidity are governed by regional factors and the monsoons.
As such the mining and other allied activities will not tend to influence the
climate. Hence, the mining operations will not have any adverse impacts on the
local climatic conditions. Due to mining activities the loss of forest cover may lead
to loss of natural GHG sink. Phase wise compensatory afforestation will be
commenced to mitigate this impact.
The operations are to be carried out in a limited area and hence negligible
climatological impacts are anticipated. Implementation of afforestation and
rehabilitated plantation work in ML area will contribute in positive manner.
4.3.3 Impact on Land use
 Pre-Mining Land Use
The total Banhardih coal block comprises of about 1818 Ha area distributed over
ten villages. It administratively falls under the Latehar district, Jharkhand state.
Out of this, 31.99 % is designated as forest land, tenancy land is 40.69 %,

Government/non- Forest land is 27.32 %. Present and pre- mining land use is
given in Table-4.2 and Table-4.3 respectively.
TABLE-4.2
PRESENT LAND USE OF TOTAL BANHARDIH BLOCK AREA
Sr.No Type Area in ha

Within Block Area
Settlements
Roads
3 Forest & 581.61
open scrubs
Sub-Total 1818.10
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-4.3
PRE-MINING LAND DISTRIBUTION OF MINEABLE AREA
Pre-Mining Land Use "ha"

Agricultural 309.00
Township -
Grazing -
Barren 208.33
Tenancy
Water Bodies 8
Road 0.81
Community -
Others 35.78
Agricultural 116.62
Township -
Govt. Non Grazing -
Water Bodies 33.44
Road 27.61
Others 26.95
Reserve -
Protected 505.78
Forest
43.7
CJBJ
Free hold - -
Total 1467.42
Source: Forest Diversion Proposal
 Mining Land Use
The average workable coal seam thickness is found to be 4.23 m (seam R2) to
37.86 m (Seam 1B); however, the seam gradients are found to be on much
higher side upto 45 deg. Considering the geo-mining parameters of the block, it
has been planned to deploy Surface Miner as well as to adopt drilling and blasting
for coal excavation in this project. There will be no drilling and blasting till 7th
year of mining operation.
The proposed mechanised opencast mining of coal mine project lease area is
1467.42 ha.
The pre-mining & post mining land use is presented in Figure-4.1(A) & Figure-
4.1(B). The reclamation plan is given in Figure-4.1(C).
 Post Mining Land Use
After the proposed changes during mining, the changed land uses shall be
subjected to reclamation, rehabilitation, during ongoing period and then in post
mining period at final mine closure activities. The post-mining land-use at the end
of mineralization at a production rate for 12 MTPA capacity of coal production,
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
based on existing surface plan, covering an area of 1467.42 ha is presented

below in Table-4.4.
TABLE- 4.4
POST MINING LAND USE
Land Use (Post Closure) (in ha)

Sr. Description Agricultural Plan Water Public/ Forest Land Undis Total
No Land tation body Company (Returned) turbed
Uses
1 Excavation - - - - - -
2 Backfilled area 74.90 545.35 - - 106.99 - 727.24
3 Top soil dump - 12.24 - - - - 12.24

External 91.35 349.35 440.70
Dump/Surface
Dump (
Temporary)
4 Safety zone - 7,85 - - - - 7.85
5 Haul roads - 9.22 - 0.99 - 10.21
between
quarries
6 Road diversion - - - 5.58 - - 5.58
7 Settling pond - - - 0.64 - 0.64

8 Road and - - 33.24 2.46 - 35.70
infrastructure
area
9 Garland drains - - - 4.83 2.75 - 7.58
10 Undisturbed - - - - 54.77 164.91 219.68

/Mining Rights
for UG
Grand Total 74.90 574.66 0.0 135.00 517.95 164.91 1467.42
 Mine Closure and Land Reclamation
Land degradation is one of the major adverse outcomes of mining activities and
any effort to control adverse impacts is considered incomplete when appropriate
land reclamation strategy is not adopted. This is carried out in two phases:
1. Physical /technical reclamation; and

2. Biological reclamation.
Physical/Technical Reclamation
During the process, the geometrical shape of the internal dumps is improved to
make it amenable to effective biological reclamation and also to provide safety
and stability.
Biological Reclamation
For successful biological reclamation of reclaimed area, preference will be given to

native species (mango, neem, mahua, gauva, imli, teak, shivan, ghamer, sisham,
saal, sirus, bamboo etc.) and mixed culture. The species will be selected from the
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
following groups of quick reclamation.
 Nitrogen fixing tree species for fuel wood, timber and fodder;
 Fruit bearing tree species;
 Tree species with dense foliage for shade; and
 Flowering and ornamental tree species.
The land degradation and technical reclamation of mined out land is given in
Table-4.5. The stage wise details of technical biological reclamation is given in
Table-4.6.
TABLE-4.5
LAND DEGRADATION AND TECHNICAL RECLAMATION OF MINED OUT LAND
(Area in ha)
Stage/ Year Cumulative

Land Degraded (ha) Technically Reclaimed Area (ha)
Dump Infra/ Total Backfill Dump Others Total
Excavation (Surface + Others (Surface
Top Soil) + Top
Soil)
Y-1 2024-25 142.93 22.62 67.56 233.11 - - - -
Y-3 2026-27 201.61 85.40 67.56 354.57 - - - -
Y-5 2028-29 295.7 164.31 67.56 527.57 - - - -
Y-7 2030-31 361.99 391.53 67.56 821.08 145.95 - - 145.95
Y-10 2033-34 423.55 452.94 67.56 944.05 201.00 - - 201.00
Y-15 2038-39 509.04 452.94 67.56 1029.54 320.00 - - 320.00
Y-20 2043-44 578.47 452.94 67.56 1098.97 390.00 - - 390.00
Y-25 2048-49 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74 458.89 - - 458.89
Y-30 2053-54 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74 598.00 - - 598.00
Post Closure
Year 2056-57 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74
-33
TABLE-4.6
STAGE WISE DETAILS OF TENTATIVE BIOLOGICAL RECLAMATION
Stage/ Year Biologically Reclaimed Area (ha) - Cumulative Forest Land (Return) Undisturbed Total
/ To be left
Agriculture Plantation Water Public/ Utilized Undisturbed for Public/
Body Company Use Total Community
Use
Y-1 2024-25 - - - - - - - - -
Y-3 2026-27 - - - - - - - - -
Y-5 2028-29 - - - - - - - - -
Y-7 2030-31 - - - - - - - - -
Y-10 2033-34 - - - - - - - - -
Y-15 2038-39 - - - - - - - - -
Y-20 2043-44 - 55.75 - - - - - - -
Y-25 2048-49 - 123.89 - - - - - - -
Y-30 2053-54 - 239.27 - - - - - - -
Post Closure
Year 2056-57 74.90 574.66 0 135.00 784.5 463.18 54.77 164.91 1467.4
-33 6 2
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Blocked Reserves for Safety Barriers
Safety barrier of 7.5 m width along the block boundary and reserve locked up
within the safety barrier has been estimated separately. However, provision of 50
meter safety barrier has been planned all along the surface dumps towards the
block boundary. The comparison of land use details during pre-mining, during
mining, post-mining and post closure are given in Table-4.7.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C4-11
FIGURE-4.1 (A)
PRE-MINING LAND USE
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C4-12
FIGURE-4.1 (B)
POST-MINING LAND USE
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C4-13
FIGURE-4.1 (C)
RECLAMATION PLAN
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report
For the Banhardih Coal Mining Project of (Capacity-12 MTPA) ISSUE DATE: 25.04.2022
Page: C4-14
TABLE-4.7
LAND USE DETAILS IN PRE-MINING, DURING MINING AND
POST CLOSURE LAND USE AND POST CLOSURE MANAGEMENT
Sr. Type Land Use Land use Land Use (Post Closure)
No (Proposed) (End of Agricultural Plantation Water Public/ Forest Land Undisturbed Total
Life) Land Body Company (Returned)
Use
1 Excavation Area 727.24 - - -- - - - -
2 Backfilled Area 727.24 74.90 545.35 - - 106.99 - 727.24

3 Excavated Void - - - - -
4 Top Soil Dump. 12.24 12.24 - 12.24 - - -- - 12.24
5 External Dump /surface dump 467.14 467.14 - - 91.35 349.35 - 440.70
(Temporary)
6 Safety Zone 7.85 7.85 - 7.85 - - - - 7.85
7 Haul road between quarries 10.21 10.21 - 9.22 - 0.99 - 10.21
8 Road Diversion. 5.58 5.58 - - - 5.58 - - 5.58
9 Diversion/ Below River/Nala /Canal. - - - - - -
10 Settling Pond 0.64 0.64 - - - 0.64 - 0.64
11 Road & Infra structure area. 35.70 35.70 - - - 33.24 2.46 - 35.70
12 Rationalisation Area. - - - -
13 Garland Drains. 7.58 7.58 - - - 4.83 2.75 - 7.58
14 Embankment - - - - - - - - -
15 Greenbelt (7.85) (7.85) - (7.85) - - - - (7.85)
16 Water Reservoir Near Pit - - - - - - - - -
17 UG Entry. - - - - - - - - -
18 Undisturbed / Mining Rights for UG. 193.24 193.24 - - - - 54.77 164.91 219.68
19 Resettlement - - - - - - - - -
20 Pit Head Power Plant - - - - - - - - -
21 Water Harvesting - - - - - - - - -
22 Agricultural Land - - - - - - - - -
Total 1467.42 1467.42 74.90 574.66 0.00 135.00 517.95 164.91 1467.42
Source : Approved Mining Plan of Banhardih *Greenbelt development within the safety zone. Hence shown in ()
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
4.3.4 Waste Handling, Disposal and Management
 Topsoil Management
The topsoil in the active mining area gets adversely affected. The topsoil is to be
separately kept. The soil quality of the surrounding area is also likely to get
affected due to siltation and run off from waste dumps. The mine drainage, if it is
acidic and containing toxic constituents, not adequately treated when discharged
to nearby land would affect the soil quality adversely, when discharged untreated
into streams effects the quality of water and make it unfit for agricultural use.
Agriculture is directly linked to soil. If soil quality deteriorates, the agricultural

productivity of the land decreases. The proximity of agricultural land, type of
irrigation and crop is very important. There is also positive impact of mining on
agriculture, as sufficient water is discharged from the mine, which can be utilized
for irrigation, increasing the productivity. Mine drainage water, in many mines,
are not contaminated except high-suspended solids, which can be removed by
simple settling.
The process of mining starts from scrapping of topsoil. Average topsoil in the
proposed area of excavation found to be around 3.1 m. Top soil will be
scrapped and stored in the designated place as shown in the respective stage
plans. Topsoil will be utilized in the embankment in the initial years, however,
will be spread over the reclaimed area in later phases during the progressive and
final closure of the mine. Stage wise topsoil generation and spreading schedule is
furnished in Table-4.8.
TABLE-4.8
YEAR WISE TOPSOIL DUMP
Sr.No Production Year Calendar Year Cummulative Topsoil

(M cum)
1 Year-1 2024-25 0.36
2 Year-3 2026-27 1.72
3 Year-5 2028-29 3.72
4 Year-7 2030-31 5.80
5 Year-10 2033-34 8.92
6 Year-15 2038-39 13.89
7 Year-20 2043-44 17.94
8 Year-25 2048-49 17.94
9 Year-30 2053-54 17.94
10 Post Closure
Year-33 2056-57 17.94
 Over Burden Management Plan
The overburden generated in the initial 5th years will be dumped on the surface
in the central part of the Block. Concurrent backfilling will commence from the
6th year of production commencement. Re-handling of the surface dump will
commence after final year of the production commencement and proposed to be
completed by end of post closure period. The temporary surface dump will be
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
utilized for active dumping till 10th Year of mining operation. Schedule of internal
dumping, external dumping and re-handling schedule is furnished in Table-4.9.
TABLE-4.9
PRODUCTION CALENDAR AND CUMULATIVE OB GENERATION OF
BANHARDIH COAL MINE
External
Year Calendar Coal OB Int. Top Soil Re-
OB
Year (MT) (Mcum) Dump. Dump. handling.
Dump.
(Mcum) (Mcum) (Mcum)
(Mcum)
Year-1 2024-25 1.00 12.00 0.00 0.36 11.64 0
Year-2 2025-26 7.50 40.00 0.00 0.88 39.12 0
Year-3 2026-27 15.00 84.00 0.00 1.72 82.28 0
Year-4 2027-28 24.00 134.00 0.00 2.68 131.32 0
Year-5 2028-29 34.50 186.00 0.00 3.72 182.28 0
Year-6 2029-30 45.50 238.00 17.99 4.76 215.25 0
Year-7 2030-31 57.50 290.00 36.55 5.80 247.65 0
Year-8 2031-32 69.50 342.00 56.93 6.84 278.23 0
Year-9 2032-33 81.50 394.00 83.07 7.88 303.05 0
Year-10 2033-34 93.50 446.00 114.32 8.92 322.76 0
Year-11 2034-35 105.50 498.00 165.28 9.96 322.76 0
Year-12 2035-36 117.50 550.00 216.24 11.00 322.76 0
Year-13 2036-37 129.50 602.00 267.20 12.04 322.76 0
Year-14 2037-38 141.50 654.00 318.16 13.08 322.76 0
Year-15 2038-39 151.50 694.50 357.85 13.89 322.76 0
Year-16 2039-40 159.50 735.00 397.54 14.70 322.76 0
Year-17 2040-41 167.50 775.50 437.23 15.51 322.76 0
Year-18 2041-42 175.50 816.00 476.92 16.32 322.76 0
Year-19 2042-43 183.50 856.50 516.61 17.13 322.76 0
Year-20 2043-44 191.50 897.00 556.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-21 2044-45 199.50 937.50 596.80 17.94 322.76 0
Year-22 2045-46 207.50 978.00 637.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-23 2046-47 214.00 1018.00 677.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-24 2047-48 220.50 1053.00 712.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-25 2048-49 227.00 1073.00 732.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-26 2049-50 233.50 1091.00 750.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-27 2050-51 239.00 1110.00 769.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-28 2051-52 243.50 1130.00 789.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-29 2052-53 248.00 1151.00 810.30 17.94 322.76 0
Year-30 2053-54 250.50 1173.00 832.30 17.94 322.76 0
Post Closure Waste Management
Year-31 2054-55 - - 832.30 17.94 240 82.76
Year-32 2055-56 - - 832.30 17.94 120 202.76
Year-33 2056-57 - - 832.30 17.94 0 322.76
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Mitigation Measures
The following control measures to prevent soil erosion and wash off of fines from
freshly excavated benches and dumps will be adopted:
 Garland drains will be provided around the mine to arrest any soil from the
mine area being carried away by the rain water;
 The bench levels will be provided with water gradient against the general pit
slope to decrease the speed of storm water and prevent its uncontrolled
descent;
 Special local stone paved chutes and channels will be provided to allow
controlled descent of water, especially from external dumps;
 Gullies formed, if any, on side of the benches will be provided with check
dams of local stone or sand filled bags;
 The inactive dump slopes will be planned with bushes, grass, shrubs and trees
to prevent soil erosion after applying top soil; and
 Retaining walls (with gabion, concrete or local stone) will be provided to

support the benches or any loose material and also to arrest sliding of loose
debris.
After exhaustion of the total workable coal reserves, within the lease area,
the changed land form will be subjected to post mining reclamation activities,
for best possible land uses.
Opencast mining operations lead to increment of air pollutants and dust (PM10
levels) levels due to mining activity. Major gaseous pollutant levels incremented
due to mining activity include NO2, SO2 and CO are basically generated from the
burning of fossil fuel in mobile and stationary sources. The dust levels are
increased due to physical activities like mechanization, movement of vehicles,
handling of solids and fugitive emissions from storage areas.
4.3.5.1 Phase-wise Sources of Air Pollutants in Mining Activity
The air pollution due to mining activity are broadly identified in two major phases
of mining activity as follows:
 Operational phase; and

 Post-operational phase.
 Operation Phase
During operation phase, the major sources of pollutants from the mining activity
include:
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Operation of heavy earth moving machinery (HEMM) which mostly run on

diesel;
 Excavation of coal through ripping, drilling, blasting and crushing operations;
 Loading /unloading operations;
 Transportation of coal/overburden in dumpers;
 Coal handling plants; and
 Fugitive emissions.
Specifically, particulate pollutants are generated from:
 Blasting in core mining area (for coal and OB extract);

 Waste handling areas like OB/topsoil/ ROM storage or handling areas;
 Fugitive emissions from mining, coal stockyards, CHP, waste dumps; and
 Haul roads and loading areas accessed by transportation vehicles and HEMM
deployment areas.
 Post-Operation Phase
During this stage of the project, the activities related to the closure of mine are to
be carried out. Final mine closure plan will be prepared and approved at least five
years before the closure of the mine. Some of the activities for the closure
susceptible to emission of air pollutants are:
 Activities related to the modifications in physical and biological reclamation of

backfilled area leading to gaseous and particulate emissions as well as
incremental dust levels due deployment of HEMM/transport vehicles;
 Salvaging and shifting operation of HEMMs and other equipment; and
 Deportation, dismantling and demolition activities related to clearing of coal
and other materials, restoration of infrastructure area & colony area to the
extent possible and necessary if not useful for other projects, etc.
4.3.5.2 Impacts of Air Pollutants in Mining Activity
Impacts due to air pollutants is scoped in two major sources of causatives include
deployment of mobile and stationary sources within mine operation. The impacts
due to these sources are highlighted below:
 Impact due to Stationary Sources
Electricity for operation of the mine is sourced from external electrical grid
through installation of a dedicated power substation. The major air emissions in
the mining area (within ML area) is accounted for dust and particulate emissions
(PM10). The major stationary emissions are envisaged from the mining activity
which includes drilling and blasting activities. The fugitive emissions from
stationary and mobile sources of emissions are discussed separately below.
 Impact due to Mobile Sources
The change in mining methodology are likely to contribute additional particulate

matter (PM), dust from area sources and nitrogen dioxide (NO2), carbon
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
monoxide (CO) and Hydrocarbons (HC) from automobile exhausts.
Air pollution sources at the mining site can be classified into three categories,
viz., area sources, line sources and instantaneous point sources. Extraction of
coal by various activities in mining area is considered as an area source.
Transportation of coal from mining area to the storage area is considered as line
source. Drilling is considered as point source.
PM and NO2 emissions are envisaged during blasting and transportation

operations. But these will be kept under control by monitoring regularly, the
emissions from exhaust and by sprinkling of water on haul roads etc.
Even though blasting generates NO2, it will be instantaneous and intermittent.

Also, NO2 emission from the vehicular movement on surface would be
intermittent and get dispersed quickly. The sources of pollutants are given in
Table-4.10.
TABLE-4.10
SOURCES OF POLLUTANTS
Sr. No Source Type of Pollutant

1 Mining activity (drilling, blasting and loading) PM, NO2
2 Transport of over burden (OB) waste for PM, NO2 , CO and HC
dumping/backfill and ore to sorting/sizing
3 Dumping of waste PM
4 Sorting of coal and loading PM
5 Transportation of sorted coal in surface stockyards PM, NO2, CO and HC
Further to above, as the project is proposed opencast mining project during the
mine the ambient air pollution is envisaged to be maximum in future.
 Fugitive Emissions
As per the mine plan, the production program of Banhardih coal mine will be
carried out by open cast mining (12 MTPA) based on the occurrence of coal seams.
Major fugitive emissions from the coal mining during opencast mining is addressed
below:
 Opencast Mining
Fugitive emissions in open cast mining are primarily related to:
 Emissions from material (in particular coal and overburden) storage,

loading/unloading are the stockyards and rail sidings, etc. The emissions from
surface coal stockyards and OB/waste dumps in dry season are rampant and
requires addressing of appropriate mitigation measures; and
 Coal Handling Plant (CHP) – the ROM from mine pits after extraction will be
loaded into receiving hoppers of the CHP which will be crushed to the required
size and conveyed (through a closed conveyer system) up to overhead truck
loading hoppers there by reducing the fugitive emissions to the extent possible.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Appropriate mitigation measures are addressed further in this aspect.
4.3.5.3 Predictive Air Dispersion Modelling of Mining Activity
The impact during the coal mining operation on the ambient air quality of the study
area has been predicted using mathematical modelling by following the guidelines
developed by CPCB. For prediction of maximum Ground Level Concentrations
(GLC’s), the air dispersion modelling software (AERMOD version 9.9.5) with SRTM
Digital elevation model (DEM) was used. AERMOD is steady state advanced
Gaussian plume model that simulates air quality and deposition fields up to 50 km
radius. AERMOD is approved by USEPA and is widely used software. It is an
advanced version of Industrial Source Complex (ISCST3) model, utilizes similar
input and output structure to ISCST3 sharing many of the same features, as well
as offering additional features. The model is applicable to rural and urban areas,
flat and complex terrain, surface and elevated releases and multiple sources
including point, area, flare, line and volume sources.
Dispersion modelling using AERMOD requires hourly meteorological data. Site

specific data is used for executing modelling studies. The site-specific
meteorological data is processed using AERMET processor.
 Details of Modelling Input Parameters and Results
Air dispersion modeling studies were conducted to determine the impact of the
opencast mining operations on nearby habitation and forests and the findings are
presented in this report. The model set-up details are presented in Table-4.11.
TABLE-4.11
MODEL SET-UP
Sr. No. Parameter Details

1 Model name AERMOD view (Version 9.9.5)
2 Model type Steady state Gaussian plume air dispersion model
3 Elevation data Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM DEM) with
30m resolution
4 Topography Rural, Elevated
5 Averaging Time 24 hours
6 Source type Point, Area, Open-Pit and Line source
7 Co-ordinate system Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM)
8 Receptor type Uniform Cartesian Grid
9 Receptor height 0
10 Anemometer 10 m
11 Surface meteorological data Site specific data processed by AERMET
12 Upper air data Upper air estimator using AERMET processor
 Model Input Data

The modelling has been carried to predict the impacts of the mining operations
using the emission factors and inputs as given in Table-4.12 and Table-4.13.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-4.12
EMISSION FACTORS/INPUTS FOR COAL MINING- PM
Emission Factor Equation Emission

Quantity
(g/s)
Crushing/Processing E = 0.02 Kg/T 8.4
Stockpile ((100-M)/M)^0.4 x ((a^2xs)/100-s) x (u/160 +3.73 21.43
u)
Drilling/Blasting 344 x (A)^0.8 x M^-1.9 x D^-1.8 1.09
Screening E=0.00037 Kg/T 0.15
Bulldozing 2.6 x s^1.2 x M^-1.4 0.43
Loading/Unloading 0.74 x 0.0016 x (u/2.2)^1.3 x (M/2)^-1.4 3.1
Haul Road K x (sL)^0.91 x (W)^1.02 1.1
Wind Erosion 2.4 x ((100-M)/100)^0.4 x (as/100-s)^0.1 x ((u/4) 1.11
+ 66u)^-0.4
TABLE-4.13
EMISSION INPUTS FOR DG SET & DUMPERS/TRUCKS WITHIN MINE LEASE
AREA
DG Capacity Release Diameter Exit Temperature Emission Emission

Set Height (m) Velocity °C Rate - Rate –
(m) (m/s) NOx CO
(g/s) (g/s)
1.5 x 4 MVA 30 0.3 17 210 11.65 4.45
Emission Working No of Shifts Emission Rate

Trucks Factor Days Trucks (g/s)
(g/VKT)
CPCB guideline
NOx 3.5 330 117 3 /day 0.042
CO 1.5 330 117 3 /day 0.018
HC 0.96 330 117 3 /day 0.012
 Meteorological Data
The hourly meteorological data recorded at site is converted to the mean

meteorological hourly data as specified by CPCB and the same has been used in
the model. In absence of site-specific mixing heights, mixing heights published in
‘Atlas of hourly mixing height and assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India’
2008 by India Meteorological Department, New Delhi has been used.
 Presentation of Results
Two scenarios were considered for the modelling
Scenario-I: Proposed coal mine of production capacity 12.0 MTPA
Scenario-II: Proposed coal mine-12.0 MTPA + Other Industries in 10 km radius

Sikni Coal Mine (6 MTPA)
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Scenario-I: Proposed Coal Mine (12.0 MTPA)
Dust as PM10 is the most important air pollutant to be generated in the core area
of the mining activity is addressed here. The coal will be transported from
Banhardih to Patratu STPP by rail, which is at distance of approximate 95 km by
rail. Hence, the modelling is done only for the trucks moving in the haul roads of
inside the coal mine. The details of trucks and its capacities is given in Table-
4.14. The predicted 24-hourly short-term ground level incremental concentration
for controlled & uncontrolled measures is given in Table-4.15. The resultant GLC
concentration is given in Table-4.16.
TABLE-4.14
DETAILS OF TRUCKS
Sr.No Specifications Units Capacity No.s

1 Rear dumpers Tons 100 63
2 Rear dumpers Tons 60 27
3 Dump trucks Tons 60 27
Source: Approved Mine Plan
TABLE-4.15
PREDICTED INCREMENTAL GLC’s –WINTER SEASON
Sr. No Paramet Without With 60 % With 80 Direction Distance

ers Control Control % Control (km)
Measures Measures Measures
µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3
1 PM10 55.2 19.9 11.0 SE 0.5
2 PM2.5 16.6 6.31 3.31 SE 0.5
With Control Measures
3 SO2 - 0.59 0.59 SE 0.6
4 NO2 - 8.86 8.86 SE 0.6
5 CO - 5.78 5.78 SE 0.6
TABLE-4.16
RESULTANT GLC’s-WINTER SEASON
Sr. No Paramete Baseline Incremental Resultant NAAQS

rs Concentratio Concentration Concentration Limit
n µg/m3 µg/m3
in µg/m3 (With 60 % (With 60 %
Control ) Control)
1 PM10 61.6 19.9 81.5 100
2 PM2.5 32.0 6.31 38.31 60
3 SO2 16.6 0.59 17.19 80
4 NO2 21.0 8.86 29.86 80
5 CO 334 5.78 339.78 2000
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
For PM control measures scenarios 80 % & 60 % reduction efficiency is

considered that can be attained by complying and following proper mitigation
measures.
The modelling results indicate that the maximum incremental concentration of

PM10 without controlled measures will be about 55.2 µg/m 3 within the Banhardih
mine lease area and with controlled measures the predicted air emission levels
are observed to be about 11.0 µg/m 3 (With 80 % control measures) & 19.9
µg/m3 (With 60 % control measures).
Similarly, that the maximum incremental concentration of PM 2.5 without controlled

measures will be about 16.6 µg/m3 within the NTPC Banhardih mine lease area
and with 80 % controlled measures the predicted air emission levels are observed
to be about 3.31 µg/m3. And with 60 % controlled measures is 6.31 µg/m3.
The operation of DG sets will be done only during emergency/disaster or failure of

regular power supply of mine. However, to predict worst case scenario,
intermittent emissions from DG Sets have also been accounted in modelling. The
incremental concentration of NOx and CO due to the intermittent activity of DG
Set and movement of heavy trucks within the mine lease area is about 8.86
µg/m3 and 5.78 µg/m3.
The vehicles will be having inbuilt control measures for SO2, NOX control
emissions. The predicted incremental concentrations (Max GLC’s) when
superimposed over the existing baseline concentrations, the resultant
concentrations are observed to be within the NAAQ’s Standards.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.2
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR PM 10
[WITHOUT CONTROL]-WINTER SEASON
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.3
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR PM 2.5
[WITHOUT CONTROL] -WINTER SEASON
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.4
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR PM 10 [WITH
80 % CONTROL]-WINTER SEASON
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.5
[WITH 80 % CONTROL]- WINTER SEASON
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.6
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR PM 10 [WITH
60 % CONTROL] -WINTER SEASON
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.7
[WITH 60 % CONTROL] -WINTER SEASON
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.8
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR SO2
[WITH CONTROL] -WINTER SEASON
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.9
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR NO x-
WINTER SEASON
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.10
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR CO
WINTER SEASON
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Scenario-II: Cumulative Modeling Results
There are no major operating or proposed major industry within 10 km radius

study area of Proposed Banhardih project, except Sikni Coal mines (6 MTPA)
which is located 0.3 km South of proposed Banhardih project.
As Sikini is an operating coal mine, the impacts of same are already reflected in
the baseline environmental scenario. However, theoretical modelling undertaken
to predict cumulative incremental concentration of both mine.
The cumulative incremental concentrations for the proposed Banhardih coal mine
and Sikni coal mine with and without control measures are given in Table-4.17
(A, B & C).
TABLE-4.17 (A)
PREDICTED 24-HOURLY SHORT-TERM GROUND LEVEL INCREMENTAL
CONCENTRATIONS FOR PARTICULATE MATTER-UNCONTROLLED
MEASURES – CUMULATIVE (WINTER SEASON)
Uncontrolled
Sr.No Parameters GLC (µg/m3) Direction Distance
(km)
1 PM10 76.4 SE 1.5
2 PM2.5 22.9 SE 1.5
TABLE-4.17 (B)
CONCENTRATIONS FOR PARTICULATE MATTER-CONTROLLED MEASURES
– CUMULATIVE (WINTER SEASON)
Controlled
Sr.No Parameters GLC (µg/m3) Direction Distance
(km)
1 PM10 19.10 SE 1.5
2 PM2.5 5.73 SE 1.5
TABLE-4.17 (C)
CONCENTRATIONS FOR NOx, CO CONTROLLED – CUMULATIVE (WINTER
SEASON)
Controlled
Sr. No Parameters Incremental Direction Distance
GLC (µg/m3) (km)
1 NOx 12.30 SE 0.6
2 SO2 2.29 SE 0.6
3 CO 7.49 SE 0.6
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
The isopleths representing the incremental concentration due to the mining and
related activity as well as cumulative concentration with surrounding mines within
10 km radius - controlled and uncontrolled measures are shown in Figure 4.11 –
4.17.
FIGURE-4.11
[WITHOUT CONTROL]-SCENARIO-II
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.12
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR PM2.5
[WITHOUT CONTROL]-SCENARIO-II
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.13
[WITH CONTROL] -SCENARIO-II
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.14
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR PM2.5
[WITH CONTROL]- SCENARIO-II
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.15
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR NO x
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.16
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR CO
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.17
ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR SO2
[WITH CONTROL]-SCENARIO-II
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
As discussed above, there will be increase in terms of dust load due to mining
operations. The above surface activities too cause insignificant emissions and will be
confined to the lease area only and will not have any adverse impact on the outside
community. The proposed mining activities will have impact on air quality.
4.3.5.4 Impact due to Transportation on Air Quality
Coal from the CHP will be transported through a surface conveyor to the
silos/load out point located at southern boundary of the block, loading into
railway wagon through rapid loading system and to be dispatched through the
railways. The coal will be transported from Banhardih to Patratu STPP by rail,
which is at distance of approximate 95 km by rail.
The entire sequence of mineral production, transportation, handling, transfer and

storage of mineral and waste, and their impacts on air quality is shown in
Figure-4.18 (As per Generic TOR-16).
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C4-42
FIGURE-4.18
ENTIRE SEQUENCE OF MINERAL PRODUCTION, TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, TRANSFER AND STORAGE OF
MINERAL WASTE AND THEIR IMPACTS ON AIR QUALITY
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Impact on Villages
The incremental concentrations of PM 10 & PM2.5 on villages within M.L area & AAQ
monitoring locations is given in Table-4.18 & Table-4.19.
TABLE-4.18
INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS OF PM 10 & PM2.5
ON VILLAGES WITHIN ML AREA
Sr.No Habitation PM10 PM2.5

(µg/m3) (µg/m3)
1 Barwadih 4.67 1.38
2 Renchi 0.30 0.09
3 Banhardih 8.45 2.61
4 Bari 0.18 0.06
5 Ate 0.19 0.054
6 Jagaldagga 2.08 0.62
7 Rampur 0.04 0.01
8 Sabano 1.21 0.4
9 Surli 1.46 0.44
10 Tota 0.18 0.05
TABLE-4.19
INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS PM10 & PM2.5
ON AAQ MONITORING LOCATIONS
Sr.No AAQ locations PM10 PM2.5

(µg/m3) (µg/m3)
AAQ1 ML Area near - Chattasemal 2.49 0.17
AAQ2 Karhima 0.08 0.02
AAQ3 Sasang 0.47 0.14
AAQ4 Rampur 0.04 0.01
AAQ5 Near Renchi PF 0.06 0.02
AAQ6 Rakhantoli 2.76 0.82
AAQ7 Jagaldaga 2.08 0.62
AAQ8 Latdag Near PF 0.07 0.02
AAQ9 Jalim Kalan 0.53 0.16
AAQ10 Muka 0.05 0.02
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Impact on Reserve Forests
The impacts on the Reserve Forest (R.F) blocks have been computed based on
the incremental concentration. There are 16 Reserve Forest blocks present in
5 km radius. The incremental concentrations over the reserve forests are
given in Table-4.20.
TABLE-4.20
INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS ON RESERVE FORESTS BLOCKS
Sr. No Reserve Forest PM10 PM2.5

(µg/m3) (µg/m3)
1 Udayapura PF (Within Mine Lease) 6.79 1.96
2 Sabanu P. F 1.65 0.53
3 Banhardih P. F 4.21 1.28
4 Surli P. F 0.17 0.07
5 Renchi P. F 0.78 0.21
6 Serak P. F 0.22 0.08
7 Aragundi P. F 0.33 0.1
8 Jadiang P. F 0.10 0.05
9 Amwatikar R. F 0.91 0.26
10 Latdag P. F 0.08 0.02
11 Rajbar P. F 0.02 0.006
12 Holang P. F 0.11 0.03
13 Obar P. F 0.23 0.07
14 Gurtur P. F 0.04 0.01
15 Khariya P. F 0.02 0.008
16 Mangra P. F 1.05 0.30
4.3.5.5 Mitigation Measures for Impact due to Mining Activity
Mitigation measures suggested for air pollution controls are based on the baseline
ambient air quality of the area. From the point of view of maintenance of an
acceptable ambient air quality in the region, it is desirable that air quality is
monitored on a regular basis to check compliance of standards as prescribed by
regulatory authorities. Fugitive dust will be generated in open cast mine due to
drilling, blasting, handling of overburden and coal. To control dust from various
operations following measures will be restored.
a. The production of blast fumes containing noxious gases should be reduced by

the following methods:
 Proper and proportionate mixing of fuel oil with ammonium nitrate to

ensure complete detonation;
 Use of adequate booster/primer; and
 Proper stemming of the blast hole.
 Drilling Operations
The following steps will be taken to reduce dust generation due to drilling activities:
 Dust produced during deep large blast hole drilling will be controlled by
maintaining the drilling speed as recommended by the manufactures;
 All the drills will be equipped with well-designed dust extractor arrangement;
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Wet drilling will be practised & drills fitted with dust control devices will be used;
and
 Proper maintenance and handling of drilling equipment will be maintained for

good operational efficiency reducing resource utilisation.
 Blasting Operations
The following practices will be maintained in order to reduce dust generation:
 Recommended design of the geometry of blast holes will be maintained for
appropriate results;
 Use of proper amount of explosive taking into consideration the geo-mechanical

conditions of the site are maintained and avoid excessive dust generation;
 Controlled blasting will usually be done in daytime during the shift change over
period; and
 The operation will be in conformity with the existing laws with closer control of
blasting parameters including results of blasting like desired fragmentation,
permitted vibration, etc.
 Loading and Transport

The following measures will be observed to reduce the increment of dust levels
during operation of mine:
 The length of haul road will be reduced to the minimum possible. The permanent
haul roads will be boulder pitched and maintained properly;
 The un-metalled roads will be kept free of ruts, potholes, etc;
 Regular maintenance of HEMM engines to limit emission of harmful exhaust
fumes;
 Provision of gas filter for exhaust fumes from HEMM.
 Provision of auto-start, time cycle controlled, fine nozzle mounted fixed
sprinklers at siding and haul roads. " Physical removal of dust from the roads;
 Greenbelts around quarry, industrial sites, service building area besides avenue
plantation along roads; and
 PUC (Pollution under control) will be continuously monitored for trucks carrying
coal to the end use plants and will always be environmentally compliant.
 Coal Handling Plant

The following control measures will be adopted during coal handling:
 Suppression of coal dust during coal handling by fine nozzle mounted fixed
sprinklers;
 Minimization of the height of coal-fall at transfer points to reduce the dust

generation. Improved maintenance of plant and machinery; and
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Covered coal conveyor & CHP is envisaged to minimize the dispersion of dust
emissions.
Controlling CO Levels
The concentration of CO in the ambient air is found to be below permissible levels

at all the air quality monitoring locations. Expected increase in the CO
concentration will be very low as CO emissions from mining operations are less as
compared to other pollutants. Heavy and light vehicles are the major sources of
CO in the mine. All vehicles and their exhausts will be well maintained and
regularly tested for pollutants concentration.
Controlling NO2 Levels
NO2 emissions in the mine mainly occur during blasting operations. The main
reasons for NO2 emissions are:
 Poor quality of explosives having large oxygen imbalance;

 Manufacturing defect;
 Use of expired explosives in which ingredients have disintegrated; and
 Incomplete detonation, which may be due to low Primer to Column ratio.
To ensure low NO2 levels following control measures will be adopted:
 Use of good quality explosives having proper oxygen balance with regular
monitoring;
 Regular updating of the date of manufacture/expiry to avoid confusions. A
normal procedure should be formulated to check/visually inspect all
explosives, and if disintegrated ingredients are spotted, the explosives won't
be used, even if the date has not expired; and
 The primer to column ratio would be rationalized so as to produce minimum
NO2.
4.3.6 Impact on Water Resources
4.3.6.1 Water Resources
MLD; Industrial – 8.95 MLD). The break-up of water requirement is given in
Table-4.21. The water balance diagram is given in Figure-4.19.

suspended solids.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
happen only in the rainy season due to sudden inrush of storm water. The break
up of water requirement is given in Table-4.21.
TABLE-4.21
BREAK UP OF WATER REQUIREMENT
Sr.No Description Water Requirement (in MLD)

1 Potable 2.30
2 Industrial 8.95
Total 11.25
FIGURE-4.19
WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
4.3.6.2 Impact on Ground Water and Surface Water Resources
The likely sources of water pollution from Banhardih along with type of pollutants
are as follows:
o Industrial wastewater from work shop: suspended solids, oil & grease;
o Wastewater from mine: suspended solids of coal, clay and oil;
o Surface run-off passing through coal stock piles: suspended solids; and
o Storm water from lease hold area and built-up area: suspended solids.
The impact of mining on both surface water source and ground water resource
has been assessed as follows:
A. Surface water sources
 Disruption of natural drainage pattern in the core zone;

 Deterioration of water quality & pollution of water bodies; and
 Siltation and choking of water courses causing scarcity of surface water.
B. Ground water resources
 Affected due to mine workings;

 Affected due to mine water. Consequently, the water table of the peripheral
villages/ Bastis may get lowered; and
 Disruption in ground water aquifers.
For complying with the statutory provisions of MoEF&CC and Pollution Control
Board, water quality will be monitored and evaluated. Corrective measures
will be taken on the basis of monitoring results. As the mining operations
advance there may be changes in the water quality due to mine water
discharge, workshop effluent discharge, domestic, sewage, etc. The following
measures are suggested to control the water pollution:
o Sufficient safeguards during the planning stage to make the project eco-
friendly from water pollution control point of view;
o HEMMs will be used for OB removal in the opencast mine of the project.
Effluent from workshop will be treated in the effluent treatment plant with
zero discharge;
o Sanitary wastewater will be treated mainly for total suspended solids (TSS)
and bio-chemical oxygen demand (BOD). Domestic effluents will be treated in
septic tanks and soak pits;
o Drains will be provided around coal stacks to collect run-off water and
diverting it into settling ponds before discharging it into natural water
courses; and
o Sufficient standby capacity will be provided in the main/ intermediate sumps,

so that the suspended solids generated due to mine workings settle down and
comparatively cleaner water is discharged to the surface drainage system.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
4.3.6.3 Water Conservation Measures
The following measures will substantiate the water requirement of the project and
enhance ground water recharge to reduce the impact of lowering of water table
due to mine dewatering in the vicinity and downstream:
1. Rainwater harvesting from infrastructure, dumps and backfilled area;

2. Settling-cum-harvesting ponds;
3. Recharge wells; and
4. Water collection sumps in mine pits.
 This mine will work on zero effluent discharge;

 Garland drains will be provided around the pit to prevent the entry of
rainwater into the mining pit;
 Garland drain along with siltation bund will be provided around dumps to
retain the water percolation coming from waste dumps for settling of solid
particles; and
 Septic tanks and soak pits will be provided for the disposal of domestic
effluent.
Hydrogeological Impacts
The impact of proposed project on water regime may be in different ways and on
surface or ground water or both. The impacts on water regime due to the project
can be:
 Surface Water
 Loss of surface features such as lakes, streams and ponds;

 Surface water inflow and precipitation related recharge;
 Regional surface movement;
 Increase in surface and ground water interaction with the mine working;
and
 Drawl of surface water.
 Ground Water
 Ground water inflow into the mine;

 Drawl of ground water;
 Regional ground water movement; and
 Pathways for post closure flow resulting from overall mine design.
 Water Quality
 Ground water inflow, with subsequent contact with mining related

pollutants;
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Discharge of polluted water/waste water;

 Contaminated leachate from waste disposal/dumping of solid waste; and
 Operational and post closure geochemistry and resulting toxics mobility.
A. Surface Water
 Impact due to Mining on Surface Water
The Bagdagga nala and Rajdaha nalas and their tributaries form the main
Surli, Huchlu and Bari villages. Due to undulating nature of the land, number of
indicating a possible presence of fracture.
The mining activity will disturb the drainage courses of Bagdagga and Rajdaha
nalas in the ML area and thereby the run-off carried by these downstream.
Bagdagga nala drainage courses exits ML area as two nalas from the southern
part and Rajdaha nala drainage courses exits ML area as one single nala from the
western part. Catchments of these nala courses is shown in below Figure-4.20.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.20
CONCEPTUAL PLAN WITH NALA DIVERSION AND PIEZOMETERS
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
The run-off values calculated considering average run-off coefficient of 0.25 from
the catchment areas and average monthly rainfall for Daltonganj station are
presented in Table-4.22. The annual volume of surface run-off from Rajdaha,
Bagdagga1 and 2 catchments is estimated at 5.68 MCM, 4.95 MCM and 2.40 MCM
respectively. These nala exits will be provided with settling ponds connecting the
garland drains and drainage from open land to allow clean into the nallas outside
the ML area to maintain original natural flow of clean water downstream.
However, a detailed study needs to be carried out to plan and design for
appropriate diversion arrangement for these nalas.
TABLE-4.22
RUN-OFF FROM BAGDAGGA AND RAJDAHA NALA CATCHMENTS
Bagdagga1 Bagdagga2 Rajdaha

Month Rainfall Run-off m³ Run-off Run-off m³ Run-off Run-off Run-off
mm MCM MCM m³ MCM
Jan 14.00 59,734.22 0.06 28,928.79 0.03 68,574.57 0.07
Feb 23.40 99,841.48 0.10 48,352.40 0.05 1,14,617.50 0.11
Mar 14.00 59,734.22 0.06 28,928.79 0.03 68,574.57 0.07
Apr 15.40 65,707.64 0.07 31,821.67 0.03 75,432.03 0.08
May 28.10 1,19,895.11 0.12 58,064.21 0.06 1,37,638.97 0.14
Jun 165.40 7,05,717.15 0.71 3,41,772.95 0.34 8,10,159.60 0.81
Jul 332.10 14,16,981.04 1.42 6,86,232.15 0.69 16,26,686.84 1.63
Aug 295.70 12,61,672.07 1.26 6,11,017.31 0.61 14,48,392.95 1.45
Sep 195.70 8,34,999.07 0.83 4,04,383.11 0.40 9,58,574.57 0.96
Oct 57.60 2,45,763.65 0.25 1,19,021.29 0.12 2,82,135.39 0.28
Nov 11.70 49,920.74 0.05 24,176.20 0.02 57,308.75 0.06
Dec 6.40 27,307.07 0.03 13,224.59 0.01 31,348.38 0.03
Total 1,159.50 49,47,273.47 4.95 23,95,923.45 2.40 56,79,444.13 5.68
Source: Hydrogeology Report
In the absence of river flow/level measurement data on these nalas, the peak
discharge at the exit points of these nalas is estimated using modified Dicken’s
formula used for design/peak discharge estimation considering catchment area
and run-off coefficient Peak discharge from Rajdaha, Bagdagga 1 and 2
catchments is estimated at 130.28 cumecs, 117.56 cumecs and 68.25 cumecs
respectively. Tentative capacities of settling ponds and detention period for 50%
of 1-hour and 24-hour heaviest rainfall events (100.81 mm and 290.8 mm
respectively).
A berm of 3 m all along the pit crest is planned to prevent entry of storm water
into the pit. This water will be channelized along the pit which will then follow the
natural course. A garland drain of 5-7 m width and about 4-5 m deep has been
planned along the lease boundary to channelize the storm water from the
catchment area. In the initial years, this garland drain will connect the natural
drainage through central part of the block. Pumping arrangement on year-to-year
basis will be followed as per monsoon planning to drain the storm water.
 Impact Due to Auranga River on Mining
The Banardih coal block falls in the Auranga coalfield surrounded by the older
terrain with low ridges and depressions. Elevation level of boreholes reveals that
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
the minimum of 423.17 m in borehole no.2W and maximum of 459.90 m in

borehole no.20E. Around 25% of the block is covered with Protected Forest (PF)
located in the western part. Partly, the villages like Serak, Renchi, Banardih, Surli
covered with cultivated land and residential hutments.
Auranga river flows from south-east to north-west up to the western boundary of

the ML area at a minimum distance of 1.80 km towards south and flows out of
the study area from west. The elevations of ML area and Auranga River in the
east are 459.90 m and 430 m amsl respectively and in the west are 409 m and
389 m amsl respectively indicating that Auranga River flows at approximately 20
to 30 m lower level than the ML area. Hence, any flooding from Auranga River is
not envisaged.
 Ground Water Withdrawal from Bore Wells
MLD; Industrial – 8.95 MLD).
The total water requirement will be initially met from bore wells.
Borewells/ground water/rainfall accumulated has been assumed to be the source
of potable water requirement. For all industrial usage of water, the treated mine
water pumped out from the sumps will be used after treatment of suspended
solids at later stage as the mining work progresses.
The stage of ground water development in Latehar and Chandwa blocks is 38.89
% and 26.49 % respectively and categorized as “Safe”. The stage of ground
water development including present project requirement in the study area is
estimated as 12.61% and can be categorized as “Safe”.
Hence the long-term ground water withdrawal will be only 2,300 m³/day (0.759
MCM/year) and it will not have any adverse impact. However, to neutralize the
ground water withdrawal, the project is advised to undertake necessary rain
water harvesting and recharge measures.
 Mine Seepage
The depth of mining will vary from 41.045 m bgl during 1 st year to 293.000 m bgl
during 7th year and it will be 304.000 m bgl at the conceptual stage. The average
surface elevation of the pits is at 340.000 m amsl and the bottom elevation at the
maximum pit depth stage is 140.000 m amsl. The average monsoon water level
in the ML area is around 426.69 m amsl and during non-monsoon season, it is
around 424.10 m amsl. Hence, the mine workings will intersect water table
during the 1st year itself and seepage of ground water in to the mine pits will
continue till the end of life of the mine.
Mine workings will be planned in such a way that working faces and haul roads
shall remain dry as far as possible. To achieve this, the seepage water should be
diverted to a water collection sump at lower level of mine pit and pumped out
from there. The mine seepage at different stages of mining is worked out using
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Darcy’s equation as below and details are presented in Table-4.23. and

schematic diagram with mine geometry and water levels is presented in Figure-
4.21.
Q = KbIL
where,
Q = Mine seepage (m³/day)

K = Permeability (m/day)
b = Saturated aquifer thickness (m)
I = Hydraulic gradient
L = Length of aquifer exposed in mine pit (m)
The permeability, which is synonymously known as hydraulic conductivity is taken

from pumping and recovery test analysis (0.53 m/day). The saturated thickness
of the aquifer has been estimated based on the water table in ML area and mine
pit depth along the strike direction. The saturated thickness varies from 34.10 m
during non-monsoon period in the 1st year to 286.69 m during monsoon period at
the conceptual stage. Period from July to November (150 days) has been
considered as monsoon period leading to recharge and rise in water levels. The
average hydraulic gradient at the mine face is taken as 0.0084 m/m.
The annual mine seepage rate varies from 448.00 m³/day during 1 st year to
2,337.00 m³/day during 7th year and it is 1,189 m³/day at the conceptual stage.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.21
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF MINE PIT GEOMETRY AND WATER TABLE
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-4.23
MINE SEEPAGE AT DIFFERENT STAGES
Monsoon Season Non-Monsoon Season

Length of Depth of Saturated Mine Mine Saturated Mine Mine Total Total Mine
Stage/Pit Pitalong Pit (m) thickness Seepage Seepage thickness Seepage Seepage Mine Seepage
strike (m) (m)b m³/day MCM/Sea (m)b m³/day MCM/Sea Seepage MCM/Year
L son son m³/day
Year-1 1420 41.05 36.69 232 0.035 34.10 216 0.046 448.00 0.081
Year-3 1150 139.00 136.69 701 0.105 134.10 688 0.148 1389.00 0.253
Year-5 - - - - - - - - - -
Pit-1 571 291.10 286.69 933 0.140 284.10 904 0.194 1837.00 0.334
Pit-2 1530 150.34 136.69 933 0.140 134.10 915 0.197 1848.00 0.337
Year-7 918 293.00 286.69 1174 0.176 284.10 1163 0.250 2337.00 0.426
Conceptual 467 304.00 286.69 597 0.090 284.10 592 0.127 1189.00 0.217
 Radius of Influence
A cone of depression occurs in an aquifer when ground water is pumped from a

well. In an unconfined aquifer (water table), this is an actual depression of the
water levels. In confined aquifers (artesian), the cone of depression is a reduction
in the pressure head surrounding the pumped well. Radius of influence is the
radial distance from the centre of a well to the point where there is no lowering of
the water table or potentiometric surface (the edge of its cone of depression).
Pit details at different stages, equivalent pit radius and radius of influence worked
out are presented in Table-4.24. The radius of influence from the centre of mine
pit due to mine seepage dewatering at different stages will be 545.34 m to
1,423.01 m during monsoon season and 551.75 m to 1,422.36 m during non-
monsoon season. The distance of pit wall will be 219.11 m to 361.15 m during
monsoon season and 225.52 m to 360.80 m during non-monsoon season.
TABLE-4.24
RADIUS OF INFLUENCE DUE TO MINE DE-WATERING
Monsoon Season Non-Monsoon Season

Pit and Length Width Equivalen Saturated Saturated Saturated Saturated
Stage (m) (m) t Radius Thickness Thickness Radius of Thickness Thickness Radius of
(m) Before After Influence Before After Pumping Influence
Pumping Pumping (m) Pumping (m) (m)
(m) (m) (m)
Year-1 1420 1320 1092.37 36.69 0.00 1423.01 34.10 0.00 1422.36
Year-3 1150 1000 682.61 136.69 0.00 945.74 134.10 0.00 945.62
Year-5 - - - - - - - - -
Pit-1 571 460 326.23 286.69 0.00 545.34 284.10 0.00 551.75
Pit-2 1530 974 974.01 136.69 0.00 1244.39 134.10 0.00 1244.50
Year-7 918 549 451.89 286.69 0.00 679.78 284.10 0.00 679.87
Conceptual 467 454 293.10 286.69 0.00 654.25 284.10 0.00 653.90
B. Water Quality
A review of surface and ground water sample analysis indicates that the water
quality in the study area in general is good and potable except slightly higher
values of turbidity, total hardness, total alkalinity, calcium and magnesium in
some ground water samples.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Impact on water quality during construction and operation of any project may be
due to sewage generated from the domestic facilities, wastewater generated from
different operations, waste and oil spillage from the workshop, ash or other waste
disposal etc. It is important to ensure that the water discharged from the project
meet the relevant disposal norms and water used in the project meets the
relevant national standards.
Regular water monitoring will be done for the accumulated water. Corrective
measures will be taken on the basis of monitoring results. Except increase in the
TDS level for the storm water, water quality is believed to be maintained within
the prescribed limits of CPCB. In usual condition of the mining, this mine will
operate in a “Zero Discharge” scenario. The mine pit accumulated water will be
pumped and stored in the central sump for workshop, sprinkling and plantation
use. Water discharge may happen only in the rainy season due to sudden inrush
of storm water.
There will not be any process effluent generation from the ML area, however
effluent generated from mine workshop will be treated using oil-grease separator
and reused. Domestic effluents will be treated in septic tanks and soak pits.
Drains will be provided around coal stacks to collect run-off water and diverting it
in to settling ponds before discharging it into natural water courses. Sufficient
standby capacity and detention time of 3 to 4 hours will be provided in the
main/intermediate sumps so that the suspended solids generated due to mine
workings settle down and comparatively cleaner water is discharged to the
surface drainage system. The mine can be converted to “Water Positive” mine
and surplus water can be supplied for irrigation after being treated properly.
Spillage of hazardous material such as waste oil, used paints, colour material,
used batteries from store, workshop etc., may reach surface and ground water
causing deterioration of water quality. These hazardous wastes shall be disposed
off as per Hazardous Waste Amendment Rules and it will be sent to an authorized
dealer.
4.3.6.4 Water Conservation Measures
Water levels in and in the vicinity of ML area varies from 0.70 m to 3.97 m bgl
during post-monsoon and 4.35 m to 7.50 m bgl during pre-monsoon. The
average water level of last 10 years in Latehar and Chandwa monitoring wells is
3.56 m bgl.
As per manual on artificial recharge, Central Ground Water Board (CGWB), the
upper 3.0 m of the unsaturated zone is not considered for recharging, since it
may cause adverse environmental impact e.g., water logging, soil salinity etc.
The post-monsoon depth to water level represents a situation of minimum
thickness of vadose zone available for recharge which can be considered vis-à-vis
surplus monsoon run-off in the area.
Hence, as per Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) guidelines, the shallow nature
of water levels less than 4.00 m bgl during post-monsoon does not insist on any
intensive artificial recharge measures on the surface. Rather, direct recharge to
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
the deeper aquifer(s) that will be dewatering during the course of mining is
advised. However, to understand the quantum of water available from ML area
for rain water harvesting, reuse and ground water recharge, tentative run-off
estimation from different land use categories during 5th year is worked out and
presented in Table-4.25.
TABLE-4.25
RAINFALL AVAILABLE FOR RAINWATER HARVESTING
AND RECHARGE IN ML AREA
Year Area Rainfall Rainfall 80% Rainfall 80% Sump Capacity

(ha) (mm) Accumulati Accumulation Accumulation (m³)
on(m³) (m³) (MCM) For Heaviest
24 hr rainfall
Year-1 142.93 1,159.50 16,57,273.00 13,25,818.40 1.33 4,15,640.00
Year-3 201.61 1,159.50 23,37,668.00 18,70,134.40 1.87 5,86,282.00
Year-5 295.70 1,159.50 34,28,642.00 27,42,913.60 2.74 8,59,896.00
Year-7 216.04 1,159.50 25,04,984.00 20,03,987.20 2.00 6,28,244.00
Conceptual 129.24 1,159.50 14,98,538.00 11,98,830.40 1.20 3,75,830.00
The following measures will substantiate non-domestic water requirement of

project and ground water recharge to reduce the impact of lowering water table
in the vicinity and downstream due to ground water abstraction from bore wells
and dewatering from mine pits:
1. Rainwater harvesting from roof tops;

2. Settling-cum-recharge ponds;
3. Recharge wells along diversion channels and stream course; and
 Rainwater Harvesting for Project Use
Roof top areas in infrastructure area covering approximately 8.93 ha which is

proposed during the 1st year itself is found to be feasible for taking up roof top
rain water harvesting and use for the project needs other than drinking. Rain
water from rooftops is not safe for drinking since many particles and substances
like fecal deposits from animals may be found on roof.
The amount of rainfall available from these roof tops estimated using average
rainfall of 1159.50 mm as per IMD data and run-off coefficients suggested by
Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA) is 80,962.57 m³.
The components of roof top harvesting will include the following:
 Coarse mesh at the roof to prevent the passage of debris;

 Drain pipes that carry rain water from the roof top area to the harvesting
system;
 First flushing that ensures that run-off from the first spell of rain is flushed out
and does not enter the system;
 Filter to remove suspended pollutants from rain water collected over the roof
storage structure; and
 Pumping arrangement for abstraction and use.
Considering only 80% of the run-off available volume after evaporation, spillage
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
and first flush wastage, 70,370.06 m³ (0.070 MCM) is the run-off volume
estimated as available for project activities. The capacity of storage structure for
the heaviest rainfall received in 24 hours (290.80 mm) shall be 22,000 m³
whereas for the rainfall received during the wettest month of July (332.10 mm)
shall be 25,000 m³. Any overflow from the storage tanks shall be diverted to the
nearest storm water drain to reach the natural surface flow. A typical roof top
water harvesting model is presented in Figure-4.22.
FIGURE-4.22
TYPICAL ROOF TOP RAINWATER HARVESTING MODEL
 Artificial Recharge
As mentioned earlier above, any additional artificial recharge measures on surface

apart from the settling ponds which are necessary to control the sediment carried
from haul roads, working surfaces, dumps etc. in the upstream are not advisable.
 Settling-cum-Recharge Ponds
the catchment areas and average monthly rainfall for Daltonganj station. The
annual volume of surface run-off from Rajdaha, Bagdagga1 and 2 catchments is
estimated at 5.68 MCM, 4.95 MCM and 2.40 MCM respectively. These nala exits
will be provided with settling ponds connecting the garland drains and drainage
from open land to allow clean into the nallas outside the ML area to maintain
original natural flow of clean water downstream. Tentative capacities of settling
ponds and detention period for 50% of 1-hour and 24-hour heaviest rainfall
events (100.81 mm and 290.8 mm respectively). Assuming an average depth of
2.5 m, about 0.463 MCM of recharge is expected from these ponds for 50% of 1-
hour heaviest rainfall event.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Recharge Wells: The run-off from roads and paved area, greenbelt, dumps and
undisturbed area (this will vary with the progress of mine workings) will be routed
through garland drains and other storm water drains through silt traps and
settling ponds to allow clean water downstream. The amount of run-off from
these areas during 5th year will be 22,54,865.15 m³ and considering 80% of this
run-off after evaporation and other losses, 18,03,892.12 m³ will be discharged
through storm water and garland drains downstream after passing through the
silt traps and settling ponds. Recharge wells can be installed along these drains to
take the advantage of run-off directly recharging the aquifer being dewatered
from mine pits. Considering a 20% of recharge from the run-off through these
wells, 3,60,778.42 m³ (0.361 MCM) is expected as recharge. A typical artificial
recharge system through recharge well is presented in Figure-4.23. The
components of this artificial recharge system will include the following:
 Storm water drains to route run-off from the open area to the infiltration
pond;
 Silt trap to filter silt and suspended matter from rain water diverted from the
catchment;
 Inlet for diverting the run-off into the recharge pit in a controlled manner;
 Outlet at a lower level than inlet to avoid any backwater effect and safely
discharge excess run-off during peak events from the recharge pit; and
 Recharge well as an induced recharge measure to allow water from the pond
by gravity to the deeper aquifer.
FIGURE-4.23
TYPICAL RECHARGE WELL IN ML AREA
 Mine Pit Sumps
In open cast mining, surface and ground water seeping into mine pits must be
controlled to allow efficient mining operations. Run-off from the surrounding land
surface must be diverted away from mine, for example by using collector drains
and diversion bunds. Within a mine, any surface water and ground water seepage
must be controlled by the drains and sumps to collect the water away from
working areas. This method involves allowing surface water falling from the
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
rainfall within mine pit and ground water seepage to enter the pit, then directing
it to sumps to temporarily store via drains and ditches, from where it is pumped
away to the surface.
The entire water diverted from the mine working areas and ground water seepage
after the mine pit intersecting ground water will not be pumped at a stretch and
there will be minimum water column in the mine water collection sump. This will
act as recharge structure through porous media in the side walls and pit bottom.
Details of surface water collected from rainfall and ground water seepage at
different stages. Location and size of the water collection sump will vary
depending on the progress of mine workings. Recharge from the mine pit sump
as per the sump capacities ranges from 0.071 MCM during 1 st year to 0.064 MCM
at the conceptual stage.
Area Drainage Study
A detailed Area Drainage Study has been carried out by M/s. Vimta Labs Ltd
(Attached as Annexure-XX). An application for nallah diversion is submitted to
Irrigation Department on 26.04.2022 (Copy attached as Annexure-XXI)
As per ToR clause no. 4 (x), permission for diversion of nala/water bodies lying in
the project area from State Water Resource Department to be obtained and
impact of diversion of nala on nearby areas and villages shall be studied. The
summary and conclusions of study are given below:
Peak discharge from the catchments of Bagdagga, Rajdaha and Sukri nalas has
been calculated using Dicken’s formula, formula used locally (revised Dicken’s),
Ryve’s formula and Hydrologic Modelling System (HEC-HMS). Peak discharge
estimated using Hydrologic Modelling System (HEC-HMS) is found to be highest
and is considered for designing nalas proposed for diversion.
Two design options – Option1: along haul road proposed and Option2: along
lease boundary. Section A-B covers diversion of Bagdagga1 upper catchment
drainage and Section B-C covers diversion of Bagdagga2 catchment drainage.
Since the difference between Section A-B and B-C is not much and only run-off
from initial drainage courses joins the Section B-C in major portion, the highest of
these two – section A-B for both option1 and 2 may be continued from A-C for
entire nala diversion proposed.
A review of run-off generated from the ML area at different stages of mining

indicates that there will be a reasonable reduction in run-off to 95.59% at the end
of plan period (5 years) and to 52.96% at the final stage due to change in land
use. Settling ponds near the nala exit points, berm along the pit crest, toe walls
and garland drains are planned to prevent entry of storm water into the pit, allow
clean water into the nallas outside the ML area, channelize the storm water from
the catchment area and maintain original natural flow downstream to the extent
possible.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
4.3.7 Impact due to Noise and Vibration
4.3.7.1 Impact due to Mining Activity
Major sources of noises from mining activity are delineated below:
 Drilling operations in the coal seams;

 Blasting in coal & O.B;
 Operation in HEMM like shovels, dumpers, dozers, graders, front end loaders
etc.; and
 Operation of equipment in workshop and mining activity etc.
The noise associated with mining activities may be classified into 3 types:
 Continuous;
 Intermittent; and
 Impulse.
The workmen associated with the operation of HEMMS etc will experience a noise
level above stipulated 90 dB(A). For more than 4-4.5 hrs shift, unless suitable
mitigative measures are taken, high noise pollution will have impact on the
workmen.
The noise generation from the working of mine and for the proposed project will
be from various sources, which may originate from various locations. For the
purpose of noise dispersion, it is assumed that all the noise generating sources
from the mine as one source. The dispersion of this noise is computed by using
the model.
 Mathematical Model for Sound Wave Propagation During Operation
For an approximate estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient from the

source point, a standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation is
used. The sound pressure level generated by noise sources decreases with
increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional
decrease in sound pressure level with distance from the source is expected due to
atmospheric effect or its interaction with objects in the transmission path.
For hemi-spherical sound wave propagation through homogenous loss free

medium, one can estimate noise levels at various locations, due to different
sources using model based on first principles, as per the following equation:
Lp2 = Lp1 - 20 Log (r2 / r1) .....(1)
Where Lp2 and Lp1 are Sound Pressure Levels (SPLs) at points located at
distances r2 and r1 from the source. The combined effect of all the sources then
can be determined at various locations by the following equation.
Lp (total) = 10 Log (10(Lp1/10) + 10 (Lp2/10)

+ 10 (Lp3/10)
……) ..… (2)
Where, Lp1, Lp2, Lp3 are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Based on the above equations a user-friendly model has been developed. The
details of the model are as follows:
 Maximum number of sources is limited to 200;
 Noise levels can be predicted at any distance specified from the source;
 Model is designed to take flat or undulating terrain;
 Coordinates of the sources in meters;
 Maximum and minimum levels are calculated by the model;
 Output of the model in the form of isopleths; and
 Environmental attenuation factors and machine corrections have not been
incorporated in the model but corrections are made for the measured Leq
level.
 Input to the Model
An attempt has been made to predict the noise levels at the boundary of the
mining site. Coordinates X and Y are taken as input to the model is correlated
with grid size and scale (1:100 m). Thus, the center of the mining area is defined
as 0,0 coordinates. The input to the model has been taken as the cumulative
noise of noise generating sources.
The isopleths and the noise levels obtained by modeling are presented in Figure-
4.24. The sound pressure level generated by noise sources decreases with
increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-4.24
NOISE DISPERSION CONTOURS
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
The incremental noise levels on the villages within the mine lease area are given
below in Table-4.26.
TABLE-4.26
INCREMENTAL NOISE LEVELS
Sr.No Villages Noise Levels in dB(A)

1 Bawardih 36.2
2 Renchi 31.9
3 Banhardih 25.0
4 Bari 32.0
5 Ate 36.1
6 Jagaldagga 21.5
7 Rampur 35.4
8 Sabano 13.3
9 Surli 40.2
10 Tota 33.0
The incremental noise levels within the mine lease area varies from 16.4 dB (A) to
36.2 dB (A).
 Noise Levels
According to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards,

the allowable noise level for the workers is 90 dB (A) for 8 hours exposure a day.
Therefore, adequate protective measures in the form of ear muffs/ear plugs to the
workers working in high noise areas need to be provided. In addition, reduction in
noise levels in the high noise machinery areas could be achieved by adoption of
suitable preventive measures such as suitable building layout in which the
equipment is to be located, adding sound barriers, use of enclosures with suitable
absorption material, etc.
It is seen from the simulation results that the incremental noise levels are
confined to mine premises only and do not contribute to violation of CPCB
standards. Hence, the impact of noise on the human habitation and surrounding
environment is likely to be insignificant. The proposed green belt all around the
mine lease area act as noise barrier and keep the community noise levels with
the tolerable limits. Therefore, the incremental noise levels at the nearby
communities will be minimal and within the permissible limits.
4.3.7.2 Vibration Levels due to Blasting

Drilling & Blasting would be required both in overburden and coal benches before
excavation by shovels. It is proposed to use a pattern of 5 m burden x 6 m
spacing for overburden and 6 m burden x 7 m spacing for coal.
As per current practices, powder factor for overburden i.e. shale and sandstone
have been considered as 2.2 bcum/kg and 1.9 bcum/kg respectively and for coal
5 bcum/kg. Two main factors determine the ground vibration due to blasting:
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Charge weight per delay; and

 Distance from the place of blast.
Fly rock is another possible damage caused by blasting. There are many factors,
which influence the fly rock phenomenon, like long explosive column with low
stemming column, high burden, loose material or pebbles near holes and long
water columns in the holes. However, precautions will be taken to ensure proper
blasting patterns so that fly rocks do not go beyond planned safe distance.
As per DGMS circular peak park velocity (PPV) for frequency range of 8 – 25 Hz is
10 mm for kutcha brick buildings and 5 mm for sensitive area. PPV will be kept
within the safe limit prescribed by DGMS tech circular no. 7 of 1997 dated
02.09.1997.
It is envisaged that the blasting operation will be carried out by SMS (Site Mixed
Slurry) and it will be transported to the mine site by the explosive’s agency.
Magazine will be required only for storage of detonators, detonating fuse, cast
boosters, cord-relays, etc. A cluster of 2 magazines, each of 4t capacity is
proposed for storing detonating fuses, detonators and other explosives for
secondary blasting.
The impact will be minimized by choosing proper detonating system and

optimizing total charge and charge/delay. Regular monitoring of magnitude of
ground vibrations and air blast by “Minimate” blast monitoring equipment will be
carried out.
4.3.7.3 Mitigation Measures
The ambient noise level of the project will be monitored regularly. Noise levels
are likely to remain within the limits of the prescribed standard. So, the noise
produced from this project will not have auditory, non-auditory, masking effects,
etc. as suitable mitigation measures shall be taken in the project.
Controlled blasting technique will be adopted in the project. So, there will be no
significant adverse effects on life, property and ambient noise. The following
measures will be taken:

silencers, mufflers and enclosures for noise generating parts and shock
absorbing pads at the foundation of vibrating equipment;
 Routine maintenance of equipment. A rational deployment of noise generating

plant and machinery;
 Greenbelt around the quarry, infrastructure sites and service building area
 To maintain noise level at night time within the limit for the inhabited
localities situated at a very close proximity;

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Personal protective devices to all the persons working in high noise areas; and
 Regular monitoring of noise levels at various points.
 Blasting Vibration Control Measures for Safe Blasting
 All provisions of coal mines regulations will be followed;
 Quantity of explosive: The quantity of explosive will be decided as per the

conditions imposed by DGMS;
 Stemming material: Stemming material to be used is sand. However, the drill

cuttings and chips of triangular shape can be used as an effective stemming
material with proper packing;
 Delay system Use of millisecond delay detonators that are initiated by shock
tube initiation system, between rows and between holes in the same row;
 Blasting time: Blasting will be done in day time during the shift change over
period as per requirement. However, the frequency of blasting will depend
upon DGMS permission for use of explosive, meteorological condition, geo-
mining condition and method of mining; and
 Warning before blasting is done: Warning sound will be given and

placards/flags will be displayed so that people can move to safe places.
Vibration Control
 Proper measures for sate blasting as mentioned above, to avoid damage to

any structure or annoyance to the people in the adjoining areas;
 Proper design factor will be taken while constructing various structures for
stability against vibration;
 A safe blasting zone will be kept around the periphery of the quarry. This zone
is kept free from village habitation and community infrastructure and thus
impact of vibration after blasting on the surface structures is avoided; and
 Controlled blasting will be done near built-up areas and surface features, as
and when required.
4.3.8 Impact on Ecology & Biodiversity
The ecology and biodiversity of the mining area is disturbed due to degradation of
vegetation cover, especially due to loss of forest lands. The impact on ecology
and biodiversity is assessed through site reconnaissance by the concerned
ecology expert and interpretation of impacts is presented below.
Environmental impact matrices take in to account the actions or activities and

their impacts on the receptors. In most cases, both are qualitative and hence
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
subjective. Attempts have been made from time to time to measure or quantify
the impacts. The result is the development of Impact matrices such as the Check
lists, Leopold Matrix, Composite matrices etc. During the recent years, many
changes have been made by different investigators in order to minimize
subjectivity and to increase objectivity. Not all impacts are same. Loss of 100 ha
of barren area on account of mining and loss of 100 ha of dense forest due to
mining can’t be the same. The impacts of an activity on Eco sensitive areas such
as Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Biosphere reserves or other life
supporting systems can’t be the same. It should also be noted that the impacts
depend on the carrying capacity of the ecosystem or receptors. For instance,
even a mild increase of atmospheric pollution in a critically polluted area will have
greater adverse impact. Thus, the baseline information should also be taken in to
account while preparing the impact statement.
The matrix approach is reasonably flexible. The total number of specified actions
and environmental items may increase or decrease depending on the nature and
scope of the study and the specific TOR for which the environmental impact
study is undertaken. After an extensive review of literature and vast practical
experience in the field of survey and study of impacts of various projects on
Ecology and Biodiversity, the following procedure and protocols have been
developed by the author.
 Impact identification: Positive (+) or negative (-) or neutral (0);
 Magnitude of the impact (mi): It may be measured based on Spatial (area

involved) and Temporal (duration of impacts) aspects: In this connection, it is
suggested that if the impacts extend over an area of 100 Ha or more or the
impacts are repetitive or the time taken for recovery or reclamation or
restoration extends over 25 years or more, the impact shall be considered as
5 in the 0 to 5 scale. Between 0 and 5, depending on spatial and temporal
aspects, impact can be indicated by a number between 0 and 5. Magnitude of
the impact (mi) does not carry any + or – sign;
 Sensitivity of the impact (si): In case of negative impacts, the si value is

indicated by – (minus). Sensitivity is judged based on the importance of the
structure or function and its relevance to the sustainability of the Ecosystems,
its functions and services. In case of si, if the impact to going to severely
disrupt ecosystem services and or pose a serious threat to 10 or more rare or
endangered or threatened species or keystone species, the si shall be -5.
Thus, the si values can range from 0 to 5 and -0 to -5;
 The combined impact of mi and si is considered as the product of mi and si. If

mi is 5 and si is 5, the combined impact is 25 and if mi is 5 and si is -5, the
combined impact is 25. Thus, each impact is measured in terms of mi and si
and the combined impact is calculated; and
 The overall impact of calculated as the sum of the impacts. If we use the
similar process and calculate the overall impacts on air, water, soil,
socioeconomic aspects along with Ecology and biodiversity, we can get the
grand sum of impacts.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Impact statement for the 12 MTPA coal mine of 1818.10 ha of the NTPC PVUNL is
TABLE-4.27
IMPACT MATRIX OF THE 12 MTPA COAL MINE OF PVUNL IMPACT
ASSESSMENT IS BASED ON THE EXISTING SCENARIO
Sr. No Impact and Recipient Without EMP With EMP

mi si mi x si Mi si mi x si
1 Impact on National Parks 0 -3 0 0 -3 0
2 Impact on Wildlife Sanctuaries 0 -3 0 0 -3 0
3 Impact on Biosphere Reserves 0 -3 0 0 -3 0
4 Impact on wetlands 1 -3 -3 1 3 3
5 Impact on reserve forests 0 -2 0 0 2 0
6 Impact on Protected Forests 3 -2 -6 3 2 6
7 Impact on Wildlife 1 -2 -2 0 -1 -1
8 Impact on local vegetation and flora 2 -1 -2 2 1 2
9 Loss of fodder 2 -1 -2 1 1 1
10 Loss of firewood 1 -1 -1 1 1 1
11 Disruption of ecosystem services and 0 -5 0 0 5 0
functions
12 Fragmentation of habitat 0 -3 0 0 2 0
13 Loss of breeding grounds of wildlife 0 -3 0 0 2 0
14 Loss of productivity 1 -1 -1 1 1 1
15 Loss of carbon sequestration 2 -1 -2 2 1 2
16 Indirect impacts due to air pollution 2 -1 -2 1 1 1
Total - - -21 - - 15
18 Net impact with EMP -21-15 = -6 It shows that with EMP, there shall
be mild impacts and they get
eliminated after the mining stops.
Impacts of Rare/Endangered/Threatened Species and Schedule-I Fauna
There are four schedule I species in the study area. List of Schedule I species
reported from the buffer zone is given in Table-4.28. Among the four species in
the list, two are not included in the Red list and they are included under the least
concern (LC) category. Sloth Bear is in the lower risk Vulnerable (VU) category
while Python is in a lower risk NT Category. None of the fauna found in the study
area is in the higher risk categories of the IUCN. All the four are reported from
the forest areas of the buffer zone and they are well beyond the direct impacts of
mining.
TABLE-4.28
LIST OF SCHEDULE I SPECIES REPORTED FROM
THE BUFFER ZONE OF THE MINE LEASE
Sr.No Scientific Name Common Name IUCN/WPA

1 Melursus ursinus Sloth Bear VU / I
2 Pavo cristatus Peacock LC/I
3 Python molurus Python NT / I
4 Varanus bengalensis Common monitor LC / I
(VU Means Vulnerable and LC Means Least Concern)
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Wildlife Conservation Plan
1. With the help of local people and employees of the company watch will be kept
on the wild life as well as illegal tree felling Forest and forest department will
be informed if such a incident occurs to take legal action against the offenders
if necessary help of forest department will be taken to see by any such
stranded animals, particularly sloth bear if it strays to the Railway Line area to
a safer area. Fruit trees, like Mahua (madhucalati folia) Tendu
(diospyrosmelanoxylon) and Jamun (syzygiumcumini) etc will be planted for
sloth bear;
2. Providing Food and Fodder through enrichment of floral Components: Massive
tree planting activities will be taken up through Forest Development
corporation/Forest Department in the adjoining area of forest Land as well is
Revenue Land of Villages. The fruit bearing tree and flowering trees will be
given preference to the benefit of wildlife and human being as well;
3. Encourage Local Villages to Grow Trees On their Field Bunds/Court Yard etc: In
Consultation with Forest Department, the Company will provide some saplings
of tree species important for wood, timber and fuel will be distributed to the
Villagers. Bamboo will be another important species with environmental &
economic value. this no doubt, will help reduce Dependence on Forest, as a
4. For The Benefit of Sloth Bear: - Of any bear is either stranded in danger, with
the help of forest department will be translocated to a place, that the
department will chose. the local people of the area with the financial help from
the company will be taught how to deal with the beer so as to avoid the danger
to each other. Company will provide the necessary financial support to the
Forest department for training programme.

department based on requirements of avifauna roosting, food (grains,
pulses, fruiting trees etc.) and shelter.
knowledge.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the

people.
6. Wildlife Environment Day and Wildlife Week (1 st to 07th Oct) will be
avifauna species.

1. Awareness among the local people for its conservation is prime important as
mostely the lizards are being hunted for meat, skin and medicine.
cybercrime.
1. Identify critical python habitat and map the priority sites;

2. Design sign boards showing presence of Pythons in the area;
3. Provision of veterinary care and rescue for the species when it there is a
direct encounter with the local residents;
encounter with the Python;
and conservation laws; and
Wildlife Department (SF&WD) in Conservation of Schedule-I Species is shown in
Table-4.29.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-4.29

where it is
found:
core area for Rescue and the SF & WD shall decide of authority
SF & WD.
If found in buffer The PP shall share SF & WD is responsible not Concerned Property
zone -non- the information only for rescue, / land owners should
Forest areas with the SF&WD rehabilitation of Schedule I not hurt or hunt or
and render any species but also prosecution cause any hardship
If found in buffer PP has no role It is entirely the Public or PP shall not
zone -Forest responsibility of the SF & interfere with the
areas WD to take appropriate work of the SF &
action. WD.
budget for first one year. The conservation plan shall be revised in consultation
with state forest and wild life department after one year based on the outcome of
first year.
area are included in Table-4.30.
TABLE-4.30
WORK TO BE EXECUTED BY THE USER AGENCY & THE STATE FOREST AND
WILDLIFE DEPARTMENT

Rs
1 Monitoring and mapping of wildlife habitats in the study areas 4,00,000
(includes core zone and buffer zone)
conservation plans
3 Habitat improvement including fire protection, water supply and other 4,00,000
infrastructure
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the

Rs
7 Generation of alternate employment to wildlife dependent families, if 1,00,000
any
8 Involving the forest dependent communities in Wildlife conservation 2,00,000
9 Documentation, data generation and dissemination to the public and 2,00,000
Internalization of Wildlife conservation as a part of the work culture
10 Creation of public awareness through mass education and Eco-clubs. 2,00,000
Creation of a group and review of the plans comprising of the
representatives of the PP, local reputed NGOs and the nominees of
the Forest and Wildlife department.
Total 25,00,000
Note: Amount shown is subject to revision and finalization during joint meetings between PP
and the Forest & Wildlife Department. It is envisaged as a regular feature.
4.3.9 Impact on Socio–Economic Aspects
 Impact on Projected Affected Families (PAFs)
The Banhardih coal block project of PVUNL covers villages of Udaypura, Sabano,
Jagaldaga, Banhardi, Surli, Rampur, Ete, Barwadih, Tota and Bari. The project will
acquire 1828.27 acres of private land from the ten villages. All households of the
ten villages will be affected as either their lands or houses will be acquired for the
coal mining project.
The villages in the periphery will also be affected as a result of the project. Some
of the villages located in the periphery of the coal mining project have also been
taken for study. These villages are Renchi, Darea, Tarhasi, Zalim Khurd, Latdag,
Aragunde, Sasang, Serak, Ambatiker and Kaima. A socio-economic assessment of
the sampled households in the peripheral villages will also be taken as part of the
socio-economic study.
The mining project will affect the core villages directly, but will also indirectly
affect the villages situated in the peripheral areas. Therefore, the peripheral
villages situated in 10 km radius around the project sites, have also been studied.
The Socio-Economic Study of Project Affected Families (households) has been

conducted to assess the socio-economic conditions of the villages taken for
Study. For analysing the SES and entitlement of PAFs in the ten villages,
Rehabilitation Package has been prepared as per Jharkhand R&R Policy 2008 and
the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition,
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013.
Project Affected Families (PAFs) due to Banhardih Coal Project
The Banhardih coal block project has a total lease area of 4492.51 acres
(1818.10 ha) covering 10 villages under Chandwa and Latehar block, district
Latehar. Out of this, 1362.10 (30.32 %) acres is Notified Forest land, 75 (1.67
%) acres is Forest JJ Land, 1228.23 (27.34%) acres GM La and and 1827.18
(40.67%) acres Raiyati land. No GM JJ Land will be acquired for the Project.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Socio-Economic Profile of Respondents

Number of PAFs
In the core project area, based on the social household survey, 659 (68.43 %)
households would be losing land only, 135 (14.02 %) would be losing house only
and 169 (17.55 %) households would be home as well as land oustees, due to
the project. Out of the total 1592 HSOs, majority i.e. 356 PAFs are from Bari
village, where 281 PAFs are land oustees and 75 PAFs would be losing home and
land. Village total has 1592 PAFs who are home oustees only.
Total Land Area of HSOs in Core Villages
Land possession has been categorized for those 1592 HSOs who will be losing
land, house or both. Categorization has been done on the basis of those HSOs
owning 0–1-acre land to PAFs owning more than 4 acres land. Out of 1592 HSOs,
there are 436 HSOs owning 1–2-acre land and 333 PAFs owning 0–1-acre land.
There are 116 HSO s who have 2–3-acre land, 57 PAFs who have 2-3 acres land
and 21 HSOs who have more than 4 acres land area in the core villages.
Demographic Profile of Respondents
Household in PAVs
As per the primary data, 2618 households were surveyed during the study. There
are 13361 members or the total population in the 10 villages. The highest
population is that of village Bari which is the largest in terms of area and
households. The least number of households i.e., 41 with population of 207 exists
in village Tota.
R&R Entitlement Summary of Benefits to be Offered
There are 1592 HSOs who will be losing land and home. The compensation
package for land loosing families of Banhardih Coal Block Project area has been
prepared in consonance with the JRRP, 2008 and RFCTLARR 2013.
The compensation package or the R&R Entitlement Matrix for PAFs of Banhardih
coal block project area will be prepared in consonance with the JRRP 2008 and
RFCTLARR 2013. The compensation package for PAFs will be worked out as per
the provision of JRRP 2008 subject to the current CPI. The CPI of the current year
for 1592 HSOs will be taken into consideration while calculating compensation
packages. Absentee PAFs should also be considered when they come forward for
the claim.
PVUNL is committed to help the population displaced for execution of its projects
and has been making efforts to improve the Socio-economic status of project
Affected Families (PAFs). In line with its social objectives, the company has
focused on effective Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) of PAPs and also on
Community Development (CD) works, in and around its projects.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
The compensation and other R&R benefits will be fixed as per the Right to Fair
Compensation and Transparency in land acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Act, 2013 (RFCT LARR Act, 2013) which is applicable since
01.01.2014. PP has revised its R&R Policy to incorporate R&R entitlements as per
RFCT LARR Act, 2013 as also retained NTPC’s good practices / guidelines on
facilities to be extended for Project Affected Families (PAFs)
In addition to this, in line with NTPC’s Policy and practices, various Community
Development (CD) activities in the areas of health, water, sanitation, skill
development, training, infrastructure etc., will be taken up.
The basic requirement of the community needs to be strengthened by extending

health care, educational facilities in community, providing drinking water to the
villages affected, building/strengthening of existing roads in the area. The
preference will be given to the local population for direct and in-direct
employment. The proposed project may create opportunities for indirect
employment in the field of vehicle hiring, labours, trading of construction
material, carpenters etc. This will help in improving the socio-economic status of
the region.
Impact on Population Growth
This project will have a positive impact on the population growth, as it will
provide some employment to the families in the nearby villages. Preference will
be given to local unemployed youth for employment during development of mine
and in operation of mine which will enhance substantially the income status of
population of the area and due to migration of people from outside area will be
having impact on the area.
Literacy and Educational Facilities
The literacy level of the project area is likely to increase as there will be influx of
many educated people taking up jobs in the mine, which is likely to result in
establishment of better educational facilities. PVUNL will further strengthen the
government schools, infrastructure by providing furniture, construction/repairing
of class rooms, boundary, toilets etc. PVUNL will also provide scholarship to
students, assistance to sports persons etc.
Civic Amenities
The impact of mining on the civic amenities will be substantial after the
commencement of mining activities. Corporate Environmental Responbility
/comprehensive community development (CD) activities would be taken up in a
big way for the benefit of the community at large. This would include up gradation
of community infrastructure like schools, health centres, drinking water facilities,
sanitation, drainage, roads, community buildings and other such infrastructure as
per need and requirement, restoration of common property resources, if any
adversely affected by the project etc.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Health Care Facilities
Mining activities may involve accidents during operation phase. Thus, it is

imperative to have proper health care facilities near the mining area. Govt Health
centre will be strengthened at study area. Free medical facilities as per NTPC
(parent company) policy will be provided to PAPs, of mining project. Regular
mobile medical health check-up camps, health awareness program will also be
organized at study area villages.
General development activities proposed in the surrounding villages under CER

may be listed can be put-up for approval of NTPC (parent company).
Economic Aspects
The proposed mining activities will provide direct and in-direct employment to
persons of different skills and trades. The local population will have preference to
get an employment. The employment potential will improve economic conditions
of these families directly and provide employment to many other families
indirectly who are involved in business and service-oriented activities. This will in-
turn improve the socio-economic conditions of the area. The proposed mining will
also help development of ancillary industries. These will further boost the
economic avenues for the local population.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
5.1 Introduction
The consideration of alternatives is one of the more proactive sides of

environmental assessment enhancing the project design through examining
options instead of only focusing on the more defensive task of reducing adverse
impacts of a single design. This calls for the systematic comparison of feasible
alternatives for the proposed site, technology and operational alternatives.
5.2 Alternative Sites
Banhardih coal block is site specific, no alternatives sites have been considered.
Environmental considerations and protection measures assume greater
importance for the project. Company shall ensure that the proposed mine causes
minimum adverse impact on the area.
The proposed project is planned to meet all environmental norms and further
improve the environment in the area. Regular environmental monitoring will be
carried out by the company at the mine site in line with the requirements of the
Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board (JSPCB) and Ministry of Environment,
Forests and Climate Change (MOEF&CC).
5.3 Technology Alternatives
The present proposal is to extract a peak capacity of 12 MTPA of coal reserves by

opencast mining with surface miner and shovel dumper combination. After
appropriate analysis of aspects such as seam characteristics, techno-financial
feasibility and production targets, shovel dumper combination will be used for
overburden removal and coal production by surface miner and shovel dumper
combination. Conventional drilling and blasting is proposed for coal, over burden
and internal burden removal.
Coal produced by surface miner will be dispatched to power plant directly while
coal produced through drilling and blasting will be subjected to primary crushing
to reduce the size less than 100 mm. Overburden excavation through drilling &
blasting while removal through shovel dumper combination.
5.3.1 Choice of Technology for Opencast Operation
Different technologies like shovel-dumper combination, dragline, bucket wheel

excavator and surface miner - pay-loader-truck are available for opencast mining.
Sometimes combination of several methods of mining are adopted to suit
particular type of mining situations.
Shovel-Dumper Combination
Shovel-dumper combination technology is the most flexible technology for

opencast mining. This technology can be used in conditions of varying thickness
of seams and partings. The flexibility of the operations enables geological
disturbances to be negotiated without much loss of efficiency. Shovel-dumper
Chapter-5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site) VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
system offers convenient mining operations to deal with sudden occurrences of

unworkable or poor-quality patches. It also offers flexibility for easy transition to
any other technology or equipment configuration. The technology is well known
and easier to get skilled manpower. Presently the shovel dumper combination is
mainly used with drilling and blasting for over burden removal.
For the present project, the combination of shovel and dumper technology offers
convenient mining operations and flexibility for easy up gradation. During the
initial year of quarry operation, a temporary road will be developed near the
access trench by dressing the topsoil and some levelling of undulating surfaces.
The over burden from lower benches will be connected by ramps to western
dump road, during the initial years of mine operation. By then central flank road
will be developed gradually along with mine advancement. Internal dumping will
be done from the 6th year of operation.
Surface Miner- Pay-Loader-Truck Mining
Surface miner-loader and truck technology is best suited for mining of coal
seams of gentle gradient with few geological disturbances. This technology
eliminates use of explosives as there is no blasting and crushing, making it most
sought-after technology wherever applicable. It is strongly recommended to use
surface miner for coal winning because of following reasons:
 Mining without drilling and blasting and thus no vibration and fly rock, less
dust and noise generation and greater safety;
 Improved exploitation of the deposit and enhanced quality of ROM (Run of
Mine) product by highly selective mining;
 Stable, clean surfaces and benches;
 Reduced operating cost due to less equipment and personnel;
 Several working steps are realized by only one machine, leading to easier
coordination and process planning during planning, dispatching and
maintenance;
 One surface miner replaces equipment for drilling, blasting, loading and
auxiliary works i.e. boulder splitting; and
 All the coal seams of the opencast portion of the block has been proposed to
be mined by surface miner technology. The coal loaded truck movement has
been restricted within the face only.
Dragline
Dragline is suitable for flat deposits preferably having a gradient not more than
7° to permit back dumping of over burden in de-coaled area. The over burden is
usually dumped on seam floor very near to the coal bench, leaving space
sufficient only for water drainage and also to reduce mixing of over burden with
coal. If the coal seam gradient is not flat, the dumped over burden will slide
towards the coal area preventing coal extraction besides being dangerous. The
strike length of the mine area will be 1.5 to 2.0 km or more so that the dragline is
not required to be frequently shifted from one end to the other. The mine should
be free from all geological disturbances. A dragline system works with a rigid
operational geometry and frequent changes in the geometry may be difficult to
implement without heavy loss of efficiency. Hence, it is not suitable for multi-
seam working, hence not considered.
Chapter-5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site) VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 Introduction
Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to

assess the status of environment during project operation. With the knowledge of
baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any
deterioration in environmental conditions due to construction and operation of the
project, to enable taking up suitable mitigation steps in time to safeguard the
environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the
efficiency of control measures can only be determined by regular monitoring.
Generally, an impact assessment study is carried over short period and the data
cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or human activities.
Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is
essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality.
6.2 Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure
Monitoring will be carried out to confirm that environmental compliances as

stipulated by regulatory authorities will be implemented. This may take the form
of direct measurement and recording of quantitative information, such as
amounts and concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for
measurement against corporate or statutory standards, consent limits or targets.
It may also require measurement of ambient environmental quality in the vicinity
of project site using ecological/biological, physical and chemical indicators.
Monitoring may include socio-economic interaction, through local liaison activities
or even assessment of complaints.
6.2.1 Objectives of Monitoring
The objectives of environmental post-project monitoring are to:
 Verify effectiveness of planning decisions;

 Measure effectiveness of operational procedures;
 Confirm statutory and corporate compliance; and
 Identify unexpected changes.
6.2.2 Monitoring Schedule

 Air Quality Monitoring
Ambient air inside the mining premises and over burden dump premises will be
monitored as per method prescribed by CPCB / MOEF&CC and as desired by SPCB
from time to time. The numbers and frequencies are therefore only suggestive.
One continuous online ambient air quality monitoring station (CAAQMS) will be
installed at the administration building, connected with data logger and real time
display facility. Parameters recommended for continuous monitoring are PM 10,
PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO. The ambient air quality data will be compared with
NAAQS 2009.
Chapter-6 Environmental Monitoring Program VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Frequent AAQ monitoring will be also done at total 08 locations, which include 3
locations in core zone and 5 locations in buffer zone (including upwind and
downwind direction) which fall in nearby surrounding villages of the mine. The
above monitoring will be done by any reputed external agencies approved by
MOEF&CC/JSPCB.
The monitoring height will be kept more than 3 m from ground level. The stations
will not have any obstacles and will be kept 500 m away from major roads. The
ambient air quality data will be compared with NAAQS, 2009.
Frequency of Monitoring
MOEF&CC has stipulated load-based frequency for monitoring of ambient air

quality as given below:
Air quality monitoring will be carried out at a frequency of once in fortnight (24
hourly sampling) in consultation with Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board
(JSPCB), at identified locations in the core and buffer zone. The frequency of
ambient air quality monitoring is given in Table-6.1.
TABLE-6.1
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING SCHEDULE
Sr.No Monitoring & Responsible

Aspect Parameters Location
Frequency Person/Organization
1 Ambient PM10, PM2.5,  One location at Fortnightly 24 External
Air SO2, NOx and mining site and hours manual MOEF&CC/JSPCB
Quality CO one in dump yard monitoring at /NABL Accredited
(AAQ)  One at CHP or each station. laboratory and
admin building Scientist Laboratory
 One nearest Services, EMC.
settlement in
downwind
direction and one
in nearest upwind
direction
 One at nearest
densely populated
area
 Two at nearby
villages located
adjacent to
reserve forests
PM10, PM2.5,  Online Continuous Continuous CAAQMS will be
SO2, NO2 Ambient Air online operated by
Quality Monitoring monitoring. Environment
Station (CAAQMS) Management Group
at one location (EMG).
 Meteorological Monitoring
Online meteorological monitoring station for wind direction, wind speed, ambient
temperature, ambient pressure, rainfall and relative humidity measurement will
be installed to study the upwind and downwind directions, assess and evaluate
the ambient air quality results and check the effectiveness of air pollution
prevention measures. The meteorological station will be installed at the roof top

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
of administration building, inside mine premises. The meteorological data

measurements will be on hourly basis for the whole year. Wind sack will be
installed at the external dump yard to know the wind direction and take
appropriate measures to prevent fugitive dust emissions.
 Noise Level Monitoring
Monitoring frequency for noise levels will be done once in a month. MOEF&CC has
stipulated that noise levels have to be monitored between 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM
for day-time and 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM for night-time. The frequency of noise
monitoring is given in Table-6.2.
TABLE-6.2
FREQUENCY OF NOISE LEVEL MONITORING
Sr.No Monitoring & Monitoring

Components Location Parameter
Analysis Method Frequency
1 Noise levels from Inside mines* Sound Pressure level CPCB method using
Once in a
HEMM and other and OB dump in dB(A) Leq for day equipment as per
month
mining activity area & night time IS-9989 & IS:9779
2 Nearest
villages (8
locations) CPCB method using
Ambient noise Leq values in dB(A) Once in a
surrounding equipment as per
levels Day and night time month
the core zone IS-9989 & IS :9779
and buffer
zone.
*Inside the mine (6 locations): Inside the Shovel Operators Cabin, Dumper Cabin, Near Coal Handling
Plant, External dumping Spot, near active working bench, Administrative building
 Water Quality Monitoring
Water quality monitoring involves periodical assessment of quality of treated

workshop effluent, CHP effluent, sewage from mine office, ground water and
surface water. For surface water and ground water monitoring, CPCB Guidelines
for water quality monitoring will be followed. The frequency of water quality
monitoring is given in Table-6.3.
TABLE-6.3
WATER & WASTEWATER MONITORING SCHEDULE

Components Locations Parameters
1 Mine wastewater From the inlet  Flow As per EPA rules, Once in a
(sewage, CHP, and outlet of  pH 1989. month
workshop ETP  TDS
effluents)  TSS
 O&G
 BOD
 COD
 Coliform count
 Fluoride
and other
parameters
etc.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the

Components Locations Parameters
2 Groundwater  Observation  Ground water As per the Once during
Quality wells inside Level parameters pre-monsoon
mines (4  pH specified under and once
nos. of  TDS IS:10500 during post
piezometer  TSS monsoon
inside mines  Total hardness
and dump  Heavy metals
yard).  Fluoride
 Groundwater and other
of nearby parameters
villages (04 etc.
locations) in
5 km radius
3 Surface water Minimum 3  pH As per IS Once during
quality locations  TDS specifications pre-monsoon
in nearby  TSS and once
streams  Oil & grease during post
 BOD monsoon
 COD
 Coliform Count
 DO
 Fluoride
 Alkalinity
and other
parameters
etc.
4 Mine water  Accumulated  pH As per IS Fortnightly
quality mine water  TDS specifications
 Mine water  TSS
after  Total hardness
treatment  Oil & grease
 BOD
 COD
 Ammonia
 Phenol
 Heavy Metals
 Coliform Count
 Fluoride
and other
parameters
etc.
 Soil Quality Monitoring
Mining is major cause of soil erosion and land degradation. However, to conserve
soil, top soil shall be stored separately. Physical and chemical parameters with
organic content will be monitored once in six months. Two locations-one near to
over burden dump area and one near coal stack yard will be monitored inside the
mining project while two locations in surrounding areas will be monitored.
 Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecology
Periodical survey (generally once in two year) of flora & fauna at surrounding
forests and nearby villages will be done by visual checks by the Ecologists of
Environmental Monitoring Consultant (EMC) to assess the impact of project. The

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
impact on aquatic life, if any, in downstream water bodies will also ascertained
through an ecologist.
 Socio-Economic Environment
This will be reviewed once in 3 years to ensure that the planned improvements in
various services to local community under CD/CER/CSR/R&R, actually accrue to
the local community on the ground and to make up for deficiencies, if any.
 Occupational Health and Safety Aspects
Occupational health of staff and workers will be initially carried out at pre-entry
level and later on regular medical check-up in this respect will be continuously
extended on an annual basis to detect early incidence of diseases and for prompt
remedial medical interventions in this respect. Necessary personal data cards in
this respect will be maintained for effective monitoring and application of medical
services required in the matter. Copy of health check-up card will be given to
workers / staff. All occupational health and safety activities will be done as per
DGMS guidelines.
Safety matters will be reviewed once in 15 days by safety officer regularly so as

to take urgent and effective measures to prevent unsafe operations and practices
with a view to prevent accidents, injuries, etc.
 Greenbelt Development
Frequent review of green belt development is necessary to ensure that the quality
and quantity of the green belt is maintained as per scheduled programmes
through frequent checks and prompt measures for rectification, if required. Good
survival rates of plants will be ensured during initial three years, after which the
plants will sustain a normal growth continuously.
The overall post environmental monitoring schedule is detailed out in Table-6.4.
TABLE-6.4
OVERALL MONITORING SCHEDULE

Aspects Parameters Location
Frequency Person/organization
1 Meteorology Wind speed & Continuous at Continuous Meteorological set-up will
direction, project site hourly be operated by Scientist
temperature, monitoring Laboratory Services of
Pressure, rainfall Environment Management
and humidity Consultant (EMC).
2 Ambient Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2,  One location at Fortnightly 24 External MOEF&CC/JSPCB
Quality NO2 and CO mining site and hours at each /NABL Accredited
(AAQ) one in dump station. laboratory and Scientist
yard Laboratory Services, EMC.
 One at CHP or
admin building
 One nearest
settlement in
downwind
direction and
one in nearest

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the

Aspects Parameters Location
Frequency Person/organization
upwind direction
 One at nearest
densely
populated area
 Two at nearby
villages located
adjacent to
Reserve Forest
(R.F)
3 Surface Physical, Nearby streams Once during External MOEF&CC /
Water chemical and pre-monsoon JSPCB/NABL Accredited
Quality biological and once laboratory and Scientist
parameters during post Laboratory Services, EMC.
including heavy monsoon
metals
4 Ground Physical,  Observation Once during External MOEF&CC
water chemical wells inside pre-monsoon /JSPCB/NABL Accredited
quality and and biological mines (4 nos. of and once laboratory and Scientist
levels parameters piezometer during post Laboratory Services, EMC.
including heavy inside mines and monsoon
metals and dump yard).
water table  Groundwater of
nearby 4
villages in 5 km
radius
5 Mine Physical, From the inlet and Once in a External MOEF&CC
wastewater chemical outlet of ETP month /JSPCB/NABL Accredited
(Sewage, and biological laboratory and Scientist
CHP, parameters Laboratory Services, EMC.
workshop
effluents)
6 Noise levels Noise 6 locations inside Once in a External MOEF&CC
mines, OB dump month /JSPCB/NABL Accredited
and 8 locations at laboratory and Scientist
surrounding 4 Laboratory Services, EMC.
villages and other
areas
7 Ground Ground Mine Block and As per DGMS In-house
vibrations vibrations levels adjacent area norms
from
blasting
8 Soil quality Physical and Two locations-one Once in six External MOEF&CC
chemical near to OB dump months /JSPCB/NABL Accredited
parameters with area and one near laboratory and Scientist
organic content coal stack yard. Laboratory Services, EMC.
Two locations in
surrounding areas.
9 Ecology & Flora & fauna Surrounding forests Once in two Visual checks by the
greenbelt and green belt and green belt at year ecologists of EMC
development project
10 Occupational Medical check- Mine workers and Mine workers- Government/authorized
health & up of workers, nearby areas as per DGMS health agencies/hospitals
safety and health survey at guidelines.
health nearby village Health Survey-
status once in five
years.
11 Socio- Need based Project affected Once in three Reputed institute in social
economic assessment persons, years work/research.
environment survey. surrounding villages
etc.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
The above-mentioned monitoring schedule is suggestive and final plan will be

made in consultation with Jharkhand SPCB during start of operation of mine.
6.3 Reporting System
The monitored data on air quality, water quality, noise levels and other
parameters will be periodically examined by the Head of Environment
Management Group (EMG) for taking necessary corrective measures. Any critical
observations during monitoring will be reported to Mines Manager for taking
mitigation measures and preparation of action plan. The post project data will be
submitted to Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board (JSPCB) in Consent to
Operate (CTO) applications, Environmental statements every year and
Environment Clearance Compliance report to MOEF&CC. This group will also
communicate the environmental data regularly to PVUNL mining/EMG department
of PVUNL.
6.4 Environment Monitoring Cost
The total cost of the project is estimated about Rs. 5,546 Crores. The budget for
environmental monitoring for development & operational phases of the proposed
project has been estimated approximately Rs.1.0 Crores.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Comprehensive Environmental Impact
REV. NO.:0
Assessment Report for the
7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1 Introduction
Various additional studies are necessary to cover the specific impact of project
and its mitigation measures and action plan accordingly. These studies had been
carried out by the project proponent in compliance of the TOR accorded by
MOEF&CC.
The mining operation has various types of associated risks, hazards and
possibility of disasters which may be dangerous for man, property, and
equipment. Hence, it requires a detailed analysis and preventive action plan. In
this section, risk assessment, disaster management plan, emergency plans,
occupational health and safety plan, R & R, wildlife management, hydrogeology,
etc. are discussed.
7.2 Public Consultation
The public consultation/ hearing has been conducted as per the EIA Notification
dated 14th September 2006 as well as its amendments dated 1st December, 2009.
The press notification indicating date and venue of the public hearing were issued by
the SPCB in the prominent English and local newspaper giving project details
inviting suggestions, views, comments and objections from the public regarding
proposed Banhardih coal mine.
The public hearing with regard to date, place and time was announced in Public
Address System in nearby villages and also published in the English daily
newspaper Hindustan Times (Delhi and Ranchi edition), and Hindi daily
newspaper Prabhat Khabar, (Latehar edition) on 21.11. 2021.
The public hearing was organised by Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board on
29.12.2021 in Project High School, Sasang, Village-Ate, Panchayat-Bari, Tehsil –
Chandwa, District – Latehar for the proposed coal production capacity of 12 MTPA
in Banhardih Coal Mining Project of M/s Patratu Vidyut Nigam Limited (PVUNL),
mining lease area – 1818.10 ha., Villages – Ate, Banhardih, Bari, Barwadih,
Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano, Surli, Tota and Renchi, Tehsil – Latehar and
Chandwa, District – Latehar.
‘Shri Alok Shikari Kachhap, Additional Collector, Latehar, Jharkhand’, ‘Shri R.N.
Kashyap, Regional functionary, Ranchi’, ‘Shri Gopal Kumar, Junior Environmental
Engineer, Regional Office, Ranchi’, ‘Shri Mithilesh Jha, Assistant Scientific Officer
(HQ), Ranchi’ and ‘Ms. Jyotsna, Consulting Executive (HQ), Ranchi’ of the
‘Pollution Control Board’ were also present in this public hearing.
The public hearing program started on time with the permission of the Chair. At
the outset, Shri Mukesh Kumar Karan, General Manager, PVUNL welcomed the
villagers and the functionaries present in the public hearing.
Project information was given by Shri B.K. Choudhury of M/s Vimta Labs Limited,
Hyderabad, Environmental Consultant of the Unit.
Chapter-7 Additional Studies VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Thereafter, the Additional Collector, Latehar gave a brief address and he

requested the common people present in the public hearing to raise the issues
related to the environment.
The newspaper advertisements for the public hearing in English & local
newspapers (Hindi) are provided in Figure-7.1 (A) & Figure-7.1(B). The public
hearing photographs are attached as Figure-7.2.
Copy of the executive summary both in English & Hindi made also available in the
following offices & the same were uploaded, which can be accessed by the Public
from the website ‘www.jspcboard.org’, free of cost.
1. Office of Dy. Commissioner, Latehar

2. Office Additional Collector, Latehar;
3. Office of Zilla Parishad, Chandwa & Latehar;
4. Office of Nagar Nigam , Latehar & Chandwa;
5. Circle Office Chandwa & Latehar;
6. In the Head Office of the Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board (JSPCB),
Ranchi;
7. Regional Office, State Pollution Control Board, Ranchi, Jharkhand;
8. Department of Forest (Environment), Govt. of Jharkhand, Ranchi; and
9. PVUNL Website.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
FIGURE-7.1(A)
NOTICE FOR PUBLIC HEARING– (ENGLISH NEWS PAPER)

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
FIGURE-7.1(B)
NOTICE FOR PUBLIC HEARING– (HINDI NEWS PAPER)

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
FIGURE-7.2
PUBLIC HEARING PHOTOGRAPHS

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
After that, it was told by the Regional functionary, Ranchi that the questions,
problems and suggestions raised in the public hearing would be answered by the
unit management, which would be compiled and sent to the Ministry of
Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of India.
Major Issues Discussed during Public Hearing
The budget allocated towards for forest diversion/ mine closure & environment
management plan (EMP) is given in Table-7.1(A), detailed breakup of the
budget allocated towards Environment Management Plan (EMP) is given in
Table-7.1 (B) and budget allocated for CSR activities during Public Hearing
issues is given in Table-7.1(C). The response of project proponent for individual
participants along with budget allocation is given in Table-7.1(D). The Minutes
of Meeting (MOM) of the ‘Public Hearing’ is attached as Annexure-XV.
TABLE-7.1(A)
BUDGET ALLOCATED TOWARDS FOR FOREST DIVESRION/
MINE CLOSURE & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
Sr. No Particulars Total (Cr)

1 CA land 207.00
2 Net Present Value (NPV) 20.00
3 Mine Closure Cost 348.00
4 Environment management 11.73
Total 586.73
TABLE-7.1(B)
DETAILED BREAK UP OF THE BUDGET ALLOCATED TOWARDS
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
Sr.No Description Quantity No.s Amount in Rs

1 Embankment along Nallah LS 2 10,000,000
2 Diversion/Straightening of Nallah LS 1 20,000,000
3 Air Pollution Control LS 10,000,000
4 Hydraulic Backhoe, 0.9 cu m No 1 20,000,000
5 Tipping Truck, 8 cu m No 2 4,500,000
6 Green Belt Development / Afforestation LS 1 5,000,000
7 Environmental Monitoring LS 1 1,500,000
8 Garland Drain LS 1 5,000,000
9 Rainwater harvesting LS 1 5,000,000
10 Other technical and scientific studies 12,500,000
11 Water Pollution Control 23,800,000
Total 117,300,000
11.73 Crores

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
TABLE-7.1(C)
BREAK UP OF THE BUDGET ALLOCATED TOWARDS CSR ALONG WITH TIME LINE
Sr.No Heads Considering Rate Amount

@ Rs. 5 per tonne (in Crores)
1 CD/CSR cost 250 x 5 125.00
Total CSR Cost 125.00
The expenditure of Rs 125 Crores shall be carried out in the entire life of the mine
i.e 30 years considering Rs 5 / ton of production.
This includes Rs 45 Crores for CD / CSR (Activities including Rs. 13.8 Crores for
Core Development + Rs. 9.6 Crores for peripheral development), Rs 50 Crores for
CPR and other initial community development works. In addition to above an
expenditure of Rs 30 Crores shall be deliberated in consultation with stake holders
and District Administration for the life of the project for development of
infrastructure, health, education, training and skill development program.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Comprehensive Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the
Page: C7-8
TABLE-7.1(D)
ACTION PLAN FOR ISSUES RAISED BY PARTICIPANTS DURING PUBLIC HEARING
Sr. Name Comments, Objections and Response from Project Proponent and Budget Timeline
No Suggestions Submitted Proposed Action Plan
1 Sri Lal Kishore It was informed by him that the It was informed by the Project Proponent that Area Development & CD/ 0-5 years after obtaining all
Nath Shahdev, area should be developed. PM10 particles do not fly beyond 500 meter. CSR: necessary clearance and
Bari Village Further, the mining will be done by the help of approvals
latest available technologies to reduce dust An amount of Rs. 50.00 Lakhs
pollution and hence, the impacts shall be limited has been allocated for the FY
When a project starts, a standard to 10 km. 2021-22 towards CD/ CSR
scale of impact is up to an area of activities.
10 km, but a mining project can As per the TOR accorded under EIA Notification
dated 14th September 2006, environmental impact The following provisions have
have an impact of more than a 10 been kept towards CD/ CSR
km area. assessment has been carried out within 10km
radius from the outermost boundary. Activities during mining phase:
The measures mentioned for However, besides the core zone, the pollution (a) Rs. 45 Crores for CSR/ CD
pollution control are not monitoring will also be done in 10-15 km radius, Activities including Rs. 13.8
implemented. What measures will the report of which shall be made available to Crores for Core
be taken to reduce the effects of Pollution department & CPCB. Development + Rs. 9.6
pollution? Crores for peripheral
Action Plan for Area Development development
(a) Detailed studies on the need-based activities (b) Rs. 50 Crores for
have been conducted in the core area for the replacement of common
identification of suitable CSR/CD activities. property resources.
(b) The necessary CSR/CD activities with respect Pollution Control &
to development of the area will be taken on Environmental Management
top priority in consultation with the project Activities:
affected persons through regular meetings
and interactions. An amount of Rs. 11.73 Crores
towards environmental
(c) Company will undertake works in the field of pollution control activities /
health, education & development of the area Environment Management has
in consultation with the villagers & raiyats and been earmarked.
in collaboration with them.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-9
(d) Medical facilities, Roads, Electrical
Infrastructure, drinking water, education shall
be undertaken through CSR/CD activities.
PVUNL will try to engage local people for
executing CSR/ CD works
Action Plan for Dust Pollution Control:
(a) After 4-5 years the over burden shall be
dumped inside the mining area.
(b) Wherever there is dust pollution, water
sprinkling will be done to stop air pollution as
long as mining is done.
(c) Adoption of latest mining technology i.e.
deployment of surface miner for cutting &
extraction of coal, minimal use of explosive,
and implementation of controlled Blasting
technique if Blasting is required so that
generation of vibration, noise and dust can be
minimized. This will reduce & control sound
pollution.
(d) Company shall carry out periodic inspection/
measurement of air, water & noise pollution &
soil testing.
(e) Coal rakes will be covered with tarpaulin
sheet during transportation.
(f) Company will install display boards which will
display ambient air quality parameters. PM10.
PM2.5, SOX, NOX etc parameters will be
displayed continuously.
(g) The concentration of NO2 and CO may also
increase due to increased vehicular traffic

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-10
movement. As most of the equipment will be
mobile, the emissions are likely to be fugitive.
The dust generated will also be fugitive in
nature, which will be controlled by suitable
mitigation measures like sprinkling of water.
The impacts will be localized in nature and the
areas outside the project boundary are not
likely to have any adverse impact with respect
to pollution.
Action Plan for Water Pollution Control
(a) Company will try its best to prevent water
pollution. River water will not be used for
mining purpose. Water coming out through
seepage due to mining will be used for all
purposes.
(b) Implementation of suitable measures like
water spraying, development of greenbelt will
be implemented to control the air borne dust.
(c) During mining top soil will be preserved in the
adjoining area of mining. During reclamation
top soil will be covered above the overburden.
After that greenbelt will be developed on that
area.
The pollution control measures for all the
environmental attributes are detailed in Chapter 2
and Chapter 4 of the EIA Report and the same will
be implemented during commissioning of work at
mine lease area after obtaining EC.
2 Sri. Rajendra How will the dust particles Response and Action Plan Pollution Control & 0-5 years after obtaining all
Yadav, Barwadih generated by mining be Environmental Management necessary clearance and
Village controlled? As most of the equipment will be mobile, the Activities: approvals

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-11
emissions are likely to be fugitive. The dust An amount of Rs. 11.73 Crores
generated will also be fugitive in nature, which will towards environmental
be controlled by suitable mitigation measures like pollution control activities /
sprinkling of water Environment Management has
been earmarked..
3 Sri. Satendra When the company does mining, Action Plan for Drop in Ground Water Level Pollution Control & 0-5 years after obtaining all
Prasad Yadav, there will be a pit, due to which Environmental Management necessary clearance and
Sikni Village the water level in the area around To control the ground water level all necessary Activities: approvals
the mining will go down, then Efforts shall be taken to keep the water positivity.
what will be the arrangement of The following measures will substantiate ground An amount of Rs. 11.73 Crores
the company for that the water water recharge to reduce the impact of lowering towards environmental
level does not go down. water table in the vicinity and downstream due to pollution control activities /
ground water abstraction from bore wells and Environment Management has
This is a poor area, if coal mines dewatering from mine pits: been earmarked which includes
will open here, people from here rainwater harvesting and nala
who go outside and work will be a (a) Rainwater harvesting; protection measures
matter of misfortune. People here
should get employment. (b) Settling-cum-recharge ponds;
He read out the demand of the (c) Recharge wells along diversion channels and
people. On behalf of the tenants, stream course; and
he said that according to the
recent survey, there is a lot of (d) Water collection sumps in mine pits.
discrepancy in the land papers. It
should be corrected by setting up
Action Plan for Return of Land
camps in the village. Proper
compensation of land and After 30 years, the land will be handed over to the
employment was demanded from government after closing it under the mine
the company. closure plan.
After the extraction of coal, the
Action Plan for R&R Activities and
land will be returned to the
Employment:
tenants after leveling the land.
R&R Activities shall be implemented in compliance
Roads falling in rural areas should R&R Activities
with the RFCTLARR ACT 2013 & Govt directives.
be kept in residential category.
Along with land compensation to the affected Tentative cost of R&R Plan and

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-12
A demand was made to resettle family, a lumpsum amount as per RFCTLARR Act Benefits is Rs. 1070 Crores
the displaced tenants in the said shall be given by the company in lieu of job to subject to approval by Govt. of
area before displacing them. each family. Jharkhand.
Provision should be made by the Project affected family along with land Area Development & CD/
company to the people for all the compensation, each family having members CSR:
arrangements like irrigation, above 18 years of age will get Rs 5 lakh
education, employment, health, compensation in lieu of direct employment An amount of Rs. 50.00 Lakhs
plantation, he said. has been allocated for the FY
Preferential employment shall be ensured through 2021-22 towards CD/ CSR
Any work should be done only the contractors/ sub-contractors and efforts shall activities.
after getting the compensation for be made to employ local persons as much as
the said land. possible. PVUNL shall create opportunities for The following provisions have
indirect employment in the field of vehicle hiring, been kept towards CD/ CSR
labors, trading of construction material, Activities during mining phase:
carpenters etc. However, this is subject to the
availability of vacancies & suitable skill set (a) Rs. 45 Crores for CSR/ CD
required for the job. Activities including Rs. 13.8
Crores for Core
For mining activities, work on acquired land will Development + Rs. 9.6
be done after disbursement of land compensation Crores for peripheral
as decided by the State Government. development
Action Plan for Area Development: (b) Rs. 50 Crores for
development of common
Details Provided in S. No 1 above. property resources.
4 Sri Lal Motinath He welcomed the NTPC’s coal Action Plan for Pollution Control: Pollution Control & 0-5 years after obtaining all
Shahdev, Ate project. Environmental Management necessary clearance and
Village Details Provided in S. No 1 above Activities: approvals
There is a lot of pollution problem
in whatever coal field is there. The An amount of Rs. 11.73 Crores
norms related to the environment towards environmental
should be complied with. Action Plan for Acquisition of Land for pollution control activities /
Railway Corridor: Environment Management has
How will they reduce the pollution been earmarked.
caused by the transportation of Land Acquisitions shall be undertaken as per 0-3 years after obtaining all
RFCTLARR ACT 2013, Forest (Conservation) Act, necessary clearance and
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-13
coal? 1980 and other Govt directives. R&R Activities approvals
Land acquisition of 70 meters On both sides of railway track, left over small Tentative cost of R&R Plan and
wide is proposed for the railway portion of land, letter has been given to DC Benefits is Rs. 1070 Crores
corridor. He expressed Latehar. Company will act according to the subject to approval by Govt. of
apprehension that the railway instructions & guidance of District Administration. Jharkhand.
corridor would be constructed by
Mining activities on acquired land will be done
acquiring forest land and
only after disbursement of land compensation as
Gairmajarua land. But the tenancy
decided by the State Government and obtaining
land will remain the same. They
all clearances including environment and forest
demanded that the tenancy land
clearance.
which is left next to 70 meters
should also be acquired and Action Plan for R&R Activities and
included in the railway corridor. It Employment:
should be complied with before
environmental clearance, Details Provided in S. No 3 above
otherwise they will be in
opposition to environmental
clearance.
He requested to link up the
villagers with employment.
An amount of Rs 14 Lakhs for

the FY 2021-22 is allocated
towards capacity (skill) building
for vocational training to the
local youth.
5 Sri Ashish The coal that will be transported Action Plan for Control of Dust During Coal Pollution Control & 0-5 years after obtaining all
NathShahdev, Ate by the railway line, how will the Transportation Environmental Management necessary clearance and
Village dust particles fly in the Activities: approvals
surrounding area be controlled. Coal from the CHP will be transported through a
surface conveyor to the silos/load out point An amount of Rs. 11.73 Crores
located at southern boundary of the block, loading towards environmental
into railway wagon (covered with tarpaulin) pollution control activities /

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-14
through rapid loading system and to be Environment Management has
dispatched through the railways. The coal will be been earmarked.
transported from Banhardih to Patratu STPP by
rail, which is at distance of approximate 95 km by
rail.
(a) The coal transportation shall be carried out

from silos to Railway wagons through Rapid
loading system and wagons shall also be
covered with tarpaulin to avoid generation of
coal dust during transportation.
(b) The compliance to the Environmental norms

shall be ensured through regular monitoring of
air & water quality.
6 Sri Lal Manojnath How will dust-particles be Action Plan for Control of Dust During Coal Pollution Control & 0-5 years after obtaining all
Shahdev, Sikni controlled in the vicinity due to Transportation: Environmental Management necessary clearance and
Village mining? Details Provided in S. No 1 above. Activities: approvals
For mining, blasting has to be Action Plan for R&R Activities and An amount of Rs. 11.73 Crores
done, due to which vibration is Employment: towards environmental
generated. Vibration causes pollution control activities /
cracks in houses etc., and there Details Provided in S. No 3 above. Environment Management has
are other problems. How such a been earmarked.
problem will be handled and
needs attention. The local people will be preferred for non-technical Area Development & CD/
jobs within the mine lease area. CSR:
The provision made by the
company does not seem to imply An amount of Rs. 50.00 Lakhs
that no one will be able to get has been allocated for the FY
employment. It was ensured that the company will take up all 2021-22 towards CD/ CSR
the activities proposed and take up the confidence activities.
He praised the initiative taken by of the people. It was also ensured that the
the local MLA. Expressed education, health and employment including The following provisions have
happiness with the coming of the providing vocational training to the unemployed been kept towards CD/ CSR
project but the assurance being
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-15
given by the company should not youth as a part of CSR activities Activities during mining phase:
be deceived.
(c) Rs. 45 Crores for CSR/ CD
He urged them to ensure Activities including Rs. 13.8
education, health and Crores for Core
employment. Development + Rs. 9.6
Crores for peripheral
development
Rs. 50 Crores for development
of common property resources.
An amount of Rs 14 Lakhs for

the FY 2021-22 is allocated
towards capacity (skill) building
for vocational training to the
local youth.
7 Sri Lal At present the environment here Action Plan for Control of Pollution: - 0-5 years after obtaining all
Janmejayanath is very clean, what is the Please refer the reply to Sl. No. 1 above. necessary clearance and
Shahdev, Bari company's solution for the approvals
Village pollution that will increase here Action Plan for Reconstruction of Ponds:
and he said that there are 17 big In addition, the Ponds shall be reconstructed
ponds inside our village and what under Scheme for reconstruction of Common
is the arrangement for the Property Resources.
pollution that will happen in the
adjacent area due to mining. Action Plan for Control of Ground Water
Level:
How will the company operate on Please refer the reply to Sl. No. 1 above.
water level? What will be the
arrangement for the displaced Action Plan for R&R and Employment:
whose house, land is completely Please refer the reply to Sl. No. 1 above.
lost? He urged to clarify the
rehabilitation plan.
8 Sri Md. Belal This area is basically an Along with land compensation to the affected - 0-5 years after obtaining all
Ahmed, agricultural area. Farmers' land family, a lumpsum amount shall be given by the necessary clearance and
Banhardih Village has gone in each other's name. It company in lieu of job to each family. approvals

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-16
should be rectified and online
receipt should be acknowledged Action Plan:
from register-2. Camps should be
organized in village to village to (a) PVUNL will take up the matter with State
rectify the paper-related mess Government for correction of land records.
related to land.
(b) For employment and CSR activities may
He requested NTPC to provide please refer Sl no-3 (b) & 3(c).
information to the tenants on all
the subjects like employment,
(c) PVUNL shall ensure the implementation of
R&R policy/ Guidelines as per the State
drinking water, education, health. Govt. R&R Policy i.e JRRP 2008/ the
RFCTLARR Act 2013 in consultation with
What benefits will the tenants, Dist. Administration.
and the displaced get when this
project comes?
9 Sri Land is the right of people to Action Plan: 0-5 years after obtaining all
RameshwarUrao, survive. The forest lease which PVUNL shall follow and implement the norms and necessary clearance and
Sikni Village has been accorded under the guidelines of State government & Forest approvals
Forest Rights Rules is also lost Department.
towards land acquisition. The
forest lessee should also get
compensation.
10 Sri Basudev Land acquisition is required for About 463.18 ha biologically reclaimed land will Pollution Control & 0-5 years after obtaining all
Prasad Yadav, plantation, whether the company be handed over to the Forest department. Thus, Environmental Management necessary clearance and
Sasang Village has land available for plantation. the total biologically reclaimed area shall be Activities: approvals
It was heard from the company 1247.74 ha for all considerations. Few flora
that tree plantation would be done species are suggested for greenbelt development An amount of Rs. 11.73 Crores
to keep the environment safe. or safety zone plantation, periphery or boundary towards environmental
plantation, avenue plantations and block pollution control activities /
What will the company do to stop plantation are Dalbergia sissoo, Mimusops elengi, Environment Management has
the migration of tenants? Terminalia chebula etc. been earmarked.
The job of loading the coal coming Regarding prevention of the migration of tenants
out from here should be done by and local employment, preference will be given to
the local people of the area and in the local population for direct and in-direct An amount of Rs. 50.00 Lakhs
this project, more and more employment. The proposed project may create is allocated for the FY 2021-22
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-17
laborers should be kept local and opportunities for indirect employment in the field towards CSR activities.
take care of the education and of vehicle hiring, labours, trading of construction
health of the children. material, carpenters etc.
The company may arrange for Action Plan:
proper arrangement of housing.
(a) Tree plantation shall be done both in Mining
and Non mining area and also for
Compensatory Afforestation as per the
norms & guidelines of Ministry of Forest &
Environment /State Forest Dept.
(b) To stop the migration of tenants, PVUNL

shall create job opportunities, may please
refer action plan mentioned Sl no-3 (b).
(c) The arrangement for housing (R&R Colony)

shall be done as per the R&R guidelines of
JRRP2008/ RFCTLARR Act 2013 in
consultation with State Administration.
11 Sri Gajendra How will the company stop water Action Plan for Control of Pollution: Pollution Control & 0-5 years after obtaining all
Yadav, Village:- pollution, noise pollution, air Details provided in S. No 1 above. Environmental Management necessary clearance and
Barwadih pollution? Activities: approvals
Panchayat - Bari Action Plan for R&R and Employment:
what will be the provision by the Details provided in S. No 1 above. An amount of Rs. 11.73 Crores
company for rehabilitation and towards environmental
employment of the displaced pollution control activities /
people. Environment Management has
been earmarked.
12 Sri Lal Ranjan Where will the house be made for Action Plan: - 0-1 years after obtaining all
Nath Shahdev, those tenants who will be necessary clearance, approvals
Sikni Village displaced from here, as we all PVUNL shall follow & implement the directives of and before starting of mine.
know that Khatiyan of 1932 is State Government and it will be as per the R& R
required to make any paper? Policy.
Where will the housing be built for
the next generation? What is the
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-18
solution for that?
13 Sri Jagatmani What measures do you have in It shall be complied with the RFCTLARR Act 0-3 years after obtaining all
Baidh, Bari the rehabilitation of the displaced 2013/R&R policy. necessary clearance and
Village and by what percentage will you approvals
be able to eliminate the problems
caused by it. You get the solution Action Plan
and disposal of this problem
PVUNL has its own web site, all the relevant
upload or make available on the
information shall be made available for the
internet so that today's youth can
beneficiaries & Stake holders.
also get information easily.
Keep the Road Map of

Environmental Imbalance,
methods of rehabilitation in the
public domain.
14 Sri Baleshwar Where will we go and how will we Will be complied with the RFCTLARR Act 0-3 years after obtaining all
Yadav, Banhardih live after our people are displaced 2013/R&R policy. necessary clearance and
Village from house, land, farm, and our approvals
child is less educated, whether he
will get employment or not. If the Action Plan:
Khatiyan of the land is gone, then (a)PVUNL shall follow & implement the
how will the papers of the children provisions as per RFCTLARR ACT in
be made. consultation with State Government.
(b) PVUNKL shall take care as per the
provisions of RFCTLARR Act 2013, Schedule
-2, Sl no.11(3) .
15 Sri Kameshwar What will be the arrangement for 0-3 years after obtaining all
the rehabilitation of the displaced? Action Plan: necessary clearance and
Yadav, Banhardih
Village What will be the employment May please refer point mentioned in Acton plan approvals
arrangement for the displaced? in Sl No- 14 (a) & (b).
How to get the necessary
documents of our children when
Khatiyani is gone.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-19
16 Sri Saroj Devi, The displacement policy of 0-3 years after obtaining all
Sasang Village Jharkhand should be clearly Action Plan necessary clearance and
placed so that the rural people of It is available in the official web site of State approvals
the coal block of Banhardih area Govt Jharkhand and also in the office of PVUNL
will give their votes. at Latehar.
17 Sri uresh Yadav, This area is full of mineral wealth, Action Plan An amount of Rs. 50.00 Lakhs 0-5 years after obtaining all
Sasang Village yet people here migrate from here is allocated for the FY 2021-22 necessary clearance and
for employment. How will the towards CSR activities. approvals
company reduce this migration May please refer action plan mentioned Sl no-3
(b).
and provide employment to
unemployed, educated youth.
18 Sri Rajendra How will the Auranga River and Auranga river flows from south-east to north-west - 0-5 years after obtaining all
Singh, Sasang Ghaghari River be freed from up to the western boundary of the ML area at a necessary clearance and
Village being polluted? minimum distance of 1.80 km towards south and approvals
flows out of the study area from west. The
elevations of ML area and Auranga River in the
east are 459.90 m and 430 m amsl respectively
and in the west are 409 m and 389 m amsl
respectively indicating that Auranga River flows at
approximately 20 to 30 m lower level than the ML
area. Hence, any flooding from Auranga River is
not envisaged.
Action Plan
PVUNL shall ensure for implementation of
wastewater recycling and ZERO discharge of
wastewater to surrounding.
19 Sri Avadhesh Under the Banhardih coal block Coal from the CHP will be transported through a
Kumar Yadav, project, 10 villages have been surface conveyor to the silos/load out point
Sasang Village mentioned. Under this, Ate, located at southern boundary of the block, loading
Sasang, Chetar and Aan villages into railway wagon (covered with tarpaulin)
have not been mentioned for the through rapid loading system and to be

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-20
railway corridor. If the railway dispatched through the railways. The coal will be
wagon passes through these transported from Banhardih to Patratu STPP by
villages, then how will the rail, which is at distance of approximate 95 km by
pollution in the surrounding area rail.
be reduced and controlled.
Pillaring of the land that will be Action Plan

taken has been done. Until the
land rate is clarified, further work
should be postponed. a) May please refer Sl No4(b).
b) The acquisition of the mentioned land is
being done by State Government under
the ‘The RFCTLARR Act 2013’.
20 Sri Ravindra Rechi village is adjacent to Action Plan:

Sahu, Rechi Banhardih coal block, but the PVUNL shall follow & implement the directives of
Village name of Rechi village is not Dist Administration.
included.
Rechi village is included and diversion of forest
land within ML area falling under Rechi village is
also submitted to Department of Forests.
21 Sri Rajesh Ram, The most affected villages are Bari The Public hearing view was decided by State 0-5 years after obtaining all
Rechi Village and Banhardih, because the land Govt and State Pollution Control Board, Jharkhand necessary clearance and
of these villages is going the as per the norms of MoEF&CC approvals
most, then why public hearing
was not held there for
environmental clearance so that Action Plan
the public would get full
information there, how the
environmental pollution will be For employment and CSR/ CD activities may
please refer action plan mentioned Sl no-3 (b) &
controlled and more and more
3(c).
information will get about
rehabilitation, employment,
education, health etc., and how
the company will work on

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-21
infrastructure.
22 Sri Binod Prasad Passing the railway line from Transportation of coal through Railway, shall be as
Yadav, Sasang Richighuta will be more beneficial per the feasibility study and directives from
Village so that Tubed and Banhardih are Railway, accordingly, it is envisaged for coal
also included and developed by transportation from Chetar to Patratu.
that line. Efforts should be made Action Plan
to link-up the youth with this For employment of youth, may please refer Sl no-
scheme. 3 (b).
23 Sri Umesh Prasad Transport of coal should also be Coal from the CHP will be transported through a 0-5 years after obtaining all
Yadav, Sasang done by road transport along with surface conveyor to the silos/load out point necessary clearance and
Village railway line so that maximum located at southern boundary of the block, loading approvals
employment can be generated. into railway wagon (covered with tarpaulin)
through rapid loading system and to be
dispatched through the railways. The coal will be
If the company will extract coal transported from Banhardih to Patratu STPP by
from mining, then what is your rail, which is at distance of approximate 95 km by
solution for water control? rail.
The following measures will substantiate ground

water recharge to reduce the impact of lowering
water table in the vicinity and downstream due to
ground water abstraction from bore wells and
dewatering from mine pits:
1. Rainwater harvesting;
2. Settling-cum-recharge ponds;
3. Recharge wells along diversion channels and
stream course; and
Action Plan
Please refer action plan mentioned in Sl no- 3(a)

& 4(a)
24 Sri Dinesh Yadav, This project will not provide The preference will be given to the local An amount of Rs. 50.00 Lakhs 0-3 years after obtaining all
Barwadih Village employment, it is not a good population for direct and in-direct employment. is allocated for the FY 2021-22 necessary clearance and

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C7-22
thing. The proposed project may create opportunities for towards CSR activities. approvals
indirect employment in the field of vehicle hiring,
Spend 25% of the profit of the labours, trading of construction material,
company for the development of carpenters etc.
the area.
The expenditure on development of the area shall
An agreement / bond should be be as per guidelines of State Govt. The CSR
made with the local people so that activities will be taken up as per the scheme
the local people get benefits under developed by the company in consultation with all
the agreement. A request should stakeholders, which is on need based such as
be made to the Deputy education, health, infrastructure, livelihood etc.
Commissioner in this regard.
Company should work on
education, health, and
employment and build a An amount of Rs. 50 Lakhs is
playground. Action Plan
allocated towards CSR
(a) The expenditure amount for CD /CSR activities.
activities shall be as per the Company’s
Policy.
(b) For employment and CSR activities may
please refer Sl no-3 (b) & 3(c).
25 Sri Dhanesh Ram, First of all the land papers should Action Plan
Bari Village be corrected. In the recent
survey, there has been a mess in Please refer action plan mentioned in Sl. No. 8(a)
the land details. Farmers' land
should be corrected. I request the
Deputy Commissioner in this
regard.

DOC. NO:
Comprehensive Environmental Impact 2025/999/GOG/S/001

Banhardih Coal Mining Project of 12 MTPA ISSUE DATE: 25.04.2022
Capacity
Page: C7-23
7.3 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

Risk Assessment
Mining operations involves dangers/risks like fires, inundation and failure of

machinery etc. which need to be investigated, addressed and mitigated. Disaster
management plan is formulated with an aim to take necessary precautions to avert
disaster and also to take corrective action after the disaster to limit the damage to
the minimum.
The project area belongs to part of the Latehar district and active social movements
are noticeable. The project will uplift the socio-economic condition of the area and it
is envisaged that risks of uncertainty can be mitigated through implementation of
proper Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) programme. In addition, employment
generation will also help to mitigate the social issues.
The risks which may arise due to geo-mining conditions are evaluated and are
furnished below along with their suggested remedial measures.
Risk Identification
Mining operations will be carried out with utmost safety but there is always some
element of danger or risk involved in it. Mining and its allied activities are associated
with several potential hazards to both the employees and the public at large. A
worker in a mine should be able to work under conditions which are adequately safe
and healthy. At the same time, the environmental conditions should be such as not
to impair his working efficiency. This is possible only when there is adequate safety
in the mine workings.
Extraction of coal through opencast mining is generally taken to be safe, compared

to underground mining. However, following risks are considered in opencast coal
mining.
 Accidents on OB and coal benches;

 Failure of dump slopes;
 Flooding of the mine;
 Blasting in opencast mines;
 Fire in OB dump/coal yard/coal benches; and
 Accidents due to lack of adequate space for movement of men & equipment
in mining area and workshop.
 Failure of Benches of OB and Coal
The benches in the overburden rocks are proposed upto 10 m height 30 m width for
the operational zones. On these 30 m horizontal benches, regular movement of
dumpers and shovels shall take place. Any sudden failures of the vertical face would
cause dangerous situations to the top horizontal bench and would move large
quantity of debris to the lower horizontal benches, thereby causing serious mishap
to the equipment and persons deployed at both the horizontal bench. In order to
prevent such incidents, a comprehensive slope monitoring system will be
implemented under the safety management program of the mines. Implementation
DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-24
of Real time Slope Monitoring system such as SSR or MSR will be evaluated during
operational stage besides manual monitoring through EDM, crack meters etc. Any
chances of slope failure identified by the monitoring system will be attended with
highest priority and appropriate measures based on the type of failure will be
followed. Based on nature of failure, grouting, ground anchoring, retaining walls,
wire netting etc. methods will be adopted. Fault zones and other weak zones will be
monitored with added frequency.
An audit will be initiated at least one month prior to the onset of monsoon. Based on
the audit report, a monsoon planning will be prepared and implemented.
 Failure of Dump Slopes
The surface dump has been benched at 30 m height. The overall slope has been
considered to 27deg. by leaving a 30 m wide berm between two successive
benches. This reduces the chances of OB slope failure and subsequent damages. At
any point of time, reverse sloping on the top of the dumps will be followed. Toe
drains and weep holes will be provided to drain out the water from the loose
overburdens. Terracing will be done as much as possible in the dump slopes before
plantation/ slopes will be covered through grass turfing. In few strategic areas,
covering through Geo-textiles will be evaluated and if found suitable shall be
implemented. Guard wall and retention walls of appropriate size shall be provided in
the toe of the dump. Backfilled dumps once stabilized shall be technically and
biologically reclaimed. Thus, failure of backfilled dumps in post closure phase is not
envisaged, except otherwise near the left out void area. The exposed dump surface
facing towards the temporary water body will be covered through wire netting, and
proper terracing will be done to prevent such failure. Regular dump slope
monitoring will be done through real time slope monitoring system and appropriate
preventive measures will be taken if such chances of failures are identified.
At the conceptual stage, there will be no remaining mined-out voids. The external
dump within the block boundary will be completely rehandled to fill up the voids.
The backfilled dump will be kept in the surface level.
 Flooding of the Mine
The mining operation will be restricted to 300 m depth from the surface level.
Ground water accumulated during mining will be pumped and stored for plantation,
workshop and sprinkling usage.
Necessary pumping arrangements need to be done considering the worst-case

scenario of the rainfall on a single day basis and ground water assessment through
detail hydrogeological study.
A berm of 3 m all along the pit crest is planned to prevent entry of storm water
within the pit. This water will be channelised along the pit which will then follow the
natural course. A garland drain of 5-7 m width and about 4-5 m deep has been
planned along the lease boundary to channelize the storm water from the
catchment area. In the initial years, this garland drain will connect the natural
drainage through the central part of the block.
DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-25
Pumping arrangement on year-to-year basis will be followed as per monsoon

Planning to drain put the storm water.
 Risk Mitigation Measures to Prevent Loss during Mine Inundation
The mine pit will receive water from three sources namely, direct precipitation
over excavated area, surface run-off from the surrounding area and seepage
from the strata. During heavy rainfall, the mine may get flooded due to ingress
of water from the higher ground through natural drainage. This may cause loss
of human life, equipment, etc. The mitigation measures are described below:
 Sufficient pumping capacity shall be provided to deal with any abnormal rain
fall;
 Wherever, there is undulations on the working floor, cutting and filling of strata
on the floor will be done, so that, smooth and proper passage of water towards
sump can take place;
 The planning of de-watering of the mine to be done in such a way that as far as
possible the working faces and haul roads remain dry; and
 The main pumps will handle the quantity of water inflow during a day of peak
rainfall in monsoon in excess of sump capacity and the accumulated water in
the sump will be pumped in 4-5 days.
 Blasting in Opencast Mines
In general, drilling and blasting has been envisaged as a mining process.

Necessary study will be conducted when the mine becomes operationalized.
Vibrations due to blasting may cause damage to the nearby structures if

appropriate control measures are not adopted.
Fly rock is another possible damage causing outcome of blasting. There are many
factors which influence fly rocks. These are like long explosive columns with
inadequate stemming column, improper burden, loose material or pebbles near
holes and long water columns in the holes.
The following control measures have been envisaged to reduce ground vibration
within statutory limits:
 The peak particle velocity (PPV) of ground vibration will be kept below 10
mm/s for 8-25 hz frequency range through optimally controlled blasting
techniques, after necessary field trials;
 Drilling and charging pattern will be formulated, with less explosives charge
etc, after field trials;
 Use of suitable initiating sequence and millisecond detonators;
 Reduction of amount of explosives charged per day optimally;
 To contain fly rocks, stemming column will not be less than burden of the hole.
Blasting area will also be muffled, if necessary, to stop fly rocks propagation;
 Blasting will not be carried out when strong winds are blowing towards
habitation areas. Blasting will be done during midday time and never at night;
DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-26
 Surrounding villages within 1 km radius of blasting will be regularly inspected

for any visual cracks on walls and feedbacks will be gathered to investigate the
reasons for these and for reassessing the charge per delay from time to time;
 Vibration study will also be carried out at appropriate times to firm up most
ideal and optimal blasting parameters;
 Controlled blasting to avoid tension cracks which may endanger the stability of
bench slopes in the mine;
 Short delay detonators to be used in preference to detonating fuse;
 In case of using detonating fuse, it should be covered with 750 mm thick cover
of sand or drill cuttings; and
 Proper care and supervision during blasting by a competent and experienced
person.
 Fire in Coal Benches/Coal Stack Yard
 Spontaneous heating of coal may cause fire in its coal benches, coal yards etc.
Extraction of coal will be made maximum possible from the coal benches and
spillage coals will be removed before moving to another bench. This will reduce
the chances of fire. Never the less, if any coal benches are to remain idle for a
period more than 15 days, the same shall be properly dressed and cleaned from
loose coal or fines at the time of stoppage.
 Heights of coal stack yard will be less than 10 m to avoid spontaneous

combustion at the stack yard. Fixed type sprinkler and firefighting
arrangements will be installed at the coal stock yards.
 Crusher Operation
Coal crushers will be fitted with mist type sprinklers to avoid dust dispersions
generated from the coal crushers. All transfer points shall be covered with
hoods for dust collection. This will keep the good visibility in the operating
areas.
 Operation of Conveyors and RLS
The part of the MGR has been planned within the project area and RLS will be
operational throughout the year. Since wagon movement has been planned
within the project area, manning in the railway crossings will be of utmost
importance. Besides manning, sirens will be blown beforehand of rail
movements. Every time the conveyor resumes after stoppages – proper
signaling will be provided. A comprehensive safety guidelines will be issued for
coal crushing and loading arrangements.
 For Road Accidents

Haul road for rear dumpers shall be designed with double lane and shoulders on
both sides for movement of dumpers and ancillary equipment. Sharp turnings
shall be avoided to reduce the chance of accidents. The haul road shall be
designed at a gradient of 1 in 16. Sufficient arrangements for illumination of
roads including haul roads shall also be made. The road will be black topped to
avoid water logging.
DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-27
For Preventing Accidents due to Trucks & Dumpers
o All transportation within the main working should be carried out directly
under the supervision and control of the management;
o The vehicles must be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at-
least once a week by the competent person authorized for the purpose by
the Management;
o Road signs should be provided at each and every turning point especially for
the guidance of the operators at the night;
o A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training, etc. will go

a long way in reducing the incidents of such accidents;
o Haul trucks should be oriented essentially perpendicular to the bream, while

unloading; and
o Generally, oversize rocks should be dealt within the pit by rock breaker.
However, for haul trucks at the dump with such oversize materials, load
consisting of large rocks must not be dumped over the edge. This is unsafe
and may damage equipment.
 Risk Mitigation Measures during Blasting
Controlled blasting techniques will be adopted during blasting within 300 m

zone but beyond 100 m from the village, dwellings, surface structure, road
etc. For proper blasting and minimizing the adverse side effects due to
blasting, viz. noise, ground vibration, back-breaks, air blast, fly rocks, etc.
the following precautions have been suggested to avoid dangerous
situations:
 A safety zone for blasting around the quarry;

 Suitable drilling pattern;
 Before blasting is done, warning sound will be given so that people can
move to safe places;
 Controlled blasting with site mixed slurry;
 Optimization of maximum quantity of explosive in a blast hole;
 Blasting will be done during daytime. Frequency of blasting shall be
influenced by the availability of the land (tenancy in particular), DGMS
permission for use of explosive, method of mining and prevailing
meteorological conditions;
 No blasting will be done during low cloud cover. The condition of the
atmosphere may cause the air overpressure to produce different effects
from similar blasts. On a clear day the pressure is dissipated vertically,
but low clouds will cause the air wave to reflect and it may cause a
structure to respond at a greater distance;
 Blasting shall be carried out with closer control of blasting parameters
including desired fragmentation, permitted vibration, etc;

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-28
 Monitoring, analysis of vibration data for corrective and prevention

measure;
 Blasting shall be carried out as per DGMS regulations.
 Risk Mitigation Measures for Explosive Handling
The present day technology of blasting with site mixed slurry (SMS) explosive
shall be used with millisecond delay detonators that are initiated by shock tube
initiation system. Detonators shall be stored in Magazine. Handling of explosives
will be done as per Indian Explosives Act 1884 and DGMS norms.
 Significance of Risk Management/Safety Management System (SMS)
To minimize adverse effects of the risk, to which the workers are exposed in
execution of different activities. Risk management involves the entire staff in the
realization of safety improvement programme with responsibility and
accountability sharing proportionately with the decision making authority. The
Directorate General of Mines Safety issued following Technical Circular to
implement SMS:
 DGMS. Tech. Cir.13 of 2002 - Safety Management System - A guideline for

Implementation;
 DGMS. Tech. Cir.8 of 2009 - System Study and Safety Audit for the purpose
of eliminating the Risk of Accidents & Dangerous Occurrences; and
 DGMS (Tech) (S&T) Circular 2 of 2011 - Provision for Audit and Review of
SMS.
Any other circular/guidelines/rules/regulations issued by DGMS from time to
time to implement safety in mines. PVUNL recognizes that all accidents are
preventable and hence considers safety at the forefront of all activities.
Safety Management System (SMS)
 Identify the hazard;

 Dissect each activity to as smallest node as possible;
 Assess risk by considering the exposure, probability and consequence;
 Prioritise and implement control measures ;
 Find out the residual risk, if any and procedures for handling of situations;
and
 Continual improvement by adopting new methods and procedures Hence,
Safety Management System is one of the most essential aspects to operate
the mine in safe way.
The Risk Management Plan (RMP) will be prepared for the project under the
provisions of DGMS Circular and Recommendations of 9th and 10th National Safety
Conferences will be implemented to tackle risks associated with each and every
operation(s). The RMP will be modified periodically to the changed
conditions/circumstances by the project authorities.

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-29
7.4 Disaster Management Plan
Disaster Management Plan (DMP), a general plan of action for use in the event of
inundation, fire, high wall failure, dump failure or any other dangerous occurrence
or in the time of emergency.
The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) consists of three stages:
 Information stage;
 Assessment stage; and
 Action stage.
Information Stage: if any dangerous incident is discovered or observed by any

person employed at the mine shall immediately inform the nearest official available
who shall inform the Manager or senior-most mine official in his absence, inform the
recue station and collect information regarding place of accident/occurrence,
number of persons involved and nature of help required.
The Manager shall inform the Project Officer, General Manager and Nodal Officer to
initiate DMP and also rush to the spot/mine. The Nodal officer shall also rush to the
site and inform CGM (safety), All Directors, DGMS Authorities, District Magistrate &
Collector, Superintendent of Police, local dispensary & Chief Medical Officer.
Assessment Stage: This stage is about assessing the extent and impact of
damage caused by a disaster and the capacity of the affected population to meet its
immediate survival needs. Such assessments will identify the needs that require
external intervention and the gaps to be filled.
Action Stage: The Emergency Action Plan covers personnel employed at the coal
mines. The Emergency Plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of
environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage
operation in the same order of priorities. The objective of the emergency plan is to
make use of the combined resources of the mine and the outside service to achieve
the following:
 Reliable and early detection of an emergency and careful planning;

 The availability of resources for handling emergencies;
 Safeguard the personnel located in the premises;
 Minimize damage to property and environment;
 Organize rescue and treatment of affected persons;
 Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control;
 Identify any casualties;
 Provide authoritative information to the news media;
 Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected persons;
 The command, co-ordination and response organization structure along with
efficient trained personnel; and
 Regular review and updating of the DMP.

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-30
Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent enquiry into the cause
and circumstances of emergency. A broad outline for DMP is presented in Figure-
7.3.
FIGURE-7.3
STAGES OF DMP
The situation due to which emergency during the mine operation may start has
been briefed in the following section:
Emergency Situations Envisaged
Accident
Accident due to any reason resulting into fatality or serious body injury to one or
more persons or significant loss of property.
Danger of Fire
The proposed mine will be highly mechanized mine and diesel operated vehicles
will be deployed. Due to human error or any system failure, fire may be caused
which shall require urgent attention to deal with such danger. Other sources of
ignition may be power sub-station, short circuit in mine office and lightning.
Danger of Dump/Pit Slope Failure
It is proposed to construct 10 m high benches in waste with alternate working

and non-working benches of 30 m width giving operating slope angle of 45°.
DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-31
Although bench widths are as per Coal Mines Regulations, 2017, some localised
instability may occur which may influence a relatively small area especially during
monsoon. A few small-scale failures may subsequently cause a big failure.
There shall be separate dumps for top soil and overburden. Due to heavy rain and
other reasons, water may accumulate on dump which may cause dump failure.
Explosive Transportation & Magazine

Vans carrying detonators, cast boosters and nonels may topple, go off the track
or come in contact with electrical wires. In this scenario it represents danger to
driver and supporting staff, passerby and bystanders.
Fire or explosion in magazine may cause by inflammable material like dry

vegetation, empty cartons, sparks from electric lines, internal combustion
engines, electric motors, high energy radio waves etc.
Social Unrest
Many of the operators in the proposed mine shall be employed from nearby
villages. Any fatality or serious bodily injury to these employees may disrupt
social harmony and mobilize villagers in great numbers. If situation further
aggravates, mob may become violent leading to destruction of property, arson
and even man handling.
Emergency Response Plan
Accidents at Site
For dealing with any minor accident at site, the Control Room will be equipped
with the following:
 First aid boxes;

 List of emergency contact numbers;
 List of first aid personnel;
 List of firefighting trained personnel;
 Contact numbers of rescue trained persons, if any and first aiders;
 Contact numbers of ambulances, para-medical staff and medical officers;
 List of persons having different trade skills like electrician, plumber, welder etc;
 PPE’s for emergency use;
 Transportation facility and ambulances;
 Walkie-talkies;
 Plans and sections of the working area;
 Cots for the injured; and
 Provision of siren facility.
Inundation
The control room shall be the main co-ordinating center for emergency response
of the mine where a security guard shall always be present.
Control room, Time office, Security gate, and check post at mine entry shall be
equipped with wireless set for passing the information/ instructions.

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-32
Note: Whenever it rains heavily, all senior officers of PVUNL at site shall make
communication with control rooms about the condition of the mine and for any
help required for the shift, and also appraise or be in touch with Mines Manager
for any help required.
Fire
Necessary fire-fighting system has been envisaged for the proposed mine, which
includes fire hydrants at strategic locations at equal spacing of 25 to 35 m with
suitable water supply pipelines. Portable type fire extinguishers to deal with
electrical/oil/ordinary fires shall be provided at all strategic locations in the mine.
All fire extinguishers shall be inspected and maintained on monthly basis.
One fire tender and fire crew will be round-the-clock ready for fire-fighting and
rescue in any emergency situation. On receipt of any information about any fire,
the crew will reach the spot immediately and start firefighting operations
depending on source of fire.
Slope Failure
Designing the overall height of dumps within 30 m above ground level. Scientific
study may also be carried out for dump stability and design from reputed
scientific agency. Keeping dumps so graded at the top that water does not
accumulate at the top and is guided through drains made for the purpose.
Ensuring that soil/ sub soil does not get mixed up at deeper dump levels, say
below 10 meters from proposed dump top; with rocks, during dump formation.
The dumps shall be having only hard rocks below 10 meters from their surface
level. Soil/ sub soil would be put only on sterile dump tops, which are ready for
bio-reclamation.
Regular monitoring of pit slope for early detection of movement shall be done.
Over-man and shift in-charges shall visit the OB dump and benches in every shift
and if there is any presence of tension cracks and accumulation of water, then
remedial actions shall be taken immediately.
Explosive Transportation & Magazine
If explosive catches fire during transportation, then driver and supporting staff
should immediately leave the vehicle, if unconscious they must be removed from
vehicle. The bystanders and passerby must be informed that van is carrying
explosive therefore they should maintain safe distance of 100 m.
No attempt will be made to fire fight. After fire has calmed down, rescue and
recovery procedure shall follow. If there is no fire then driver and supporting staff
should leave/rescued from vehicle and inform passer-by and bystanders that
vehicle is carrying explosive therefore maintain safe distance of 100 m. Rescue
and recovery procedure shall follow. As a preventive measure, road from
Magazine to Mines shall be made well paved and levelled with appropriate traffic
signboards.

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-33
Proximity to any source of fire should be cleared off from magazine. Area should
be cleared off any dry vegetation, electric line. Magazine should be surrounded by
firebreak. Vehicles carrying explosives shall be parked at a safer distance and
ignition switched-off. In case of fire in non-explosive material, isolation of
explosive material must be ensured, if required by removal of as much explosive
as possible. In case of fire in explosive material No attempt shall be made to fire
fight.
Social Unrest
In order to handle such chaotic social unrest, it is envisaged that a Nodal person
namely “Village Liasioning Officer” (VLO), if required with a team, shall be
nominated by Head of the Project. Such village liasioning officer may have cordial
relations with prominent persons in that village and in general with most
villagers. VLO will attempt to diffuse the tension and pursue villagers to calm
down, eventually leading to dispersal of mob and clearing all the working areas.
Duties During Emergency
1. Duty of any Person (First Responder)
Any person who notices any accident or emergency situation envisaged above
shall immediately communicate to area supervisor or any mine official (Mining
Sirdar/Overman/Shift Incharge) of PVUNL/MDO and to the time office through
Walky Talky or best available means of communication about the emergency
situation and take immediate step to control or aid with whatever appliance
available at the site to contain emergency situation to the extent possible and
without endangering himself and other unaffected persons.
2. Duty of Area Supervisor (Overman/Mining Sirdar)
Area Supervisor or any mine official (Mining Sirdar/Overman/Shift Incharge on

observing or receiving information about the emergency situation, then evaluate
the information and initiate an appropriate and immediate response to control the
problem including fencing of area. If the supervisor determines that the
appropriate response requires additional personnel, resources or services, he
shall inform Control room to mobilize these additional resources. Notification, to
other persons who are to be kept in safe place to be made and their
withdrawal/evacuation initiated. Area supervisor also immediately informs to MDO
shift in charge, PVUNL shift in charge and Time office.
3. Duties of Shift In-charge
Shift in charge on receiving the information about emergency situation shall

supervise the emergency response and respond to contain the emergency
situation, ensure safety of other persons employed and evacuation as needed.
Shift Incharge (PVUNL) will inform Safety Officer and Mine Manager. He will
communicate with Manager for any other instructions.

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-34
4. Duty of the Time Keeper/Attendance Clerk/Control Room
On receiving any information of any emergency or any accident related in the

mine from any source, Time Keeper will inform immediately to the senior most
mine official present in the mine over walkie-talkie/mobile or by a special
messenger. He shall also record the messages, received from time to time in a
message register kept for the purpose. Time keeper shall ensure that entry to the
mine and exit from the mine is recorded for all persons in prescribed form.
5. Duty of Manager
On getting information, he shall immediately rush to the place of occurrence. He

shall keep contact with the time office, shift officer/shift incharge, safety officer,
Engineer and other authorities and co-ordinate rescue and recovery works.
Manager shall be the emergency co-ordinator and authorize all rescue and
recovery operations. He will immediately inform to Head of Project (PVUNL). In
absence of Manager, Principal Official will work on behalf of Manager.
6. Duties of Engineer (Including Electrical & Mechanical Head)
a) Report to the control room.

b) Ensure availability of materials from stores.
c) Arrange men and materials for withdrawal of machines, when required.
d) Ensure there is no danger from electrical installation to persons affected and
deployed for rescue.
7. Duty of Medical Officer
After getting information of any emergency situation in the mine, he shall report
to the control room and he shall arrange the medical assistance and other
medical aids including the ambulance facilities. At the same time he shall co-
ordinate with the nearest hospitals and government health authorities.
8. Duty of Store In-charge
On getting information of an emergency situation, he shall arrange the

emergency materials as per the requirement given by the Manager/Principal
Official, Project Head, Mining Head and the control room.
9. Duty of Security in-charge
On getting information of an emergency situation, he shall report to the control

room and will maintain liaison with the local police station, maintain Law and
order and prevent unauthorized entry into mines.
10. Duty of Welfare Officer and HR Manager
On getting information of an emergency in the mine, he shall report to the control

room and he shall intimate his HQ, keep liaison with police and security personnel
to maintain Law and order. He will arrange tea, snacks, food items etc, from time
to time for personnel involved in rescue and recovery works, accommodation and
DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-35
transport facilities for the persons coming from outside for rescue and recovery
works.
Evacuation Plan
In case of emergency, all persons shall be evacuated nearer to mine control

room/mine time office/assembly point or any safe place as instructed by Shift in-
charge.
Evacuation In the event of an emergency and a decision to evacuate: all

instructions relating to the evacuation will come from the Supervisor at the scene
of the emergency, who will also follow the directions given by emergency
coordinator. In the event of a disruption to communications, the Supervisor in
charge must decide on the evacuation of employees/workers. The evacuation of
people shall be under the control of the area Supervisor and Assistant Manager. It
will be the responsibility of the Supervisor, or Assistant Manager, to check and
contact all people under their control and relay to them the following information
as briefly as possible:
1. The nature of the emergency; and

2. The route to be travelled to the designated emergency evacuation assembly
area.
People will not to leave the designated assembly areas until they have been
directed to do so by the Supervisor in charge. This clearance will come from the
Emergency Coordinator.
Assembly points will be designated in the event of emergency: these are easily
approachable for the persons working in respective areas. Travel up to assembly
points will be made through LMVs, if no LMV nearby then any other suitable
means. Plan showing routes of evacuation to assembly points will be prepared
and reviewed periodically.
7.5 Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan
Coal mining, is highly regulated industry due to presence of many inherent,

operational and occupational hazards. India has most comprehensive and
pervasive statutory framework for ensuring Occupational Health and Safety
(OHS) for Coal Mining. The safety setup (administrative) for mining is the best of
any industry in India. Compliance of these safety statutes is mandatory.
Applicable Statutes
In India, the operations in Coal mines are regulated by the Mines Act, 1952 Mine
Rules – 1955, Coal Mine Regulation-1957 and several other statutes framed
thereunder. Directorate-General of Mines Safety (DGMS) under the Union Ministry
of Labour & Employment (MOL&E) is entrusted to administer these statutes. The
following are the statutes that are applicable in Coal mines for occupational health
and safety (OHS).

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-36
1 The Mines Act -1952;

2 The Mines Rules -1955;
3 The Coal Mine Regulation -2017 (Notified recently on 27.11.2017);
4 The Mines Rescue Rules -1985;
5 The Central Electricity Authority (measures related to safety & supply)
Regulations – 2010;
6 The Mines Vocational Training Rules -1966;
7 The Mines Crèche Rules -1966;
8 The Indian Explosive Act, 1884;
9 The Explosive Rules – 2008;
10 The Mines Maternity Benefit Act & Rules -1963;
11 The Workmen Compensation Act – 2010; and
12 The Factories Act - 1948 Chapter -III & IV.
PVUNL will comply all above rules and regulations to manage occupational health
and safety in proposed coal mining project.
Occupational Health Hazards in Opencast Coal Mining
The major work-related health hazards associated with activities in opencast coal
mines are fugitive coal dust emissions, exposure to high heat, noise & vibrations,
storage and handling of chemicals and waste handling etc.
Coal Dust
Coal dust is a serious hazard in opencast coal mining, causing coal workers’
pneumoconiosis or ‘black lung’ and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. The
risks have now been largely controlled by dust suppression, ventilation and
respiratory protection. To prevent fugitive dust emissions at coal handling plants,
dust suppressions and dust extraction system will be installed at dust prone
areas. Water sprinklers, covered belt conveyer will be used to prevent generation
of coal dust. Air-borne dust surveys will be conducted and necessary control
measures will be taken accordingly.
High Noise
Adequate protective measures in the form of ear muffs/ear plugs to the workers
working in high noise areas need to be provided. In addition reduction in noise
levels in the high noise machinery areas shall be achieved by adoption of suitable
preventive measures such as use of enclosures with suitable absorption material
and sound proof cabin etc. Work environment noise levels will be monitored
periodically. Periodic Audiometry test should be done for persons engaged in
operations/areas where noise levels exceed 90 dB(A).
High Heat
Stacked coal, which can generate heat or can spontaneously heating, will be
inspected regularly to detect any fire. During summers, HEMM have high
temperature and it may cause burning, heat stroke to workers. Air-conditioned
cabin for shovel and dumper may be provided as far as possible to prevent heat

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-37
stroke. Gloves and other PPE will also be provided to workers to avoid contact
with hot parts of HEMM.
Occupational Health Monitoring, Training and Awareness
The work environment will be monitored for occupational accidents, diseases and
dangerous occurrences. A proper record of the same will be maintained. The
following aspects will be adopted to ensure good health condition of employees
and workers.
 Pre-employment check-up;
 Awareness programme;
 Routine check-up; and
 Periodic vaccination programme etc.
Occupational Health Monitoring for Workers
Engagement of contractual workers will be done only after proper health check-up
and fitness certificate by approved medical practitioner through contractor/MDO.
Periodic Medical Examination (PME), as required under the Factories Act/Mines
Act shall be undertaken. However, the investigations performed under the PME
should be relevant to the job exposures. Since coal/ash handling workers are
prone to dust exposure related diseases, due attention is required to those
workers. In case of need, the frequency of PME may be scheduled, based on
observation of the health check-up information. Providing PPE and re-locating of
job for those workers may also be considered.
Awareness Programmes and Training
Periodic awareness programmes regarding the Occupational health and safety

with active involvement of the workers will be organized, covering each individual
with the minimum annual average duration of 8 hours per worker. Regular
community level awareness programmes may be organized in the vicinity of the
plant for the family members of the workers. First-aid training will be imparted to
workers on regular basis to provide immediate relief to accident victim.
Occupational Health Surveillance
 Occupational Health Services which include a medical Centre and 24 X 7

ambulance in mining project shall be established by MDO/PVUNL;
 Periodical examination of workers engaged in mining activities;
 PVUNL will have digital records of medical and work environmental
surveillance.
 All chest radiographs of Initial and Periodical Medical Examinations shall be
classified for detection, diagnosis and documentation of pneumoconiosis in
accordance with ILO standards;
 Classification for Pneumoconiosis; and
 PVUNL will set up an occupational diseases Board consisting of one
Occupational Health Physician, one Radiologist and one General Physician.

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-38
Implementation of Occupational Health & Safety System
A comprehensive policy document on Occupational health and safety specific to

proposed coal mining project shall be framed. It will cover the legal provisions,
management system, best practices, safe operating procedures, etc. for various
areas of opencast coal mining. This will serve as a reference document for
effective implementation of the provisions.
Banhardih coal mining project will have environmental and occupational health
and safety management systems in place, which are auditable by third party,
approved by the DGMS/Govt. of India. Participatory management regarding
health and safety at plant level may be ensured.
Safe methods will be followed for the handling, collection and disposal of
hazardous waste as recommended by govt. authorities and expert organizations
like NIOH.
The occupier of the mine (Head of Project/Mines Manager) shall be responsible for
the compliance of provisions of the Statuary Act for casual/contractual labour on
health and safety issues. In case of women workers, the provisions of the Mines
Maternity Benefit Act & Rules -1963, The Mines Crèche Rules -1966 and Factories’
Act, as applicable, shall be given attention.
Safety Management Plan
Safety is part of NTPC’s core values and it recognize all accidents are
preventable; therefore, safety shall be at the forefront of all our activities. NTPC
has a safety policy and its objective is to provide safe working environment and
strive for zero incidents at work. This policy supported by safety rules and
procedures are applicable for all business activities carried out by NTPC.
Safety policy is built around following principles:
 Our activities carry various hazards; however all hazards can be identified;
 Every job shall be done safely, no matter how important or urgent it is;
 Putting people to work carries a specific responsibility and accountability for
safety which shall be visibly demonstrated;
 Right procedures and actions can bring the risks under control;
 Trained and committed team can ensure incident free operations; and
 Compliance to all applicable safety regulations and other legal requirements at
the minimum.
The responsibilities for safety in working have been defined in this policy from top
management to bottom working level.
Safety Measures
i. A well laid Emergency Preparedness Plan will be prepared for proposed
mine every year to take care of any emergency situation;
ii. The proposed project will adopt Occupational Health and Safety
Assessment Standards – OSHAS 18001;

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-39
iii. Area wise responsibility with priority to Safety will be enforced at all Mine
Operational/ Maintenance Activities for ensuring specific site supervision;
iv. An Internal Safety Committee (ISC) will be constituted and will be headed
by Chief General Manager (Head of Project) and safety officers,
multidisciplinary team for each mine consisting of Engineers from Mining,
Mechanical & Electrical discipline. These teams will inspect the Mine on
daily basis. The suggestions given by the team are implemented then and
there. Monthly Safety meeting with all the Safety Officer and respective
technical staff will be conducted;
v. Systematic Root-cause Analysis of accident will be done and counseling of
near just miss/ Serious Accident Victims will be done for accident
prevention/ to avert recurrence of accidents;
vi. Provision of safety clearance certificate before commencing the mining
operations or commissioning of equipments;
vii. Corporate Safety department of NTPC will also guide for best safety
practices based on experience of other coal mining projects;
viii. Daily Pep-talk with workers and weekly safety meeting with contractor’s
safety officers and engineers will be held at site;
ix. Safety awareness week, safety training and safety exhibitions, safety week
will be organized to train workers to adopt safe work practices;
x. Surveillance camera shall be installed in Specialized Mining Equipment and
control room, CHP etc. to monitor and prevent inadvertent entry of
workforce into accident prone areas; and
xi. Safe Work Practices, for all the important operation/ maintenance of the
‘Specialized Mining Equipments’ will be formulated/ modelled/ Codified and
get approved by DGMS and the same will be followed in all spheres of
activities.
xii. PVUNL will follow safety policy of NTPC.
Safety Monitoring
A suitable safety monitoring system will be kept in place to evaluate mine

inspection reports by higher authorities at every level and the compliance of the
violations pointed out will be entered into web application which is monitored by
NTPC Corporate Safety Department regularly. All the mining engineers have to
maintain records as per CEAR-2010 & CMR 2017. Annual safety Audit shall be
conducted by third party/Corporate safety Department. DGMS regularly inspects
the major mining projects. The deficiencies observed by the DGMS officers and
ISC will be entered into web site and their rectifications will be monitored from
time to time.
All area safety officers will be advised to arrange to complete the enquiries into
serious accidents and upload reports into Company internal safety web
application to take corrective steps to avoid occurrence of similar type of
accidents by sharing the information. NTPC have following organizational safety
monitoring system as given in Table-7.2.

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-40
TABLE-7.2
SAFETY MONITORING SYSTEM
Level Monitored by
Mines level - Workman inspectors: as per the Mines Rule-1955
- Safety Committee: constituted as per the Mines Rule-1955
- Third Party Audit
- Head of Project for implementation of various safety related
acts, rules and NTPC safety policy
- DGMS
Coal Mining HQ -Head (Coal Mining)
level
Corporate Safety -Chief General Manager (EMG, AU, Safety & SD)
Department
Top Management -CMD and Directors
Model Traffic Rules for HEMM & Light Vehicles
Suitable traffic rules as per recommendations of “VII Safety Conferences” may be

framed and implemented to ensure safe operation of dumpers, light vehicles and
other HEMM deployed in the project. Recommendations of VII Safety Conference
will be followed.
Personnel Protective Equipment
The working personnel should be given the personnel protective equipment as

listed in Table-7.3.
TABLE-7.3
LIST OF PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS
Protection For Equipment Protection Against

Head Fire Helmet Fall of objects / hitting against objects during
construction, maintenance, etc.
Electrical resistance helmet Electrical Shock
Welder's leather cap Splashing of liquid etc.
Eye Panorama goggles with clear plastic Oil and paint splashes, dust and chips
vision
Leather mask goggles Foreign bodies entering the Eyes and smoke.
Spectacles type goggles with plain Foreign bodies entering the eyes
shatter proof lens
Panorama goggles with green plastic Reflected arc rays during arc welding job.
visor
Ear Ear plugs or muffs High noise level
Nose Dust respirators Fine dust particles
Face Plastic face shield Liquid chemicals & oil, dust particles
Welding helmet and shield Welding fumes, sparks and UV rays
Body Safety Belt Falling of persons from height
Hand Leather gloves Cuts due to handling
Electrical resistance gloves Electric shock
Canvas gloves Contact with oil, grease etc.
Leg Leg guards Welding sparks
Leather safety boots Striking by objects, fall of objects and
stepping on sharp or hot objects.
Gum boots Liquid splashing, in submerged area and
chemically hazardous area

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-41
7.6 Additional Studies
The following additional studies/activities have been carried out for the proposed
opencast coal mine on different aspects:
1. Socio-economic study and Social Impact Assessment of Project Affected
Families (PAF) of Banhardih coal block project prepared by Asian Institute For
Sustainable Development;
2. Wild Life Conservation Plan (WLCP) prepared by Vimta Labs Ltd; and
3. Hydrogeology study.
1. Socio-Economic Study and Social Impact Assessment of Project Affected

Families
A detailed Socio-Economic Study and Social Impact Assessment of Project

Affected Families of Banhardih coal block is carried out by Asian Institute for
Sustainable Development (A copy of SES report is attached as Annexure-X). The
summary and conclusions are given below:
Patratu Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL), is a Joint Venture company

incorporated between NTPC and the Jharkhand government (JBVNL). The India
Ministry of Coal has allocated Banhardi captive coal block (400 MT) to PVUNL.
Banhardih coal mine has a Reserve of about 956 MT with total area of ~18 sq km.
The coal block is located in Banhardi, Chandwa Tehsil, in Latehar District.
The Banhardih coal block project of PVUNL covers villages of Udaypura, Sabano,
acquire 4492.51 acres of land from the ten villages. All households of the ten
villages will be affected as either their lands or houses will be acquired for the
The villages in the periphery will also be affected as a result of the Project. Some
taken for Study. These villages are Renchi, Darea, Tarhasi, Zalim Khurd, Latdag,
Aragunde, Sasang, Serak, Ambatiker and Kaima. A socio-economic assessment of
the sampled households in the peripheral villages will also be taken as part of the
Socio-economic study.
For this reason, a detailed socio-economic study and Social Impact Assessment of
Project Affected Families was required and a Rehabilitation Action Plan(R&R Plan)
needs to be prepared as per Jharkhand R&R Policy 2008 and the Right to Fair
Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Act, 2013.
The Socio-Economic Study of Project Affected Families (households) has been

conducted to assess the socio-economic conditions of the villages taken for
Study. For analysing the SES and entitlement of PAFs in the ten villages,

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-42
Rehabilitation Package has been prepared as per Jharkhand R&R Policy 2008 and
the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition,
Project Affected Families (PAFs) due to Banhardih Coal Project
The Banhardih coal block project has a total lease area of 4492.51 acres (1818.10
ha) covering 10 villages under Chandwa and Sadar block, district Latehar. Out of
this, 1362.10 (30.32%) acres is Notified Forest land, 75 (1.67%) acres is Forest
JJ Land, 1228.23 (27.34) acres GM Land and 1827.18 (40.67) acres Raiyati land.
No GM JJ Land will be acquired for the Project. A major part of the land will be
acquired from Raiyati land. The land acquisition details of Banhardih project is
given in Figure-7.4.
FIGURE-7.4
LAND ACQUISITION DETAILS OF BANHARDI COAL BLOCK PROJECT
Socio Economic Profile of Respondents

Number of PAFs
In the core project area, based on the social household survey, 659 (68.43 %)
households would be losing land only, 135 (14.02 %) would be losing house only
and 169 (17.55 %) households would be home as well as land oustees, due to
the project. Out of the total 1592 HSOs, majority PAFs are from Bari village, and
are land oustees and also some are losing home and land.
Total Land Area of PAFs in Core Villages
Land possession has been categorized for those 1592 HSOs who will be losing
land, house or both. Categorization has been done on the basis of those PAFs
owning 0–1-acre land to PAFs owning more than 4 acres land. Out of 1592 HSOs,

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-43
there are 436 PAFs owning 1–2-acre land and 333 PAFs owning 0–1-acre land.
There are 116 PAFs who have 2–3-acre land, 57 PAFs who have 2-3 acres land
and 21 PAFs who have more than 4 acres land area in the core villages.
Demographic Profile of Respondents
Household in PAVs
As per the primary data, 2618 households were surveyed during the study. There
are 13361 members or the total population in the 10 villages. The highest
population is that of village Bari which is the largest in terms of area and
households. The least number of households i.e., 41 with population of 207 exists
in village Tota.
R&R Entitlement Summary of Benefits to be Offered
There are 1592 Home Stead Oustees (HSOs) who will be losing land and home.
The compensation package for land loosing families of Banhardih Coal Block
Project area has been prepared in consonance with the JRRP, 2008 and
RFCTLARR 2013.
The compensation package or the R&R Entitlement Matrix for PAFs of
Banhardih coal block project area will be prepared in consonance with the JRRP
2008 and RFCTLARR 2013. The compensation package for PAFs will be worked
out as per the provision of JRRP 2008 subject to the current CPI. The CPI of the
current year for 1592 HSOs will be taken into consideration while calculating
compensation packages. Absentee PAFs should also be considered when they
come forward for the claim. The R & R matrix for Banhardih coal block project
is given in Table-7.4.
R&R Entitlement
Summary of Benefits to be offered
There are 1592 HSOs (Home stead Oustees) who will be losing land & home and
others assets. The compensation package for land losing families of Banhardih
Coal Block Project area has be prepared in consultation with district
administration in accordance with provisions given in RFCTLARR 2013
R&R Plan and Entitlement Matrix for PAFs of Banhardih coal block project area will
be prepared in consonance with the JRRP 2008 and RFCTLARR 2013. The R&R
package for PAFs will be worked out as per the provision of RFCT LARR Act / JRRP
2008 subject to the current Consumer Price Index Numbers for Agricultural and
Rural Laboure’s June 2021.
The CPI of the current year for 1592 Home Stead Oustees will be taken into
consideration while calculating compensation packages.
R& R provisions as per RFCT LARR Act’2013

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-44
TABLE-7.4
R & R MATRIX FOR BANHARDIH COAL BLOCK PROJECT
The tentative R & R cost for Banardih Coal Mining Project (RFCTLARR 2013 considered for estimation
purposes)
R & R Entitlement No. of Entitlement Tentative Tentative
(Tentative PAFs as per LARR cost of R&R cost of R&R
Estimate) Act'13 as on (₹ In Lakh) (₹ In Lakh)
01.01.2014 as on after Remarks
(₹ In Lakh) 01.01.2014 indexation
(as on
30.06.2021)
One-time cash
grant in lieu of AICPI 771 on 01.01.2014 & 1057
8836 5.00 44180 60526.60
employment / on 30.06.2019
Annuity
Cost of Home-stead As per Indira Awas Yojana
land for specification.
Resettlement Land for Plot: 400 sqm / HSO
Colony & Land for other infrastructure:
1592 5.00 0 675.00
Development of 200 sqm / HSO
Infrastructure @
400 + 200= 600 Total Land required: 45 Acre
(approx.)
sqm per HSO
House building
Indira Awas Yojana / Pradhan
assistance - as per 1592 1.65 2626.8 3598.72
Mantri Awas Yojana(PMAY)
IAY
Assets cost on Land
for Resettlement Lumpsum LS 0 500.00 Lumpsum
Colony, if any
Reference taken from other
Cost for creation of project,Rs. 40 Crs spent on 200
Infrastructure as HSOs. Considering the above
1592 0 0 31840.00
provisioned in cost, average cost per HSO
LARR comes Rs. 20 Lakh. (LARR
Schedule-III)
Subsistence Grant 1592 0.36 573.12 785.17 LARR Schedule-II
In addition to this
SC/ST will also get
Rs. 0.5 lakh 1194 0.5 597 817.89 LARR Schedule-II
(Considering 75%
HHs as SC/ST)
Transportation
1592 0.5 796 1090.52 LARR Schedule-II
Allowance
LARR Schedule-II
(Considering that out of 1592
Cattle shed / petty
1592 0.25 398 545.26 HSOs, some may have cattle
shops cost
shed and some may have petty
shops)
One time grant to
artisans, small
traders & certain 159 0.25 39.75 54.46 LARR Schedule-II
others (Considering
10% Families)
One-time
resettlement 8836 0.5 4418 6052.66 LARR Schedule-II
allowance
Other R & R
LS LS 500 500.00 for un anticipated works
Benefits
Cost of Common
This head may booked under
Property Resources LS LS 5000 5000.00
project construction
(CPR)
Community Development works
CD/CSR LS LS 4500 4500.00
for affected villages
Total R&R Cost 63628.67 116486.28 Say Rs. 1165 Cr.

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-45
Core and Periphery Development Plan
Periphery Development Plan shall be executed by PVUNL for the social upliftment
of the local habitants and to help them to fulfill their aspirations. The plan will be
implemented in 10 villages located in the periphery of 10 km. radius from the
Project area. PVUNL will be responsible for periphery development activities as
decided by the Advisory Committee constituted for Rehabilitation and Peripheral
Development. The committee should be empowered to decide on compensation
and rehabilitation package that are persistently raised by protesting villagers.
The cost estimated for infrastructure, health and education, livelihood program
and employment programme has been summarised in Table-7.5.
TABLE-7.5
SUMMARY OF TOTAL COST ESTIMATION
Items Core Peripheral

Total Cost (Rs) Total Cost (Rs)
Infrastructure repairing and new units 5,72,98,000 3,90,13,000
Health services 1,98,09,000 44,91,500
Education needs 1,05,32,000 60,32,000
Livelihood program 3,77,00,000 3,38,00,000
Employment programme 1,30,50,000 1,22,40,000
Total 138389000 95576500
Total amount is Rs. 13,83,89,000 (Rupees Thirteen Crores Eighty-Three Lakhs

Eighty-Nine Thousand only) for Core area and Rs. 9,55,76,500 (Rupees Nine
Crores Fifty-Five Lakhs Seventy-Six Thousand Five Hundred only) for peripheral
area.
The total cost estimation has been proposed on the basis of the FGDs with the
community residing in the core and peripheral villages. However, this should be
treated as indicative and may be modified as per the contextual needs arising out
of changing social and political dimensions. The social economic study is given as
Annexure-X.
2. Wildlife Conservation Plan
Total mine lease area of 1818.10 ha involves protected forest land of 581.61 ha.
It also involves 496.60 ha government land including tanks, ponds and rivulets.
corridors within the 10 km radius. The eco-sensitive zone of Palamau Tiger
Sanctuary is more than 10 km away from the boundary of the mine lease.
Except for the three protected forest blocks involved in the mining, there are no
plantations or Orchards but large trees Mahua were very common in the
croplands. There were no threatened plant species either in the core area or the
buffer zone. Sloth Bear (Melursus ursinus), Peacock (Pavo cristatus), Python
(Python molurus), and the Common monitor (Varanus bengalensis) belonging to

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-46
Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 were reported from the buffer
zone. But they were very rare and there is no documented evidence. Detailed
Wild Life Conservation Plan (WLCP) is attached as Annexure-VIII (B).
Mukherjee University, Ranchi. Details of study and duly authenticated separately
for the core and buffer zones and a statement clearly specifying that study area
does not form a part of the migratory corridor/national park/ Wildlife Sanctuaries
or Biosphere Reserves, tiger or elephant corridors or Ramsar Wetlands or
Important bird areas (IBAs) is given in Annexure- VIII (A).
3. Hydrogeology Study
A detailed Hydrogeology Study has been carried out by M/s. Vimta Labs Ltd
(Attached as Annexure-V). The summary and conclusions of study are given
below:
Banhardih coal mine block having an area of 1818.10 ha is located in villages Ate,
Banhardih, Bari, Barwadih, Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano, Surli, Tota and Udaypura
in Latehar & Chandwa tehsil, Latehar District in Jharkhand State. This mining
activity is restricted within 1,467.42 ha, which is termed as Mine Lease (ML) area.
Life of mine is 33 years with a maximum working depth 300 m.
The total requirement of water is estimated as 11,250 m³/day (3.713 MCM/year)

for the project (potable 2,300 m³/day (0.759 MCM/year); industrial 8,950
m³/day (2.954 MCM/year)). The total water requirement will be initially met from
bore wells. Borewells/ground water/rainfall accumulated has been assumed to be
the source of potable water requirement.
The average annual rainfall based on 30-year IMD data (1971-2000) of

Daltonganj is 1159.5 mm received on 59.9 rainy days. About 85.29 % of the
rainfall is received during SW monsoon (June-September).
Lowest elevation in the study area is 376.9 m above mean sea level (amsl) along
Auranga river in the west and highest elevation is 1011 m amsl on the hills
covered by Serak PF in the eastern part. The general slope in the study area is
towards west following the flow direction of Auranga River. The general
topography of the block characterizes with rolling terrain with low ridges and
depressions. Elevation level of boreholes reveals that the minimum of 423.17 m
in borehole no.2W and maximum of 459.90 m in borehole no.20E.
Major part of the study area is drained by Auranga River and its tributaries
flowing from east to west. A small portion in the east is drained by Damodar River
and its tributary Dharmavati Nadi. The Bagdagga nala and Rajdaha nalas and
their tributaries forms the main drainage system of the sector.
Granites and gneisses with enclaves of mica schist of Chhotanagpur Gneissic

Complex are the dominant geological units in the study area occupying 64.36% of
the area (384.68 sq km). Banhardih coal block is a part of Auranga coal field. The
coal field is located in the easternmost part of the Koel Valley Group of coalfields
occurring in Latehar district of Jharkhand. Banhardih coal block is situated in the
DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-47
north eastern part of the Auranga coalfield. As per Earthquake Hazard Map of
India, Building Materials and Technology Promotion Council (BMPTC), the study
area falls in Moderate Damage Risk Zone – Zone III (MSK VII).
The depth to water level during pre and post-monsoon ranges from 2.70 m in
Bariatu Jagir to 11.95 m bgl in Kendwahi and 0.70 m in Pathaltoli to 8.35 m bgl in
Richuguta respectively. The average water level fluctuation in the study area is
3.27 m. Water levels in and in the vicinity of ML area varies from 0.70 m to 3.97
m bgl during post-monsoon and 4.35 m to 7.50 m bgl during pre-monsoon.
Nearly 10 exploratory boreholes drilled in the block are showing the artesian
condition.
The ground water flow direction in the ML area is towards west and the hydraulic
gradient from ESE towards ML area is 7.89 m/km during post-monsoon and 8.87
m/km during pre-monsoon. The average transmissivity is found as 1.485 m²/day
while storage coefficient is 9.68E-04 and hydraulic conductivity is found as 0.532
m/day.
The study area forms part of Joda block of Keonjhar district and Koida block of
Sundargarh district of Chandwa, Latehar, Balumath and Herhanj blocks of Latehar
district of Jharkhand. The average stage of ground water development in these
blocks as per Ground Water Resource Assessment – 2017, Central Ground Water
Board (CGWB) is 28.83% and categorized as “Safe”. The stage of ground water
development including present project requirement in the study area is estimated
as 12.61% and can be categorized as “Safe”.
A review of surface and ground water sample analysis indicates that the water
quality in the study area in general is good and potable except slightly higher
values of turbidity, total hardness, total alkalinity, Calcium and Magnesium in
some ground water samples.
The mining activity will disturb the drainage courses of Bagdagga and Rajdaha
nalas in the ML area and thereby the run-off carried by these downstream.
Bagdagga nala drainage courses exits ML area as two nalas from the southern
part and Rajdaha nala drainage courses exits ML area as one single nala from the
western part. These nala exits shall be provided with settling ponds connecting
the garland drains and drainage from open land to allow clean into the nallas
outside the ML area to maintain original natural flow of clean water downstream.
Permission for diversion of nallah will be taken in due course on the basis of these
studies from Water Resource Department.
Well inventory of 31 wells was conducted by M/s. Vimta Labs Ltd, Hyderabad in
the study area during field investigation period. The location of these 31
monitoring wells are given in Table-7.6.
Depth of dug wells inventoried range from 4.90 m in Nawadi to 13.40 m bgl in
Kendwahi. Dug wells for agriculture purpose are with 3.0 to 5.0 HP centrifugal
pumps. Hand pumps are installed on community bore wells drilled for domestic
purpose. Agriculture and industrial bore wells are mainly with submersible pumps
of varying capacity from 3.0 HP.

DOC. NO:

Capacity
Page: C7-48
Water levels during the field visit (1st and 2nd weeks of May 2021) were recorded
measuring depth to standing water and post-monsoon water levels were recorded
up to the moisture indication in the dug wells. The depth to water level during pre
and post-monsoon ranges from 2.70 m in Bariatu Jagir to 11.95 m bgl in
Kendwahi and 0.70 m in Pathaltoli to 8.35 m bgl in Richuguta respectively. The
average water level fluctuation in the study area is 3.27 m.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Comprehensive Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the REV. NO.:0

ISSUE DATE: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page: C7-49
TABLE-7.6
DETAILS OF WELL INVENTORY IN STUDY AREA
Sr.No. Well Village Lat Long Well Purpose Total Dia Lining Static Water Level Fluctuation Aquifer
No Type Depth (m) (Dug (m) (m)
(m) Well) Pre Post-
(m) Monsoon Monsoon
1 GW1 Sabano N 23˚ 44' 28" E 84˚ 34' 1" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 8.90 5.00 3.75 3.45 1.30 2.15 Sandstone
2 GW2 Pathaltoli N 23˚ 44' 55" E 84˚ 34' 6" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 8.10 2.45 4.35 4.35 0.70 3.65 Sandstone
3 GW3 Huchlu N 23˚ 43' 34" E 84˚ 38' 57" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 5.83 3.80 4.92 4.52 1.60 2.92 Gneiss
4 GW4 Balu N 23˚ 49' 50" E 84˚ 39' 52" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.39 4.80 8.50 5.50 2.70 2.80 Gneiss
5 GW5 Nawadi N 23˚ 49' 19" E 84˚ 35' 30" Dug Well Not in use 4.90 3.80 3.80 3.55 0.75 2.80 Gneiss
6 GW6 Patratu N 23˚ 47' 22" E 84˚ 32' 7" Dug Well Not in use 7.00 2.90 4.98 4.61 3.13 1.48 Gneiss
7 GW7 Masiatu N 23˚ 47' 2" E 84˚ 41' 40" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 7.20 1.65 6.35 5.73 4.18 1.55 Gneiss
8 GW8 Nindra N 23˚ 46' 4" E 84˚ 43' 29" Dug Well Domestic 8.22 4.70 6.85 6.50 1.85 4.65 Gneiss
9 GW9 Nakti N 23˚ 45' 1" E 84˚ 41' 4" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 6.90 3.44 4.40 4.10 1.95 2.15 Gneiss
10 GW10 Damodar N 23˚ 43' 33" E 84˚ 45' 29" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.45 3.10 9.45 9.25 6.80 2.45 Gneiss
11 GW11 Hariyatoli N 23˚ 45' 40" E 84˚ 39' 13" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.50 5.20 8.20 7.95 1.75 6.20 Sandstone
12 GW12 Deodariya N 23˚ 37' 42" E 84˚ 36' 46" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 7.10 2.70 4.45 3.80 2.05 1.75 Gneiss
13 GW13 Rakhat tali N 23˚ 41' 40" E 84˚ 40' 12" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.45 3.00 9.70 9.47 7.87 1.60 Gneiss
14 GW14 Brahmani N 23˚ 42' 44" E 84˚ 38' 29" Dug Well Irrigation 9.20 2.40 7.40 6.95 3.80 3.15 Gneiss
15 GW15 Purnadih N 23˚ 41' 2" E 84˚ 39' 13" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 12.75 1.90 9.25 9.03 2.98 6.05 Gneiss
16 GW16 Kulgada N 23˚ 41' 1" E 84˚ 35' 30" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.10 3.20 9.50 9.05 7.55 1.50 Gneiss
17 GW17 Richuguta N 23˚ 39' 37" E 84˚ 35' 47" Dug Well Not in use 8.30 2.90 7.00 6.50 2.90 3.60 Gneiss
18 GW18 Kendwahi N 23˚ 42' 40" E 84˚ 35' 39" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 13.40 1.60 12.40 11.95 8.35 3.60 Gneiss
19 GW19 Jalim Khurd N 23˚ 43' 12" E 84˚ 34' 8" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 8.93 3.30 7.55 7.20 4.15 3.05 Sandstone
20 GW20 Gowa N 23˚ 43' 29" E 84˚ 33' 29" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 12.50 3.80 9.50 9.40 3.10 6.30 Sandstone
21 GW21 Rehaldag N 23˚ 40' 36" E 84˚ 34' 7" Dug Well Domestic 7.40 2.42 6.80 6.40 3.00 3.40 Gneiss

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
Comprehensive Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the REV. NO.:0

ISSUE DATE: 25.04.2022
12 MTPA Capacity
Page: C7-50
Sr.No. Well Village Lat Long Well Purpose Total Dia Lining Static Water Level Fluctuation Aquifer
No Type Depth (m) (Dug (m) (m)
(m) Well) Pre Post-
(m) Monsoon Monsoon
22 GW22 Simri N 23˚ 41' 55" E 84˚ 33' 3" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.20 6.15 7.85 7.43 3.08 4.35 Gneiss
23 GW23 Bariatu Jagir N 23˚ 42' 47" E 84˚ 30' 58" Dug Well Domestic 8.40 3.20 5.93 5.28 2.85 2.43 Gneiss
24 GW24 Latehar N 23˚ 44' 47" E 84˚ 29' 51" Dug Well Domestic 5.43 2.30 3.30 2.70 2.20 0.50 Sandstone
25 GW25 Kura N 23˚ 46' 24" E 84˚ 30' 42" Dug Well Not in use 9.10 3.10 7.37 7.00 2.63 4.37 Gneiss
26 GW26 Karhima N 23˚ 46' 0" E 84˚ 33' 23" Dug Well Domestic 8.53 3.58 7.00 6.65 2.95 3.70 Sandstone
27 GW27 Kurhans N 23˚ 48' 1" E 84˚ 31' 54" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 11.50 2.90 10.22 9.67 5.45 4.22 Gneiss
28 GW28 Renchi N 23˚ 45' 35" E 84˚ 38' 14" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 9.93 2.10 6.80 6.45 1.20 5.25 Sandstone
29 GW29 Sikni N 23˚ 42' 56" E 84˚ 37' 39" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 10.00 4.45 8.00 7.50 3.90 3.60 Gneiss
30 GW30 Banhardih N 23˚ 44' 27" E 84˚ 34' 14" Dug Well Domestic 8.58 2.30 6.20 5.80 3.00 2.80 Sandstone
31 GW31 Rampur N 23˚ 43' 47" E 84˚ 39' 54" Dug Well Domestic/Irrigation 12.90 2.52 7.80 7.27 3.97 3.30 Gneiss
Average 9.13 3.25 7.08 6.61 3.34 3.27

DOC. NO
12 MTPA Capacity Page : C7-51
The annual mine seepage rate varies from 448.00 m³/day during 1 st year to
2,337.00 m³/day during 7th year and it is 1,189 m³/day at the conceptual stage.
The radius of influence from the centre of mine pit due to mine seepage
dewatering at different stages will be 545.34 m to 1,423.01 m during monsoon
season and 551.75 m to 1,422.36 m during non-monsoon season.
There will not be any process effluent generation from the ML area, however
effluent generated from mine workshop will be treated using oil-grease separator
and reused. Domestic effluents will be treated in septic tanks and soak pits.
Considering only 80 % of the run-off available volume from roof top rain water
harvesting after evaporation, spillage and first flush wastage, 70,370.06 m³
(0.070 MCM) is the run-off volume estimated as available for project activities.
Considering a 20% of recharge from the run-off through recharge wells,
3,60,778.42 m³ (0.361 MCM) is expected as recharge. Assuming an average
depth of 2.5 m, about 0.463 MCM of recharge is expected from settling ponds for
50 % of 1-hour heaviest rainfall event. Recharge from the mine pit sump as per
the sump capacities ranges from 0.071 MCM during 1st year to 0.064 MCM at the
conceptual stage.
The quantity of rain water available from roof top water harvesting, accumulation
in mine pits and ground water from mine seepage ranges from 1.477 MCM during
1st year to 1.486 MCM at the conceptual stage. The excess water available after
meeting the non-domestic requirements of the project ranges from 1.474 MCM
during 1st year to 1.483 MCM at the conceptual stage. Excess water from rain
water accumulation/mine seepage after meeting the project requirement will be
supplied to nearby villages for agriculture and domestic purposes and partly
discharged to Bagdagga and Rajdaha nalas after treatment to compensate the
natural flow disturbed by mine workings.
4. Area Drainage Study
A detailed Area Drainage Study has been carried out by M/s. Vimta Labs Ltd
(Attached as Annexure-XX). An application for nallah diversion is submitted to
Irrigation Department on 26.04.2022 (Copy attached as Annexure-XXI).
As per ToR clause no. 4 (x), permission for diversion of nala/water bodies lying in
the project area from State Water Resource Department to be obtained and
impact of diversion of nala on nearby areas and villages shall be studied. The
summary and conclusions of study are given below:
Peak discharge from the catchments of Bagdagga, Rajdaha and Sukri nalas has
been calculated using Dicken’s formula, formula used locally (revised Dicken’s),
Ryve’s formula and Hydrologic Modelling System (HEC-HMS). Peak discharge
estimated using Hydrologic Modelling System (HEC-HMS) is found to be highest
and is considered for designing nalas proposed for diversion.
Two design options – Option1: along haul road proposed and Option2: along
lease boundary. Section A-B covers diversion of Bagdagga1 upper catchment
drainage and Section B-C covers diversion of Bagdagga2 catchment drainage.
Since the difference between Section A-B and B-C is not much and only run-off
from initial drainage courses joins the Section B-C in major portion, the highest of
DOC. NO
12 MTPA Capacity Page : C7-52
these two – section A-B for both option1 and 2 may be continued from A-C for
entire nala diversion proposed.
A review of run-off generated from the ML area at different stages of mining

indicates that there will be a reasonable reduction in run-off to 95.59% at the end
of plan period (5 years) and to 52.96% at the final stage due to change in land
use. Settling ponds near the nala exit points, berm along the pit crest, toe walls
and garland drains are planned to prevent entry of storm water into the pit, allow
clean water into the nallas outside the ML area, channelize the storm water from
the catchment area and maintain original natural flow downstream to the extent
possible.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Reportfor the
8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS
The proposed Banhardih coal mining project of 12 MTPA (Peak) in mineable

areaof 1467.42ha will result in improvement of infrastructure as well as overall
socio-economic development in the study area. The people residing within the
mine lease area and nearby areas will be benefited directly andindirectly due to
the Banhardih coal mine project.PAPs are expected to get direct and indirect
employment in the proposed coal mining project, besides supporting to
community development initiatives in the project area as well as surrounding
areas.
Proposed project will also enhance the socio-economic activities in the adjoining
areas. This will result in the following benefits:
 Improvement in physical infrastructure;
 Improvement in social infrastructure;
 Increase in employment potential;
 Contribution to the royalty (both State and Central Govt);
 Post-mining enhancement of greencover;
 Skill development and capacity building like vocational training, income
generation programmes and entrepreneurship development program;
 Awareness programme and community activities, like health camps, medical
aides, family welfare camps, Sanitization/Cleanliness awareness programme,
immunization camp, sports & cultural activities, plantation, etc; and
 Awareness about water borne diseases and pandemic diseases etc. will be
done to local villagers.
8.1 Improvement in Physical Infrastructure & Community Development
The project will lead to improvement in healthcare, education, water supply,

sports activities, skill development, plantation, women empowerment etc.
Pumping of mine water may augment the water availability after due treatment.
The advent of the project will bring about substantial improvement in physical
infrastructure of the area due to the following facts:
 The project proponents will ensure that improvements will be made in
communication, roads, lighting, drinking water supply needs, provision of bus
stands and shelters, etc. in the area;
 Massive greenbelt development will be developed in the buffer area. Besides,
parks, gardens etc. will be created in the area in consultation with district
administration will help recreational possibilities for local population;
 PVUNL will support nearby government schools under CER/CD & CSR, by
providing equipment, construction of class rooms, boundary wall, laboratory and
toilets. In addition to it, government hospital could also be assisted by providing
instruments, necessary facilities as per requirements;
 PVUNL will also strengthen nearby government schools under CER/CSR-CD, by
providing furniture, schoolbags/ scholarships to students, sport facilities and
development of infrastructure facilities in schools in consultation with district
administration.Gainful post-mining land utilization of mine lease area is given in
Table-8.1.
Chapter-8Project Benefits VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Reportfor the
TABLE-8.1
POST-MINING LAND UTILIZATIONOF BANHARDIH COAL BLOCK
Land Use (Post Closurein ha)

Sr. Description Agricultural Plantation Water Public/Company Forest Land Undi Total
No Land body Uses (Returned) sturbed
2 Backfilled 74.90 545.35 - - 106.99 - 727.24
area
3 Top soil dump - 12.24 - - - - 12.24
External 91.35 349.35 440.70
Dump/Surface
Dump
( Temporary)
4 Safety zone - 7.85 - - - - 7.85
5 Haul roads - 9.22 - 0.99 - 10.21
between
quarries
6 Road - - - 5.58 - - 5.58
diversion
7 Settling pond - - - 0.64 - 0.64
8 Road and - - 33.24 2.46 - 35.70
infrastructure
area
9 Garland - - - 4.83 2.75 - 7.58
drains
10 Undisturbed - - - - 54.77 515.59 570.36
/Mining Rights
for UG
Grand total 74.90 574.66 0.0 135.00 517.95 515.59 1818.10
It is evident from above table that green belt, mass plantation activities will be
going even after mine closure it will benefit to local community in long term.
8.2 Improvement in Social Infrastructure
There would be some obvious changes in various environmental parameters due

to mining activity, increased economic activities and creation of new employment
opportunity, infrastructural development, better educational and health care
facilities. Following are the specific impacts:
 Socio-Economic
Overall there will be positive impact in socio-economic area due to increased

economic activities, creation of new employment opportunities, infrastructural
development and better educational and healthcare facilities.
 Population Dynamics
Due to direct and indirect employment potential, there is scope of migration of
people into project area and in the peripheral regions, from nearby areas. Mining
activities, acceleration of the economic activities and urbanization along with
creation of new employment opportunities and business may change the
population dynamics of the area.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Reportfor the
 Standard of Living
The people will come in contact with migrated people. This may encourage higher
aspirations among the people of the area. Accelerated economic activities and
urbanization may increase quality of life and standard of living. The services and
benefits provided by PVUNL in R&R plan, CER-CD, CSR will improve their living
standard.
 Employment Potential
There is a possibility of creation of around 1306 direct employment opportunities

through MDO/PVUNL.Overall, this will have positive impact on socio-economic
profile of the area. Beside this, PVUNL will undertake skill development & capacity
building programmes like vocational training, income generation and
entrepreneurship development.
During construction phase of administration building, CHP and other mining

infrastructure, there will be opportunities for local skilled and unskilled workers to
be employed through contractors in the various construction related activities like
material handling, operation of construction machinery, actual construction,
painting, installation of plant machinery etc.
At the same time, local small contractors, vehicle owners, will get opportunities
for substantial amount of business for providing their services to the proponent
and EPC contractors. The mining activity and influx of visitors will also open up
opportunities for setting up establishments like lodging, food kiosks, small shops,
vehicle and machinery maintenance etc. in the vicinity of the mining project or
outskirts.
Unskilled people and limited skilled people (depending on availability) may be

hired by contractors from local population. In addition, some secondary
developments like opening of new schools, shops may take place in view of the
increased family population due to the proposed employment. These factors will
be beneficial to locals residing in the study area. The local people may have
opportunity to be engaged, under different agencies, as per their qualification &
skill set, during the mining activities.
8.3 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)/ Corporate Environment

Responsibility (CER)/ Community Development (CD)
Majority of individuals in the study area will be employed in proposed coal mining
operations including tribal people either directly or indirectly and earning their
livelihood. The proposed coal mining project shall further add to their social and
economic upliftmentdirect and indirect income generation opportunities to all the
project affected families. CSR/CD activities being implemented by PVUNL will
continue further in affected and the study area as well. The following are the
major CSR/CD initiatives implemented in the study area from 2018 to 2021
through community participation. The different initiatives planned and
implemented from the year 2018 to 2021 is presented in Table-8.2 and Table-
8.3and the current financial year 2021-2022 Community development initiatives

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Reportfor the
is presented in Table-8.4. Till date PVUNL has spent more than Rs6.85 Crores
towards community development which includes about Rs. 700000/- at Banhardih
proposed coal block during the year 2019-21. After obtaining the statuary
approvals, similar type of CSR/CD work will be started at nearby villages of
Banhardih coal mining project.
TABLE-8.2
LIST OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT/CSR/CER ACTIVITIES PLANNED AND
IMPLEMENTED BY PVUNL FROM 2017 to 2021
Sr. Financial
Activities
No. Year
1 Driving training (LMV) to local youths of Patratu (Ramgarh) 2018-19
2 Driving training (LMV) to local youths of Patratu (Ramgarh) 2019-20
Procurement of water bottle for school going children of UMS Katiya
2018-19
3 under ICD/CD activities at PVUNL, Patratu
Procurement of computers (for PTPS College) under community
2018-19
4 development.
5 Meritorious award to merit students (24 nos.) 2018-19
Skill development training on Plastic engineering thru CIPET, Ranchi
2020-21
6 (30 nos)
Education, Skill Development & Women Empowerment
03 Months tailoring training course for underprivileged / Unemployed

2018-19
7 50 nos. women of nearby area under CD activities.
Beautician, hair Stylist &mehendi certificate course for 30 candidate’s
2018-19
8 at Patratu
ITI skill development training program for underprivileged /
unemployed youths through OP Jindal Gramin Jan KalyanSansthan 2018-19
9 New Delhi, at OPJCC Patratu
Demo training program on organic farming (AmritKrishi) for local
2018-19
12 farmers of PVUN Project site
13 Welding and simulator training for 15 ITI Welder Students 2019-20
14 Training in preparation of pickle, Papar (50 nos Women) 2019-20
Self-employment training Through SRMS (Financial support -
2019-20
15 Advance Rs. 30000)
Long term skill development training program for local youths of
2020-21
16 PVUN project peripheral area under CD activities (ITI)
Short term computer training course for local youths of PVUN Project
2020-21
17 area, under CD initiative. (Awarded date 06.02.2020)
18 Assistance to meritorious student - Manali Gupta on 26.01.2020 2019-20
19 Supply of desktop computers -96 nos for Local Govt. Schools 2019-20
Supply of line interactive UPS with AVR -96 nos for Local Govt.
2019-20
20 Schools
Vocational skill training (Tailoring) for village women of target
villages of PVUNL project area under CD activities (Target 500 2020-21
21 women)
Short term training program on electrical and welding trade (Target -
2020-21
22 100 youths) 100 X 3 Months = 300 candidates

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Reportfor the
Sr. Financial
Activities
No. Year
Organizing modern agriculture technology training and one time
input supply to 100 farmers 2020-21
23
24 Health camps in surrounding villages at PVUNLPatratu 2018-19
25 Supply of 25 nos of tricycle conventional hand propelled (Hamrahi) 2018-19
Education, Skill Development & Women
Artificial limb (01 nos) supply and installation of Orthotic KAFO with
2018-19
26 spring lever knee joint and chamber axis ankle joint
27 Eye check-Up camp for needy people of PVUNL project area 2018-19
28 Eye Check-Up camp for needy people of PVUNL Project area 2019-20
29 Blood donation camps 2019-20
Empowerment
30 Medical camp for women 2019-20

31 Procurement of ventilator for district hospital Ramgarh for COVID-19 2020-21
Painting and slogan writing on toilet walls under Swachh Bharat
2020-21
32 Mission, CD activities
33 Distribution of soaps (5000 nos) - COVID -19 2020-21
34 Distribution of sanitary napkins 2020-21
Supply and installation of sanitary napkin automatic vending
machine, sanitary napkin automatic burning incinerator and sanitary 2020-21
35 napkins under CD activities
36 Distribution procurement of 02 layers washable mask 2020-21
Distribution mask &sanitizer (10 thousand & 1000 thousand pair of
2020-21
37 hand gloves& 1000 sanitizer)
38 Distribution of three layer cotton face / nose masks 6000 nos 2020-21
39 Distribution of water cooler-cum-purifier in nearby schools 2018-19
40 Drinking water facility thru water tanker, in nearby Villages 2017-18
Safe
Drinking
Water
Supply and installation of water cooler cum purifier UV based in
2020-21
43 nearby schools
Initial CD expenses thru DC Ramgarh Various Infrastructure
2017-18
44 Development at Ramgarh district
45 Development of ground floor rooms with toilets of PTPS High School 2018-19
Development of 1stfloor rooms with toilets and internal painting of Ist
floor rooms of PTPS High School for JawaharNavodayaVidyalaya, 2018-19
46 Patratu.
Development of 1st floor rooms with toilets and internal painting of
Ist floor rooms of PTPS High School for JawaharNavodayaVidyalaya, 2017-18
47 Patratu.
Infrastructure
Development of front area with construction of septic and soak

2018-19
48 JawaharNavodaylaVidyalaya, Patratu
Construction of kitchen and installation of Bore well in PTPS High
2018-19
49 school
Work of “Civil Maintenance and Painting in Old Police Station and
2018-19
50 Police Inspector Office"
51 Construction of platform at Rasda 2019-20
52 Construction of community hall at Balkudra 2020-21
53 Construction of ShamshanGhat at Balkudra - Near Rly Bridge 2019-20
54 Construction of Shamshan shed at SahitandParsabera 2019-20
55 Boundary wall construction of Balkudra High School 2018-19
56 Boundary wall construction of Balkudra High School 2019-20
57 Renovation of PTPS HS for JawaharNavodaylaVidyalaya, Patratu 2018-19
58 Construction of Shed, playground levelling & toilet renovation in SS + 2020-21
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Reportfor the
Sr. Financial
Activities
No. Year
2 High School Patratu
Construction of four (04) nos. of toilets and PCC of school campus in
2019-20
59 the Middle School of Katiya at PVUNL Patratu
Construction of shed in stage & Pavement in DAV Public School PTPS,
2018-19
60 Patratu
61 Water supply and sanitation work at High school PTPS 2017-18
Cleaning and painting of ShramKalyan Kendra and Gandhi Smarak at
2017-18
62 PTPS
Construction of kitchen and installation of Bore well in PTPS High
2017-18
63 school for JawaharNavodayVidyalaya, Patratu.
External Painting and repair and raising of broken boundary wall at
2017-18
64 PTPS High school for JawaharNavodayVidyalaya, Patratu.
CONSTRUCTION OF 3 NOS OF PHONE BOOTH COVID 19 SAMPLE
2020-21
65 COLLECTION N CENTRE IN PVUNL. PATRATU
Construction of vehicle parking shed at SP Office, Ramgarh." The
Parking shed ,floor PCC , approach road PCC & surrounding areas 2020-21
66 WITH INTERLOCKING TILES
Construction of various infrastructure at Ramgarh District
Administration campus, under CD activity" includes the construction
2020-21
of vehicle parking shed, waiting shed, registration counter shed with
67 paver block interlocking tiles.
Civil works at MaaPanchbahinihigh school, Labga, Patratu under CD
2020-21
68 activities
69 1stJharkhandstate Ranking table tennis Championship 2018 2018-19
70 RajrappaMahotsav 2018-19
72 inter village rural football tournament 2018-19
73 Distribution of blankets (500 nos) to needy people 2018-19
Welfare & Cultural Events
Football tournament -Prizes - Nivia football & Volley ball 03.12.2018

2018-19
74 05.11.2018 (As Staff Advance)
Organization of Cricket tournament for local youth of Patratu, under
2018-19
75 CD activities (Advance)
Painting of flag hoisting platform, Gate Painting and writing-Police
2019-20
76 Inspector Patratu
77 Cricket tournament _ TekJeevan Disable Social Service Organization 2017-18
78 Cricket Tournament _ TekJeevandisable social service organization 2018-19
79 District level-under 14 cricket tournament -throughBirsa Info-Tech 2019-20
Tentage -for organization of cricket Tournament for local youth of
2019-20
80 Patratu, under CD
81 Sporting services on cricket tournament 2019-20
82 Arrangement of Lights at ChhathGhat. 2019-20
84 Blankets (2000 nos) 2020-21
85 Sapling distribution to - Beautician training participants 2019-20
Environment &
Procurement of 5000 nos of black carry bags for police force

deployed at Ramgarh district to execute VidhanSabha election duty 2019-20
Others
86 2019.
Financial Assistance to SwarnRekhaMahilaSamiti to support old age
2019-20
87 Home Divine Onkar Mission, Ramgarh
Procurement of 20 nos. E-Rickshaw and handing over to economically
2019-20
88 weaker section of people for their better livelihood
89 Mid Day Distribution of food Materials - COVID-19 2020-21

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Reportfor the
Sr. Financial
Activities
No. Year
90 Meal Procurement of food materials & soaps for needy people -COVID-19 2020-21
List of Initial Community Development/CSR/CERActivitiesImplemented at Banhardih Coal
Block area by PVUNL
Distribution of Blankets among elderly people of villages of Banhardih
2020-21
1 Welfare coal block
2 Health Distribution of masks among villagers of Banhardih Coal Block 2020-21
Procurement of food materials for needy people -COVID-19,
2020-21
3 Health distribution through District authority.
Source: PVUNL
TABLE-8.3
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT/CSR/CER EXPENDITURE (PATRATU)
FROM 2017 TO 2021
(Amount in Lakhs)
Strategically Important Activities /

Sr. No 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21
Events
Education, skill development & women
1 0.00 27.68 38.52 23.32
empowerment
2 Health & sanitation 0.25 15.46 0.98 37.12
3 Safe drinking water 7.05 14.70 8.75 27.08
4 Infrastructure 214.46 85.53 21.57 79.34
5 Welfare & cultural events 4.29 9.93 16.36 8.06
6 Environment & others 0.00 0.00 29.85 5.38
7 Mid-day meal 9.82
226.05 153.3 116.03 190.12
Total 685.5
Initial Community Development/CSR/CER Expenditure (Banhardih Coal Block)
Strategically Important 2020-21
Sr.No 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20
Activities/Events
1 ICD works (Rs. In Lakhs) 0.89 6.11
Total 7.0
Source: PVUNL
TABLE-8.4
INITIAL COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT/CER/CSR INITIATIVES
BANHARDIH COAL MINES-FINANCIAL YEAR 2021-22
Budget (In
Sr. No Description Details
Lakh)
1 Health & sanitation Mobile health camp as per need of locality 5.00
2 Education Support to school going children in terms 5.00
of study material
3 Water Emphasis on safe drinking to villagers 10.00
and other water related facilities
4 Capacity (Skill) Vocational training to the local people to 14.00
building develop income generation skills
5 Infrastructure As per need and requirement of local 16.00
people
Total Rs. 50.00
Source: PVUNL

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Reportfor the
8.4 Corporate Social Responsibility of PVUNL
PVUNL has adopted the policies of NTPC. Core to the company’s philosophy, CSR
has been an integral part of NTPC’s business of power generation and lighting up
the lives of millions of Indians. NTPC’s spirit of caring and sharing is embedded in
its mission statement. We firmly believe that communities located in the vicinity
of our projects as well as those displaced by them are important
partners/stakeholders in India’s growth story. As good neighbors, NTPC have built
strong partnerships with them through a slew of well-conceived community
development intervention programs.
Based on its dedication to the cause since its inception, NTPC has a
comprehensive Resettlement & Rehabilitation (R&R) policy covering community
development activities. Our policy grows wings at the project sites the moment
the project takes off. Thereafter extensive peripheral development activities are
taken up along with the project development. There is a separate Corporate
Social Responsibility Policy which covers a vast gamut of activities starting from
the grassroots at the unit level right up to the regional and national level
including implementation of key programs through our very own ‘NTPC
Foundation’.
We are proud that our CSR initiatives and programs are benefitting over a million
of our countrymen in over 500 odd villages in the neighborhood of our stations
and plants thanks to a vigorous structure, well documented policies and a
streamlined process.
PVUNL a subsidiary company of NTPC Ltd. has adopted its CSR policies and
programs for welfare of surrounding population of its projects.
NTPC’s CSR Objectives
 To deliver business and environmental value through projects which are

beneficial for business and larger ecosystem
 To ensure sustainable power development by ensuring minimal wastage
across operations
 To actively contribute towards societal development
 To lead the sector in the areas of resettlement and rehabilitation and
environment protection including effective as-utilization peripheral
development and energy conservation practices.
CSR Focus Area of NTPC
Like the colors of a rainbow, The Corporation’s involvement in community

development projects/ CSR covers a diverse range of issues such as basic
infrastructure development, education, community health & sanitation, capacity
building and gender empowerment. The projects are customized based on specific
local requirements and guided by extensive Need Assessment Surveys and
consultations through various participative forums like Village Development
Advisory Committee, Rehabilitation and Periphery Development Advisory
Committee etc. The active participation/engagement and ownership of these
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Reportfor the
initiatives by the local communities is the key to the smooth and successful
implementation of these schemes.
PVUNL will have focus on same areas and activities of CSR as being done by
NTPC(its parent company).
CSR/CER/CD Activities
 Blankets distributed among PAP;
 Food Items donated by PVUNL to District Administration Latehar to

distribution among COVID-19 effected people; and
 PVUNL donated Rs.5,00,000.00 to District Administration Latehar for

Procurement of Medical Items at the time of second wave of COVID-19. The
CD works by PVUNLareshown in Figure-8.1.
Budget Allocated For Public Hearing Issues

The expenditure of Rs 125 Crores will be carried out in the entire life of the mine
i.e30 years considering Rs 5 / ton of production.
This includes Rs 45 Crores for CD / CSR (Activities including Rs. 13.8 Crores for
Core Development + Rs. 9.6 Crores for peripheral development), Rs 50 Crores for
CPR and other initial community development works. In addition to above an
expenditure of Rs 30 Crores shall be deliberated in consultation with stake
holders and District Administration for the life of the project for development of
infrastructure, health, education, training and skill development program.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Reportfor the
Blankets Distribution among PAP
Food Items donated by PVUNL PVUNL Donated Rs.500000.00 to

District Administration Latehar for
Procurement of Medical Items
FIGURE-8.1
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (CD)WORKS
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.1 Introduction
Cost-Benefit Analysis is a key tool for evaluating welfare gains or losses from an
investment. It is now well established that environmental impacts are crucial to
consider the full welfare implications of a project. Debate has focused on
approaches to improve the valuation of environmental impacts, and controversy
in the discounting of future impacts to present values. The issue of the time
horizon of analysis is frequently overlooked. The framing of the time horizon has
major implications, as environmental costs and benefits often accrue in the long-
term. The technical aspects of setting the time horizon are reviewed, along with
updates to practice guidance, noting the longer time horizons now becoming
typical. It is demonstrated that the time horizon can have a considerable impact
on results, even more substantial than the discount rate. While uncertainty is
noted as a technical challenge to longer-term analysis, the use of scenarios and
sensitivity testing are noted as an appropriate response.
Environmental impact of proposed Banhardih coal mine project will not so critical
and the life of mine is estimated as 30 years, hence economic evaluation for
environmental cost benefit analysis is done for 30+years only.
9.2 Project Briefing and Resource Consideration for Benefit Analysis

Banhardih Coal Block was allotted to M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited
(A Joint Venture of NTPC Limited and Jharkhand Bijli Vitaran Nigam Limited) vide
File no-103/18/2015/NA dated 25th June 2018 for captive mining and supply of
coal to PTPS at Patratu.
The Banhardih coal block falls in the Auranga coal field surrounded by the older
terrain with low ridges and depressions. Elevation level of boreholes reveal that
the minimum of 423.17 m in borehole no 2 W and maximum of 459.90 m in
borehole no 20 E. Around 25 % of the block is covered with protected forest
which is located in the western part. The Bagdagga nala and Rajhara nalas and
their tributaries form the main drainage system of the sector.
Geological block boundary area of Banhardih Coal Block is 1818.10 ha, out of
which forest land is 549.484 ha. The forest land needs diversion under section 2
of the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980. However, the mineable area is 1467.42
ha.
The Banhardih coal project of PVUNL covers villages of Sabano, Jagaldaga,

Banhardih, Surli, Rampur, Ete, Barwadih, Tota Bari & Renchi. The Project will
acquire private land from the ten villages. All households of the ten villages shall
be affected as either their lands or houses will be acquired for the coal mining
project.
Estimated gross geological reserve of the block is 1372.21 Million Tons upto a
depth of 1200 m and 446.18 million tons up to a depth of 300 m. However, net
Chapter-9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
geological Reserve of the block is 1234.98 Million Tones up to depth of 1200

meter & 401.56 million tons upto 300 meter depth. Out of which mineable
reserve is 270.81 million tonnes and corresponding extractable reserve is 250.50
million tonnes respectively. The peak rated capacity of the mine will go upto
12.00 MTPA. As conceptualized in the approved Mine plan, life of the mine will be
around 30 years.
The proposed mining project will impact on environment of the area, thus
environmental cost benefit analysis is estimated on the basis of net present value
of the forest, loss of animal husbandry productivity, including loss of fodder, Cost
of human resettlement, possession value of forest land diverted, habitat
fragmentation cost, compensatory afforestation and soil & moisture conservation
cost, carbon storage etc.
Social Impact Assessment Study

Socio-Economic Study and Social Impact Assessment of Project Affected Families
(PAF) of Banhardih coal block project was prepared by Asian Institute for
sustainable development in February 2019.
9.3 Purpose for Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Around 549.484 ha land of Project area of Banhardih coal block comes under
forest land which needs diversion under section 2 of the Forest (Conservation)
Act,1980. As per MoEF&CC circular no. 7-69/2011-FC (Pt.) dated. 1st August,
2017, cost benefit analysis is required for obtaining forest clearance. Thus, in
consideration of the critical environmental, socio-economic parameters & nature
of forest land, this Environmental Cost Benefit analysis is formulated:
TABLE-9.1
CURRENT DIFFERENT RATES
Net Present Value (NPV) in Rs.

Eco-Value Class Very Dense Forest Dense Forest (DF) Open Forest (OF)
(VDF)
Class I 10,43,000 9,39,000 7,30,000
Class II 10,43,000 9,39,000 7,30,000
Class III 8,87,000 8,03,000 6,26,000
Class IV 6,26,000 5,63,000 4,38,000
Class V 9,39,000 8,45,000 6,57,000
Class VI 9,91,000 8,97,000 6,99,000
As per revision of rates of NPV applicable for different class/category of Forests
(Supported by the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MOEF&CC)
Forest type group: Tropical dry deciduous forest
The project area falls under Class I dense forest category.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-9.2
ESTIMATED FOREST DIVERSION COST &
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION
Sr. No. Parameters Remarks Value in Crores

1 Ecosystem services Economic value of loss of eco-
loss due to system services due to diversion
40.11
proposed forest of forest- NPV amount calculated
diversion as:
2 Loss of animal There is no significant animal
husbandry husbandry productivity or loss of
productivity, folder. As such the maximum 4.01
including loss of value can be qualified as 10% of
folder NPV cost.
3 Cost of human Estimated on the basis of SIA 389.82
resettlement report and present market value
(Govt rate) of the land.
4 Loss of public 1 Primary school at Bodatola
facilities and village, Water tank, few
administrative cultivations is doing by villagers,
infrastructure (road, pucca and kachha road (around
building, school, 2.85 Km) is existing within the
dispensaries, forest land.
electric lines, Bricks works is going on within
railways etc) on the forest, infrastructure is also
13.00
forest land, which developed by local Gram
would require forest Panchayet for irrigation,
land if these electroctic line also passing
facilities were through the the forest land.
diverted due to the
project Estimated cost associated with
the loss of Public Property in
forest area.
5 Possession value of As per MoEF&CC guidelines 30%
forest land diverted of environmental cost (NPV) due
to loss of forest or circle rate of
adjoining area in the district
12.04
should be added as a cost
component as possession value
of forest land whichever is
maximum.
6 Cost of suffering to Estimated cost for suffering to
oustees oustees (1592 HSOs) is around
Rs. 129.69 Crore.
Beside the above, the

infrastructure cost estimated in
the SIA study of project affected
153.08
families is comes 13.84 crore in
core area and 9.56 crore in
buffer area.
Thus, total loss of public facilities

may consider as
(129.69+13.84+9.56) =153.08

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Sr. No. Parameters Remarks Value in Crores

crores.
7 Habitat Habitat fragmentation cost as
fragmentation cost per MoEF&CC guideline while the
relationship between
fragmentation and forest goods
and services is complex, for the
20.07
sake of simplicity the cost due to
Cost Benefit Analysis
fragmentation has been pegged
at 50% of NPV applicable as a
thumb rule
8 Compensatory a) Compensatory afforestation
afforestation and – 207.5 Crore
soil & moisture b) Govt. rate of Soil
conservation cost conservation, moisture
conservation and carbon
storage are
Rs.9024/ha/year,
240.11
1269/ha/year, 2,70,040/ha-
one time respectively for
above mentioned forest land
type – 15.40
c) Carbon Storage– 17.21
Total 872.24

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-9.3
ESTIMATION OF BENEFITS OF FOREST DIVERSION
Increase in productively attribute to the specific project:
Sr. No Parameters Remarks Value in Crores.

1 Increase in It is a greenfield project, hence increase in productively
productively attribute to the specific project is nil.
0
attribute to the
specific project
2 Benefits to Base Price of G 11 – Rs.965
economy due to
the specific
project (Rs.375.61 X
Royalty (@14 of CIL Price) 135.1
250.50 Million
District Mineral fund (DMF) (30% of Royalty for
Tons)
PB and 10% for other) 13.51
NMET (30% of Royalty for PB and 10% for
other mines) 2.702
=94,09.0305
Vikas Upkar/User Fee Charge 1
Parayvaran upkar 0
Forest Tax @Rs 56 56
Covid Cess @ Rs 10 10
Reserve Price 100
GST@ 18% 57.30
375.61
3 No. of population About 250.50 million tons of coal will be available from the project.
benefited due to Around 1306 persons will be employed directly and 3000 (Approx) persons shall
specific project be benefitted indirectly for this project.
4 Economic benefits In addition to the direct employment to about 1306 persons,
due to of direct about 3000 persons shall be benefited indirectly by this
and indirect project. Preference will be given to the persons residing in
employment due and around to the project area. Job will be offered to the 2637.04
to the project locals considering the qualification and suitability. Skill
development programme will be undertaken for sustainable
development
5 Economic benefits Economic benefits due to compensatory afforestation
due to
230.76
compensatory
afforestation
Total 12,276.8
Cost: Benefit Ratio

A. Cost of Project for environment & forest loss : 872.24 Crores
B. Financial benefits due to the project : 12,276.8 Crores.
C. Cost: Benefit Ratio (1: B/A) : 1: 14.00
Thus, the project gives positive Benefit/Cost Ratio. The monetary returns of the
project are positive over the environmental losses.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
10.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
Environment Management Plan (EMP) aims at the protection of environment by

adoption of inbuilt pollution abatement facilities at the proposed site. The EMP
aims at controlling pollution at the source to the possible extent with the available
and affordable technology followed.
The EMP presented in this chapter discusses the administrative aspects of ensuring
that mitigative measures are implemented and monitoring of its effectiveness.
The major impacts referred in Chapter-4 are on the air quality and land use. The
following plans are proposed to be implemented for environmental protection.
 Demolition Waste Management Plan;

 Greenbelt Development Plan;
 Wildlife Conservation Plan
 CSR/CER/CD Plan;
 Plan for Minimising use of Natural Resources; and
 Mine Closure Plan and Ecological Restoration Plan.
10.1 EMP Implementation, Inspection and Monitoring
Environmental monitoring is critical to understanding whether the quality of the

environment is getting better or worse. Information gathered through
environmental monitoring is important to many decision makers, outside and
inside the organization.
Inspections by Environment Management Group (EMG), PVUNL
Site inspections to verify compliance with the EMP, Environmental Clearance (EC)
conditions, and conditions stipulated in Forest Clearance (FC) & Consents and
other environmental performance requirements will be undertaken and
documented for the operational phases. Site inspection checklists will be
developed. Where inspections determine that the existing measures are not
effective, corrective and preventative measures will be implemented.
Monitoring
The monitoring programs will address the conditions imposed in clearances,

commitments given in the EMP and cover areas such as air, water, land, soil, flora
and fauna, noise and socio-economics.
The monitoring programs will set out the monitoring objectives: parameters,
criteria, location, frequency, procedure, recording, reporting and corrective
action. A person who is suitably trained and qualified will conduct monitoring
activities. Monitoring will be carried out in accordance with relevant guidelines.
It has been evaluated that the study area will not be affected adversely with the
proposed activity and likely to get new economic fillip, not only for the study area
but also for the region as a whole.
Chapter-8 Project Benefits VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
EMP Implementation
The majority of the environmental impact pertains to the operational phase. Even
though mostly reversible in nature - all the impacts will be visible only during
operational phase. It is planned to take corrective measures to ensure that these
effects are kept to bare minimum. The EMP will therefore, be initiated during
planning stage itself.
10.2 Institutional Structure for Environment Management
For implementation of EMP the project will have following organization structure as
given in Figure-10.1.
FIGURE-10.1
EMD ORGANISATION CHART

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Functions of Environmental Groups at Site

Environment Management Group (EMG) at Site
An Environmental Management Group (EMG) will work at Banhardih coal mining
project. Senior Manager, EMG will head this group who will be assisted by a
Manager (EMG), and is responsible for the performance of environmental
management at the coal mine for the protection of environment. EMG will have
trained manpower, equipment’s for monitoring and other environmental related
activities, to ensure compliance of statutory requirements. It will interact
regularly with the State Pollution Control Board, Regional office, CPCB and
Integrated Regional office, MOEF&CC. The main function of EMG group at
Banhardih coal mining would be as follow:
 Obtaining consent orders from SPCB;

 Environmental monitoring;
 Analysis of environment data, reports, preparations and transmission of report
to statutory authorities, Corporate Centre etc;
 Compliance with guidelines and statutory requirements.
 Coordination with statutory bodies for environment, functional groups of the
coal mining projects, corporate EMG / environment engineering etc;
 Interaction for evolving and implementation of modification programmes; to
improve the availability/efficiency of pollution control devices/systems;
 Environmental Appraisal (Internal) and Environmental Audit; and
 Development and maintenance of green belt.
Rehabilitation, Resettlement and CSR-CD Group
 Preparation, implementation and follow-up of R&R Plan;
 Preparation and Implementation of CSR-CD/CER plan in consultation with
state government and village development advisory committee;
 Conduct Social Impact Evaluation study and Need based Assessment Survey;
 To strengthen the public image of the company in respect of social aspects
and maintain good relationship with the community in the vicinity; and
 With the new Land Acquisition Act (RFCT LARR Act 2013) becoming effective
on 01.01.2014, the R&R entitlements will also be awarded by the appropriate
authority of the state govt., in addition to LA awards facilitation and
coordination with state govt. for above activity.
10.3 Environment Management Plan
To ensure effective implementation of environment policy and its objectives,

necessary guidelines and targets will be framed from time to time. Initially,
certain guidelines have been framed in different facets of environment
management for bringing uniformity in planning execution and monitoring
systems thereby ensuring environmentally sustainable coal mining operations.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C10-4
TABLE-10.1
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN AND NATURAL CONSERVATION MEASURES
EMP AND NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION MEASURES

Recommended Control Water Conservation Land Ecological
Energy Optimization Pollution Control
Measures Conservation/ Protection
Land Slides
A. Air Pollution Control
1. Control i. Control Blasting will be - - 1. This will be limited to OB 1. Noise and vibration -
Blasting conducted during favorable only and not coal, thus will be limited to OB
weather conditions with proper conserving energy. blasting only.
design of blast hole geometry &
optimum quantity of Explosives. 2. Use of optimum
quantity of explosives
ii. Use of delay detonators shall be per delay will keep
adopted in order to reduce ground ground vibration under
vibrations. limit at receptors.
iii. Blast site will be wetted 3. Wetting before

before and after blasting drilling and blasting will
reduce generation of
fugitive dust.
2. HEMM i. Regular Maintenance of all Effluent from vehicle - 1. Regular maintenance Regular maintenance -
Diesel operated HEMMs will be washing will be recycled will consume less fuel and of vehicles
done as per the manufacturer’s after treatment. will be energy efficient.
schedule for effective control of
exhaust emissions.
3. Haul i. All service roads will be well - - - Regular watering will Plantation will
Roads maintained. cause less emission of improve ecology.
ii. All haul roads and service roads fugitive dust.
shall be regularly sprayed with
water.
iii. Plantation will be done
alongside the service roads

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C10-5

Land Slides
4.Overburden Completed dumps will be subjected - Slope stabilization - iv. Plantation will Plantation will
to technical and biological will add to fewer reduce wind erosion of improve ecology.
reclamation. landslides. fugitive dust.
Plantation shall be done on OB
dumps to ensure stability of slopes
and prevention of dust generation
5.Coal CHP will be enclosed and mist spray - - - v. Mist spray will Plantation will
Handling arrangement installed at all reduce fugitive improve ecology.
receiving points, transfer points, emissions.
ground level bunkers and loading vi. Avoidance of road
points transport by heavy
vehicles will reduce
Plantation will be done around the dust emission from
Coal Handling Plant (CHP). roads, especially if
unpaved or broken.
6.Coal Transportation outside the ML area - - Avoidance of use of heavy - -
Transport will be by rail / conveyor system. road vehicles and use of
belt conveyors will be
energy efficient
B. Water Pollution Control
1. Surface i. Garland drains will be made Conservation of fresh water Toe walls - Garland drains and silt -
around quarry and OB dumps to sources surrounding OB traps will prevent outflow
collect run-off water and siltation dumps will prevent of polluted water during
points of sufficient size shall be sliding boulders, if rains.
provided for collection of silt. any, not to reach
working areas.
ii. OB dump run-off to be de- silted
through settling tanks and re-used.
iii)Contour drains to be constructed

along the slopes of OB dumps.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C10-6

Land Slides
iv. Toe walls to be constructed
around the OB dump with boulders
Collected from OB material.
2. Mine Water i. Mine water will be treated in ETP 1.Reuse of mine water will - - This will reduce water -
for domestic consumption. help in water conservation pollution.
ii)Excess mine water will be treated

in settling ponds before re-use.
C. Noise Pollution Control

1. Blasting i. Controlled blasting methods with - - - 1. Controlled blasting will 1. Less noise will
proper spacing, burden and control noise and blast not threaten wild
stemming will be adopted to get vibrations. animals and avi-
optimum results. fauna as this will
be done only once
ii. Blast holes will be judiciously in day time.
charged to control noise and blast
vibrations.
2. HEMM i. Providing sound proof cabins for - - - 1. This will reduce work -
the workers deployed on machines zone noise to meet
producing higher levels of noise OSHA limits.
like dozers, shovels, dumpers, 2. Noise mufflers will
drills and feeder breakers. reduce atmospheric
ii. The engine exhausts of HEMM noise emission and
to be fitted with mufflers. keep SPL within OSHA
iii. HEMM to be properly maintained limits in work zone and
and operators to be provided with within ambient Noise
Ear mufflers / ear plug. Limits at boundary.
iv. Reducing the exposure time of 3.This will reduce work
workers to the higher noise levels will zone noise exposure to
be practiced. meet OSHA limits.
4. Worker rotation will
be done as per OSHA

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C10-7

Land Slides
standards.
Land Management
1. Topsoil i. Topsoil will be stacked at - - - - 1. Topsoil
earmarked place and shall be used spreading will
only in reclamation of OB dumps. support
ii. Topsoil will invariably be plantation on OB
removed from the site allocated for dumps and
external dumping of OB material, to internal dumps.
conserve precious natural resource 2. Topsoil will
and ensure better stability of dumps not be stored on
active OB dumps
slopes to avoid
sliding. This will
be dumped only
after the OB
dumps are
stabilized with
geo synthetic
nets or
equivalent for
plantation.
2. i. Reclamation of mined out areas - - - - 1. Plantation on
Reclamation including external OB dumps and reclaimed areas
back filled areas shall be taken up with native
concurrent with progress of mining species will
operations as per the EMP. improve ecology
ii. Native species will be selected for and visual
plantation for better survival impacts.
rates. Water bodies
Voids left after the cessation of created in voids
mining activities will be converted at the end of
into water bodies. mining will help
in supporting

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Page: C10-8

Land Slides
aquatic
organisms and
avi-fauna and
will improve
visual impacts
E. Environmental Awareness
Environmental awareness Awareness aboutwater - 1. Awareness about 1. Awareness about 1. Awareness
programmes will be conducted in allconservation will help workers energy conservation will ill effects of pollution will help
mining areas to bring awarenessto understand the importance help workers to will encourage general
among the employees regarding the of water conservation understand the workers to maintain public in
environmental policy, its objectivesmeasures adopted for the importance of energy pollution control understandin
and measures to be taken toproject. conservation measures devices provided g importance
safeguard the environment. adopted for the project. and help in reducing of ecology
pollution. and how to
Awareness programmes will be protect them.
conducted on energy, oil and water
conservation.
Awareness will be created in the
employees and public on the ill-
effects of plastics usage and educate
them to use alternatives.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
10.4 Environmental Policy
PVUNL has a well-laid comprehensive Environmental Policy, which was published

in January, 2017. The intent of this policy is to meet environmental expectations
and provide actionable guidance, as strives to foster a culture of excellence and
challenges itself for continual improvement. A copy of Environment Policy (2017)
document is attached as Annexure –XI.
To provide reliable and affordable power for economic growth of society with
commitment to abide by environmental laws of the Nation.
Principles of Environment Policy
• Adopting principle of efficient power generation in its business decisions in the

way that have minimum environmental impact footmarks;
• Aiming to comply all applicable laws, statutory norms, all applicable acts and
respective rules thereof, conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance, Forest
Clearance, Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate as well as to adopt
additional measures required to spearhead and target beyond just compliance;
• Optimal use and conservation of natural resources in responsible and efficient
manner to reduce emissions, generation of effluents and solid wastes;
• Adopting robust environment management practices to minimize impacts on
environment.; and
• The imperative to optimal use of natural resources to embark least impact of
environment, lowest carbon footprint in the area of business and minimum impact
on biodiversity.
A risk management committee comprises of members from senior functionaries of

management as per provisions of Companies Act, 2016 has been constituted to
establish system for reporting environment related parameters, deviations and
constraints to management. Environmental risks perceived will be reviewed
through risk management mechanism for appropriate action.
Concerned group shall oversee compliance assurance of operating projects

through reviews and appraisals. PVUNL shall continue to identify all stakeholders
and engage with them at appropriate levels, to exchange views on environmental
concerns and mitigation measures thereof.
10.5 Demolition Management Plan
The mining lease area envelopes following villages:
1. Barwadih;
2. Banhardih;
3. Bari;
4. Ate;
5. Jagaldagga;
6. Rampur;
7. Sabano;
8. Surli;

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
9. Tota and
10. Renchi.
During acquisition of land properties situated in mine lease area, the houses,
wells, stores, shops, markets, common infrastructure, offices etc. will be marked
during survey and demolished in phased manner after acquisition of land. The
total demolition activity will be contracted out. The contractors will work in
supervision of NTPC staff for implementation of Demolition Waste Management
Plan. Workers will be provided personal protective equipment like goggles,
helmet, face shield, hand gloves and gumboots for health protection with dust
and noise. First aid facilities will also be available at site. The whole demolition
activities in villages will be done as per the Construction and Demolition (C & D)
Waste Management Rules, 2016.
10.5.1 Components of Demolition Waste
The demolition activity results in generation of solid waste. This category of waste
is complex due to the different types of building materials used but in general
may comprise the following materials.
Major Components
 Cement concrete;
 Bricks;
 Cement plaster;
 Steel (from RCC, door/window frames, roofing support, railings of staircase
etc.);
 Rubble;
 Stone (marble, granite, sand stone); and
 Timber/wood (especially demolition of old buildings).
Minor Components
 Conduits (iron, plastic);
 Pipes (GI, iron, plastic);
 Electrical fixtures (copper/aluminium wiring, wooden baton, bakelite/plastic
switches, wire insulation);
 Panels (wooden, laminated); and
 Others (glazed tiles, glass panes).
Technology Information, Forecasting and Assessment Council's (TIFAC) has

developed some estimation on Construction & Demolition waste generation which
recognizes that the generation is project specific as “Range 300-500 kg per sq.m
for demolition of buildings” (Source: Guidelines on Environmental Management of
C & D Wastes, CPCB, 2017).
Various components of demolition waste are broadly categorized into 7 categories

& their typical composition in construction as given in Table-10.2.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-10.2
TYPICAL COMPOSITION OF INDIAN C & D WASTE
Material Composition
Soil, Sand & Gravel 36%
Brick & Masonry 31%
Concrete 23%
Metals 5%
Bitumen 2%
Wood 2%
Others 1%
Source: (TIFAC, 2001)
10.5.2 Quantification and Estimation of Demolition Waste
The waste generated by demolition activity of houses, stores, godowns, shops
and other private and government properties in existing villages located within
mine lease area will be estimated and quantified only after detailed socio-
economic survey. The duration for demolition activity will be about 1 year.
10.5.3 Common Equipment Proposed to be Deployed at Demolition Site

The demolition in existing infrastructure/villages will be carried out by manual &
mechanized methods. The major machinery proposed to be used in demolition
will be concrete breaker machines, JCBs, earth movers, pneumatic breakers (jack
hammers, rock hammers), trucks, tractors, dumpers etc.
10.5.4 Storage of Construction and Demolition Waste

These wastes stored at source, i.e., at the point of generation by taking the
following measures:
 All these wastes will be stored within the site itself. A proper screen will be
provided so that the waste does not get scattered;
 The waste is segregated into different heaps as far as possible so that their
further gradation and reuse is facilitated; and
 Material, which can be sold will also be kept in separate heaps from those,
which are to be landfilled within mine.
10.5.5 Collection and Transportation
The agency engaged for demolition work will carry the unserviceable material up
to any lead & lift by manually loading and unloading. The saleable material will be
sold or reused by the agency. All debris transportation vehicles will be covered
with tarpaulin sheet to prevent fugitive emissions during travelling.
10.5.6 Prevention & Control of Pollution in Demolition Activities

Demolition, transportation and disposal of construction debris and other materials
will have very less impacts on the environment.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
The four common environmental impacts from a demolition activity that may
affect its surroundings are: (a) Dust (b) Noise (c) Smoke
 Air Pollution
Demolition activity will generate fugitive dust emissions, which will be controlled
by water sprinkling on debris, filled-in trucks wherever necessary & providing
screens. No debris and waste will be allowed to burn by contractors to prevent
smoke. Contractors will do preventive maintenance of transportation vehicles to
comply pollution norms. All transportation vehicles will be covered with tarpaulin
sheet to prevent fugitive emissions during travelling.
 Noise
The demolition activity will be carried out mostly during daytime. The equipment
used for demolition will undergo preventive maintenance test at routine intervals.
Any machinery or equipment generating excessive noise levels will be taken out
for maintenance. All steps will be taken to confine the effect of noise generation
within the area of demolition site. Further measure like smooth movement of
incoming & out-going vehicles / trucks, tarred roads within the plant premise,
minimum use of horns will be taken to control noise pollution.
 Water Pollution
Demolition activity will not have any significant impact on water quality. Surface
run-off from demolition site will be prevented to flow in to natural water bodies.
Treated wastewater (sprinklers) to be used for washings / unloading areas /
roads to suppress dust.
10.5.7 Recycling and Reuse
A majority of these materials is durable and therefore, has a high potential of
reuse. The demolition waste will be used in the following manner:
 Bricks, stone slabs, timber, conduits, piping railings etc. are reusable. But
these items cannot be used by NTPC. Hence these items will be sold by the
agency.;
 Plastics, broken glass, scrap metal etc. will be sold by the agency to recycling
industries;
 Rubble, brick bats, broken plaster/concrete pieces etc. will be used for
levelling of the site where demolition takes place;
 Larger unusable pieces will be sent for filling up low-lying area/proposed OB
dump area earmarked by the agency and fine material, such as, sand, dust
etc. will be used as cover material over this; and
 Adequate steps will be taken to reduce dust and noise during handling.
10.5.8 Disposal
Being predominantly inert in nature, demolition waste does not create chemical or
biochemical pollution. Hence, majority of these waste materials will be sold by the
agency engaged for demolition. Remaining unusable material will be used for
filling/levelling of low-lying areas.
The agency will earmark a private place or identify dump area within mine lease
for filling the debris in low-lying area.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
10.6 Rainwater Harvesting

Roof top areas in infrastructure area covering approximately 8.93 ha which is
The amount of rainfall available from these roof tops estimated using average
rainfall of 1159.50 mm as per IMD data and run-off coefficients suggested by
Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA) is 80,962.57 m³.
The components of roof top harvesting will include the following:

 Coarse mesh at the roof to prevent the passage of debris;
 Drain pipes that carry rain water from the roof top area to the harvesting
system;
 First flushing that ensures that run-off from the first spell of rain is flushed out
and does not enter the system;
 Filter to remove suspended pollutants from rain water collected over the roof
 Storage structure; and
 Pumping arrangement for abstraction and use.
Considering only 80% of the run-off available volume after evaporation, spillage
and first flush wastage, 70,370.06 m³ (0.070 MCM) is the run-off volume
estimated as available for project activities. The capacity of storage structure for
the heaviest rainfall received in 24 hours (290.80 mm) shall be 22,000 m³
whereas for the rainfall received during the wettest month of July (332.10 mm)
shall be 25,000 m³. Any overflow from the storage tanks shall be diverted to the
nearest storm water drain to reach the natural surface flow. A typical roof top
water harvesting model is presented in Figure-10.2
FIGURE-10.2
TYPICAL ROOF TOP RAINWATER HARVESTING MODEL
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Artificial Recharge
As mentioned earlier above, any additional artificial recharge measures on surface

apart from the settling ponds which are necessary to control the sediment carried
from haul roads, working surfaces, dumps etc. in the upstream are not advisable.
 Settling-cum-Recharge Ponds
the catchment areas and average monthly rainfall for Daltonganj station. The
annual volume of surface run-off from Rajdaha, Bagdagga1 and 2 catchments is
estimated at 5.68 MCM, 4.95 MCM and 2.40 MCM respectively. These nala exits
will be provided with settling ponds connecting the garland drains and drainage
from open land to allow clean into the nallas outside the ML area to maintain
original natural flow of clean water downstream. Tentative capacities of settling
ponds and detention period for 50% of 1-hour and 24-hour heaviest rainfall
events (100.81 mm and 290.8 mm respectively). Assuming an average depth of
2.5 m, about 0.463 MCM of recharge is expected from these ponds for 50% of 1-
hour heaviest rainfall event.
Recharge Wells: The run-off from roads and paved area, greenbelt, dumps and
undisturbed area (this will vary with the progress of mine workings) will be routed
through garland drains and other storm water drains through silt traps and
settling ponds to allow clean water downstream. The amount of run-off from
these areas during 5th year will be 22,54,865.15 m³ and considering 80% of this
run-off after evaporation and other losses, 18,03,892.12 m³ will be discharged
through storm water and garland drains downstream after passing through the
silt traps and settling ponds. Recharge wells can be installed along these drains to
take the advantage of run-off directly recharging the aquifer being dewatered
from mine pits. Considering a 20% of recharge from the run-off through these
wells, 3,60,778.42 m³ (0.361 MCM) is expected as recharge. A typical artificial
recharge system through recharge well is presented in Figure-10.3. The
components of this artificial recharge system will include the following:
 Storm water drains to route run-off from the open area to the infiltration
pond;
 Silt trap to filter silt and suspended matter from rain water diverted from the
catchment;
 Inlet for diverting the run-off into the recharge pit in a controlled manner;
 Outlet at a lower level than inlet to avoid any backwater effect and safely
discharge excess run-off during peak events from the recharge pit; and
 Recharge well as an induced recharge measure to allow water from the pond
by gravity to the deeper aquifer.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-10.3
TYPICAL RECHARGE WELL IN ML AREA
 Mine Pit Sumps
In open cast mining, surface and ground water seeping into mine pits must be
controlled allow efficient mining operations. Run-off from the surrounding land
surface must be diverted away from mine, for example by using collector drains
and diversion bunds. Within a mine, any surface water and ground water seepage
must be controlled by the drains and sumps to collect the water away from
working areas. This method involves allowing surface water falling from the
rainfall within mine pit and ground water seepage to enter the pit, then directing
it to sumps to temporarily store via drains and ditches, from where it is pumped
away to the surface.
The entire water diverted from the mine working areas and ground water seepage
after the mine pit intersecting ground water will not be pumped at a stretch and
there will be minimum water column in the mine water collection sump. This will
act as recharge structure through porous media in the side walls and pit bottom.
Details of surface water collected from rainfall and ground water seepage at
different stages. Location and size of the water collection sump will vary
depending on the progress of mine workings. Recharge from the mine pit sump
as per the sump capacities ranges from 0.071 MCM during 1 st year to 0.064 MCM
at the conceptual stage.
10.7 Greenbelt Development Plan/ Afforestation Plan
About 463.18 ha biologically reclaimed land will be handed over to the Forest
department. Thus, the total biologically reclaimed area shall be 1247.74 ha for all
considerations. A list of plants suggested for greenbelt or safety zone planation,
avenue plantations and block plantation are given in Table-10.3.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-10.3
LIST OF TREES, SHRUBS AND HERBS INCLUDING GRASSES IDENTIFIED FOR
GREENBELT AND AFFORESTATION A 3-TIER SYSTEM WITH TREES, SHRUBS AND
HERBS IS PLANNED
Scientific Name Common Name Main Purpose Spacing

(In m)
Trees -Top Layer
Aegle marmelos Bel / Bael Fruit 3x4
Ailanthus excelsa Mahanimbu Multipurpose 3x4
Albizia lebbeck Kala siris Multipurpose 3x4
Albizia procera Safed Siris Multipurpose 3x4
Anthocephalus indica Kadamb Timber 3x4
Artocarpus integrifolia Jack fruit Fruit 4x4
Azadirachta indica Neem Multipurpose 3x4
Dalbergia sissoo Sheshum / Sissoo Timber 3x4
Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Construction material 3x3
Ficus benghalensis Banyan Shelter for birds 4x5
Ficus religiosa Peepal Sacred tree 3x4
Gliricida sepium Mexican Lilac Nitrogen fixation 3x3
Gmelina arborea Gamhar Timber 3x3
Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fodder legume 2x3
Madhuca longifolia Mahuva Multipurpose 4x4
Mangifera indica Mango Fruit tree 4x4
Melia dubia Malabar Neem Timber 3x3
Mimusops elengi Ponna / Khirani Multipurpose 3x4
Muntingia calabura Singapore Cherry Multipurpose 3x4
Pongammia pinnata Karanj Biodiesel 3x4
Samanea saman Rain Tree Multipurpose 4x4
Shorea robusta Sal Timber 3x3
Swietenia macrophylla Mahogany Timber 3x3
Syzygium cumini Jamun Fruit 4x4
Tarindus indica Tamarind / Imli Tamarind 3x4
Terminalia bellirica Bahada Timber 3 x3
Terminalia arjuna Arjun Timber & Biodrain 3x4
Terminalia catappa Almond Nuts 3x4
Terminalia chebula Myrobalam Timber & Medicinal 3x3
Shrubs -Middle Layer
Bougainvillea Bougainvillea Ornamental 3x4
spectabilis
Carissa spinarum Karand Fruit 3x3
Cassia auriculata Tanning Cassia Green manure 3 x3
Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Ornamental 3x3
Jatropha gossypifolia Bellyache bush Medicinal 2x3
Holarrhena Kurei Medicinal 2x3
antidysenterica
Murraya koenigi Curry leaf Curry leaf 2x3
Phoenix acaulis Dwarf date Soil binder 3 x3
Woofordia fruticosa Dhatki Locally common 2x3
Bottom or Ground Layer
Cymbopogon martini Lemon grass / Citronella oil 1x1
Palmarosa
Macroptilium Purple bush bean Perennial Legume 1x1

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Scientific Name Common Name Main Purpose Spacing

(In m)
atropurpureum
Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Aromatic herb 1 x 1
Pteris vittata Fern Soil binder 1 x 1
Sesbania rostrata Jantar Nitrogen fixation 1 x 1
Stylosanthes hamata Hamata grass Fodder legume 1 x 1
10.8 Wildlife Conservation Plan
Human – Animal Conflict
The mine lease area is having Forest area and surrounding the ML area also there
are multiple forests. Hence, the entire villagers have to live in association with the
wildlife of the forests.
There is every possibility that the animals will move into villages for food and
water. The entry of wild life into surrounding areas makes an inevitable damage to
the human property, which need to dealt with care and patience otherwise it can
lead to human – animal conflict.
In order to avoid such conflicts, PVUNL proposed to undertake the following

measure.
Be Proactive: Since most animals are afraid of humans, when animals become
habituated to humans or associate them for food. In order to avoid such situation,
the villagers will be given awareness training to not to feed the wild animals or
keep a palatable food of their choice in the human surroundings which attract wild
animals into human surroundings.
Be Patient: Some damage to property and agricultural field is inevitable as the

wild life likes to move into surrounding areas. In those instances, people need to
keep control on their anger develop patience and should not harm animals.
Plantation, which attracts animals, will be developed within the forest areas along
with water hole development in consultation with the forest department so that
animals prefer to stay in forest and doesn’t come out of forest areas in search of
food and water.
PVUNL will provide awareness session on regular basis and impart the knowledge
to local villagers through the wild life department or wild life specialist on handling
the situation which could lead to a conflict between humans & animals.
1. With the help of local people and employees of the company watch will be kept
and regular updates will be provided to the Forest Department in case sloth
bear is observed to be stranded near the railway line to relocate to safer area.
Fruit trees, like Mahua (madhucalati folia) Tendu (diospyrosmelanoxylon) and
Jamun (syzygiumcumini) etc will be planted for sloth bear;

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
2. Providing food and fodder through enrichment of floral components: massive

tree planting activities will be taken up through forest development
corporation/forest department in the adjoining area of forestland as well is
revenue land of villages. the fruit bearing tree and flowering trees will be given
preference to the benefit of wild life and human being as well;
3. Encourage local villages to grow trees on their field bunds/court yard etc: in
consultation with forest department, the company will provide some saplings of
tree species important for wood, timber and fuel will be distributed to the
villagers. Bamboo will be another important species with environmental &
economic value. This no doubt, will help reduce dependence on forest, as a

department based on requirements of avifauna roosting, food (Grains,
Pulses, fruiting trees etc.) and shelter.
knowledge.
people.
6. Wildlife Environment Day and Wildlife Week (1 st to 7th Oct) will be
avifauna species.
1. Awareness among the local people for its conservation is prime important as
mostly the lizards are being hunted for meat, skin and medicine.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the

cybercrime.
1. Identify critical python habitat and map the priority sites;

2. Design sign boards showing presence of Pythons in the area;
3. Provision of veterinary care and rescue for the species when it there is a
direct encounter with the local residents;
encounter with the Python;
and conservation laws; and
Wildlife Department (SF&WD) in Conservation of Schedule-I Species is given in
Table-10.4.
TABLE-10.4

where it is
found:
core area for rescue and the SF & WD will decide of authority
SF & WD.
If found in The PP will share SF & WD is responsible not Concerned Property
buffer zone - the information only for rescue, / land owners should
non-forest with the SF&WD rehabilitation of Schedule I not hurt or hunt or
areas and render any species but also prosecution cause any hardship
If found in PP has no role It is entirely the Public or PP will not
buffer zone - responsibility of the SF & interfere with the
forest areas WD to take appropriate work of the SF &
action. WD.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
budget for first one year. The conservation plan shall be revised in consultation
with state forest and wild life department after one year based on the outcome of
first year.
area are included in following Table-10.5.
TABLE-10.5
WORK TO BE EXECUTED BY THE USER AGENCY & THE
STATE FOREST AND WILDLIFE DEPARTMENT
Sr. Particulars or Work / Action Amount in

No. Rs.
1 Monitoring and mapping of wildlife habitats in the study areas 4,00,000
(includes core zone and buffer zone)
conservation plans
3 Habitat improvement including fire protection, water supply and 4,00,000
other infrastructure
7 Generation of alternate employment to wildlife dependent families, if 1,00,000
any
8 Involving the forest dependent communities in Wildlife conservation 2,00,000
9 Documentation, data generation and dissemination to the public and 2,00,000
Internalization of Wildlife conservation as a part of the work culture
10 Creation of public awareness through mass education and Eco-clubs. 2,00,000
Creation of a group and review of the plans comprising of the
representatives of the PP, local reputed NGOs and the nominees of
the Forest and Wildlife department.
Total in Rs 25,00,000
Note: Amount shown is subject to revision and finalization during joint meetings between PP
and the Forest & Wildlife Department. It is envisaged as a regular feature.
10.9 Progressive Mine Closure Plan
Stage wise Land degradation and technical reclamation details are furnished in
Table-10.6 & Table-10.7. The stage wise cumulative plantation is given in
Table-10.8.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-10.6
STAGE WISE DETAILS OF TENTATIVE LAND
DEGRADATION AND TECHNICAL RECLAMATION IN HA
Stage/ Year Land Degraded (ha) - Cumulative Technically Reclaimed Area (ha) -
Cumulative
Excavation Dump Infra/ Total Backfill Dump Others Total
(Surface+Top Others (Surface
Soil) + Top Soil)
Y-1 2024-25 142.93 22.62 67.56 233.11 - - - -
Y-3 2026-27 201.61 85.40 67.56 354.57 - - - -
Y-5 2028-29 295.7 164.31 67.56 527.57 - - - -
Y-7 2030-31 361.99 391.53 67.56 821.08 145.95 - - 145.95
Y-10 2033-34 423.55 452.94 67.56 944.05 201.00 - - 201.00
Y-15 2038-39 509.04 452.94 67.56 1029.54 320.00 - - 320.00
Y-20 2043-44 578.47 452.94 67.56 1098.97 390.00 - - 390.00
Y-25 2048-49 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74 458.89 - - 458.89
Y-30 2053-54 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74 598.00 - - 598.00
Post Closure
Year 2056-57 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74
-33
TABLE-10.7
Stage/ Year Biologically Reclaimed Area (ha) - Cumulative Forest Land Undisturbed Total
(Return) / To be left for Public/
Community Use
Public /
Agriculture Plantation Water Company Total Utilised Un
Body Use disturbed
Y-1 2024-25 - - - - - - - - -
Y-3 2026-27 - - - - - - - - -
Y-5 2028-29 - - - - - - - - -
Y-7 2030-31 - - - - - - - - -
Y-10 2033-34 - - - - - - - - -
Y-15 2038-39 - - - - - - - - -
Y-20 2043-44 - 55.75 - - - - - - -
Y-25 2048-49 - 123.89 - - - - - - -
Y-30 2053-54 - 239.27 - - - - - - -
Post Closure
Year 2056-57 74.90 574.66 0 135.00 784.5 463.18 54.77 164.91 1467.4
-33
TABLE-10.8
STAGE WISE CUMULATIVE PLANTATION
Others
Green Belt External Dump Backfilled (undisturbed/public Total
Sr. No. Year use/company etc.,)
Area No. of Area No. of Area No. of
Area (Ha) No. of Trees Area (Ha) No. of Trees
(Ha) Trees (Ha) Trees (Ha) Trees
1 Y-1 0.2 500 0.2 500
2 Y-3 0.6 1500 0.6 1500
3 Y-5 0.6 1500 0.6 1500
4 Y-7 1 2500 1 2500
5 Y-10 2.5 6250 2.5 6250
6 Y-15 5 12500 5 12500
7 Y-20 55.75 139375 55.75 139375
8 Y-25 123.89 309725 123.89 309725
9 Y-30 239.27 598175 239.27 598175
Y-30 to
10 655.95 1639875 155.75 389375 226.91 100000 1038.61 2129250
33
Total 665.85 1664625 0 0 574.66 1436650 226.91 100000 1467.42 3201275.00

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Water Quality Management
The proposed mining area is not dissecting any natural streams. The storm water
and ground water intersected during the mining operation will be the source of
water accumulation within the active mining pit.
Accumulated mine pit water during the active mining period will be pumped while
post mining operation, there will be no accumulated water in the left-out voids. In
post closure phase the water shall be quarterly sampled and analysed to monitor
development of any acidity or toxicity in the accumulated water. As post mine
period, all of the broken areas will be backfilled and development of toxic water is
not anticipated.
The accumulated water will be utilised for the local community for agriculture and
other usage. Regular monitoring of the water quality will be carried out as per the
CPCB norms. Once the mine is closed, outside water will be prevented to enter
into the mined-out pits, which in turn will reduce the TDS and other solvents. The
pit water will be utilized for agricultural use, supply as drinking water after
treatment, and for pisciculture. Water quality analysis will be carried out as per
CPCB guidelines 2009.
Air Quality Management
The post closure activities will be restricted to limited operation only in the
following areas:
1. Dismantling of temporary infrastructures.

2. Dismantling of conveyor systems.
3. Dismantling of electrical infrastructures.
4. Regular maintenance works in the dumping ground.
5. Regular maintenance job in the embankment.
6. Post plantation care.
7. Maintenance of the main haul road.
8. Cleaning of suture drains and garland drains.
Most of the activities do not involve any regular dust generation, except the
dismantling works which will be restricted to a limited zones compared to the
whole project area. Water sprinkling will be continued before the vehicle
movement. Occasionally dust may be generated from the uncovered areas of the
dump. Regular sprinkling arrangements will be done till the areas are stabilized.
Quarterly Air Quality Monitoring will be done as per NAAQ standard (CPCB
guidelines, 2009).
Tentative Waste Management
Tentative waste management is given in Table-10.9 and tentative top soil

management is given in Table-10.10.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-10.9
DETAILS OF WASTE MANAGEMENT
Tentative Waste Management Schedule (Figures in MM 3)

Internal
Surface Dump
Cumulative OB Removal Backfilling Embankment
(Cumulative)
Stage (Cumulative)
Top Top Top Top
OB Total OB OB OB
Soil Soil Soil Soil
Y-1 2024-25 0.36 11.64 12.00 11.64 0.36 0 - - -
Y-3 2026-27 1.72 82.28 84.00 82.28 1.72 0 - - -
Y-5 2028-29 3.72 182.28 186.00 182.28 3.72 0 - - -
Y-7 2030-31 5.8 284.20 290.00 204.45 5.8 79.75 - - -
Y-10 2033-34 8.92 437.08 446.00 322.76 8.92 114.32 - - -
Y-15 2038-39 13.89 680.61 694.50 322.76 13.16 357.85 0.73 - -
Y-20 2043-44 17.94 879.06 897.00 322.76 13.82 556.30 4.12 - -
Y-25 2048-49 17.94 1055.06 1073.00 322.76 8.39 732.30 9.55 - -
Y-30 2053-54 17.94 1155.06 1173.00 322.76 6.01 832.30 11.93 - -
Post Closure
Year-33 2056-57 17.94 1155.06 1173.00 0 0 1155.06 17.94 - -
TABLE-10.10
TENTATIVE TOPSOIL MANAGEMENT
Top Soil Management- (Including Action Plan for Top Soil Management)
(All figures are Cumulative and in MM3)
Top Soil Used "MM3"
Top Soil
Spreading Used in Total
removal Spreading Spreading
Stage over the Green Utilised
plan over over the
OB Dump Belt
"MM3" Embankment Backfill Area
Area Area
Y-1 2024-25 0.36 - - - - -
Y-3 2026-27 1.72 - - - - -
Y-5 2028-29 3.72 - - - - -
Y-7 2030-31 5.8 - - - - -
Y-10 2033-34 8.92 - - - - -
Y-15 2038-39 13.89 - 0.73 - - 0.73
Y-20 2043-44 17.94 - 4.12 - - 4.12
Y-25 2048-49 17.94 - 9.55 - - 9.55
Y-30 2053-54 17.94 - 11.93 - - 11.93
POST CLOSURE
Year-33 2056-57 17.94 - 17.94 - - 17.94
Management of Coal Rejects
Since the project doesn’t envisage any washery, generation of rejects have not
been envisaged.
Restoration of Land used for Infrastructure
All infrastructure will be dismantled excluding the office and VT center, which will
be handed over to the state government. This aspect is well covered in the mine
closure chapters. Infrastructural land will be handed over to the society and local
community.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Disposal of Mining Machinery
Mining machineries will be utilized in other projects. Scrapped machinery’s will be

auctioned to the authorized agencies.
Safety & Security
 Thorough inspection of the mine and OB dump areas for assessing the left
over closure jobs of already reclaimed internal dump areas;
 Inspection of infrastructure and water body areas for their safe reclamation
and abatement of any leftover dangers;
 Action required making drainage and any fire areas safe for future period;
 Making 2 m high fencing wall against excavated void area to prevent
inadvertent entry as per requirement;
 Making safe approach road from surface to left out pit bottom for future uses,
as void becomes a water body; and
 Completing the survey of total reclaimed areas like mined areas, internal
dumps, mine faces, quarry fencing and other areas to complete and update
the Mine Plans under Coal Mine Regulation.
Abandonment Cost: Cost of activities to be taken up for closure of the mine is

TABLE -10.11
COST OF ACTIVITIES TO BE TAKEN UP FOR CLOSURE OF THE MINE
Rate Rs. Amount

Head Activities Unit Quantity (Lakhs)
Rs. In Lakhs
Water quality management
LS 30 1.25 37.5
Air quality management
LS 30 3.75 112.5
Progressive Waste management
MM3 - -
Closure (Re-handling of dump)
Ditch and plant fencing around
dump M 3750 0.0065 24.375
Biological fencing around the M 11483 0.004 45.932
lease area
Filling of voids MM3 0.5 45 22.5
Top soil management MM3 - -
Technical and biological ha 1303 3 3909
reclamation of mined out land
& OB dump
Plantation over virgin area ha 172 2.5 430
including greenbelt
Manpower cost and supervision PM 120 3 360
Toe wall around the dump M 4850 0.05 242.5
Garland drain M 7450 0.025 186.25
Garland drain around the dump M 4850 0.025 121.25
Any other activities 0
A Sub Total (A) 5491.81
Dismantling of Dismantling an Shifting of LS 900
Infrastructure & Workshop, crusher, conveyor
Disposal or Rehabilitation of the dismantled LS 180
Rehabilitation of facility

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Rate Rs. Amount

Rs. In Lakhs
Mining Machinery Dismantling of pumps and LS 125
Pipes/ Other Facilities
Dismantling of stowing bunkers LS 0
/provisioning of pumps for bore
well pumping arrangement
Dismantling of UG equipment 0
Rearranging water pipeline to LS 65
dump top park/Agricultural
land
Dismantling of power lines LS 350
B Sub-Total (B) 1620
Safety & Security Net fencing around dumps M 5000 0.02 100
Biological fencing around the M 5000 0.01 50
pit
Net fencing with masonary M 1750 0.25 437.5
pillars
Concrete wall with masonary M 1500 0.35 525
pillar around the Water
Harvesting area
Securing air shaft and 0
installation of bore well pump
Securing of Incline 0
Concrete wall fencing around 0
the water body
Boundary wall around the 0
water body
Stabilization (Viz Benching, LS - - 75
Pitching) of Sidewalls of the
water body
Toe wall around the dump M 1200 0.1 120
Nala diversion /Road diversion Km 8.5 60 510
Garland drain around the dump M 0 0.05 0
Drainage channel from main M 0 0.04 0
OB dump
C Sub-Total (C) 1817.5
Technical & Filing of void Ha 0
Biological Top soil management mm3 23.46 15 351.9
reclamation of OB Re-handling for backfilling mm3 0
Mined out Land OB Terracing, Blanketing with Soil ha 0
dump and vegetation of external OB
dump
Peripheral road, gates, view LS 247
point. cemented steps on bank
Expenditure on development of ha 112.59 0.75 84.4425
agricultural land
Landscaping and Plantation LS 0
D Sub-Total(D) 683.34
Post Closure Power Cost Year 3 12 36
Management and Post mining water quality Year 3 2 6
Supervision arrangement
Post mining air quality Year 3 5.5 16.5
arrangement
Pit and dump slope subsidence Year 3 20 60
monitoring for 3 years
Waste management (Re- Mcum 50 425 21250
handling of Surface dump)
Manpower cost and supervision Year 3 120 360
E. Sub-Total(E) 21728.5

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Rate Rs. Amount

Rs. In Lakhs
Others (F) Entrepreneurship development Year 15 15 225
(Vocational Skill development/
Training for Sustainable income
of affected people)
Golden Handshake / Nos 15 7.5 112.5
Retrenchment benefits to UG
employees.
Golden Handshake / Nos 10 15 150
Retrenchment benefits to UG
employees.
One-time financial grant to 0
societies / Institutions/ LS
Organisations which is
dependent upon the project.
Provide Jobs in other mine of the 0
company.
Continuation of other services Year 10 3 30
like running of schools etc.
Sub-Total (F) 517.5
Total Mine Closure 31858.65
Cost in Rs Lakhs
(A+B+C+D+E+F)
10.10 Cost for Environmental Management Plan Implementation
The tentative capital cost of EMP would be about Rs. 11.73 Crores. The tentative
recurring cost would be about Rs. 5.86 Crores per annum. However, the actual
estimated cost will be obtained after preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR)
and detailed engineering.
TABLE -10.12
DETAILED BREAK UP OF THE BUDGET ALLOCATED TOWARDS
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
Sr. Description Quantity No.s Capital Recurring

No Amount in Rs Amount in
Rs
1 Embankment along Nallah LS 2 10,000,000 500000
2 Diversion/Straightening of Nallah LS 1 20,000,000 1000000
3 Air Pollution Control LS 10,000,000 500000
4 Hydraulic Backhoe, 0.9 cu m No 1 20,000,000 1000000
5 Tipping Truck, 8 cu m No 2 4,500,000 225000
6 Green Belt Development / Afforestation LS 1 5,000,000 250000
7 Environmental Monitoring LS 1 1,500,000 75000
8 Garland Drain LS 1 5,000,000 250000
9 Rainwater harvesting LS 1 5,000,000 250000
10 Other technical and scientific studies 12,500,000 625000
11 Water Pollution Control 23,800,000 1190000
Total in Rs 117,300,000 5865000
Rs in Crores 11.73 Crores 5.86 Crores

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
Banhardih coal block located in Auranga coal field in Latehar district of Jharkhand
state has been allocated to M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utapdan Nigam Limited (PVUNL),
a subsidiary of NTPC and Government of Jharkhand. This block is allotted for
captive mining for supply of coal to their M/s. Patratu Super Thermal Power
Project (PSTPP) by Ministry of Coal (MOC), Government of India vide
F.No.103/18/2015/NA dated 25.06.2018 for a total area of 1818.10 ha.
M/s. PVUNL has been assigned proposed Banhardih mine from previous allottee,
Jharkhand Urja Utapadan Nigam Ltd (JUUNL). Banhardih coal mine block over an
area of 1818.10 ha is located in villages Ate, Banhardih, Bari, Barwadih,
Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano, Surli, Tota and Renchi in Latehar & Chandwa tehsil,
Latehar district in Jharkhand state.
proposed block. Accordingly, the present EIA report and application for EC
The mine lease area is 1467.42 ha and mining plan has been prepared for peak
capacity of 12.0 MTPA using opencast mining method covering an area of
1467.42 Ha only. Ministry of Coal (MOC) has accorded in-principal approval for
mining plan including Mine Closure Plan of Banhardih coal block vide Letter No:
CC/MP&MC/102/2021-22/Banhardih on 15.07.2021. Accordingly, the present EIA
report and application for EC pertains to coal mining of 12 MTPA over an area of
1467.42 Ha.
The Public Hearing (PH) was conducted by Jharkhand State Pollution Control
Board (JSPCB) on 29.12.2021 at High School, Sasang, Ate village, Bari
Panchayat, Chandwa tehsil, Latehar district.
11.1 Purpose of the Report
As per Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September

2006, proposed project falls under Schedule Mining of Minerals-‘1(a)’of Category-
‘A’ and requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) to be obtained from Ministry
of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC). MOEF&CC has accorded
Terms of Reference (TOR) vide its letter No. J-11015/13/2020-IA-II (M) dated
02.10.2020.
With a view to assess the environmental impacts arising due to the proposed
opencast coal mining project of 12.0 MTPA, M/s. PVUNL has awarded the EIA
study works to M/s. Vimta Labs Limited (VLL), Hyderabad, NABET accredited EIA
Consultant to prepare EIA report for various environmental components including
air, noise, water, land and biological components along with parameters of human
interest which may be affected and to prepare an Environment Management Plan
(EMP) for mitigating possible adverse impacts.
Chapter-11 Summary and Conclusion VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
11.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent
11.2.1 Identification of Project
Banhardih Coal Mine Block located in Auranga coalfield in Latehar District of state
of Jharkhand, has been allocated to Patratu Vidyut Utapdan Nigam Limited
Power Project (PSTPP) by Ministry of Coal, Government of India vide
F.No.103/18/2015 NA dated 25.06.2018 for a total area of 1818.10 Ha. M/s.
PSTPP is situated at a distance (by road) of approximately 100 km in the eastern
direction from the project area. Coal production is proposed through both surface
miner and conventional drilling & blasting methods.
Mining Plan for this block (excluding western part) was prepared by M/s. United
Exploration India Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata (UEIPL) based on the geological report on Coal
Exploration (2019) prepared by Department of Mines & Geology, Govt. of
Jharkhand on the partly explored block. Mining plan for mine capacity of 12.0
MTPA has been in-principle approved by Ministry of Coal on 15.07.2021.
Background of the Project
The block was initially allotted to Jharkhand Urja Utpadan Nigam Limited (JUUNL)
and allotment agreement between nominated authority and JUUNL in this regard
was executed on 30.03.2015. The first and second amendment to the allotment
agreement was executed on 30.06.2015 & 17.01.2017 respectively.
Subsequent to the formation of the JV company between Jharkhand Bijli Vitran

Nigam Limited and NTPC, the block was assigned to M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utapadan
Nigam Limited (PVUNL) and a tripartite deed of adherence was executed between
Nominated Authority (MOC, Government of India), Jharkhand Urja Utpadan
Nigam Limited (JUUNL) and Patratu Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL) on
02.07.2017.
A deed of Assignment has been executed between Jharkhand Urja Utpadan

Limited (JUUNL) and Patratu Vidyut Utapadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL) towards
amendment of the allotment order in favour of M/s. PVUNL on 15.05.2018.
Pursuant to the execution of deed of Assignment between M/s. JUUNL and M/s.
PVUNL, Nominated Authority issued a corrigendum no.2 to the allotment order
no. 103/18/2015/NA dated 30.06.2015 and allotment order issued in favour of
M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL) vide allotment order No.
103/18/2015 NA dated 25.06.2018.
Status of Mining Plan
Ministry of Coal has accorded in-principal approval for Mining Plan including Mine
Closure Plan of Banhardih Coal Block on 15.07.2021.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Status of Forest Clearance
An application for Forest Clearance has been submitted for 549.484 Ha of forest
land involved in 1467.42 Ha mineable area of mine block was on 18.09.2021. The
application was forwarded from PCCF to DFO Lathar on 25.11.2021. Essential
Details Sought (EDS) received from DFO on 08.02.2022 which is under
preparation. Tree enumeration and identification of compensatory afforestation
land is under progress. Gram sabha for issue of NOC under FRA Act completed for
3 villages.
11.2.2 Identification of Project Proponent
M/s. Patratu Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (PVUNL) has been incorporated on
15.10.2015 as a subsidiary of NTPC with 74 % stake in the Company and 26 % of
stake held by M/s. Jharkhand Bijli Vitaran Nigam Limited (JBVNL) for capacity
addition in two phases i.e. Phase-I (3 x 800 MW) and Phase-II (2 x 800 MW).
Jharkhand is the principal beneficiary state with 85 % allocation while 15 % of
power will remain as unallocated quota at the disposal of Govt of India. Patratu
Super Thermal Power Project (PSTPP) is located at Patratu village in Ramgarh
District of Jharkhand.
NTPC Limited (A Govt. of India Enterprise), is the largest power generating

company in India and first public sector company to be granted “Maharatna”
status. Presently, NTPC generates power from coal, gas, hydro and renewable
(i.e. Solar and Wind) projects. Present installed capacity of NTPC Group is
68,961.68 MW (including 14,365 MW through JVs/Subsidiaries) comprising of 51
NTPC Stations (23 Coal based stations, 7 gas based stations, 1 Hydro station, 1
small hydro, 18 Solar PV and 1 Wind based Station) and 26 Joint Venture stations
(9 coal based, 4 gas based, 8 hydro, 1 small hydro 2 Wind and 2 Solar PV). NTPC
has also diversified itself into hydro, coal mining, power equipment
manufacturing, power trading & distribution.
11.3 Environmental Setting
ridges and depressions. Around 25 % of the block is covered with protected forest
located in the western part. Partly the villages like Renchi, Jagaldagga, Banhardih
covered with cultivated land and residential hutments. There is operating coalmine
i.e Sikni Colliery (0.3 km, South) from the proposed mine & there is also a brick
industry nearby Serak village.
The Bagdagga nala and Rajdaha nala and their tributaries forms the main
north to south at the centre and parallel to main connecting road passes through
Surli, Huchlu and Bari villages.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Due to undulating nature of the land, a number of natural ponds have been
formed and these ponds are aligned in a definite line indicating a possible
presence of fracture. The environmental setting around the proposed coal-mining
project is given in Table-11.1 and Figure 11.1.
TABLE-11.1
ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS

1 Location Ate, Banhardih, Bari, Barwadih, Jagaldaga, Rampur, Sabano,
Surli, Tota and Renchi in Latehar & Chandwa tehsil, Latehar
District in Jharkhand State.
2 Coordinates Latitude: 23° 43'23.09''N to 23°45'12.995''N &
Longitude: 84°37''19.791''E to 84°39'55.045''E
3 SOI Topo sheet no. F45A9 & F45A10
4 Elevation 423-459 m
5 Nearest villages Within the Mine Lease Area:
1. Barwadih 2. Renchi 3. Banhardih 4. Bari 5. Ate 6.
Jagaldagga 7.Rampur 8.Sabano 9.Surli 10.Tota
6 Nearest town Chandwa (9.4 km, SE)
7 District Head Quarters Latehar (8.0 km, W)
8 Nearest highway NH-75 (0.8 km, S)
NH-99 (8.3 km, E)
SH-10 (14.6 km, N)
9 Nearest railway station Chetar railway station (6 km, SE)
10 Nearest airport Ranchi (80.0 km, SE)
11 Nearest seaport Haldia (400 km, SE)
12 Interstate boundary Nil
13 Water bodies 1. Bagdagga nala (Within Mine lease area, South)
2. Rajdaha nala (Within Mine lease area, W)
3. Ghaghari nadi (1.6 km, S)
4. River Auranga (1.8 km, SW)
5. Sukri river (3.8 km, N)
6. Gowa nala (3.9 km, SW)
7. Bhubuk nala (7.0 km, NW)
8. Ekchatia nala (7.1 km, N)
9. Deonad nadi (9.2 km, SE)
10. Tatta nala (9.6 km, NNW)
14 Reserve forests/ Protect Forests 1. Udayapura PF (Within Mine lease area, W)
2. Sabanu P.F (Within Mine lease area, NW)
3. Banhardih P.F (Within Mine lease area, N)
4. Surli P.F (0.2 km, NE)
5. Renchi P.F (0.4 km, N)
6. Serak P.F (0.6 km, E)
7. Aragundi P.F (1.2 km, NW)
8. Jadiang P.F (1.8 km, N)
9. Amwatikar R.F (2.4 km, W)
10. Latdag P.F (3.5 km, SE)
11. Rajbar P.F (3.8 km, NNE)
12. Holang P.F (3.8 km, NE)
13. Obar P.F (3.9 km, NW)
14. Gurtur P.F (4.0 km, NNE)
15. Khariya P.F (4.4 km, S)

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the

16. Mangra P.F (4.6 km, NNW)
17. Masiatu P.F (5.2 km, NNE)
18. Bishrampur P.F (5.3 km, NW)
19. Nagar P.F (5.4 km, E)
20. Nindra P.F (5.9 km, E)
21. Lachipur P.F (6.1 km, NE)
22. Kuriam P.F (6.2 km, NNE)
23. Tudu P.F (6.3 km, SE)
24. Richuguta R.F (7.0 km, SSW)
25. Arahara P.F (7.0 km, N)
26. Tubed P.F(7.3 km, NNW)
27. Erud P.F (7.5 km, NE)
28. Sugni P.F (7.6 km, S)
29. Hisri P.F (7.9 km, SE)
30. Dihi P.F (8.0 km, N)
31. Peshrar R. F (8.6 km, SSW)
32. Bhang P.F (8.7 km, NE)
33. Balu P.F (8.7 km, N)
34. Lawadag R.F (8.8 km, S)
35. Jawar P.F (9.0 km, N)
36. Jalta P.F (9.4 km, W)
37. Hundi P.F (9.6 km, N)
38. Bhusah P.F (9.9 km, ESE)
39. Sohdag P.F (10.4 km, NNW)
40. Jani P.F (10.5 km, N)
41. Chakla P.F (10.8 km, E)
42. Pakri P.F (10.9 km, NE)
43. Semar Sot P.F (10.9 km, NE)
44. Diridag P.F (11.5 km, NE)
45. CHaea P.F (11.5 km, N)
46. Mahuamilan P.F (11.9 km, E)
47. BHargaon P.F (12.0 km, NNW)
48. Partu P.F (12.0 km, SW)
49. Lata P.F (12.2 km, N)
50. Manha P.F (12.3 km, SSW)
51. Salaiya R.F (12.6 km, S)
52. Chetang P.F (12.4 km, NE)
53. Ghutam (12.5 km, NNE)
54. Serka P.F (12.8 km, NNE)
55. Patki R.F (13.1 km, W)
56. Lawagara P.F (13.2 km, NNW)
57. Kodag P.F (13.7 km, W)
58. Bidir P.F (13.7 km, N)
59. Kerar P.F (14.0 km, SW)
60. Chiru P.F (14.4 km, N)
61. Jer P.F (14.5 km, W)
15 Sensitive areas Palamau Tiger Reserve (15.2 km, W), ESZ Boundary (13.1
km, W)
16 Historical places Nil
17 List of other industries 1. Sikni Colliery (0.3 km, South)
2. Abhijeet Power Plant (10.7 km, E)
3. Essar Power (11.0 km, E)
18 Seismicity Zone-II
*Note: All distances mentioned above are in aerial distance from the proposed mine boundary

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
FIGURE-11.1
ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS IN STUDY AREA (10 KM RADIUS FROM PROJECT)

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
11.4 Brief Description of the Project
Nature & Size of the Project
Proposed production from the mine is 12 MTPA. The total cost of the project is
estimated about Rs. 5546 crores. Mining is proposed to be carried out by open-
cast method. Combination of shovel-dumper and surface miner are proposed for
coal extraction whereas OB removal by shovel-dumper. Drilling & blasting is
proposed for coal, OB and interburden.
rapid loading system and to be dispatched through the railways. The coal has to
be transported from Banhardih to Patratu STPP by rail, which is at distance of
11.5 Salient Features
The salient features of the mine are given in Table-11.2.
TABLE-11.2
SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROPOSED COAL MINE

1 Name of the geological block Banhardih coal mine
2 Total Coal Block area 1818.10 Ha
3 Current Mineable area as per 1467.42 Ha
4 Explored area of block 1049.0 Ha
5 No. of bore holes drilled within 82 boreholes
the block
6 Overall bore hole density 7.82 BH/Sq. km. within the explored area
7 No. of seams 18 no. of major seams.
1B, 1T, 2, 3, 4B, 4M, 4T, 5B, 5M, 5T, 6B, 6M,
6T, R1B, R1M, R1T, R2 & R3.
8 Net Geological reserves 1234.98 MT up to 1200 m
9 Net Geological reserves 401.56 Mt up to a depth of 300 m
considered for mining
10 Extractable reserves-Open cast 250.50 Mt
11 Total OB Generation 1173 MCM
12 Average stripping ratio 4.68 m3/t

13 % of extraction 62.38 % Upto a depth range of 300 m depth
only
14 Rated Capacity of mine 12 MTPA
15 Expected life of mine 30 years
16 Average Gross calorific value G11 (>4000 – 4300 Kcal/Kg)

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the

(GCV in K.cal/kg) of coal
17 Type of mine Opencast
18 Method of mining Coal extraction - Surface Miner and conventional
Drilling and Blasting.
OB Removal - Shovel Dumper combination.
19 Coal evacuation Through MGR system and Indian Railways
20 No. of working days/ Number of 3 shifts of 8 hour each for 330 days
shifts/ Working hours/shift
22 Total excavation volume (Coal + 1340 Mm3
Overburden)
23 Maximum bench height 10 m
24 Ultimate depth of mine 300 m
25 Temporary external dump (within 467.14 ha
block) area
26 Internal dump area 727.24 ha
27 No. of External dumps 1
28 No. of Internal dumps 1
29 Topsoil generation 17.94 M.cum
30 Overall pit slope 45º
31 Dump height 30 m
32 Power requirement 40 MVA
33 Source of power Power shall be drawn from proposed 132/33 kV
GSS at Chandwa of Jharkhand Urja Sancharan
Nigam Limited by providing additional 132 kV
bay
34 Water requirement 11.25 MLD
(Potable – 2.3 MLD; Industrial – 8.95 MLD)
Source: Potable: Bore wells/Rainfall/ground
water.
Industrial: Treated mine discharged water
35 Manpower requirement Approx. 1,306
36 Project cost ₹ 5,546 Crores
37 Pre-Mining land type Private – 561.92 Ha
Govt – 356.02 Ha
Forest – 549.48 Ha
Total – 1467.42 Ha
An application for Forest Clearance has been
submitted for 549.484 Ha of forest land involved
in 1467.42 Ha mineable area of mine block.
38 No. of HSOs as per R&R plan 1592
(Draft)

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
11.6 Resource Requirement
 Land Requirement
The Banhardih coal block comprises of about 1818.10 ha area distributed over 10
nos. of villages. It administratively falls under the Latehar District, Jharkhand
State. Out of this, 31.99 % is designated as forest land, tenancy land is 40.69 %,
Government/ non- forest land is 27.32. Present and pre-mining land use is given
in Table-11.3 and Table-11.4 respectively.
TABLE-11.3
PRESENT LAND USE OF TOTAL MINE BLOCK
Sr. No Type Area in Ha

Within ML Area
Settlements
Roads
3 Forest & open 581.61
scrubs
Sub-Total 1818.10
At this planned period, 1467 ha of area has been conceptualized to be worked

including a surface dump to be re-handled at a later stage of the project.
Notification under Section 9 (1) has already been served as per CBA Act, 1957 for
an area of 1042 ha while notification for the remaining area will be issued shortly.
As given above in Table-11.3, the Forest & open scrub area is about 581.61 ha
in total coal block area 1818.10 Ha. The land distribution as per the land records
obtained from the State Government is furnished in Table-11.4.
A village road, passing through the central part of the block needs to be shifted
beforehand of mining operation. The detail engineering of the road will be made
with due consultation with the Public Works Department, Government of
Jharkhand. A village wise break up of 1467.42 ha of project area.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
TABLE-11.4
PRE-MINING LAND DISTRIBUTION OF CURRENT MINEABLE AREA
Pre-Mining Land Use "Ha"

Agricultural 309.00
Township -
Grazing -
Barren 208.33
Tenancy
Water Bodies 8
Road 0.81
Community -
Others 35.78
Agricultural 116.62
Township -
Govt. Non Grazing -
Water Bodies 33.44
Road 27.61
Others 26.95
Reserve -
Protected 505.78
Forest
43.7
CJBJ
Free hold - -
Total 1467.42
 Water Requirement

suspended solids.
scenario. The mine pit accumulated water will be pumped and stored in the
central sump for workshop, sprinkling and plantation use. Storm water discharge
may happen only in the rainy season due to sudden inrush of storm water.
 Power Requirement
Power requirement of this mine is approximately 40 MVA at 132 kV level. An

application has been already made by the project proponent in this regard to get
the required power from the proposed 132/33 kV GSS at Chandwa and PVUNL
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
has also requested for the provision of additional 132 kV bay for power supply to
the Banhardih coal mine.
 Manpower Requirement
Manpower required for 12 MTPA production based on 330 working days shall be
approximately 1306. This manpower include persons employed from PVUNL and
MDO both.
11.7 Mining Methodology
The present proposal is to extract a peak capacity of 12 MTPA of coal reserves by

opencast mining with surface miner and shovel dumper combination. After
appropriate analysis of aspects such as seam characteristics, techno-financial
feasibility and production targets, shovel dumper combination will be used for
overburden removal and coal production by surface miner and shovel dumper
combination. Conventional drilling and blasting is proposed for coal, over burden
and internal burden removal.
Coal produced by surface miner will be dispatched to power plant directly while
coal produced through drilling and blasting will be subjected to primary crushing
to reduce the size less than 100 mm. Overburden excavation through drilling &
blasting while removal through shovel dumper combination.
11.8 Description of Environment
The baseline studies were carried from out during 1st December 2020 to 30th
November 2021 (covering all four seasons) in the various domains of
environment.
11.8.1 Meteorology
The meteorological parameters were recorded on hourly basis during the study
period and comprises of parameters like wind speed, wind direction (from 0 to
360 degrees), temperature, relative humidity, atmospheric pressure, rainfall and
cloud cover. The meteorological parameters have been recorded and are
presented in Table-11.5.
TABLE-11.5
SUMMARY OF THE METEOROLOGICAL DATA GENERATED AT SITE
Month Temperature Relative Atmospheric Rainfall Wind

(0C) Humidity (%) Pressure (hPa) (mm) Speed
Max Min Max Min Max Min (m/s)
Winter Season
December 2020 29.5 6.7 79 55 981.9 920.5 6.5 3.0
January 2021 31.9 5.9 74 54 991.5 928.1 11.1 4.0
February 2021 33.1 7.1 73 53 959.4 936.0 8.0 2.8
Range 5.9-33.1 53-79 920.5-991.5 25.6 Avg: 3.26
Pre-Monsoon Season
March 2021 38.6 10.9 56 33 989.6 972.8 14.0 2.3
April 2021 42.4 16.9 45 27 986.2 979.5 15.4 3.1
May 2021 44.8 21.1 47 30 979.3 972.3 28.1 2.8
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Range 10.9-44.8 27-56 972.3-989.6 57.5 Avg:2.73

Monsoon Season
June 2021 32.0 45.0 74 80 968.4 976.2 28.1 4.1
July 2021 33.0 41.0 60 72 971.8 975.1 23.0 4.2
August 2021 28.0 40.0 73 78 970.9 979.9 24.1 4.9
September 2021 33.1 24.4 88 80 972.3 979.0 245.1 3.8
Range 33.0-45.0 72-88 968.4-979.9 320.3 Avg:4.25
Post-Monsoon Season 2021
October 2021 30.6 19.2 82 72 984.8 985.4 76.6 2.5
November 2021 29.3 16.1 79 55 992.2 984.5 8.6 3.8
Range 16.1-30.6 72-82 992.2-985.4 85.2 Avg:3.15
11.8.2 Ambient Air Quality
Ten ambient air quality locations were monitored in and around project site. The
summarized data of ambient air quality for winter, Pre-monsoon, monsoon and
post-monsoon season is given in Table-11.6.
TABLE-11.6
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS
(WINTER, PRE-MONSOON, MONSOON AND POST-MONSOON SEASON)
Ambient Air Quality Seasons

Sr.
No. Parameters UOM Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon Post-Monsoon Overall
1 PM10 µg/m3 27.1 61.6 28.5 62.8 27.1 61.9 28.5 61.2 27.1 62.8
2 PM2.5 µg/m3 11.3 32 13 33.7 11.6 33.4 14.5 32.9 11.3 33.7
3 SO2 µg/m3 9.1 16.6 8.3 15.9 6.9 15.3 7 15.1 6.9 16.6
4 NO2 µg/m3 10 21 10.1 20.2 10.3 18.8 10.6 19.0 10.0 21.0
5 CO µg/m3 151 334 144 336 143 339 152 339 143 339
6 O3 µg/m3 3.2 9.9 3.9 10.5 2.2 9.1 2.3 9.5 2.2 10.5
7 Ammonia µg/m3 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0
8 Benzene µg/m3 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0
9 B(a)P µg/m3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
10 As µg/m3 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
11 Pb µg/m3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
12 Ni µg/m3 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
Interpretation Results of Ambient Air Quality (Covering Four Seasons)
 It has been observed that the PM10 ranged from 27.1-62.8 µg/m3. The
maximum PM10 62.8 µg/m3 was observed in Pre-monsoon season and
minimum PM10 i.e. 27.1 µg/m3 was observed in winter and monsoon season.
 It has been observed that the PM2.5 ranged from 11.3-33.7 µg/m3. The
maximum PM2.5 i.e. 33.7 µg/m3 was observed in Pre-monsoon season and
minimum PM2.5 i.e. 11.3 µg/m3 was observed in winter season.
 It has been observed that the SO2 concentration ranged from 6.9-16.6 µg/m3.
The maximum SO2 concentration i.e. 16.6 µg/m3 was observed in winter
season and minimum SO2 concentration i.e. 6.9 µg/m3 was observed in
monsoon season.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 It has been observed that the NO2 concentration ranged from 10-21.0 µg/m3.
The maximum NO2 values i.e. 21.0 µg/m3 was observed in winter season and
minimum NO2 values i.e. 10.0 µg/m3 was also observed in winter season.
 It has been observed that the CO concentration ranged from 143-339 µg/m3.
The maximum CO values 339 µg/m3 was observed in monsoon and post-
monsoon season and minimum CO values i.e. 143 µg/m3 was observed in
monsoon season.
 It has been observed that the Ozone (O3) µg/m3 of the air in the study area
ranged from 2.2-10.5 µg/m3. The maximum concentration i.e 10.5 µg/m3 was
observed in pre-monsoon season and minimum concentration i.e. 2.2 µg/m3
was observed in monsoon season.
The concentration of PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NO2, O3, CO, NH3, Pb, BaP, As, Ni and
C6H6 are observed to be well within the NAAQS standards 2009.
11.8.3 Land Use
The land use pattern of the study area indicates that 40.1% of the study area is
under agricultural lands followed by water bodies of about 31.5 %. Percentage of
built-up area and forest area is about 5.6 % and 31.5 % respectively. Wastelands
are about 12.9 % of study area.
11.8.4 Soil Characteristics
The soil samples were collected during during 1 st December 2020 to 30th
November 2021 (covering all four seasons). The soil samples were collected at 15
locations in the study area.
Comparison of Soil Quality (Covering Four Seasons)
5.84-7.52. The maximum pH 7.52 was observed in monsoon season and
minimum pH i.e. 5.84 was observed in winter season.
 It has been observed that the electrical conductivity of the soil in the study
area ranged from 38.6-168.5 µS/cm. The maximum EC i.e. 168.5 µS/cm was
observed in monsoon season and minimum EC i.e. 38.6 µS/cm was observed
in winter season.
 It has been observed that the Nitrogen values of the soil in the study area
ranged from 37.6-89.6 kg/ha. The maximum Nitrogen i.e. 89.6 kg/ha was
observed in pre-monsoon & monsoon season and minimum Nitrogen i.e. 37.6
 It has been observed that the phosphorus values of the soil in the study area
ranged from 52.6-152.6 kg/ha. The maximum phosphorus values 152.6 kg/ha
was observed in monsoon season and minimum phosphorus values i.e. 52.6
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 It has been observed that the potassium values of the soil in the study area
ranged from 253.6-364.2 kg/ha. The maximum potassium values 364.2 kg/ha
was observed in pre-monsoon season and minimum potassium values i.e.
253.6 kg/ha was observed in winter season.
 It has been observed that the chlorides of the soil in the study area ranged
from 48.9-112.4 mg/kg. The maximum chlorides 112.4 mg/kg was observed
in pre-monsoon season and minimum chlorides ie. 48.9 mg/kg was observed
in winter season.
 It has been observed that the calcium of the soil in the study area ranged
from 685-1452 mg/kg. The maximum calcium 1452 mg/kg was observed in
winter season and minimum calcium i.e. 685 mg/kg was also observed in
winter season.
 It has been observed that the Magnesium of the soil in the study area ranged
from 168.0 -521.6 mg/kg. The maximum Magnesium 521.6 mg/kg was
observed in monsoon season and minimum Magnesium ie. 168 mg/kg was
observed in winter season.
11.8.5 Water Quality
The baseline water quality status in the region is established by analysing

samples at 12 locations consisting of six ground water samples and six surface
water samples. The ground and surface water samples were analysed and found
that ground water quality is well within the drinking water quality limits.
Interpretation of Surface Water Quality Results (Covering four Seasons)
The discussion on the analytical results of surface water samples is presented in

the following sections:
observed to be in the range of 6.7-7.91, which are well within the specified
standards of 6.5 to 8.5. The minimum concentration was found in winter season
and maximum concentration was found in pre-monsoon and monsoon season.

of 256 µS/cm to 766 µS/cm. The minimum concentration was found in winter
season and maximum concentration was found in pre-monsoon season.
Maximum concentration was found in winter season (January 2021) and the
minimum concentration was also found in winter season (December 2020) are
 The chloride concentration was observed in the range of 29.6 mg/l to 96.3 mg/l
concentration was found in winter season are well within the standards.
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
concentration was also found in pre-monsoon and monsoon season are well
within the standards.
limit of 10 MPN/100 ml. Maximum concentration was found in monsoon season
and the minimum concentration was found in post-monsoon season and are
Interpretation of Ground Water Quality Results (Covering four Seasons)
 The analysis results of ground water samples showed the pH in range of 6.84-
 The total hardness of the samples ranged from 79.7-432.9 mg/l. The
minimum value was observed in winter season and whereas the maximum
value was also observed in winter season.
 Calcium and magnesium concentrations ranged from 16.4-112.6 mg/l and 8.9-
 The total dissolved solids of the samples ranged from 141.9-1072.1 mg/l. The
maximum value was observed in winter season whereas the minimum value
was also observed at winter season.
 Range of chlorides and sulphates concentrations at all the locations are 34.8-
298.6 mg/l and 17.9-84.6 mg/l respectively.
permissible limits. The maximum value was observed in post-monsoon season
and minimum value was observed in pre-monsoon season.
 Similarly, nitrates are also found to be ranging in between 3.59-10.3 mg/l. The
maximum value was observed in post-monsoon season and minimum value was
observed in pre-monsoon season.
 Iron concentrations in ground water varied from 0.01-0.39 mg/l. The maximum
value was observed in post-monsoon season. And minimum values was also
observed in post monsoon season

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
of 10 MPN/100 ml.
11.8.6 Noise Levels
The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of noise levels at
fifteen locations in the study area.
Noise Interpretation Results Covering Four Seasons
maximum value 50.9 dB (A) (Post-Monsoon Season) was recorded at Karihma (N2)
and the minimum value 40.0 dB (A) (Winter Season) was recorded at ML Area near
Chattasemal (N1).
The maximum value 48.9 dB (A) (in Post-Monsoon season) was recorded at Obar
(N13) and the minimum value 31.4 dB (A) (Monsoon season) was recorded at Near
Renchi PF (N5).
11.8.7 Flora and Fauna
The mine lease area or its buffer zone are not ecologically sensitive. Sal is the
dominant forest tree. Sisal hemp is cultivated in degraded forest areas. Mahua is
the most widely cultivated tree in rural areas. Mango and Ber are the main fruit
trees. There were no threatened plant species either in the core area or buffer
zone. Sloth Bear (Melursus ursinus), Peacock (Pavo cristatus), Python (Python
molurus) and Common monitor (Varanus bengalensis) are the four schedule I
fauna reported from the forests of the buffer zone. Honeycombs were very
abundant in the forest and non-forest including residential areas in the study area
which are said to sustain Sloth bears.
corridors within the 10 km radius.
Mukherjee University, Ranchi.
11.9 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
11.9.1 Impact on Soil Quality
The coal mine developmental activities will result in loss of topsoil to some
extent. This topsoil requires proper handling like separate stacking so that, it can

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
be used for greenbelt development. Apart from this, no significant adverse impact
on soil in the surrounding area is anticipated during site preparation.
11.9.2 Impact on Topography and Drainage Pattern
ridges and depressions. Elevation level of boreholes reveals that the minimum of
423.17 m in borehole no 2 W and maximum of 459.90 m in borehole no 20 E.
Around 25% of the block is covered with protected forest located in the western
part. Partly the villages like Jagaldagga, Banhardih, and Sabanu are falling within
the forest area. Rest of the area within the block is covered with cultivated land
and residential hutments. During mining and allied operations, some changes to
the pre-mining land use will happen due to the following activities:
 Removal of topsoil;
 Removal of overburden (OB);
 Dumping of overburden (OB);
 Stockpile of coal;
 Construction of mine infrastructure facilities such as inclines, pit office, haul
road etc., within the lease area;
 Formation of garland drain around the mine lease; and
 Subsidence of surface topography of the area.
However, by using scientific way of mining and better management technique, it

is possible to reclaim the mined-out land by utilising OB dump and convert it into
greenery.
Surli, Huchlu and Bari villages. Due to undulating nature of the land, a number of
indicating a possible presence of fault.
11.9.3 Impact on Land use
 Pre-Mining Land Use
The ML area of Banhardih coal block is 1818.18 Ha. Out of this, 31.99 % is
designated as forest land, tenancy land is 40.69 %, Government/Non- Forest land
is 27.32 %.
 Mining Land Use
The average workable coal seam thickness are found to be 4.23 m (seam R2) to
37.86 m (Seam 1B), however the seam gradients are found to be on much higher
side upto 45 deg. Considering the geo-mining parameters of the block, it has
been planned to deploy Surface Miner as well as to adopt drilling and blasting for
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
coal excavation in this project. There will be no drilling and blasting till 7 th year of
mining operation.
The proposed mechanised opencast mining of coal mine project mineable area is
1467.42 ha.
 Post Mining Land Use
After the proposed changes during mining, the changed land uses shall be
subjected to reclamation, rehabilitation, during ongoing period and then in post
mining period at final mine closure activities. The post-mining land-use at the end
of mineralization at a production rate for 12 MTPA capacity of coal production,
based on existing surface plan is presented below in Table-11.7.
TABLE-11.7
POST MINING LAND USE OF MINE BLOCK AREA
Sr. Description Agricultural Land Use (Post Closure) (in Ha) Total
No Land Plantation Water Public/ Forest Land Undis
body Company (Returned) turbed
Uses
2 Backfilled area 74.90 545.35 - - 106.99 - 727.24
3 Top soil dump - 12.24 - - - - 12.24
External 91.35 349.35 440.70
Dump/Surface
Dump
(Temporary)
4 Safety zone - 7,85 - - - - 7.85
5 Haul roads - 9.22 - 0.99 - 10.21
between quarries
6 Road diversion - - - 5.58 - - 5.58
7 Settling pond - - - 0.64 - 0.64
8 Road and - - 33.24 2.46 - 35.70
infrastructure
area
9 Garland drains - - - 4.83 2.75 - 7.58
10 Undisturbed - - - - 54.77 164.91 219.68
/Mining Rights
for UG
Grand total 74.90 574.66 0.0 135.00 517.95 164.91 1467.42
Source: Approved Mining Plan of Banhardih
 Mine Closure and Land Reclamation
Land degradation is one of the major adverse outcomes of mining activities and
any effort to control adverse impacts is considered incomplete when appropriate
land reclamation strategy is not adopted. This is carried out in two phases:
1. Physical /technical reclamation; and

2. Biological reclamation.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Physical/Technical Reclamation
During the process, the geometrical shape of the internal dumps is improved to
make it amenable to effective biological reclamation and also to provide safety
and stability.
Biological Reclamation
For successful biological reclamation of reclaimed area, preference will be given to

native species (mango, neem, mahua, gauva, imli, teak, shivan, ghamer, sisham,
saal, sirus, bamboo etc.) and mixed culture. The species will be selected from the
following groups of quick reclamation.
 Nitrogen fixing tree species for fuel wood, timber and fodder;
 Fruit bearing tree species;
 Tree species with dense foliage for shade; and
 Flowering and ornamental tree species.
Land degradation, technical reclamation & Biological reclamation of mined out

land are given in Table-11.8 & Table-11.9.
TABLE-11.8
LAND DEGRADATION AND TECHNICAL RECLAMATION OF MINED OUT LAND
(Area in Ha)
Technically Reclaimed Area (Ha) -

Land Degraded (Ha) - Cumulative
Cumulative
Stage/ Year Dump Dump
Infra/
Excavation (Surface+ Total Backfill (Surface+ Others Total
Others
Topsoil) Topsoil)
Y-1 2024-25 142.93 22.62 67.56 233.11 - - - -
Y-3 2026-27 201.61 85.40 67.56 354.57 - - - -
Y-5 2028-29 295.7 164.31 67.56 527.57 - - - -
Y-7 2030-31 361.99 391.53 67.56 821.08 145.95 - - 145.95
Y-10 2033-34 423.55 452.94 67.56 944.05 201.00 - - 201.00
Y-15 2038-39 509.04 452.94 67.56 1029.54 320.00 - - 320.00
Y-20 2043-44 578.47 452.94 67.56 1098.97 390.00 - - 390.00
Y-25 2048-49 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74 458.89 - - 458.89
Y-30 2053-54 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74 598.00 - - 598.00
Post Closure
Y-33 2056-57 727.24 452.94 67.56 1247.74 727.24 452.94 67.56 1274.74
TABLE-11.9
Biologically Reclaimed Area (Ha) - Cumulative Forest Land (Return) Undisturbed/

To be left for
Public/
Stage/ Year Agri Plan Water Un Public/ Total
Company Total Utilised
culture tation Body disturbed Community
Use
Use
Y-1 2024-25 - - - - - - - - -
Y-3 2026-27 - - - - - - - - -
Y-5 2028-29 - - - - - - - - -
Y-7 2030-31 - - - - - - - - -
Y-10 2033-34 - - - - - - - - -

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Biologically Reclaimed Area (Ha) - Cumulative Forest Land (Return) Undisturbed/

To be left for
Public/
Stage/ Year Agri Plan Water Un Public/ Total
Company Total Utilised
culture tation Body disturbed Community
Use
Use
Y-15 2038-39 - - - - - - - - -
Y-20 2043-44 - 55.75 - - - - - - -
Y-25 2048-49 - 123.89 - - - - - - -
Y-30 2053-54 - 239.27 - - - - - - -
Post Closure
Y-33 2056-57 74.90 574.66 0 135.0 784.56 463.18 54.77 164.91 1467.42
 Blocked Reserves for Safety Barriers
Safety barrier of 7.5 m width along the block boundary and reserve locked up
within the safety barrier has been estimated separately. However, provision of 50
m safety barrier has been planned all along the surface dumps towards the
block boundary.
11.9.4 Waste Handling, Disposal and Management
 Topsoil Management
The topsoil in the active mining area gets adversely affected. The topsoil is to be
separately kept. The soil quality of the surrounding area is also likely to get
affected due to siltation and run off from waste dumps. The mine drainage, if it is
acidic and containing toxic constituents, not adequately treated when discharged
to nearby land would affect the soil quality adversely; when discharged untreated
into streams effects the quality of water and make it unfit for agricultural use.
There is also positive impact of mining on agriculture, as sufficient water is

discharged from the mine, which can be utilized for irrigation, increasing the
productivity. Mine drainage water, in many mines, are not contaminated except
high-suspended solids, which can be removed by simple settling.
The process of mining starts from scrapping of topsoil. Average topsoil in the
proposed area of excavation found to be around 3.1 m. Top soil will be scrapped
and stored in the designated place as shown in the respective stage plans. Topsoil
will be utilized in the embankment in the initial years, however, will be spread
over the reclaimed area in later phases during the progressive and final closure of
the mine.
 Over Burden Management Plan
The overburden generated in the initial 5 th years will be dumped on the surface in
the central part of the Block. Concurrent backfilling will commence from the 6 th
year of production commencement. Re-handling of the surface dump will
commence after final year of the production commencement and proposed to be
completed by end of post closure period. The temporary surface dump will be
utilized for active dumping till 10th Year of mining operation.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
The following control measures to prevent soil erosion and wash off of fines from
freshly excavated benches and dumps will be adopted:
 Garland drains will be provided around the mine to arrest any soil from the
mine area being carried away by the rainwater.
 The bench levels will be provided with water gradient against the general pit
slope to decrease the speed of storm water and prevent its uncontrolled
descent.
 Special local stone paved chutes and channels will be provided to allow
controlled descent of water, especially from external dumps.
 Gullies formed, if any, on side of the benches will be provided with check
dams of local stone or sand filled bags.
 The inactive dump slopes will be planned with bushes, grass, shrubs, and
trees to prevent soil erosion after applying topsoil; and
 Retaining walls (with gabion, concrete, or local stone) will be provided to
support the benches or any loose material and to arrest sliding of loose debris.
 After exhaustion of the total workable coal reserves, within the lease area,
the changed land form will be subjected to post mining reclamation activities,
for best possible land uses.
Opencast mining operations lead to increment of air pollutants and dust (PM 10
levels) levels due to mining activity. Major gaseous pollutant levels incremented
due to mining activity include NO2, SO2 and CO are basically generated from the
burning of fossil fuel in mobile and stationary sources. The dust levels are
increased due to physical activities mechanization, movement of vehicles,
handling of solids and fugitive emissions from storage areas.
Dust as PM10 is the most important air pollutant to be generated in the core area
of the mining activity. The coal will be transported from Banhardih to Patratu
STPP by rail, which is at distance of approximate 95 km by rail. Hence, the
modelling is done only for the trucks moving in the haul roads of inside the coal
mine. The incremental concentrations for the proposed coal mine without and
with control measures for winter season are given in Table-11.10.
TABLE-11.10
RESULTANT GLC’s (WINTER SEASON)
Sr. No Parameters Baseline With 60 % Resultant NAAQS

Concentration Incremental Concentration Limit
µg/m3 Concentration µg/m3
µg/m3 (With 60 %)
1 PM10 61.6 19.9 81.5 100
2 PM2.5 32.0 6.31 38.31 60
3 SO2 16.6 0.59 17.19 80
4 NO2 21.0 8.86 29.86 80
5 CO 334 5.78 339.78 2000

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Mitigation Measures for Impact due to Mining Activity
Mitigation measures suggested for air pollution controls are based on the baseline
ambient air quality of the area. From the point of view of maintenance of an
acceptable ambient air quality in the region, it is desirable that air quality is
monitored on a regular basis to check compliance of standards as prescribed by
regulatory authorities. Fugitive dust will be generated in open cast mine due to
drilling, blasting, handling of overburden and coal. To control dust from various
operations following measures will be restored.
The production of blast fumes containing noxious gases should be reduced by the
following methods:
 Proper and proportionate mixing of fuel oil with ammonium nitrate to ensure
complete detonation.
 Use of adequate booster/primer; and
 Proper stemming of the blast hole.
 Drilling Operations
The following steps will be taken to reduce dust generation due to drilling activities:
 Dust produced during deep large blast hoe drilling will be controlled by
maintaining the drilling speed as recommended by the manufactures.
 All the drills will be equipped with well-designed dust extractor arrangement.
 Wet drilling will be practised & drills fitted with dust control devices will be used.
 Proper maintenance and handling of drilling equipment will be maintained for

good operational efficiency reducing resource utilisation.
 Blasting Operations
The following practices will be maintained in order to reduce dust generation:
 Recommended design of the geometry of blast holes will be maintained for
appropriate results;
 Use of proper amount of explosive taking into consideration the geo-mechanical

conditions of the site are maintained and avoid excessive dust generation;
 Controlled blasting will usually be done in daytime during the shift change over
period; and
 The operation will be in conformity with the existing laws with closer control of
blasting parameters including results of blasting like desired fragmentation,
permitted vibration, etc.
 Loading and Transport

The following measures will be observed to reduce the increment of dust levels
during operation of mine:

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the

 The length of haul road will be reduced to the minimum possible. The permanent
haul roads will be boulder pitched and maintained properly;
 The un-metalled roads will be kept free of ruts, potholes, etc;
 Regular maintenance of HEMM engines to limit emission of harmful exhaust
fumes;
 Provision of gas filter for exhaust fumes from HEMM.
 Provision of auto-start, time cycle controlled, fine nozzle mounted fixed
sprinklers at siding and haul roads. " Physical removal of dust from the roads;
 Greenbelts around quarry, service building area besides avenue plantation along
roads;
 PUC (Pollution under control) will be continuously monitored for trucks carrying
coal to the end use plants and will always be environmentally compliant.
 Coal Handling
The following control measures will be adopted during coal handling:
 Suppression of coal dust during coal handling by fine nozzle mounted fixed
sprinklers and covering of belt conveyors.
 Minimization of the height of coal-fall at transfer points to reduce the dust
generation. Improved maintenance of plant and machinery.
Controlling CO Levels
The concentration of CO in the ambient air is found to be below permissible levels

at all the air quality monitoring locations. Expected increase in the CO
concentration is very low as CO emissions from mining operations are less as
compared to other pollutants. Heavy and light vehicles are the major sources of
CO in the mine. All vehicles and their exhausts will be well maintained and
regularly tested for pollutants concentration.
Controlling NO2 Levels
NO2 emissions in the mine mainly occur during blasting operations. The main
reasons for NO2 emissions are:
 Poor quality of explosives having large oxygen imbalance;

 Manufacturing defect;
 Use of expired explosives in which ingredients have disintegrated; and
 Incomplete detonation, which may be due to low Primer to Column ratio.
To ensure low NO2 levels following control measures will be adopted:
 Use of good quality explosives having proper oxygen balance with regular
monitoring;
 Regular updating of the date of manufacture/expiry to avoid confusions. A
normal procedure should be formulated to check/visually inspect all

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
explosives, and if disintegrated ingredients are spotted, the explosives won't

be used, even if the date has not expired; and
 The primer to column ratio would be rationalized so as to produce minimum
NO2.
11.9.6 Impact on Water Resources
Water Source: Bore wells/Ground water/Rainfall has been assumed to be the

suspended solids.
happen only in the rainy season due to sudden inrush of storm water.
Impact on Ground Water and Surface Water Resources
The likely sources of water pollution from Banhardih along with type of pollutants
are as follows:
 Industrial wastewater from workshop: suspended solids, oil & grease;

 Wastewater from mine: suspended solids of coal, clay, and oil;
 Surface run off passing through coal stockpiles: suspended solids; and
 Storm water from lease hold area and built-up area: suspended solids.
The impact of mining on both surface water source and ground water resource
has been assessed as follows:
A. Surface water sources
 Disruption of natural drainage pattern in the core zone;

 Deterioration of water quality & pollution of water bodies; and
 Siltation and choking of water courses causing scarcity of surface water.
B. Ground water resources
 Affected due to mine workings;

 Affected due to mine water. Consequently, the water table of the peripheral
villages/ Bastis may get lowered; and
 Disruption in ground water aquifers.
For complying with the statutory provisions of MoEF&CC and Pollution Control
Board, water quality will be monitored and evaluated. Corrective measures will be
taken on the basis of monitoring results. The following measures are suggested to
control the water pollution:
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
o Sufficient safeguards during the planning stage to make the project eco-
friendly from water pollution control point of view;
o Effluent from workshop will be treated in the effluent treatment plant with
zero discharge;
o Sanitary wastewater will be treated mainly for total suspended solids (TSS)
and bio-chemical oxygen demand (BOD) in septic tanks and soak pits;
o Garland drains will be provided around coal stacks to collect run-off water and
diverting it into settling ponds before discharging.
o Sufficient standby capacity will be provided in the main/ intermediate sumps,

so that the suspended solids generated due to mine workings settle down and
comparatively cleaner water is discharged to the surface drainage system.
Water Conservation Measures
The following measures will substantiate the water requirement of the project and
enhance ground water recharge to reduce the impact of lowering of water table
due to mine dewatering in the vicinity and downstream:
1. Rain water harvesting from infrastructure, dumps and backfilled area;

2. Settling-cum-harvesting ponds;
3. Recharge wells and Water collection sumps in mine pits.
11.9.7 Impact due to Noise and Vibration
Major sources of noises from mining activity are delineated below:
 Drilling operations in the coal seams;

 Blasting in coal & O.B;
 Operation in HEMM like shovels, dumpers, dozers, graders, front end loaders
etc.; and
 Operation of equipment in workshop and mining activity etc.
Mitigation Measures
The ambient noise level of the project will be monitored regularly. Noise levels
are likely to remain within the limits of the prescribed standard. So, the noise
produced from this project will not have auditory, non-auditory, masking effects,
etc. as suitable mitigation measures shall be taken in the project.
Controlled blasting technique will be adopted in the project. So, there will be no
significant adverse effects on life, property and ambient noise. The following
measures will be taken:

silencers, mufflers and acoustic enclosures for noise generating parts and
shock absorbing pads at the foundation of vibrating equipment;

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
 Routine maintenance of equipment. A rational deployment of noise generating

plant and machinery;
 Greenbelt around the quarry, infrastructure sites and service building area
 To maintain noise level at nighttime within the limit for the inhabited localities
situated at a very close proximity;
 Personal protective devices to all the persons working in high noise areas; and
 Regular monitoring of noise levels at various points.

11.9.8 Rainwater Harvesting
Roof top areas in infrastructure area covering approximately 8.93 Ha which is
11.9.9 Impact on Ecology & Biodiversity
The ecology and biodiversity of the mining area is disturbed due to degradation of
vegetation cover, especially due to loss of forest lands. About 463.18 Ha
biologically reclaimed land will be handed over to the forest department. Thus,
the total biologically reclaimed area will be 1247.74 Ha for all considerations.
Flora and Fauna
There are four schedule I species in the mine lease area of 1818.10 Ha. But they
have been reported from the buffer zone. List of Schedule I species reported from
the buffer zone is given in Table-11.11. A detailed Wildlife Conservation Plan is
prepared for Schedule-I species.
TABLE-11.11
LIST OF SCHEDULE I SPECIES REPORTED FROM
THE BUFFER ZONE OF THE MINE LEASE
(VU MEANS VULNERABLE AND LC MEANS LEAST CONCERN)
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN/WPA

Melursus ursinus Sloth Bear VU /I
Pavo cristatus Peacock LC/I
Python molurus Python NT/I
Varanus bengalensis Common monitor LC /I

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
11.9.10 Impact on Socio–Economic Aspects
The Banhardih coal block project of PVUNL covers villages of Renchi, Sabano,
acquire 1818.10 ha of land from the ten villages. All households of the ten
villages will be affected as either their lands or houses will be acquired for the
The villages in the periphery will also be affected as a result of the project. Some
taken for study. These villages are Renchi, Darea, Tarhasi, Zalim Khurd, Latdag,
Aragunde, Sasang, Serak, Ambatiker and Kaima. For this reason, a detailed
socio-economic study and Social Impact Assessment of Project Affected Families
has been done by Asian Institute of Sustainable Development, Ranchi and a
Rehabilitation Action Plan has been prepared as per Jharkhand R & R Policy 2008
and the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition,
The compensation package or the R&R Entitlement Matrix for PAFs of Banhardih
coal block project area will be prepared in consonance with the JRRP 2008 and
RFCTLARR 2013. The compensation package for PAFs will be worked out as per
the provision of JRRP 2008 subject to the current CPI. The CPI of the current year
for 1592 HSOs will be taken into consideration while calculating compensation
packages. Absentee PAFs should also be considered when they come forward for
the claim.
11.10 Environmental Monitoring Program
Post project environmental monitoring is important in terms of evaluating the

performance of pollution control equipment installed in the project. The sampling
and analysis of the environmental attributes will be as per the guidelines of CPCB/
Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board (JSPCB). The frequency of air, noise,
surface water and ground water sampling and location of sampling being as per
the directives of JSPCB.
11.11 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis
Economic evaluation for environmental cost benefit analysis is done for 30 years
only as life of mine is 30 years. The Environmental Cost: Benefit Ratio (1:B/A)
would be about 1:14.00. Thus, the project gives positive benefit/cost ratio. The
monetary returns of the project are positive over the environmental losses.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
11.12 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
Mining operations involves dangers/risks like fires, inundation and failure of

machinery etc. which need to be investigated, addressed and mitigated. Disaster
management plan is formulated with an aim to take necessary precautions to avert
disaster and also to take corrective action after the disaster to limit the damage to
the minimum.
Mining operations will be carried out with utmost safety but there is always some
element of danger or risk involved in it. Mining and its allied activities are associated
with several potential hazards to both the employees and the public at large. A
worker in a mine should be able to work under conditions which are adequately safe
and healthy. At the same time, the environmental conditions should be such as not
to impair his working efficiency. This is possible only when there is adequate safety
in the mine workings.
An effective Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to mitigate the risks involved will be
implemented for the proposed project. This plan defines the responsibilities and
resources available to respond to the different types of emergencies envisaged.
Training exercises will be held to ensure that all personnel are familiar with their
responsibilities and that communication links are functioning effectively.
11.13 Project Benefits
The proposed mine will result in improvement of infrastructure as well as overall

socio-economic development in the area.
PVUNL is committed to help the population displaced for execution of its projects
and has been making efforts to improve the socio-economic status of Project
Affected Families (PAFs). In line with its social objectives, the Company Has
focused on effective Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) of PAPs and also on
Community Development (CD) works, in and around its projects.
Compensation and other R&R benefits shall be fixed as per the Right to Fair
Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Act, 2013 (RFCT LARR Act, 2013) which is applicable since
01.01.2014. NTPC has revised its R&R Policy to incorporate R&R entitlements as
per RFCT LARR Act, 2013 as also retained NTPC’s good practices / guidelines on
facilities to be extended for Project Affected Families (PAFs).
In addition to this, in line with parent company NTPC’s Policy and practices,
various Community Development activities in the areas of Health, Drinking Water,
Sanitation, Skill Development, Training, Infrastructure etc., will be taken up. Till
date PVUN has spent more than Rs. 6.85 crores towards community development
nearby its Patratu STPP area. Banhardih CMP has incurred approximately Rs. 42
lakhs for Community Development works till March 2022. As the project
DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
development will start the similar welfare & development activities under
Community development/Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) will be
started.
The basic requirement of the community will be strengthened by extending health

care, educational facilities in community, providing drinking water to the villages
affected, building/strengthening of existing roads in the area. The preference will
be given to the local population for direct and in-direct employment. The
proposed project may create opportunities for indirect employment in the field of
vehicle hiring, labours, trading of construction material, carpenters etc. This will
help in improving the socio-economic status of the region.
11.14 Environment Management Plan
PVUNL will implements effective environment management plan for bringing

uniformity in planning, execution and monitoring systems thereby ensuring
environmentally sustainable coal mining operations.
The tentative capital cost of EMP would be about Rs. 11.73 Crores. The tentative
recurring cost would be about Rs. 5.86 Crores per annum. However, the actual
estimated cost will be obtained after preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR)
and detailed engineering.
An Environmental Management Group (EMG) will work at Banhardih coal mining

project of PVUNL headed by Additional General Manager, EMG and will be assisted
by a Manager (EMG). This group will be responsible for the performance of
environmental management at the coal mine for the protection of environment
and compliance of environmental norms.
Additional Studies
 Detailed study of flora and fauna has been conducted by Dr. Shyama Prasad
Mukherjee University, Ranchi. Wildlife Conservation Plan is prepared by M/s.
Vimta Labs Ltd, Hyderabad;
 Socio-economic study and social impact Assessment of Project Affected
Families (PAF) of Banhardih coal block project was prepared by Asian Institute
for sustainable development in February 2019;
 Area drainage & Nallah diversion studies has been prepared by M/s. Vimta
Labs Ltd;
 A detailed hydrogeology study has been carried out by M/s. Vimta Labs Ltd,
Hyderabad.
The recommendations of above studies have been incorporated in EMP.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
11.15 Conclusions
The proposed opencast coal mine is planned with annual production capacity of
12 MTPA.
The baseline environmental studies have been carried out with respect to
meteorological conditions, air quality water quality, soil quality, geology,
vegetation pattern, ecology, land use and socio-economic profiles of people.
The baseline values for air, noise, surface water and ground water sampling are
found to be within the prescribed limits. The impacts have been assessed for the
proposed mining activity and effective mitigation measures will be implemented.
However, development of this project has certain beneficial impact in terms of

providing the employment opportunities and improves the socio-economic
conditions of the region. Thus, it can be concluded that with the judicious and
proper implementation of the pollution control and mitigation measures, the
project will be beneficial to the society and to the exchequers of government.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
12.1 Introduction
Studies were carried out by several institutions of different disciplines during the
preparation of the EIA/EMP report based on the Terms of Reference accorded by
MOEF&CC. EIA and Hydrogeological Study has been conducted by M/s Vimta Labs
Ltd., Hyderabad. Socio-economic Study for project affected areas has been done
by Asian Institute of Sustainable Development, Ranchi. List of flora & fauna and
other ecology information has been authenticated by Dr. Shyama Prasad
Mukherjee University, Ranchi in consultation with M/s Vimta Labs Ltd.,
Hyderabad.
12.2 Vimta Labs Limited-Environment Consultant
Vimta Labs Limited is a leading multi-disciplinary testing and research

laboratory in India. Vimta provides contract research and testing services in the
areas of environmental assessment, analytical testing, clinical research, pre-
clinical (animal) studies, clinical reference lab services, advanced molecular
biology services and research & development studies.
The Environment Division has been in the forefront of its vision to provide
better environment through guiding and assisting the industry for sustainable
development. A stalwart in the mission to protect and preserve the natural
resources on earth for future generations, it offers extensive research and
consultancy services in the field of environment. With its rich experience, multi-
disciplinary expertise and with the support of its state-of the-art analytical
equipment, the services offered by the division are wide ranging and
encompasses entire gamut of environment management and monitoring services.
With its emphasis on quality services over the years, it has evolved itself into a
single reference point in India for comprehensive environmental services. M/s
Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad is an accredited EIA consultant organisation with
QCI/NABET under various sectors including coal mining & mining of minerals
including opencast and underground mining (Sector 1(a)(i)) for Category ‘A’
projects.
12.2.1 The Quality Policy
 Vimta is committed to good professional practices and quality of operations in

its testing, validation and research services;
 Vimta shall ensure customer satisfaction by maintaining independence,
impartiality and integrity in its operations;
 Vimta shall provide the services in accordance with national and international
norms;
 Vimta shall implement quality systems as per ISO/IEC 17025 and applicable
Good Laboratory Practices (GLPs) & Good Clinical Practices (GCPs), to
generate technically valid results/data; and
 Vimta shall ensure that all its personnel familiarize with the policies and
procedures of the quality system and implement the same in their work.
Chapter-12 Disclosure of Consultants Engaged VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
12.2.2 Major Milestones and Accreditations
 1984–Registered with an initial investment of Rs.200,000=00

 1985–Recognized by ISI (now known as Bureau of Indian Standards)
 1987–Qualified by the criteria of Ministry of Environment and Forests, India
and was notified as one of the first 14 Standard Environmental Laboratories
published in the Gazette of India
 1988–Licensed for carrying out tests on Drugs and Pharmaceuticals
 1991–Accredited by NCTCF, DST, Government of India (the forerunner of
NABL)
 1995–Accredited by NABL, India under its revised scheme, certified by
Standards Australia, Quality Assurance Services as per ISO/IEC Guide 25 and
ISO 9002
 1996–GLP Compliance
 1998–Accreditation by GOSSTANDART and joint venture for certification of
Food Exports with ROSTEST, Russia
 1998–World Bank Recognition
 2002–ANVISA Brazil Certification
 2003–USFDA accepts Vimta Bioequivalence study report. Showcased Vimta at
AAPS (USA) and ICSE-CPHI (Germany)
 2003–Recognized by Saudi Arabian Standards Organization
 2004–Enters Gulf market-Executes a contract for environmental consultancy
in Kuwait
 2006–Expands its overseas activities. Undertakes environmental assignment
in Saudi Arabia
 2006–Undertakes environmental impact assignment in Tanzania, Africa
 2008–Has been Pre-Qualified by World Health Organization (WHO)
 2009–Undertaken environmental impact assessment studies in Cameroon,
Africa
 2010 – Quality Council of India Recognition
12.2.3 Services Offered
Spread over 70,000 sq.ft lush green garden premises at Cherlapally, Hyderabad
(India), the scientifically designed and meticulously groomed infrastructural
facility of the Central Laboratory of VIMTA has the most sophisticated
instruments backed by an excellent team of professionals.
Over 150,000 sq. ft. of world class research laboratory is also under operation at
Biotech Park-Genome Valley, Hyderabad (India). Having all the facilities under
one roof is perhaps the only one of its kind in South Asia in the contract testing
and research sector.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
VIMTA Central Laboratory, Cherlapally, Hyderabad VIMTA Life Sciences, Genome

Valley, Hyderabad
Vimta offers services under the following specializations:
 Environment;
 Analytical;
 Clinical Reference Lab;
 Clinical Research;
 Preclinical;
 Molecular Biology; and
 Research and Development.
The environment division of VIMTA Labs Limited (VLL) has its presence all over
India and other countries including a strong association with international
consultants like Japan Bank for International Cooperation (JBIC), Kennametal
Inc.-USA, Rudal Blanchard–UK, E&E Solutions–Japan, NAPESCO & Kuwait
National Petroleum Corporation–Kuwait, Marafiq and Haif Consultants–Saudi
Arabia and others. Vimta Labs Limited has the following credentials:
 Recognition by BIS, India;

 Recognition by Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India and
various State Pollution Control Boards (wherever applicable);
 Recognition by Department of Science & Technology, Govt. of India (NABL);
 Recognition by Ministry of Defence, Govt. of India;
 Recognition by APEDA, Ministry of Commerce, Govt. of India;
 Recognition by Saudi Arabia Standard Organization (SASO), Saudi Arabia;
 Recognition from NEMC, Tanzania;
 Accreditation by NCTCF;
 Certification from Standard Australia;
 Recognition from ANVISA Brazil;
 Recognition from USFDA;
 Quality Assurance Services as per ISO/IEC 17025;
 Quality Assurance Services as per ICH Guidelines;
 Recognition by World Health Organization (WHO); and
 NABET Accreditation under Quality Council of India.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
12.2.4 Services of Environment Division
Environment essentially being a multi-disciplinary science, the range of services

offered by the division are also comprehensive and caters to the needs of
industry, pollution control agencies, regulatory authorities and in a larger pursuit
of a green globe. The services under environment include:
 Site selection and liability studies;

 Environmental impact assessments;
 Environment management plans;
 Carrying capacity based regional studies;
 Environmental audits;
 Solid and hazardous waste management;
 Risk assessment (MCA, HAZON, HAZOP) & disaster management plans;
 Occupational health and safety, industrial hygiene;
 Environmental monitoring for air, meteorology, water, soil, noise, ecology and
socio-economics;
 Industrial emission source monitoring;
 Offshore sampling and analysis of marine water and sediments;
 Marine ecological studies;
 Marine impact assessment;
 Rehabilitation and resettlement studies;
 Forestry and ecological studies;
 Geological and hydro-geological studies;
 Land use/land cover studies based on remote sensing;
 Socio-economic studies;
 Due diligence studies;
 Industrial epidemiological studies;
 Wasteland management studies; and
 Study on bio-indicators.
The services under Environmental Chemistry include:
 Analysis of water, wastewater, soil, solid waste, hazardous waste as per

international codes;
 Source emissions and work zone air/noise quality monitoring;
 Analysis of SVOCs, VOCs, PAH, BTEX, AOX, PCB’s, TCLP metals, TOC etc.;
 Categorization of hazardous waste; and
 Pesticide residue analysis.
12.2.5 Facilities of Environment Division
Vimta-Environment Division is located in scientifically designed Central Laboratory

with the state-of the-art modern facilities to offer vide range of services in indoor
and outdoor monitoring and analytical characterization in the field of
Environment. Further, it is ably supported by highly skilled and experienced team
of professionals in the fields of science, engineering, ecology, meteorology, social
planning, geology & hydro-geology and environmental planning.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
Besides the regular monitoring equipment such as Respirable Dust Samplers

(RDS), automatic weather monitoring stations, stack monitoring kits, personal
samplers, noise meters, portable water kits etc, the other major specialized
equipment include:
 Monostatic Sodar–Designed by National Physical Laboratory, GOI;

 Integrated Noise Level Meters–Quest, U.S.A;
 Flue Gas Analyzers–Testo, Germany;
 113-A Gravimetric Dust Sampler-Casella, London;
 ICP AES–Varian, USA;
 Gas Liquid Chromatographs with FID, ECD & pFPD–Varian, USA;
 Gas Chromatograph with Mass Detector–Varian, USA;
 Atomic Absorption Spectrometer [AAS]–Varian, USA;
 PAS-AFC-123 instrument;
 High Performance Liquid Chromatograph (HPLC);
 Laser Particle Size Analyzer;
 Bomb Calorimeter;
 Polarographs;
 X-ray Fluorescent Spectrometer;
 Flame Photometer;
 Carbon Sulphur Analyzer;
 Computerized Fatigue Testing Machine;
 Electronic Universal Testing Machine;
 Fourier Transmission Infrared Spectroscope; and
 Water Flow Current Meter–make Lawrence & Mayo.
HIGH RESOLUTION GAS CHROMATOGRAPH
12.2.6 Quality Systems
The basic fact that environment division and its supporting site laboratories are
accredited by NABL (IS0-17025) and Ministry of Environment and Forests, India
and by other international bodies stand testimony to its emphasis on Quality
Systems.

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
Report for the
12.2.7 Achievements
Being the first laboratory to be recognized under Environment Protection (EP) Act
by Government of India (GOI), environment division with its best mind power and
industrial knowledge competency that allows it to compare with the best in the
business.
 The environment division till date has executed about 650 environmental
impact assessment and environment management studies with risk
assessment and disaster management plans for various spectrum of industries
and obtained statutory approvals;
 Supported by the strong modern laboratory and experienced hands,

environment division is well equipped in conducting due diligence, phase-I and
phase-II studies;
 Undertaken specialized studies such as regional environmental impact

assessment on carrying capacity principle; upper air meteorological studies
using monostatic SODAR for major industrial complexes;
 Associated with prestigious studies such as environmental pollution

monitoring around Taj Trapezium (India), pre and post satellite launch studies
for Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) and monitoring for offshore oil
& gas exploration for deep-sea water and sediment sampling;
 The services offered include vide spectrum of industries covering power,

chemical, cement, mining, steel & alloys, metallurgical, aluminium refining &
smelting, dye & intermediates, bulk drugs, pesticides, agro-chemicals, petro-
chemicals, refineries, pulp & paper, oil & gas exploration & production,
asbestos, infrastructure such as highways, seaports and airports, river valley,
foundries etc;
 Undertaken environmental consultancy for pipeline layout and up gradation of

API oil-water separators of various crude oil depots and petrol filling stations
of Kuwait National Petroleum Corporation, Kuwait;
 Undertaken performance evaluation and capacity expansion of sewage

treatment plant and industrial wastewater treatment Plant for Marafiq, Saudi
Arabia;
 Undertaken environmental impact assessment studies for pulp and paper mill
expansion of Mufindi Paper Mills, Tanzania, Africa; and
 Undertaken environmental impact assessment studies for bauxite mines in

Cameroon, Africa for Cameroon Aluminium Limited (CAL).
The details of the persons involved in the preparation of present EIA/EMP report
are presented below:

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
For the Banhardih Coal Mining Project of 12 MTPA Capacity ISSUE DATE: 25.04.2022
Page: C12-8
DETAILS OF PERSONNEL INVOLVED IN CURRENT EIA/EMP STUDY – VIMTA LABS LTD
Sr. No. Name Qualification Position Contribution in Expertise/Function Experience

Current EIA al Area
In House Experts
1 Mr. M. Janardhan M.Tech Vice President & EIA Coordinator and EC for Sectors- 1, About 29 years of experience in the field of
(Env. Engg) Head (Env) FAE for AP, SHW 4,8,9 & 29 Environmental Management and Environmental
FAE for AP, AQ, NV & Engineering
SHW
2 Mr. G V Raghava Rao M.Tech (Env) Manager FAE for NV EC for Sectors 1 & 38 About 23 years of experience in the field of
FAE-AP, SHW & NV Environmental Management and Environmental
Engineering
3 Ms. Bh. Durga Bhavani M. Sc (Env Group Leader FAE for WP and AQ EC for Sectors 1, 4, 6 About 18 years of experience in the field of
Science), and 21 Environmental Management and Environmental
M.Tech, M.Law Chemistry
4 Mr. Ch. Venkatesham M.S.W Group Leader FAE for SE FAE-SE About 20 years of experience in the field of Social
Cheruku Impact Assessment Studies
5 M.Tech (Env) Env Engineer Involved in FAE-WP (Cat-B) About 8 years of experience in the field of
Ms. D. Svega preparation of WP Environment Management and Engineering
Section
6 M.Tech (Env) Env Engineer Involved in Team Member About 4 years of experience in the field of
preparation of Air Environment Management and Engineering
Mr. B. Anup Nikhil
Quality Dispersion
Modelling
7 MSC (Applied Sr. Scientist FAE-HG & Geo -- About 13 years of experience in the field of
Mr. K. Rajeshwar
Geology) Geology and Hydrogeology
8 Mr. P. Niranjan Babu B.Com Dy. Manager Secretarial Support -- About 31 years of experience in the field of
environmental monitoring and secretarial support
9 Mr. P. Krishna I.T.I (Civil) Jr. Engineer Cartography -- About 20 years of experience in the field of
environmental management and civil drawings
Empaneled Experts
10 Mr. J. Rajendra Prasad M.Sc. (Applied Empanelled Expert FAE for HG & Geo FAE- HG, Geo & LU About 20 years of experience in the field of
Geology) landuse and landcover, satellite data interpretation
and detailed hydrology & hydrogeology
Chapter-12 Disclosure of Consultants VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

DOC. NO: 2025/999/GOG/S/001
REV. NO.:0
For the Banhardih Coal Mining Project of 12 MTPA Capacity ISSUE DATE: 25.04.2022
Page: C12-9
Sr. No. Name Qualification Position Contribution in Expertise/Function Experience

Current EIA al Area
(representing multi-tech services)
11 Mr. Rajgopal Krishnan M.Tech Empanelled Expert FAE for RH FAE for RH About 46 years of experience in the field of risk
(Chemical assessment and hazardous management
Engineering)
12 Prof. K. Bayapu Reddy M.Sc., Ph.D Empanelled Expert FAE for EB and SC FAE for EB & SC About 45 years of experience in the field of
Ecology and Biodiversity and Soil Conservation
13 Mr. Dr. Y. Ramamohan M. Sc, Ph.D Empanelled Expert FAE for LU FAE for LU About 18 years of experience in land use & remote
sensing
FAE – Functional Area Expert MSW – Municipal Solid Waste RH – Risk and Hazardous
GEO – Geology ISW – Industrial Solid Waste NV – Noise and Vibrations
AP – Air Pollution LU/LC- Land Use and Land Cover SC-Soil Conservation
AQ – Air Quality (Modeling) SHW – Solid and Hazardous Waste
WP – Water Pollution SE – Socio-Economic
EB – Ecology and Biodiversity HG – Hydrogeology
Chapter-12 Disclosure of Consultants VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Banhardih Coal Mine

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Banhardih Coal Mine

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Banhardih Coal Mine

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Table of Contents TC-1

2.0 Project Description

3.0 Description of the Environment

Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

4.0 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

4.1 Introduction C4-1

5.0 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

5.1 Introduction C5-1

6.0 Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 Introduction C6-1

7.0 Additional Studies

7.1 Introduction C7-1

8.0 Project Benefits

8.1 Improvement in Physical Infrastructure & Community

9.0 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.1 Introduction C9-1

Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Table of Contents (Contd...)

10.0 Environmental Management Plan

10.1 EMP Implementation, Inspection and Monitoring C10-1

11.0 Summary and Conclusions

11.1 Purpose of the Report C11-1

12.0 Disclosure of Consultant Engaged

12.1 Introduction C12-1

Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

mine lease C3-96

4.15 Isopleths showing incremental concentrations for NOx

[with control]-scenario-II C4-40

Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Tables Title Page

3.5.1 Sensitivity Meteorology Monitoring equipment C3-39

Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Tables Title Page

3.6.6 Ambient Air Quality Results (Winter, Pre-Monsoon, Monsoon

Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Tables Title Page

Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Tables Title Page

4.19 Incremental concentrations of PM10 & PM2.5 on AAQ

4.26 Incremental Noise Levels C4-65

Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Tables Title Page

10.6 Stage wise details of tentative land degradation and technical

Table of Contents VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Banhardih coal block is located in Auranga coalfield in Latehar district of

1.1 Purpose of the Report

As per Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14 th September

The online proposal No: IA/JH/CMIN/160604/2020 (Form-1 and Pre-Feasibility

Chapter-1 Introduction VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

to prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating possible

The objective of Environmental Impact Assessment is "to provide a high level of

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) scope covers the following concerns:

 Define or envisages an activity affecting the environment for which an

In Environmental Impact Assessment, the effects of the present implementation

1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent

1.2.1 Identification of Project